STMicroelectronics N.V.
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 3, 2008
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR
(g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
OR
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this
shell company report
|
Commission file number: 1-13546
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
The Netherlands
|
(Translation of
registrants
|
|
(Jurisdiction of
incorporation
|
name into English)
|
|
or
organization)
|
39, Chemin du Champ des Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class:
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
|
|
Common shares, nominal value 1.04 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant
to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close
of the period covered by the annual report:
899,760,539 common shares at December 31, 2007
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes þ No
o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
Yes o No
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes þ No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17 o Item 18
þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No
þ
PRESENTATION
OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
In this annual report or
Form 20-F
(the
Form 20-F),
references to we, us and
Company are to STMicroelectronics N.V. together with
its consolidated subsidiaries, references to EU are
to the European Union, references to and the
Euro are to the Euro currency of the EU, references
to the United States and U.S. are to the
United States of America and references to $ or to
U.S. dollars are to United States dollars.
References to mm are to millimeters and references
to nm are to nanometers.
We have compiled the market share, market size and competitive
ranking data in this annual report using statistics and other
information obtained from several third-party sources. Except as
otherwise disclosed herein, all references to our competitive
positions in this annual report are based on 2007 revenues
according to provisional industry data published by iSuppli
Corporation and 2006 revenues according to industry data
published by iSuppli and Gartner, Inc., and references to trade
association data are references to World Semiconductor Trade
Statistics (WSTS). Certain terms used in this annual
report are defined in Certain Terms.
We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and
prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(U.S. GAAP). We also report certain
non-U.S. GAAP
financial measures (net operating cash flow and net financial
position), which are derived from amounts presented in the
financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore,
since 2005, we have been required by Dutch law to report our
statutory and Consolidated Financial Statements, previously
reported using generally accepted accounting principles in the
Netherlands, in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS). The financial statements
reported in IFRS can differ materially from the statements
reported in U.S. GAAP.
Various amounts and percentages used in this
Form 20-F
have been rounded and, accordingly, they may not total 100%.
We and our affiliates own or otherwise have rights to the
trademarks and trade names, including those mentioned in this
annual report, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale
of our products.
CAUTIONARY
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this
Form 20-F
that are not historical facts, particularly in
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and Business
Outlook, are statements of future expectations and other
forward-looking statements (within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended) that are based on managements current views and
assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and
unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results,
performance or events to differ materially from those in such
statements due to, among other factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the closing of the transaction announced in May 2007 with Intel
and Francisco Partners concerning the creation of a new
independent Flash memory company, which was later named
Numonyx, within the timeframe and pursuant to the
terms currently planned; as well as any future losses that may
be incurred once Numonyx begins operations, which would affect
us in proportion to our equity holding in this company;
|
|
|
|
our ability to address changes in the exchange rates between the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, in particular with the further
weakening of the U.S. dollar which impacts our gross margin
since our fixed costs are incurred in Euros, when our selling
prices are mainly in U.S. dollars as well as changes in the
exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies
of the other major countries in which we have our operating
infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
the attainment of anticipated benefits of cooperative research
and development alliances and our ability to secure new process
technologies in a timely and cost effective manner so that the
resultant products can be commercially viable and acceptable in
the marketplace;
|
|
|
|
our ability, in an intensively competitive environment and
cyclical industry, to design competitive products, to secure
timely acceptance of our products by our customers, to
adequately operate our manufacturing facilities at sufficient
levels to cover fixed operating costs, and to achieve our
pricing expectations for high-volume supplies of new products in
whose development we have been, or are currently, investing;
|
|
|
|
the results of actions by our competitors, including new product
offerings and our ability to react thereto;
|
|
|
|
pricing pressures, losses or curtailments of purchases from key
customers all of which are highly variable and difficult to
predict;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our suppliers to meet our demands for supplies
and materials and to offer competitive pricing;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
significant differences in the gross margins we achieve compared
to expectations, based on changes in revenue levels, product mix
and pricing, capacity utilization, variations in inventory
valuation, excess or obsolete inventory, manufacturing yields,
changes in unit costs, impairments of long-lived assets
(including manufacturing, assembly/test and intangible assets),
and the timing and execution of our manufacturing investment
plans and associated costs, including
start-up
costs;
|
|
|
|
the financial impact of obsolete or excess inventories if actual
demand differs from our manufacturing plans;
|
|
|
|
future developments of the world semiconductor market, in
particular the future demand for semiconductor products in the
key application markets and from key customers served by our
products;
|
|
|
|
changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in
tax laws or pursuant to tax audits, and our ability to
accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and
provisions and to realize deferred tax assets;
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation;
|
|
|
|
the impact of intellectual property claims by our competitors or
other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses
on reasonable terms and conditions; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic, social or political environment,
including military conflict
and/or
terrorist activities, as well as natural events such as severe
weather, health risks, epidemics or earthquakes in the countries
in which we, our key customers and our suppliers, operate.
|
Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of
our business to differ materially and adversely from the
forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements
can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology,
such as believes, expects,
may, are expected to, will,
will continue, should, would
be, seeks or anticipates or
similar expressions or the negative thereof or other variations
thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussions of
strategy, plans or intentions. Some of these risk factors are
set forth and are discussed in more detail in Item 3.
Key Information Risk Factors. Should one or
more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should
underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary
materially from those described in this
Form 20-F
as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do
not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or
forward-looking statements set forth in this
Form 20-F
to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors from time to time in our Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) filings, could have a material
adverse effect on our business
and/or
financial condition.
3
PART I
|
|
Item 1.
|
Identity
of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Offer
Statistics and Expected Timetable
|
Not applicable.
Selected
Financial Data
The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial
data for each of the years in the five-year period ended
December 31, 2007. Such data have been derived from our
Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated audited
financial statements for each of the years in the three-year
periods ended December 31, 2007, including the Notes
thereto (collectively, the Consolidated Financial
Statements), are included elsewhere in this
Form 20-F,
while data for prior periods have been derived from our
Consolidated Financial Statements used in such periods.
The following information should be read in conjunction with
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
related Notes thereto included in Item 8. Financial
Information Financial Statements in this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
8,756
|
|
|
$
|
7,234
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
8,760
|
|
|
|
7,238
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(5,845
|
)
|
|
|
(5,532
|
)
|
|
|
(4,672
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
3,228
|
|
|
|
2,566
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
|
(1,026
|
)
|
|
|
(947
|
)
|
|
|
(785
|
)
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
|
(1,630
|
)
|
|
|
(1,532
|
)
|
|
|
(1,238
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net(1)
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(205
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
(2,846
|
)
|
|
|
(2,793
|
)
|
|
|
(2,545
|
)
|
|
|
(2,232
|
)
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
|
$
|
601
|
|
|
$
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (basic)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (diluted)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.65
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (basic)
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
896.1
|
|
|
|
892.8
|
|
|
|
891.2
|
|
|
|
888.2
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (diluted)
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
958.5
|
|
|
|
935.6
|
|
|
|
935.1
|
|
|
|
937.1
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(2)
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
|
$
|
2,027
|
|
|
$
|
1,950
|
|
|
$
|
2,998
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash for equity investments
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
|
|
12,439
|
|
|
|
13,800
|
|
|
|
13,477
|
|
Short-term debt (including current portion of long-term debt)
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(2)
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
1,767
|
|
|
|
2,944
|
|
Shareholders equity(2)
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
8,480
|
|
|
|
9,110
|
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
Capital stock(3)
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
3,074
|
|
|
|
3,051
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Capital expenditures(4)
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
1,441
|
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
1,798
|
|
|
|
2,342
|
|
|
|
1,920
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(4)
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
1,944
|
|
|
|
1,837
|
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
Debt-to-equity ratio(5)
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.38
|
|
Net debt (cash) to total shareholders equity ratio(5)
|
|
|
(0.132
|
)
|
|
|
(0.078
|
)
|
|
|
(0.026
|
)
|
|
|
0.001
|
|
|
|
0.012
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other income and expenses, net includes, among other
things, funds received through government agencies for research
and development expenses, the cost of new production facilities
start-ups,
foreign currency gains and losses, gains on sales of marketable
securities and non-current assets and the costs of certain
activities relating to intellectual property. Our reported
research and development expenses are mainly in the areas of
product design, technology and development, and do not include
marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as
selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and
process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales. |
|
(2) |
|
On November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial
aggregate principal amount of Zero-Coupon Senior Convertible
Bonds due 2010 (the 2010 Bonds), for net proceeds of
$1,458 million; in 2003, we repurchased on the market
approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at
maturity of 2010 Bonds. During 2004, we completed the repurchase
of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately
$472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity for a
total amount paid of $375 million. In 2001, we redeemed the
remaining $52 million of our outstanding Liquid Yield
Option Notes due 2008 (our 2008 LYONs) and converted
them into common shares in May and June 2001. In 2001, we
repurchased 9,400,000 common shares for $233 million, and
in 2002, we repurchased an additional 4,000,000 shares for
$115 million. We reflected these purchases at cost as a
reduction of shareholders equity. The repurchased shares
have been designated for allocation under our share-based
compensation programs on non-vested shares, including the plans
as approved by the 2005, 2006 and 2007 annual general
shareholders meetings, and those which may be attributed
in the future. As of December 31, 2007,
2,867,119 shares were transferred to employees upon vesting
of stock awards. In August 2003, we issued $1,332 million
principal amount at issuance of our convertible bonds due 2013
(our 2013 Convertible Bonds) with a negative yield
of 0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount of
$1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million.
During 2004, we repurchased all of our outstanding Liquid Yield
Option Notes due 2009 (our 2009 LYONs) for a total
amount of cash paid of $813 million. In February 2006, we
issued Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016 (our
2016 Convertible Bonds) representing total gross
proceeds of $974 million. In March 2006, we issued
500 million Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013 (our
2013 Senior Bonds). In August 2006, as a result of
almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds
exercising their August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased
$1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding convertible bonds at a conversion ratio of $985.09
per $1,000 aggregate principal amount at issuance resulting in a
cash disbursement of $1,377 million. |
|
(3) |
|
Capital stock consists of common stock and capital surplus. |
|
(4) |
|
Capital expenditures are net of certain funds received through
government agencies, the effect of which is to decrease
depreciation. |
5
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Net debt (cash) to total shareholders equity ratio is a
non-U.S.
GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP
financial measure is considered to be Debt-to-Equity
Ratio. However, the Debt-to-Equity Ratio measures gross
debt relative to equity, and does not reflect the current cash
position of the Company. We believe that our net debt (cash) to
total shareholders equity ratio is useful to investors as
a measure of our financial position and leverage. The ratio is
computed on the basis of our net financial position divided by
total shareholders equity. Our net financial position is
the difference between our total cash position (cash and cash
equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities,
short-term deposits and restricted cash) net of total financial
debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and
long-term debt). For more information on our net financial
position, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources Capital Resources Net
financial position. Our computation of net debt (cash) to
total shareholders equity ratio may not be consistent with
that of other companies, which could make comparability
difficult. |
Risk
Factors
Risks
Related to the Semiconductor Industry
The
semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the
semiconductor industry can negatively affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to
significant economic downturns at various times. Downturns are
typically characterized by diminished demand giving rise to
production overcapacity, accelerated erosion of average selling
prices, high inventory levels and reduced revenues. Downturns
may be the result of industry-specific factors, such as excess
capacity, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving
standards, changes in end-customer demand,
and/or
macroeconomic trends impacting global economies. Such
macroeconomic trends relate to the semiconductor industry as a
whole and not necessarily to the individual semiconductor
markets to which we sell our products. The negative effects on
our business from industry downturns may also be increased to
the extent that such downturns are concurrent with the timing of
new increases in production capacity in our industry.
We have experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in
the past and expect to experience them in the future, which
could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
Reduction
in demand or increase in production capacity for semiconductor
products may lead to overcapacity, which in turn may require
plant closures, asset impairments, restructuring charges and
inventory write-offs.
Capital investments for semiconductor manufacturing equipment
are made both by integrated semiconductor companies like us and
by specialist semiconductor foundry companies, which are
subcontractors that manufacture semiconductor products designed
by others.
According to data published by industry sources, investments in
worldwide semiconductor fabrication capacity totaled
approximately $29.5 billion in 2003, $45.7 billion in
2004, $46.1 billion in 2005, $54.8 billion in 2006 and
an estimated $57.2 billion in 2007, or approximately 18%,
22%, 20%, 22% and 22%, respectively, of the total available
market (the TAM) for these years. The net increase
of manufacturing capacity, defined as the difference between
capacity additions and capacity reductions, may exceed demand
requirements, leading to overcapacity and price erosion.
In recent years, overcapacity and cost optimization have led us
to close manufacturing facilities that used more mature process
technologies and, as a result, to incur significant impairment,
restructuring charges and related closure costs. In 2007 we
announced closures of our Phoenix, Carrollton, and Ain Sebaa
manufacturing facilities and recorded impairment, restructuring
charges and related closure costs of $73 million.
Previously announced restructuring and cost reduction plans were
substantially completed as of December 31, 2007 and
resulted in total charges of approximately $38 million. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Impairment, Restructuring Charges and
Other Related Closure Costs.
There can be no assurance that future changes in the market
demand for our products
and/or the
need to mitigate overcapacity or obsolescence in our
manufacturing facilities may not require us to lower the prices
we charge for our products,
and/or that
market downturns, or overcapacity or obsolescence may not lead
us to incur additional impairment and restructuring charges,
which may have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
6
Competition
in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able
to compete successfully if our product design technologies,
process technologies and products do not meet market
requirements.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
following characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
price;
|
|
|
|
technical performance;
|
|
|
|
product features;
|
|
|
|
product system compatibility;
|
|
|
|
product design and technology;
|
|
|
|
timely introduction of new products;
|
|
|
|
product availability;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing yields; and
|
|
|
|
sales and technical support.
|
We face significant competition in each of our product lines.
Similarly, many of our competitors also offer a large variety of
products. Some of our competitors may have greater financial
and/or more
focused research and development resources than we do. If these
competitors substantially increase the resources they devote to
developing and marketing products that compete with ours, we may
not be able to compete successfully. Any consolidation among our
competitors could also enhance their product offerings,
manufacturing efficiency and financial resources, further
strengthening their competitive position.
Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if
our products are not selected based on any of the above factors,
our business, financial condition and results of operations
could be materially adversely affected.
We regularly devote substantial resources to winning competitive
bid selection processes, known as product design
wins, to develop products for use in our customers
equipment and products. These selection processes can be lengthy
and can require us to incur significant design and development
expenditures, with no guarantee of winning or generating
revenue. Delays in developing new products with anticipated
technological advances and failure to win new design projects
for customers or in commencing volume shipments of new products
may have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, there
can be no assurance that new products, if introduced, will gain
market acceptance or will not be adversely affected by new
technological changes or new product announcements from other
competitors that may have greater resources or are more focused
than we are. Because we typically focus on only a few customers
in a product area, the loss of a design win can sometimes result
in our failure to offer a generation of a product. This can
result in lost sales and could hurt our position in future
competitive selection processes because we may be perceived as
not being a technology or industry leader.
Even after obtaining a product design win from one of our
customers, we may still experience delays in generating revenue
from our products as a result of our customers or our lengthy
development and design cycle. In addition, a delay or
cancellation of a customers plans could significantly
adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred
significant expense and generated no revenue at the time of such
delay or cancellation. Finally, if our customers fail to
successfully market and sell their own products, it could
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations as the demand for our products falls.
Semiconductor
and other products that we design and manufacture are
characterized by rapidly changing technology and new product
introductions, and our success depends on our ability to develop
and manufacture complex products cost- effectively and to
scale.
Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to
constant technological improvements and may require large
expenditures for capital investments, advanced research and
technology development. Many of the resulting products that we
market, in turn, have short life cycles, with some being less
than one year.
If we experience substantial delays or are unable to develop new
design or process technologies, our results of operations or
financial condition could be adversely affected.
We also regularly incur costs to acquire technology from third
parties without any guarantee of realizing the anticipated value
of such expenditures due to better market acceptance of
technologies developed by competitors or market demand. We
charged $47 million as annual amortization expense on our
consolidated statement of income in 2007 related to technologies
and licenses acquired from third parties. In 2007 we signed a
major technology
7
development agreement with IBM to develop 32-nm and 22-nm
complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS)
process technology for
300-mm
silicon wafers in order to pursue ongoing core CMOS technology
development following the termination of the R&D Crolles 2
Alliance with Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors
starting this year. We also signed an agreement with IBM to
license a derivative technology to implement in our proprietary
process for the manufacture of 45-nm integrated circuits. As of
December 31, 2007, the residual value, net of amortization,
registered in our consolidated balance sheet for these
technologies and licenses was $128 million. In addition to
amortization expenses, the value of these assets may be subject
to impairment with associated charges being made to our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In November 2007 we closed a business acquisition, which
included intellectual property and design engineers, in the
wireless market for approximately $92 million. In December
2007 we announced, and in January 2008 completed the acquisition
of Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip) for
intellectual property related to the digital consumer
marketplace and design engineers for $342 million. There is
no assurance that such purchases will be successful and will not
lead to impairments and associated charges.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry may lead
to further measures to improve our competitive position and cost
structure, which in turn may result in loss of revenues, asset
impairments and/or capital losses.
We are continuously considering various measures to improve our
competitive position and cost structure in the semiconductor
industry.
In 2007 we also made the decision to divest our Flash Memory
activities by combining our business with that of Intel and
announcing the planned creation of a new independent
semiconductor company in the area of Flash memories, which was
named Numonyx. The intent is that such new company will benefit
from critical size to be competitive in this market. The
transaction concerning the creation of Numonyx is planned to
close in the first quarter of 2008. There is no assurance that
such transaction will close within the timeframe and pursuant to
the terms currently planned.
Recently, our sales increased at a slower pace than the
semiconductor industry as a whole and our market share declined,
even in relation to the markets we serve. Although we recovered
in 2006 with an increase in our sales of 11% compared to an
increase of 9% for the industry overall, in 2007, our sales
increased 1.5% while the industry increased by approximately 3%.
There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or to
grow our market share, if we are not able to accelerate product
innovation, extend our customer base, realize manufacturing
improvements
and/or
otherwise control our costs. In addition, in recent years the
semiconductor industry has continued to increase manufacturing
capacity in Asia in order to access lower-cost production and to
benefit from higher overall efficiency, which has led to a
stronger competitive environment. We may also in the future, if
market conditions so require, consider additional measures to
improve our cost structure and competitiveness in the
semiconductor market, such as increasing our production capacity
in Asia, discontinuing certain product families or adding
restructurings, which in turn may result in loss of revenues,
asset impairments
and/or
capital losses.
Risks
Related to Our Operations
Strategic
repositioning may be required, in light of market dynamics, to
improve our business performance.
As a result of a strategic review of our product portfolio, we
decided in 2007 to divest our Flash Memory activities by
combining our business with that of Intel and announcing the
planned creation of a new independent semiconductor company in
the area of Flash memories, which was named Numonyx. The intent
is that such new company will benefit from critical size to be
competitive in this market. The transaction concerning the
creation of Numonyx is planned to close in the first quarter of
2008. In 2007 we incurred a loss of $1,106 million in
connection with this planned transaction. The amount of the loss
may increase pending the final evaluation report being prepared
by an independent firm, as well as the impact of any further
deterioration in the market conditions of the Flash memory
business and the credit markets generally. Further, if the
transaction is postponed or not consummated as planned, we may
incur additional charges. Once Numonyx begins operations, we may
also incur losses proportionate to our equity holding in this
company.
Additionally, we are constantly monitoring our product portfolio
and cannot exclude that additional steps in this repositioning
process may be required; further, we cannot assure that the
strategic repositioning of our business will be successful and
produce the planned operational and strategic benefits and may
not result in further impairment and associated charges.
8
Future
acquisitions or divestitures may adversely affect our
business.
Our strategies to improve our results of operations and
financial condition may lead us to make significant acquisitions
of businesses that we believe to be complementary to our own, or
to divest ourselves of activities that we believe do not serve
our longer term business plans. In addition, certain regulatory
approvals for potential acquisitions may require the divestiture
of business activities.
Our potential acquisition strategies depend in part on our
ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their
acquisition and obtain required regulatory and other approvals.
Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on our
ability to define the activities in which we should no longer
engage, and then determine and execute appropriate methods to
divest of them.
Acquisitions and divestitures involve a number of risks that
could adversely affect our operating results, including:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention;
|
|
|
|
difficult integration of acquired company operations and
personnel;
|
|
|
|
loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented
our remaining businesses;
|
|
|
|
insufficient intellectual property rights or potential
inaccuracies in the ownership of key IP;
|
|
|
|
assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed,
associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may
exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;
|
|
|
|
potential inaccuracies in the financial and accounting systems
utilized by the business acquired;
|
|
|
|
that the businesses acquired will not maintain the quality of
products and services that we have historically provided;
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to attract and retain qualified management
for the acquired business;
|
|
|
|
loss of important services provided by key employees that are
assigned to divested activities;
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to retain customers of the acquired
entity; and
|
|
|
|
goodwill and other intangible asset impairment, due to the
inability of the business to meet managements expectations
at the time of the acquisition.
|
These and other factors may cause a materially adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.
In
difficult market conditions, our high fixed costs adversely
impact our results.
In less favorable industry environments, we are driven to reduce
prices in response to competitive pressures and we are also
faced with a decline in the utilization rates of our
manufacturing facilities due to decreases in product demand.
Reduced average selling prices for our products adversely affect
our results of operations. Since the semiconductor industry is
characterized by high fixed costs, we are not always able to
reduce our total costs in line with revenue declines.
Furthermore, in periods of reduced customer demand for our
products, our wafer fabrication plants (fabs) do not
operate at full capacity and the costs associated with the
excess capacity are charged directly to cost of sales as unused
capacity charges. Additionally, a significant number of our
manufacturing facilities are located in France and Italy and
their cost of operation have been significantly affected by the
rise of the Euro against the U.S. dollar, our reporting
currency, over the last few years. In 2007 the U.S. dollar
was $1.35 to 1.00 compared to $1.24 in 2006 and may weaken
further in the future. Over the last five years, our gross
profit margin has varied from a high of 37.9% in the third
quarter of 2004 to a low of 32.9% in the first quarter of 2005.
We cannot guarantee that difficult market conditions will not
adversely affect the capacity utilization of our fabs and,
consequently our future gross margins. We cannot guarantee that
increased competition in our core product markets will not lead
to further price erosion, lower revenue growth rates and lower
margins.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry has led to
industry consolidation and we may face even more intense
competition from newly merged competitors or we may seek to
acquire a competitor or become an acquisition
target.
The intensely competitive environment of the semiconductor
industry and the high costs associated with developing
marketable products and manufacturing technologies may lead to
further consolidation in the industry. Such consolidation can
allow a company to further benefit from economies of scale,
provide improved or more
9
diverse product portfolios and increase the size of its
serviceable market. Consequently, we may seek to acquire a
competitor to improve our market position and the applications
and products we can market. We may also become a target for a
company looking to improve its competitive position. Such an
occurrence may take place at any time with consequences that may
not be predictable and which can have a materially adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our
financial results can be adversely affected by fluctuations in
exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S.
dollar.
A significant variation of the value of the U.S. dollar
against the principal currencies which have a material impact on
us (primarily the Euro, but also certain other currencies of
countries where we have operations) could result in a favorable
impact on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the
U.S. dollar, or a negative impact on our net income if the
U.S. dollar depreciates relative to these currencies.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations because our reporting currency is the
U.S. dollar, in which we receive the major part of our
revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a significant
portion of our costs in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. Certain significant costs incurred by us, such
as manufacturing labor costs and depreciation charges, selling,
general and administrative expenses, and research and
development expenses, are incurred in the currencies of the
jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Our effective
average exchange rate, which reflects actual exchange rate
levels combined with the impact of hedging programs, was $1.35
to 1.00 in 2007, compared to $1.24 in 2006.
A decline of the U.S. dollar compared to the other major
currencies that affect our operations negatively impacts our
expenses, margins and profitability, especially if we are unable
to balance or shift our
Euro-denominated
costs to other currency areas or to U.S. dollars. Any such
actions may not be immediately effective, could prove costly,
and their implementation could prove demanding on our management
resources.
In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the
fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy has been
to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our
customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of
purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars
and to reduce the weight of the other costs, including labor
costs and depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other
currencies. In order to further reduce our exposure to
U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged
certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in
particular with respect to a portion of the cost of goods sold,
most of the research and development expenses and certain
selling and general and administrative expenses located in the
Euro zone. No assurance can be given that the value of the
U.S. dollar will not actually appreciate with hedging
transactions, potentially preventing us from benefiting from
lower Euro-denominated manufacturing costs when translated into
our U.S. dollar-based accounts or that we will not suffer
from weakening of the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro on
the non-hedged portion of our costs and expenses. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates
and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk.
Because
we have our own manufacturing facilities, our capital needs are
high compared to competitors who do not produce their own
products.
As a result of our choice to maintain control of a certain
portion of our advanced proprietary manufacturing technologies
to better serve our customer base and to develop our strategic
alliances, significant amounts of capital to maintain or upgrade
our facilities could be required in the future. Our capital
expenditures have been significant in recent years and we spent
$1.1 billion in 2007. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources. We have evolved our strategy towards a less
capital intensive model and as such we expect our capital
expenditures to be in the range of 10% of our 2008 revenues. Our
costs may also increase as the complexity of the individual
manufacturing equipment increases. We have the flexibility to
modulate our investments up or down in response to changes in
market conditions, and we are prepared to accelerate investments
in leading-edge technologies if market conditions require.
To stay competitive in the semiconductor industry, we must
transition towards
300-mm
manufacturing technology, which is much more expensive than
150-mm or
200-mm
technologies. We operated a
300-mm
facility with Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (formerly a division
of Motorola Inc.) (Freescale Semiconductor) and NXP
Semiconductors B.V. (formerly Philips Semiconductor
International B.V.) (NXP Semiconductors) until
December 31, 2007 in Crolles, France
(Crolles2). This relationship has since expired and
we have chosen to take full ownership of the fab and acquire our
former partners equipment. This choice may lead to an
increase in our manufacturing costs. Following the announced
closures in 2007 of our
200-mm
facility in Phoenix and our
10
150-mm
facility in Carrollton, we are in the process of transferring
production primarily to other facilities, which involves certain
risks as customers are required to requalify these facilities.
We may
also need additional funding in the coming years to finance our
investments or to purchase other companies or technologies
developed by third parties.
In an increasingly complex and competitive environment, we may
need to invest in other companies
and/or in
technology developed by third parties to improve our position in
the market. We may also consider acquisitions to complement or
expand our existing business. Any of the foregoing may also
require us to issue additional debt, equity, or both; the timing
and the size of any new share or bond offering would depend upon
market conditions as well as a variety of factors, and any such
transaction or any announcement concerning such a transaction
could materially impact the market price of our common shares.
If we are unable to access such capital on acceptable terms,
this may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our
research and development efforts are increasingly expensive and
dependent on alliances, and our business, results of operations
and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the
failure or termination of such alliances, or failure to find new
partners in such alliance and/or in developing new process
technologies in line with market requirements.
We are dependent on alliances to develop or access new
technologies, due to the increasing levels of required
investments, and there can be no assurance that these alliances
will be successful. For example, we had been cooperating with
Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors for the joint
research and development of CMOS process technology to provide
90-nm to 45-nm chip technologies on
300-mm
wafers, as well as the operation of a
300-mm wafer
pilot line fab in Crolles, France. We had first formed the
Crolles2 alliance with NXP Semiconductors in 2000 and renewed
the partnership in 2002 when Freescale Semiconductor joined the
alliance (Crolles2 Alliance). The Crolles2 Alliance
was strengthened in 2002 through a joint development program
with TSMC for process technology alignment, in 2004 by the
Nanotec-300 research program with CEA-LETI for the development
of the 45-nm and 32-nm process technology nodes, and again in
2005 by including
300-mm wafer
testing and packaging, as well as the development and licensing
of core libraries and intellectual property (IP).
The Crolles2 Alliance expired on December 31, 2007, as a
result of the decision of both NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductors to terminate their participation at the end of
the initial term.
We signed an agreement with IBM effective January 1, 2008
to collaborate on the development of advanced CMOS process
technology that is used in semiconductor development and
manufacturing. The agreement includes 32-nm and 22-nm CMOS
process-technology development, design enablement and advanced
research adapted to the manufacturing of
300-mm
silicon wafers. In addition, it includes both the core bulk CMOS
technology and value-added derivative
System-on-Chip
(SoC) technologies. The new agreement between IBM
and us will also include collaboration on IP development and
platforms to speed the design of SoC devices in these
technologies. We also signed an agreement with IBM to license a
derivative technology to implement in our proprietary process
for the manufacture of 45nm integrated circuits.
We continue to believe that the shared research and development
(R&D) business model contributes to the fast
acceleration of semiconductor process technology development
while allowing us to lower our development and manufacturing
costs. However, there can be no assurance that alliances will be
successful and allow us to develop and access new technologies
in due time, in a cost-effective manner
and/or to
meet customer demands. Furthermore, if these alliances terminate
before our intended goals are accomplished we may lose our
investment, or incur additional unforeseen costs, and our
business, results of operations and prospects could be
materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to
develop or otherwise access new technologies independently, we
may fail to keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the
semiconductor industry, our participation in the overall
semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market
share in the market addressed by our products.
Our
operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter
and annually and may differ significantly from our expectations
or guidance.
Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors
that could materially and adversely affect revenues and
profitability or lead to significant variability of operating
results. These factors include, among others, the cyclicality of
the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, capital
requirements, inventory management, availability of funding,
competition, new product developments, technological changes and
manufacturing problems. Furthermore, our effective tax rate
currently takes into consideration certain favorable tax rates
and
11
incentives, which, in the future, may not be available to us.
See Note 23 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. In
addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations
in quarterly and annual operating results, including:
|
|
|
|
|
performance of our key customers in the markets they serve;
|
|
|
|
order cancellations or reschedulings by customers;
|
|
|
|
excess inventory held by customers leading to reduced bookings
or product returns by key customers;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing capacity and utilization rates;
|
|
|
|
restructuring and impairment charges;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between
the U.S. dollar and other currencies in jurisdictions where
we have activities;
|
|
|
|
intellectual property developments;
|
|
|
|
changes in distribution and sales arrangements;
|
|
|
|
failure to win new design projects;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing performance and yields;
|
|
|
|
product liability or warranty claims;
|
|
|
|
litigation;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions or divestitures;
|
|
|
|
problems in obtaining adequate raw materials or production
equipment on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
property damage or business interruption losses resulting from a
catastrophic event not covered by insurance; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the market value or yield of the financial
instruments in which we invest our liquidity.
|
Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors have in the past
and may in the future adversely affect our operating results.
Furthermore, in periods of industry overcapacity or when our key
customers encounter difficulties in their end markets, orders
are more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price
renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our
managements ability to forecast the next quarter or full
year production levels, revenues and margins. For these reasons
and others that we may not yet have identified, our revenues and
operating results may differ materially from our expectations or
guidance as visibility is reduced. See Item 4.
Information on the Company Backlog.
Our
business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the
industries and segments into which our products are sold and in
our ability to attract and retain new customers. A market
decline in any of these industries or our inability to attract
new customers could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
We derive and expect to continue to derive significant sales
from the telecommunications equipment, industrial and automotive
industries, as well as the home, personal and consumer segments
generally. Growth of demand in the telecommunications equipment,
industrial and automotive industries as well as the home,
personal and consumer segments, has in the past fluctuated, and
may in the future fluctuate, significantly based on numerous
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
spending levels of telecommunications equipment, industrial
and/or
automotive providers;
|
|
|
|
development of new consumer products or applications requiring
high semiconductor content;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards;
|
|
|
|
the rate of adoption of new or alternative technologies; and
|
|
|
|
demand for automobiles, consumer confidence and general economic
conditions.
|
We cannot guarantee the rate, or the extent to which, the
telecommunications equipment or automotive industries or the
home, personal or consumer segments will grow. Any decline in
these industries or segments could result in slower growth or a
decline in demand for our products, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
12
In addition, spending on process and product development well
ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations
if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as
forecasted.
Our business is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain
new customers. The competition for such new customers is
intense. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in
attracting and retaining new customers. Our failure to do so
could materially adversely affect our business, financial
position and results of operations.
Disruptions
in our relationships with any one of our key customers could
adversely affect our results of operations.
A substantial portion of our sales is derived from several large
customers, some of whom have entered into strategic alliances
with us. As of December 31, 2007, our largest customer was
Nokia, which accounted for 21.1% of our 2007 net revenues,
compared to 21.8% in 2006 and 22.4% in 2005. In 2007, our top
ten original equipment manufacturers (OEM) customers
accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenues, compared to
approximately 51% of our 2006 net revenues and
approximately 50% of our 2005 net revenues. We cannot
guarantee that our largest customers will continue to book the
same level of sales with us that they have in the past and will
not solicit alternative suppliers. Many of our key customers
operate in cyclical businesses that are also highly competitive,
and their own demands and market positions may vary
considerably. In recent years, certain customers of the
semiconductor industry have experienced consolidation. Such
consolidations may impact our business in the sense that our
relationships with the new entities could be either reinforced
or jeopardized pursuant thereto. Our customers have in the past,
and may in the future, vary order levels significantly from
period to period, request postponements to scheduled delivery
dates or modify their bookings. Approximately 20% of our net
revenues were made through distributors in 2007, compared to
approximately 19% in 2006 and approximately 18% in 2005. We
cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain or enhance our
market share with our key customers or distributors. If we were
to lose one or more design wins for our products with our key
customers, or if any key customer or distributors were to reduce
or change its bookings, seek alternate suppliers, increase its
product returns or fail to meet its payment obligations, our
business financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected. If customers do not purchase
products made specifically for them, we may not be able to
resell such products to other customers or require the customers
who have ordered these products to pay a cancellation fee.
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including
customers use of outsourcing and new and revised supply
chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast the purchase
date for our products and evolving customer demand, thereby
affecting our revenues and working capital requirements. For
example, pursuant to industry developments, some of our products
are required to be delivered on consignment to customer sites
with recognition of revenue delayed until such moment, which
must occur within a defined period of time, when the customer
chooses to take delivery of our products from our consignment
stock.
Our
operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment
of goodwill and other intangible assets incurred in the course
of acquisitions, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due
to changes in the business environment.
Our operating results can also vary significantly due to
impairment of goodwill booked pursuant to acquisitions and to
the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties. As
of December 31, 2007, the value registered on our audited
consolidated balance sheet for goodwill was $290 million
and the value for technologies and licenses acquired from third
parties was $128 million, net of amortization. Because the
market for our products is characterized by rapidly changing
technologies, and because of significant changes in the
semiconductor industry, our future cash flows may not support
the value of goodwill and other intangibles registered in our
consolidated balance sheet. Furthermore, the ability to generate
revenues for our fixed assets located in Europe may be impaired
by an increase in the value of the Euro with respect to the
U.S. dollar, as the revenues from the use of such assets
are generated in U.S. dollars. We are required to annually
test goodwill and to assess the carrying values of intangible
and tangible assets when impairment indicators exist. As a
result of such tests, we could be required to book impairment in
our statement of income if the carrying value in our
consolidated balance sheet is in excess of the fair value. The
amount of any potential impairment is not predictable as it
depends on our estimates of projected market trends, results of
operations and cash flows. In addition, the introduction of new
accounting standards can lead to a different assessment of
goodwill carrying value, which could lead to a potential
impairment of the goodwill amount. Any potential impairment, if
required, could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations.
13
Because
we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and
certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if
suppliers interrupt supply or increase prices.
Our ability to meet our customers demand to manufacture
our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality
raw materials on a timely basis. A number of materials are
available only from a limited number of suppliers, or only from
a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. In
addition, we purchase raw materials such as silicon wafers, lead
frames, mold compounds, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases
from a number of suppliers on a
just-in-time
basis, as well as other materials such as copper and gold whose
prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly during
recent periods. Although supplies for the raw materials we
currently use are adequate, shortages could occur in various
essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased
demand in the industry. In addition, the costs of certain
materials, such as copper and gold, may increase due to market
pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost increases
to the prices we charge to our customers. We also purchase
semiconductor manufacturing equipment from a limited number of
suppliers and because such equipment is complex it is difficult
to replace one supplier with another or to substitute one piece
of equipment for another. In addition, suppliers may extend lead
times, limit our supply or increase prices due to capacity
constraints or other factors. Furthermore, suppliers tend to
focus their investments on providing the most technologically
advanced equipment and materials and may not be in a position to
address our requirements for equipment or materials of older
generations. Shortages of supplies have in the past impacted and
may in the future impact the semiconductor industry, in
particular with respect to silicon wafers due to increased
demand and decreased production. Although we work closely with
our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no
assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the
future. Our quarterly or annual results of operations would be
adversely affected if we were unable to obtain adequate supplies
of raw materials or equipment in a timely manner or if there
were significant increases in the costs of raw materials or
problems with the quality of these raw materials.
Our
manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and
potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions or inefficient
implementation of production changes that can significantly
increase our costs and delay product shipments to our
customers.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced
and increasingly costly equipment and are continuously being
modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and
product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the
manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or
result in losses of products in process. As system complexity
and production changes have increased and sub-micron technology
has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been
reduced and requirements for precision have become even more
demanding. Although in the past few years we have significantly
enhanced our manufacturing capability in terms of efficiency,
precision and capacity, we have from time to time experienced
bottlenecks and production difficulties that have caused
delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in
the semiconductor industry. We cannot guarantee that we will not
experience bottlenecks, production or transition difficulties in
the future. In addition, during past periods of high demand for
our products, our manufacturing facilities have operated at high
capacity, which has led to production constraints. Furthermore,
if production at a manufacturing facility is interrupted, we may
not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely
basis, or customers may purchase products from other suppliers.
In either case, the loss of revenue and damage to the
relationship with our customer could be significant.
Furthermore, we periodically transfer production equipment
between production facilities and must ramp up and test such
equipment once installed in the new facility before it can reach
its optimal production level.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have, from time
to time, experienced and may in the future experience
difficulties in transferring equipment between our sites,
ramping up production at new facilities or effecting transitions
to new manufacturing processes. Our operating results may be
adversely affected by an increase in fixed costs and operating
expenses linked to production if revenues do not increase
commensurately with such fixed costs and operating expenses.
We may
be faced with product liability or warranty
claims.
Despite our corporate quality programs and commitment, our
products may not in each case comply with specifications or
customer requirements. Although our practice, in line with
industry standards, is to contractually limit our liability to
the repair, replacement or refund of defective products,
warranty or product liability claims could result in significant
expenses relating to compensation payments or other
indemnification to maintain good customer relationships if a
customer threatens to terminate or suspend our relationship
pursuant to a defective product supplied by us. Furthermore, we
could incur significant costs and liabilities if litigation
occurs to defend against such claims and if damages are awarded
against us. In addition, it is possible for one of our customers
to
14
recall a product containing one of our parts. Costs or payments
we may make in connection with warranty claims or product
recalls may adversely affect our results of operations. There is
no guarantee that our insurance policies will be available or
adequate to protect against such claims.
If our
outside contractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect
our ability to exploit growth opportunities.
We currently use outside contractors, both for foundries and
back-end activities. Our foundries are primarily manufacturers
of high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(HCMOS) wafers and nonvolatile memory technology,
while our back-end subcontractors engage in the assembly and
testing of a wide variety of packaged devices. If our outside
suppliers are unable to satisfy our demand, or experience
manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields, our
results of operations and ability to satisfy customer demand
could suffer. In addition, purchasing rather than manufacturing
these products may adversely affect our gross profit margin if
the purchase costs of these products are higher than our own
manufacturing costs. Our internal manufacturing costs include
depreciation and other fixed costs, while costs for products
outsourced are based on market conditions. Prices for these
services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at
our suppliers, quantities demanded, product technology and
geometry. Furthermore, these outsourcing costs can vary
materially from quarter to quarter and, in cases of industry
shortages, they can increase significantly further, negatively
impacting our gross margin.
We
depend on patents to protect our rights to our
technology.
We depend on our ability to obtain patents and other
intellectual property rights covering our products and their
design and manufacturing processes. We intend to continue to
seek patents on our inventions relating to product designs and
manufacturing processes. However, the process of seeking patent
protection can be long and expensive, and we cannot guarantee
that we will receive patents from currently pending or future
applications. Even if patents are issued, they may not be of
sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or
any commercial advantage. In addition, effective patent,
copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or
limited in some countries. Competitors may also develop
technologies that are protected by patents and other
intellectual property and therefore either be unavailable to us
or be made available to us subject to adverse terms and
conditions. We have in the past used our patent portfolio to
negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of our
competitors enabling us to design, manufacture and sell
semiconductor products, without fear of infringing patents held
by such competitors. We may not, however, in the future be able
to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary
intellectual property on favorable terms for the conduct of our
business, and such failure may adversely impact our results of
operations.
We have from time to time received, and may in the future
receive, communications alleging possible infringement of
patents and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we
may become involved in costly litigation brought against us
regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade
secrets. We are currently involved in patent litigation with
SanDisk Corporation with respect to our Flash memory products
and in litigation with Tessera, Inc. regarding packaging
technologies. See Item 8. Financial
Information Legal Proceedings. In the event
that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us,
we may be required to obtain a license to the underlying
intellectual property rights upon economically unfavorable terms
and conditions, possibly pay damages for prior use
and/or face
an injunction, all of which, singly or in the aggregate, could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
ability to compete.
Finally, litigation could cost us financial and management
resources necessary to enforce our patents and other
intellectual property rights or to defend against third party
intellectual property claims, when we believe that the amounts
requested for a license are unreasonable.
Some
of our production processes and materials are environmentally
sensitive, which could lead to increased costs due to
environmental regulations or to damage to the
environment.
We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating,
among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and disposal
of chemicals, gases and other hazardous substances used in our
manufacturing processes, air emissions, waste water discharges,
waste disposal, as well as the investigation and remediation of
soil and ground water contamination. European Directive
2002/96/EC (WEEE Directive) imposes a take
back obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the
collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic
equipment. Additionally, European Directive 2002/95/EC
(ROHS Directive) banned the use of lead and some
flame retardants in electronic components as of July 2006. Our
activities in the EU are also subject to the European Directive
2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas allowance
trading, and to the applicable national implementing
legislation. In addition, Regulation 1907/2006 of
December 18, 2006 requires the registration,
15
evaluation, authorization and restriction of a large number of
chemicals (REACH). The REACH process started on
June 1, 2007. The implementation of any such legislation
could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales
by requiring us to acquire costly equipment, materials or
greenhouse gas allowances, or to incur other significant
expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and
emission disposal processes. We are not in a position to
quantify specific costs, in part because these costs are part of
our business process. Furthermore, environmental claims or our
failure to comply with present or future regulations could
result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines
against us, suspension of production or a cessation of
operations. As with other companies engaged in similar
activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or
adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous
substances could subject us to future liabilities. Any specific
liabilities we identify as probable would be reflected in our
consolidated balance sheet. To date, we have not identified any
such specific liabilities. We therefore have not booked specific
reserves for any specific environmental risks. See
Item 4. Information on the Company
Environmental Matters.
Loss
of key employees could hurt our competitive
position.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, success depends to a
significant extent upon our key senior executives and research
and development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing,
support and other personnel. Our success also depends upon our
ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified
personnel. The competition for such employees is intense, and
the loss of the services of any of these key personnel without
adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified
personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.
We
operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax
regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments
and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our
results.
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied
tax regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax
assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on
our results in any particular quarter. For example, in 2007, we
had a tax benefit of $23 million, as compared to a tax
benefit of $20 million in 2006. In 2007, it included
$72 million of benefit related to the impairment on assets
to be contributed into the planned disposal of the Flash
Memories Groups (FMG) assets held for sale. In
2006, we benefited from a favorable assessment of our tax assets
and liabilities mainly due to a favorable outcome of a tax
litigation in one of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our
tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating profits within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently receive certain tax benefits in some
countries, and these benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the local jurisdictions. As a result, our
effective tax rate could increase in the coming years.
In line with our strategic repositioning of our product
portfolio, the purchase or divestiture of businesses in
different jurisdictions could materially affect our effective
tax rate in future periods.
We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising
out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and
provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures.
There can be no assurance that we will be successful in
resolving such tax claims. Our failure to do so
and/or the
need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a
material adverse effect on our financial position.
We are
required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements using both
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
in addition to our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared
pursuant to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the
United States (U.S. GAAP) and dual reporting may
impair the clarity of our financial reporting.
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed
on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa Italiana, and, consequently,
we are subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29,
2003 requiring us to report our results of operations and
Consolidated Financial Statements using IFRS (previously known
as International Accounting Standards or IAS). As
from January 1, 2008 we are also required to prepare a
semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards. We
use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards, as
U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our
creation in 1987. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial
reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results
to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our
reporting, thereby providing our investors with a clear
understanding of our financial performance.
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements
under IFRS requires us to prepare our results of operations
using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP
and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual
reporting materially increases the complexity of our investor
communications. The main potential areas of discrepancy concern
capitalization and amortization of development expenses required
under IFRS and the
16
accounting for compound financial instruments. Our financial
condition and results of operations reported in accordance with
IFRS will differ from our financial condition and results of
operations reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which
could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
Our reporting under two different accounting standards filed
with the relevant regulatory authorities, also now in interim
periods, could result in confusion if recipients of the
information do not properly distinguish between the information
reported using U.S. GAAP and the information reported using
IFRS, particularly when viewing our profitability and operating
margins under one or the other set of accounting standards.
Given this risk, and the complexity of maintaining and reviewing
two sets of accounts, we may consider at some point in the
future to report primarily in IFRS.
If our
internal control over financial reporting fails to meet the
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, it
may have a materially adverse effect on our stock
price.
The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules that require us to include a
management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting in our annual report on
Form 20-F.
In addition, we must also include an attestation by our
independent registered public accounting firm regarding the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
We have successfully completed our Section 404 assessment
and received the auditors attestation as of
December 31, 2007. However, in the future, if we fail to
complete a favorable assessment from our management or to obtain
our auditors attestation, we may be subject to regulatory
sanctions or may suffer a loss of investor confidence in the
reliability of our financial statements, which could lead to an
adverse effect on our stock price.
Reduction
in the amount of public funding available to us, changes in
existing public funding programs or demands for repayment may
increase our costs and impact our results of
operations.
Like many other manufacturers operating in Europe, we benefit
from governmental funding for research and development expenses
and industrialization costs (which include some of the costs
incurred to bring prototype products to the production stage),
as well as from incentive programs for the economic development
of underdeveloped regions. Public funding may also be
characterized by grants
and/or
low-interest financing for capital investment
and/or tax
credit investments. See Item 4. Information on the
Company Public Funding. We have entered into
public funding agreements in France and Italy, which set forth
the parameters for state support to us under selected programs.
These funding agreements may require compliance with EU
regulations and approval by EU authorities.
We rely on receiving funds on a timely basis pursuant to the
terms of the funding agreements. However, the funding of
programs in France and Italy is subject to the annual
appropriation of available resources and compatibility with the
fiscal provisions of their annual budgets, which we do not
control, as well as to our continuing compliance with all
eligibility requirements. If we are unable to receive
anticipated funding on a timely basis, or if existing
government-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if
we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, this
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition. There is no assurance that any
alternative funding would be available, or that, if available,
it could be provided in sufficient amounts or on similar terms.
The application for and implementation of such grants often
involves compliance with extensive regulatory requirements
including, in the case of subsidies to be granted within the EU,
notification to the European Commission by the member state
making the contemplated grant prior to disbursement and receipt
of required EU approval. In addition, compliance with
project-related ceilings on aggregate subsidies defined under EU
law often involves highly complex economic evaluations.
Furthermore, public funding arrangements are generally subject
to annual and
project-by-project
reviews and approvals. If we fail to meet applicable formal or
other requirements, we may not be able to receive the relevant
subsidies, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations. If we do not receive anticipated
fundings, this may lead us to curtail or discontinue existing
projects, which may lead to further impairments. In addition, if
we do not complete projects for which public funding has been
approved we may be required to repay any advances received for
completed milestones, which may lead to a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.
The
interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn
controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments,
may conflict with investors interests.
We have been informed that as of December 31, 2007,
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (ST Holding
II), a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics
Holding N.V. (ST Holding), owned
250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued
common shares. ST Holding is therefore effectively in a position
to control
17
actions that require shareholder approval, including corporate
actions, the election of our Supervisory Board and our Managing
Board and the issuance of new shares or other securities.
We have also been informed that the shareholders agreement
among ST Holdings shareholders (the STH
Shareholders Agreement), to which we are not a
party, governs relations between our current indirect
shareholders Areva Group, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A.
(CDP) and Finmeccanica S.p.A.
(Finmeccanica), each of which is ultimately
controlled by the French or Italian government, see
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions Major Shareholders. The STH
Shareholders Agreement includes provisions requiring the
unanimous approval by shareholders of ST Holding before ST
Holding can make any decision with respect to certain actions to
be taken by us. Furthermore, as permitted by our Articles of
Association, the Supervisory Board has specified selected
actions by the Managing Board that require the approval of the
Supervisory Board. See Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related-Party Transactions Major Shareholders.
These requirements for the prior approval of various actions to
be taken by us and our subsidiaries may give rise to a conflict
of interest between our interests and investors interests,
on the one hand, and the interests of the individual
shareholders approving such actions, on the other, and may
affect the ability of our Managing Board to respond as may be
necessary in the rapidly changing environment of the
semiconductor industry. Our ability to issue new shares or other
securities may be limited by the existing shareholders
desire to maintain their proportionate shareholding at a certain
minimum level and our ability to buy back shares may be limited
by a recently enacted Dutch law that may require shareholders
that own more than 30% of our voting rights to launch a tender
offer for our outstanding shares. Dutch law, however, requires
members of our Supervisory Board to act independently in
supervising our management and to comply with applicable Dutch
and non-Dutch corporate governance standards.
Our
shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting), and to terminate a substantially similar
option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us
and ST Holding II. Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board,
along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they
are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of
our Company and our major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board
approved the new option agreement to reflect changes in Dutch
legal requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover
attempt. On February 7, 2007, the May 31, 1999 option
agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent by
ST Holding II and us and the new option agreement we
concluded with the Stichting became effective on the same date.
The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a
maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the
May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The Stichting
would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole
discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference
shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a
creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common
shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting
exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it
must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference
shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no
longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from
effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of
control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance
of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share
capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the
requirements of our Articles of Association, see
Item 10. Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association Share Capital
as of December 31, 2007 Issuance of Shares,
Preemption Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).
Our
direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common
shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our
common shares at any time. In addition, substantial sales by us
of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common
share price to drop significantly.
The STH Shareholders Agreement, to which we are not a
party, between respectively FT1CI our French Shareholder
controlled by Areva, and Cassa Depositi e Prestiti and
Finmeccanica, our Italian shareholder, permits our respective
French and Italian indirect shareholders to cause ST Holding to
dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion at any time
from their current level, and to reduce the current level of
their respective indirect interests in our common shares. We
have recently been informed that FT1CI, Areva, Cassa Depositi e
Prestiti have agreed to modify the STH Shareholders
Agreement. The details of the STH Shareholders Agreement
as declared by ST Holding II are further explained in
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions Major Shareholders. Disposals of
our shares by the parties to the STH Shareholders
Agreement can be made by
18
way of the issuance of financial instruments exchangeable for
our shares, equity swaps, structured finance transactions or
sales of our shares. An announcement with respect to one or more
of such dispositions could be made at any time without our
advance knowledge.
In addition, Finmeccanica Finance S.A. (Finmeccanica
Finance), a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, has issued
501 million aggregate principal amount of
exchangeable notes, exchangeable into up to 20 million of
our existing common shares due 2010 (the Finmeccanica
Notes). The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable at
the option of the holder into our existing common shares since
January 2, 2004. In September 2005, France Telecom caused
the sale of approximately 26 million of our common shares
pursuant to the terms of a convertible bond issued by France
Telecom. In December 2005, Finmeccanica caused the sale of
approximately 1.5 million of our common shares. On
February 27, 2008 Finmeccanica announced that it would sell
approximately 26 million of our shares representing
approximately 2,85% of our share capital to FT1CI.
Further sales of our common shares or issue of bonds
exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements
concerning a potential sale by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CDP or
Finmeccanica, could materially impact the market price of our
common shares. The timing and size of any future share or
exchangeable bond offering by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CDP or
Finmeccanica would depend upon market conditions as well as a
variety of factors.
Because
we are a Dutch company subject to the corporate law of the
Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty
protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than
if we were a U.S. company.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of
Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated
in the Netherlands. The corporate affairs of each of our
consolidated subsidiaries are governed by the Articles of
Association and by the laws governing such corporations in the
jurisdiction in which such consolidated subsidiary is
incorporated. The rights of the investors and the
responsibilities of members of our Supervisory Board and
Managing Board under Dutch law are not as clearly established as
under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore,
U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their
interests in the face of actions by our management, members of
our Supervisory Board or our controlling shareholders than
U.S. investors would have if we were incorporated in the
United States.
Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets
are located outside the United States. In addition, ST
Holding II and most members of our Managing and Supervisory
Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United
States and Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to effect service within the United
States or Canada upon us, ST Holding II, or members of our
Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States
or Canada judgments obtained against such persons in
U.S. or Canadian courts, or to enforce in U.S. or
Canadian courts judgments obtained against such persons in
courts in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada.
This could be true in any legal action, including actions
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of
U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions
brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United
States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
We have been advised by our Dutch counsel, De Brauw Blackstone
Westbroek N.V., that the United States and the Netherlands do
not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition
and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in
civil and commercial matters. As a consequence, a final judgment
for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court
in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not
predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United
States, will not be enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if
the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings
a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands, such party
may submit to the Netherlands court the final judgment that has
been rendered in the United States. If the Netherlands
court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court
in the United States has been based on grounds that are
internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have
been observed, the court in the Netherlands would, under current
practice, give binding effect to the final judgment that has
been rendered in the United States unless such judgment
contravenes the Netherlands public policy.
Removal
of our common shares from the CAC 40 on Euronext Paris, the
S&P/MIB on the Borsa Italiana or the Philadelphia Stock
Exchange Semiconductor Sector Index could cause the market price
of our common shares to drop significantly.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40 index on
Euronext Paris since November 12, 1997; the S&P/MIB on
the Borsa Italiana, or Italian Stock Exchange since
March 18, 2002; and the Philadelphia Stock Exchange
Semiconductor Index (SOX) since June 23, 2003.
However, our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40, the
S&P/MIB or the SOX at any time, and any such removal or
announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common
shares to drop significantly.
19
|
|
Item 4.
|
Information
on the Company
|
History
and Development of the Company
STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 and
resulted from the combination of the semiconductor business of
SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria
Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the
non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by
the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). Until
1998, we operated as SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V. Our
length of life is indefinite. We are organized under the laws of
the Netherlands. We have our corporate legal seat in Amsterdam
and our head offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard
265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport, Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Our
telephone number there is +31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and
operational offices are located at 39 Chemin du Champ des
Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates, Geneva, Switzerland. Our main
telephone number there is +41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service
of process in the United States related to our registration
under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
is STMicroelectronics, Inc., 1310 Electronics Drive, Carrollton,
Texas,
75006-5039
and the main telephone number there is +1-972-466-6000. Our
operations are also conducted through our various subsidiaries,
which are organized and operated according to the laws of their
country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics
N.V.
We completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with
simultaneous listings on Euronext Paris and the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE). In 1998, we listed our shares on
the Borsa Italiana.
Business
Overview
We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor products used in a wide variety of microelectronic
applications, including automotive products, computer
peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products,
industrial automation and control systems. According to
provisional industry data published by iSuppli, we have been
ranked the worlds fifth largest semiconductor company
based on forecasted 2007 total market sales and we held leading
positions in sales of Analog Products and Application Specific
Integrated Circuits (or ASICs). Based on provisional
2007 results published by iSuppli, we believe we were number one
in industrial products, number two in analog products, number
three in wireless and automotive electronics, and number four
in NOR Flash. Based on most recent industry results, we also
believe we ranked as a leading supplier of semiconductors in
2007 for set-top boxes, power management devices and for the
inkjet printer market. Our top 20 customers include
Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Cisco, Conti, Delphi, Delta, Denso,
Ericsson, Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Marelli, Motorola,
Nintendo, Nokia, Philips, Pioneer, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp,
Siemens, Thomson and Western Digital. We also sell our products
through global distributors and retailers, including Arrow
Electronics, Avnet, BSI Semiconductor, Future Electronics,
Wintech and Yosun.
The semiconductor industry has historically been a cyclical one
and we have responded through emphasizing balance in our product
portfolio, in the applications we serve, and in the regional
markets we address. Consequently, from 1994 through 2007, our
revenues grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 10.8%
compared to 7.3% for the industry as a whole.
We offer a broad and diversified product portfolio and develop
products for a wide range of market applications to reduce our
dependence on any single product, application or end market.
Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing
products that leverage our technological strengths in creating
customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and
mixed-signal content. Our product families include
differentiated application-specific products (which we define as
being our dedicated analog, mixed-signal and digital ASIC and
Application Specific Standard Products (ASSP)
offerings and semicustom devices) that we organized under our
Application Specific Product Groups (ASG); power
devices, microcontrollers, discrete products, special
nonvolatile memory and Smartcard products organized under our
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS) and Flash
Memories Group (FMG). Our ASG products, which are
generally less vulnerable to market cycles than standard
commodity products, accounted for 54.4% of our net revenues in
2007. Our IMS product accounted for 31.4% of our net revenues in
2007, while sales of our FMG products accounted for 13.6% of our
net revenues in 2007.
Our products are manufactured and designed using a broad range
of manufacturing processes and proprietary design methods. We
use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies,
including CMOS, bipolar and nonvolatile memory technologies. In
addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed
advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce
differentiated and application-specific products, including
bipolar CMOS technologies (BiCMOS) for mixed-signal
applications, and diffused metal oxide semiconductor
(DMOS) technology and Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS
(BCD technologies) for intelligent power
applications
20
and embedded memory technologies. This broad technology
portfolio, a cornerstone of our strategy for many years, enables
us to meet the increasing demand for SoC and
System-in-Package
(SiP) solutions. Complementing this depth and
diversity of process and design technology is our broad
intellectual property portfolio that we also use to enter into
important patent cross-licensing agreements with other major
semiconductor companies.
Effective January 1, 2007, to meet the evolving
requirements of the market together with the pursuit of a
strategic repositioning in Flash memory, we reorganized our
product segment groups into ASG, IMS and FMG. Since this date,
we report our sales and operating income in three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
ASG is comprised of the Mobile, Multimedia &
Communications Group (MMC), the Home
Entertainment & Displays Group (HED), the
Automotive Product Group (APG) and the Computer
Peripherals Group (CPG);
|
|
|
|
IMS is comprised of the Analog, Micro-Electronic-Mechanical
Systems (MEMS), and Power Group (AMP)
and the Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards Group
(MMS); and
|
|
|
|
the FMG incorporates all of the Flash memory operations (both
NOR and NAND), including technology R&D, all product
related activities, front-end and back-end manufacturing,
marketing and sales worldwide.
|
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in
the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on
technology research and development as well as capital
investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities,
which are planned at the corporate level; therefore, our product
segments share common research and development for process
technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their
products. However, in view of the contemplated FMG business
disposal, FMG has incorporated since January 1, 2007 all of
the Flash memory operations (both NOR and NAND), including
technology R&D, all product related activities, front-end
and back-end manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide.
In the past three years, we have pursued various initiatives to
reshape our company by (i) establishing a less
capital-intensive business model; (ii) repositioning our
product portfolio in order to improve financial returns;
(iii) improving our manufacturing competitiveness through
the restructuring of our production capacity with a view to
increased overall efficiencies; (iv) improving our research
and development effectiveness through a program focusing on our
key products and redeployment of certain resources with the aim
to improve time-to-market; (v) promoting sales expansion
for mass market applications and new major key accounts with a
special focus on the Chinese and Japanese markets; and
(vi) changing and reorganizing our management team.
21
Results
of Operations
The tables below set forth information on our net revenues by
product group segment and by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Product Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
|
|
$
|
5,439
|
|
|
$
|
5,395
|
|
|
$
|
4,991
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
$
|
3,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,073
|
|
|
$
|
2,789
|
|
North America(3)
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
1,281
|
|
Asia Pacific(4)
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
1,860
|
|
Greater China(4)
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
Emerging Markets(3)(5)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Net Revenues by Product Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
54.8
|
%
|
|
|
56.2
|
%
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Net Revenues by Location of Order
Shipment(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
|
|
31.4
|
%
|
North America(3)
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
Asia Pacific(4)
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
Greater China(4)
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Emerging Markets(3)(5)
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes revenues from sales of Subsystems and other revenues
not allocated to product segments. |
|
(2) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. |
|
(3) |
|
As of July 2, 2006, the region North America
includes Mexico which was part of Emerging Markets in prior
periods. Amounts have been reclassified to reflect this change. |
|
(4) |
|
As of January 1, 2006, we created a new region,
Greater China to focus exclusively on our operations
in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Net revenues for Asia Pacific
for prior periods were restated according to the new perimeter. |
|
(5) |
|
Emerging Markets includes markets such as India, Latin America
(excluding Mexico), the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU
excluding Bulgaria and Romania and non-EFTA) and Russia. |
22
Strategy
The semiconductor industry is undergoing several significant
structural changes characterized by:
|
|
|
|
|
the changing long-term structural growth of the overall market
for semiconductor products, which has moved from double-digit
average growth rate to single-digit average growth rate over the
last several years;
|
|
|
|
the strong development of new emerging applications in areas
such as wireless communications, solid-state storage, digital TV
and video products and games;
|
|
|
|
the increasing importance of the Asia Pacific region,
particularly in China, and other emerging countries, which
represents the fastest growing regional markets;
|
|
|
|
the importance of convergence between wireless, consumer and
computer applications, which drives customer demand to seek new
system-level, turnkey solutions from semiconductor suppliers;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of the customer base from original equipment
manufacturers (OEM) to a mix of OEM, electronic
manufacturing service providers (EMS) and original
design manufacturers (ODM);
|
|
|
|
the expansion of available manufacturing capacity through
third-party providers; and
|
|
|
|
the recent consolidation process and increased participation of
private equity firms, which may lead to further strategic
repositionings and reorganization amongst industry players.
|
Our strategy within this challenging environment is designed to
focus on the following complementary key elements:
Broad, balanced market exposure. We offer a
diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide
range of market applications using a variety of technologies,
thereby reducing our dependence on any single product,
application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we
have focused on developing products that leverage our
technological strengths in creating customized, system-level
solutions for high-growth digital and mixed-signal applications.
We target five key markets comprised of:
(i) communications, primarily wireless and portable
multimedia; (ii) computer peripherals, including data
storage and printers; (iii) digital consumer, including
set-top boxes, DVDs, digital TVs, digital cameras and digital
audio; (iv) automotive, including engine, body and safety,
car radio, car multimedia and telematics; and
(v) industrial and multisegment products, including MEMS,
power supply, motor-control, lighting, metering, banking and
Smartcard.
Product innovation. We aim to be leaders in
multimedia convergence and power applications. In order to serve
these segments, our plan is to maintain and further establish
existing leadership positions for (i) platforms and chipset
solutions for digital consumer, mobile handsets and car
navigation; and (ii) power applications, which are driving
system solutions for customer specific applications, as well as
a wide client base in the field of industrial applications,
motor control, factory automation, lighting, power supply and
automotive, all of which require less research and development
effort and manufacturing capital intensity than more advanced
and complex application-specific devices.
We also dedicate significant resources to new product
development. We have identified our key product offerings in
each of the targeted market segments and have concentrated our
R&D resources to develop leading-edge products for each.
Examples include: digital-base band and multi-media solutions
for wireless, digital consumer products focused on set-top boxes
and digital TVs, SoC offerings in data storage and
system-oriented products for the multisegment sector. We are
also targeting new end markets, such as medical applications.
Finally, we have decided to strategically reposition our
participation in the Flash memory business in order to achieve
the appropriate economies of scale which are demanded in this
competitive segment, which will also result in reducing our
exposure to the capital intensity of the industry.
Customer-based initiatives. There are three
tenets to our sales strategy. First, we work with our key
customers to identify evolving needs and new applications and to
develop innovative products and product features. We have formal
alliances with certain strategic customers that allow us and our
customers (with whom we jointly share certain product
developments) to exchange information and which give our
customers access to our process technologies and manufacturing
infrastructure. We have formed alliances with customers
including Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Hewlett-Packard, Marelli,
Nokia, Nortel, Pioneer, Seagate, Continental AG, Thomson and
Western Digital. Our strategic alliances have been historically
a major growth driver for us. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, revenues
from strategic customer alliances accounted for approximately
44%, 41% and 40% respectively of our net revenues. Secondly, we
are targeting new major key accounts, where we can leverage our
position as a supplier of application-specific products with a
broad range product portfolio to better address the requirements
of large users of semiconductor products with whom our
penetration has historically been quite low. Finally, we have
23
targeted the mass market, or those customers outside of our
traditional top 50 customers, who require system-level solutions
for multiple market segments. In addition, we have focused on
two regions as key ingredients in our future sales growth,
Greater China and Japan, where we have recently launched new
marketing initiatives.
Global integrated manufacturing
infrastructure. We have a diversified,
leading-edge manufacturing infrastructure, comprising front-end
and back-end facilities, capable of producing silicon wafers
using our broad process technology portfolio, including our
CMOS, BiCMOS and BCD technologies as well as our discretes
technologies. Assembling, testing and packaging of our
semiconductor products take place in our large and modern
back-end facilities, which generally are located in low-cost
areas. We have also developed relationships with outside
contractors for foundry and back-end services.
Reduced asset intensity. While confirming our
mission to remain an integrated device manufacturing company,
and in conjunction with our decision to pursue the strategic
repositioning of our Flash memories to meet the requirements of
the market, we have recently decided to reduce our capital
intensity in order to optimize opportunities between internal
and external front-end production, reduce our dependence on
market cycles that impact the loading of our fabs, and decrease
the burden of depreciation on our financial performance. We have
been able to reduce the capex-to-sales ratio from a historic
average of 26% of sales during the period of 1995 through 2004,
to 11.4% of sales in 2007, with a target at about 10% of sales
in 2008.
Research and development partnerships. The
semiconductor industry is increasingly characterized by higher
costs and technological risks involved in the research and
development of state-of-the-art processes. These higher costs
and technological risks have driven us to enter into cooperative
partnerships, in particular for the development of basic CMOS
technology: specifically, following the decision of Freescale
Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors to terminate their
participation in the Crolles2 Alliance for the development of
the CMOS process technology at the end of December 2007, we
reached an agreement with IBM to collaborate on the development
of CMOS process technology for 32-nm and 22-nm nodes. We remain
convinced that the shared R&D business development model
contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor process
technology development, and we therefore remain committed to our
strategy of our alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area
of technology development. Additionally, we maintain our
commitment to develop proprietary derivatives from advanced CMOS
technology. Furthermore, we are continuing our development in
the proprietary process technologies in order to maintain our
leadership in Smart Power, analog, discretes, MEMS and mixed
signal processes.
Integrated presence in key regional
markets. We have sought to develop a competitive
advantage by building an integrated presence in each of the
worlds economic zones that we target: Europe, Asia, China
and America. An integrated presence means having design and
sales and marketing capabilities in each region, in order to
ensure that we are well positioned to anticipate and respond to
our customers business requirements. We also have
front-end manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Europe and Asia.
Our more labor-intensive back-end facilities are located in
Malaysia, Malta, Morocco, Singapore and China, enabling us to
take advantage of more favorable production cost structures,
particularly lower labor costs. Major design centers and local
sales and marketing groups are within close proximity of key
customers in each region, which we believe enhances our ability
to maintain strong relationships with our customers.
Product quality excellence. We aim to develop
the quality excellence of our products and in the various
applications we serve and we have launched a company-wide
Product Quality Awareness program built around a three-pronged
approach: (i) the improvement of our full product cycle
involving robust design and manufacturing, improved detection of
potential defects, and better anticipation of failures through
improved risk assessment, particularly in the areas of product
and process changes; (ii) improved responsiveness to
customer demands; and (iii) ever increasing focus on
quality and discipline in execution.
Sustainable Excellence and Compliance. In
2007, we launched a program focusing on sustainable excellence
and compliance. Ethics training deployed through all levels of
our organizations are based on our Principles for
Sustainable Excellence (PSE) which require us
to integrate and execute all of our business activities,
focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global
business partners. Further, we introduced a process to enable
our employees to report matters relating to ethics violations
through a confidential reporting line and we formed an Ethics
Committee, whose mandate is to provide advice to management and
employees about our Principles for Sustainable Excellence and
other ethical issues. We also created the position of Chief
Compliance Officer in December 2007.
Return on capital employed. We remain focused
on providing our shareholders with value creation, specifically
measured in terms of return on net assets in excess of our
weighted average cost of capital.
24
Products
and Technology
We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of
products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. Our products include discretes, memories and standard
commodity components, ASICs (full custom devices and semicustom
devices) and ASSPs for analog, digital, and mixed-signal
applications. Historically, we have not produced dynamic random
access memory (DRAMs) or x86 microprocessors,
despite seeking to develop or acquire the necessary IP to use
them as components in our SoC solutions.
In 2007, we ran our business along product lines and managed our
revenues and internal operating income performance based on the
following product segments:
We also design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and
modules for a wide variety of products in the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets in our
Subsystems division. Based on its immateriality, we do not
report information separately for Subsystems.
Application
Specific Product Groups
The Application Specific Product Groups (ASG) is
responsible for the design, development and manufacture of
application-specific products, as well as mixed analog/digital
semicustom-devices, using advanced bipolar, CMOS, BiCMOS
mixed-signal and power technologies. The businesses in the ASG
offer complete system solutions to customers in several
application markets. All products are ASSPs, full-custom or
semicustom devices that may also include digital signal
processor (DSP) and microcontroller cores. The
businesses in the ASG particularly emphasize dedicated
Integrated Circuits (ICs) for automotive, computer
peripherals, consumer and certain industrial application
segments, as well as for mobile and fixed communication,
computing and networking application segments.
Our businesses in the ASG work closely with customers to develop
application-specific products using our technologies,
intellectual property, and manufacturing capabilities. The
breadth of our customer and application base provides us with a
better source of stability in the cyclical semiconductor market.
The ASG is comprised of four product lines Mobile,
Multimedia & Communications Group (MMC)
Home Entertainment and Displays Group (HED),
Computer Peripherals Group (CPG), and our Automotive
Products Group (APG).
Mobile,
Multimedia and Communications Group
This product line encompasses our largest application segment:
telecommunications, and contains four divisions, serving
telecommunications products.
(i) Wireless Multimedia Division. We
focus our product offerings on mobile handsets serving several
major OEMs, with a combination of application specific ICs as
well as a growing capability in our platform offering. In this
market we are strategically positioned in energy management,
audio coding and decoding functions (CODEC) and
radio frequency ICs. We estimate that we ship over 30%, by
volume, of the mobile-phone industrys primary
energy-management devices and audio ICs. We are transitioning
from ICs to modular solutions in the field of radio frequency
and energy management for 3G handsets. In December 2006, we
announced a major design win for an ASIC solution for use in
3G/3.5G digital basebands at Ericsson Mobile Platforms. This
award represents a significant new product category for us.
Furthering our presence in the digital baseband field, in
November 2007 we acquired 185 design engineers and certain
intellectual property in the wireless field from Nokia, as part
of our multifaceted agreement related to 3G chipset development
for production beginning in 2010. We also have developed a
product offering in the application processor segment known as
the Nomadik family, addressing the market for
multimedia application processor chips. These products are
designed for smart- and feature-based mobile phones, portable
wireless products and other applications including automotive
entertainment and navigation, and digital consumer products, and
the chips are being sampled by a wide range of potential
customers. We have design wins at Nokia, Samsung and LG.
(ii) Imaging Division. We focus on the
wireless handset image-sensor market. We are in production of
CMOS-based camera modules and processors for
low-and-high
density pixel resolutions, which also meet the auto
25
focus, advanced fixed focus and miniaturization requirements of
this market. In certain situations, we will also sell
leading-edge sensors. We have cumulatively shipped hundreds of
millions of CMOS camera-phone solutions since entering this
market in 2003. We believe that we are one of the leading camera
module providers in 2007.
(iii) Connectivity Division. To respond
to the market need for increased functionality of handsets, we
created the Connectivity Division to address wireless LAN
(WLAN), Bluetooth and connectivity requirements. Our
product offerings include WLAN and Bluetooth and Bluetooth/FM
radio combination chips designed for low power consumption and a
small form factor. We have multiple design wins and are in
volume production for several customers in Asia and Europe for
our products. In particular, we are manufacturing in volume our
single-chip WLAN, Bluetooth and combination ICs for several
customers, including a tier-one cell phone manufacturer. Our
next generation of ICs increase combination chip offerings with
single-die multi-function capability in 65-nm.
(iv) Communications Infrastructure
Division. This division provides solutions for
the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments Our wireline
telecommunications products, both ASIC and ASSP, are used in
telephone sets, modems, subscriber line interface cards
(SLICs) for digital central office switching
equipment and the high-speed electronic and optical
communications networks. In the wireless field we focus on ASIC
market due to our many years of experience in the fields of
digital baseband chip, radio frequency and mixed-signal
products, having recently closed our design activity in the
wireless infrastructure ASSP market.
Home
Entertainment and Displays Group
Our Home Entertainment Group (HED) addresses product
requirements for the digital consumer application market and has
four divisions.
(i) Home Video Division. This division
focuses on products for digital retail, satellite, cable and
IPTV set-top box products and digital television offerings. We
continue to expand our product offerings and customer base by
introducing solutions for the set-top box market with features
such as web-browsing, digital video recording and time-shifting
capabilities. In 2007, we further reinforced our historical
market leadership in set-top box back-end decoders with the
introduction of the STi710x series of products, the latest
member of our OMEGA family of set-top box decoder solutions.
This 90-nm family of single-chip SoC devices address the fast
growing high-definition market, performs at an advanced speed
and has enhanced graphics and security features as well as
integrated DVR capability, while retaining compatibility with
our earlier products. We continue to strengthen our product
offerings by addressing software solutions supporting multiple
codes, including DVB-MHP (Java) and Microsoft Windows Media
based systems.
Our latest product, the STi7109, is our second-generation H.264
high-definition TV (HDTV) AVC and VC-1 decoder.
Building on the success of the STi710x, the worlds first
single-chip AVC and MPEG-2 decoder, the STi7109 adds VC-1
decoding, improved security, connectivity features, and support
for emerging DVD formats and security standards. These products
are being deployed for satellite, IPTV, and terrestrial
broadcast by several operators, including Canal+, France Telecom
and Telecom Italia. The successor products, the STi7111 and the
STi7200, both single-chip dual-decode devices in 65-nm
technology, are now being sampled by customers.
We address the digital television markets with a wide range of
highly integrated ASSPs and application-specific
microcontrollers. Significant numbers of televisions integrating
digital terrestrial capability using the STi55xx family as
digital plug-in solutions have been sold, primarily in Europe.
We acquired Genesis Microchip on January 17, 2008 and will
integrate the companys intellectual property, products and
personnel into this division and the Home Display Division in
2008. We expect to significantly improve our integrated
television product offering as a result of this integration.
(ii) Interactive System Solutions
Division. We offer customers and partners the
capability to jointly develop highly integrated solutions for
their consumer products. We utilize a broad and proven base of
expertise, advanced technologies and hardware/software
intellectual property to provide
best-in-class
differentiated products for a select base of customers and
markets.
(iii) Home Display Division. This
division offers products aimed at the analog TV market, switches
and sound processors as well as CRT monitors. Our products cover
driver chips for the flat-panel industry and CRT applications.
Our product development is focused mainly on driver chips for
various kinds of flat-panel display technologies used in small
and large LCDs, having curtailed our efforts in drivers for
Plasma and small screen applications in 2007. These products use
proprietary technologies fitting the various electrical
parameters required by those market segments, ranging from low
to very high voltages and currents and from junction to oxide
isolation (SOI).
26
(iv) Audio Division. We design and
manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio
applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers,
audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs. We recently
introduced a family of class D audio amplifier
offerings aimed primarily at home, desktop and mobile
applications with digital-to-digital complete system solution
capability that improve sound quality while reducing power
consumption, size and cost.
Computer
Peripherals Group
(i) Data Storage Division. We produce
SoCs and analog ASICs for several data storage applications,
specializing in disk drives with advanced solutions for
read/write-channels, disk controllers, host interfaces, digital
power processing, motor controllers and micromachinery. We
believe that based on sales, we are, and have been for many
years, one of the largest semiconductor companies supplying the
hard disk drive market.
Complementing our strong position in SoCs, we believe we are the
market leader in motor controllers and we are providing
solutions for all market segments, including enterprise, desktop
and mobile applications. We are currently providing SoC
solutions based on proprietary IP in production at 130-nm and
90-nm for desktop, mobile and server applications. We also
supply a kit including a SoC disk controller and a
motion-control power combo to a leading maker of drives for
mobile applications. A market leader in the data storage market
selected our latest 65-nm SoC for its next generation of drives,
which we expect to begin shipping in volume in 2009. This SoC
includes a rich variety of our own IP including our proprietary
read/write channel, Serial ATA controller and microcomputer core.
(ii) Printer Division. We are focusing on
inkjet and multifunction printer components and are an important
supplier of pen chips, motor drivers, and head drivers, digital
engines, including those in high performance photo-quality
applications and digital color copiers. We are also expanding
our offerings to include a reconfigurable ASSP product family,
known as SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture),
designed for flexibility and ease-of-use by printer
manufacturers. We have successfully validated and released our
SPEAr Head, a new member of our SPEAr family of configurable
SoCs that address various applications, including digital
engines for printers, scanners, and other embedded-control
applications. Additionally in this area, our partnership with
one of our major customers expanded with two new digital engine
designs wins in next-generation printer and MultiFunction
platforms.
(iii) Microfluidics Division. This
division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic
product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head
product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such
as molecular and health diagnostics. As a result, we announced
an agreement with MobiDiag to create a complete system for
genomic-based detection of infectious diseases based on our
silicon MEMS
Lab-on-Chip
technology and with Veredus for the detection of Avian Flu.
Automotive
Products Group
Our automotive products include alternator regulators, airbag
controls, anti-skid braking systems, vehicle stability control,
ignition circuits, injection circuits, multiplex wiring kits and
products for body and chassis electronics, engine management,
instrumentation systems, car radio and multimedia, as well as
car satellite and navigation systems. We hold a leading position
in the IC market for automotive products. We have developed a
joint initiative with Freescale Semiconductor for the
development of 90-nm embedded Flash technology and common
products based on cost-effective 32-bit microcontrollers for use
in all automotive applications.
(i) Powertrain and Safety Division. From
engine and transmission control to mechanical-electronic
solutions, microelectronics are steadily pervading all sectors
of the automotive industry. Our robust family of automotive
products, including MEMS accelerometers, complete standard
solutions for DC-motor control and automotive grade 16-bit
microcontrollers with embedded Flash memory provide a broad
range of features that enhance performance, safety and comfort
while reducing the environmental impact of the automobile.
(ii) Car Body Division. We manufacture
products for the body and chassis electronics requirements of
the car. These products range from microcontrollers used in
lighting, door and window/wiper applications to junction boxes,
power solutions, dashboards and climate-control needs.
(iii) Car Radio and Multimedia
Division. We provide auto manufacturers with full
solutions for analog and digital car radio solutions for
tolling, navigation and other telematic applications. The
increasingly complex requirements of the car/driver interface
have opened a market for us in the area of car multimedia to
include products based on our Nomadik platform of multimedia
processors. We have the know-how and experience to offer to the
market complete telematics solutions, which include circuits for
GPS navigation, voice recognition, audio amplification and audio
signal processing.
27
(iv) Digital Broadcast Radio
Division. Our products are used by the
fast-growing satellite radio segment. We provide a number of
components to this application, including base-band products for
the reception of signals by the market leaders. Our penetration
in the digital satellite broadcast market is growing with the
success of the two American providers.
Industrial
and Multisegment Sector
The Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS) is
responsible for the design, development and manufacture of
discrete power devices, (power transistors and other discrete
power devices), standard linear and logic ICs, and radio
frequency products. In addition, this segment spearheads our
ongoing efforts to maintain and develop high-end analog products
and of consolidating our world leadership position in power
applications, with full solutions centered around
microcontroller applications. This segment is organized into two
groups: Analog Power and MEMS (APM) and
Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards (MMS).
APM
(i) Power MOSFET Division. We design,
manufacture and sell Power MOSFETs (Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field
Effect Transistors) ranging from 20 to 1000 volts for most of
the switching applications on the market today. Our
products are particularly well suited for high voltage
switch-mode power supplies and lighting applications, where we
hold a leadership position from low-power, high-volume consumer
to high-power industrial applications.
(ii) Power Bipolar, IGBT and RF
Division. Our bipolar power transistors are used
in a variety of voltage applications, including
television/monitor horizontal deflection circuits, lighting
systems and high power supplies. Our family of ESBT (Emitter
Switch Bipolar Transistor) is suitable for very high
current very high voltage applications, such as
welding machines and PFC (Power Factor Corrector) devices. The
IGBT transistors are well suited for automotive applications,
such as motor control and high-voltage electronic-ignition
actuators. Within this Division we also supply RF transistors
used in television broadcasting transmission systems, radars,
telecommunications systems and avionic equipment.
(iii) ASD and IPAD Division. This
division offers a full range of rectifiers, protection
thyristors (silicon controlled rectifiers or SCRs
and three-terminal semiconductors or Triacs for
controlling current in either direction) and other protection
devices. These components are used in various applications,
including telecommunications systems (telephone sets, modems and
line cards), household appliances and industrial systems
(motor-control and power-control devices). More specifically,
rectifiers are used in voltage converters and regulators and
protection devices, while thyristors vary current flows through
a variety of electrical devices, including lamps and household
appliances. We are leaders in a highly successful range of new
products built with our proprietary Application Specific
Discrete
(ASDtm)
technology, which allows a variety of discrete components
(diodes, rectifiers, thyristors) to be merged into a single
device optimized for specific applications such as
electromagnetic interference filtering for cellular phones.
Additionally, we are leaders in electronic devices integrating
both passive and active components on the same chip, also known
as Integrated Passive and Active Devices (IPAD),
which are widely used in the wireless handset market.
(iv) Linear and Interface Division. We
offer a broad product portfolio of linear and switching
regulators along with operational amplifiers, comparators, and
serial and parallel interfaces covering a variety of
applications like decoders, DC-DC converters and mobile phones.
(vi) Industrial and Power Conversion
Division. We design and manufacture products for
industrial automation systems, lighting applications (lamp
ballast), battery chargers and Switched Mode Power Supplies
(SMPS). Our key products are power ICs for motor
controllers and read/write amplifiers, intelligent power ICs for
spindle motor control and head positioning in hard disk drives
and battery chargers for portable electronic systems, including
mobile handsets.
(vii) Advanced Analog and Logic
Division. We develop innovative, differentiated
and value-added analog products for a number of markets and
applications including point-of-sales terminals, power meters
and white goods. We recently introduced our NEATSwitch portfolio
of application-specific analog, digital, and power switches and
extended our supervisor and reset-IC family. We also produce a
variety of HCMOS logic device families, which include clocks,
registers, gates, latches and buffers. Such devices are used in
a variety of applications, including portable computers,
computer networks and telecommunications systems.
(viii) Micro-electronic-mechanical systems
(MEMS). We manufacture these unique
mechanical devices for a wide variety of applications where
real-world input is required. Our product line includes
three-dimensional accelerometers for use in gaming, disk drives
and mobile phone devices.
28
MMS
(i) Microcontroller Division. We offer a
wide range of 8-, 16- and 32-bit microcontrollers suitable for a
wide variety of applications from those where a minimum cost is
a primary requirement to those that need powerful real-time
performance and high-level language support. These products are
manufactured in processes capable of embedding EPROM, EEPROM and
Flash nonvolatile memories as appropriate. In 2007, we added to
our product offering the STM 32 family of 32-bit Flash
microcontrollers based on an advanced ARM
CortexTM
M3 core.
(ii) Memory Division. We believe we are
the worlds number one supplier of serial nonvolatile
memories that can be electronically rewritten. They are used for
perimeter storage in various electronic devices used in all
market segments. We manufacture our EEPROMs with sub-micron
technology that delivers world-class performance and serves as a
reference in the industry. Our EEPROM portfolio ranges from
1-Kb to
1-Mb devices
delivered in innovative packages. This division also
manufactures application-specific devices, RFID chips and legacy
EPROM products.
(iii) Smartcard IC Division. Smartcards
are card devices containing ICs that store data and provide an
array of security capabilities. They are used in a wide and
growing variety of applications, including public pay-telephone
systems, cellular telephone systems and banks, as well as pay
television systems and ID/passport cards. Other applications
include medical record applications, card-access security
systems, toll-payment and secure transactions over the Internet
applications. We have a long track record of leadership in
Smartcard ICs. Our expertise in security is a key to our
leadership in the finance and
pay-TV
segments and development of IT applications. In addition, our
mastering of the nonvolatile memory technologies is instrumental
to offering the highest memory sizes (128 KBytes and even to
1 MByte), particularly important to address the emerging
high-end mobile phone market.
(vi) Incard Division. The division
develops, manufactures and sells plastic cards (both memory and
microprocessor based) for banking, identification and telecom
applications. Incard operates as a standalone organization and
also directly controls the sales force for this product offering.
Flash
Memories Group
The Flash Memories Group (FMG) designs, develops and
manufactures a broad range of semiconductor memory products.
Flash memory technology, which is one of the enablers of digital
convergence, is the core of our nonvolatile memory activity. The
products developed by the various divisions are complementary
and are addressing different functions
and/or
market segments.
In December 2006, we announced our decision to establish a
stand-alone FMG. This group consolidates all of our Flash memory
operations including NAND and NOR Flash memories technology
R&D, all product related activities, front-end
manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide. This strategic
repositioning of Flash memories was designed to allow for
potential industry consolidation and dimension of scale which we
view as a necessity to compete successfully in this business.
Our memory business is comprised as follows:
(i) Wireless Flash Memories
Division. Wireless applications have very
specific requirements in power consumption, packaging and memory
capabilities. We offer a very wide portfolio of wireless NOR
Flash memories from single-die low-density products through
high-density 2-Gbit solutions, as well as multiple chip packages
containing several memory technology components.
(ii) Imbedded Nor Division. We pioneered
the concept of serial Flash. This division develops products
used in computer, automotive and consumer applications utilizing
parallel NOR and Serial Flash technology. Serial Flash allows
integration of up to 64 Mbit and 128 Mbit in an 8-pin package
for a large variety of applications.
(iii) NAND Flash and Storage Media
Division. In 2004, we began offering NAND Flash
memory products pursuant to a co-development and manufacturing
agreement with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. (Hynix
Semiconductor). Our efforts are targeted at the lower
density memory requirements evolving for embedded wireless
applications. Our most advanced offering, a single die 8 Gigabit
(Gbit) NAND Flash manufactured in 57-nm technology,
is now available in production. NAND Flash is primarily used to
store information such as music, still pictures, video and data
files in a variety of consumer applications, including mobile
phones, MP3 readers, universal serial bus (USB) keys
and digital still cameras.
We have made significant progress on improving the cost position
of our FMG segment, in particular widely developing the
two-bit-per-cell architecture and transitioning to more advanced
technologies, and will continue to
29
seek to enhance our competitive position on all fronts of the
memory market we serve both by adding new products and improving
manufacturing costs.
We expect to deconsolidate this group with the closing of the
Numonyx transaction planned for the first quarter of 2008. From
that point forward, our Flash memory exposure will consist of
our 48.6% equity interest in Numonyx and will be reported in the
Earnings/Loss on equity investments line item on our
consolidated statement of Income, and certain financing
arrangements.
Strategic
Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships
We believe that strategic alliances with customers and industry
partnerships are critical to success in the semiconductor
industry. We have entered into several strategic customer
alliances, including alliances with
Alcatel-Lucent,
Bosch, Hewlett-Packard, Marelli, Nokia, Nortel, Pioneer,
Seagate, Continental AG, Thomson and Western Digital. Customer
alliances provide us with valuable systems and application
know-how and access to markets for key products, while allowing
our customers to share some of the risks of product development
with us and to gain access to our process technologies and
manufacturing infrastructure. We are actively working to expand
the number of our customer alliances, targeting OEMs in the
United States, in Europe and in Asia and our recently announced
digital base-band relationship with Ericsson Mobile Platform is
an example of our success in formalizing this program.
Partnerships with other semiconductor industry manufacturers
permit costly research and development and manufacturing
resources to be shared to mutual advantage for joint technology
development. We have a long history of partnership for the
collaborative development of CMOS process technologies in
Crolles, France. Since January 1, 2008, we are
collaborating with IBM on the development of 32-nm and 22-nm
CMOS process technologies. We will pursue the development, with
IBM, of CMOS derivatives in Crolles. This cooperation follows
the termination at the end of 2007 of the cooperation with
Freescale Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors for the joint
research and development of advanced CMOS process technology on
300-mm
wafers, as well as for the operations of a
300-mm wafer
pilot line fab which has been built in Crolles2. We remain
convinced that the shared R&D business model contributes to
the fast acceleration of semiconductor process technology
development and we will continue to actively pursue an expansion
of our portfolio of alliances to reinforce cooperation in the
area of technology development in Crolles2.
We have also established joint development programs with leading
suppliers such as Air Liquide, Applied Materials, ASM
Lithography, Canon, Hewlett-Packard, KLA-Tencor, LAM Research,
MEMC, Teradyne and Siltronics and with electronic design
automation (EDA) tool producers, including Cadence,
Co-Ware and Synopsys. We also participate in joint European
research programs, such as the MEDEA+ and ITEA programs, and
cooperate on a global basis with major research institutions and
universities. In 2007 we were a founding member of SOI
(Silicon-on-Insulator) Industry Consortium.
We participated in the definition of the New Eureka program
named CATRENE and to the European Nanoelectronics Initiative
Advisory (ENIAC) programs definition.
In 2004, we signed and announced a joint venture agreement with
Hynix Semiconductor to build a front-end memory-manufacturing
facility in Wuxi City, China, and we plan to contribute this
asset to Numonyx.
Customers
and Applications
We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products
that we sell to thousands of customers. Our major customers
include Alcatel-Lucent, Bosch, Cisco, Conti, Delphi, Delta,
Denso, Ericsson, Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Marelli,
Maxtor, Motorola, Nintendo, Nokia, Philips, Pioneer, Samsung,
Seagate, Sharp, Siemens, Thomson and Western Digital. To many of
our key customers we provide a wide range of products, including
application-specific products, discrete devices, memory products
and programmable products. Our position as a strategic supplier
of application-specific products to certain customers fosters
close relationships that provide us with opportunities to supply
such customers requirements for other products, including
discrete devices, programmable products and memory products. We
also sell our products through distributors and retailers,
including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, BSI Semiconductor, Future
Electronics, Wintech and Yosun.
30
The following table sets forth certain of our significant
customers and certain applications for our products:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
2Wire
|
|
Huawei
|
|
Nortel Networks
|
|
Sharp
|
|
|
Alcatel-Lucent
|
|
LG Electronics
|
|
Research in Motion
|
|
Siemens
|
|
|
Cisco
|
|
Motorola
|
|
Safran
|
|
SIRF
|
|
|
Finisar
|
|
Nokia
|
|
Samsung
|
|
Sony Ericsson
|
Applications:
|
|
Camera modules/mobile imaging
Central office switching systems
Data transport (routing, switching for electronic and optical
networks)
Cellular telephones
Internet access (XDSL)
Imaging
|
|
|
|
Portable multimedia Telephone terminals (wireline and wireless)
Wireless connectivity (Bluetooth, WLAN, FM radio)
Wireless infrastructure
|
|
|
Computer Peripherals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Agilent
|
|
Delta
|
|
Intel
|
|
Seagate
|
|
|
Apple
|
|
Eastman Kodak
|
|
Lexmark
|
|
Taiwan-Liteon
|
|
|
BenQ
|
|
Epson
|
|
Microsoft
|
|
Western Digital
|
|
|
Dell
|
|
Hewlett-Packard
|
|
Samsung
|
|
Xilinx
|
Applications:
|
|
Data storage
|
|
|
|
Power management
|
|
|
|
|
Monitors and displays
|
|
|
|
Printers
Webcams
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Bosch
|
|
Harman
|
|
Lear
|
|
TRW
|
|
|
Continental
|
|
Hella
|
|
Marelli
|
|
Valeo
|
|
|
Delphi
|
|
Hitachi
|
|
Pioneer
|
|
Visteon
|
|
|
Denso
|
|
Kostal
|
|
Continental AG
|
|
Sirius Satellite Radio
|
Applications:
|
|
Airbags
Anti-lock braking systems
Body and chassis electronics
Engine management systems
(ignition and injection)
|
|
Global positioning systems Multimedia
Radio/satellite radio
Telematics
Vehicle stability
control
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
ADB
|
|
Echostar
|
|
Philips
|
|
Skyworth
|
|
|
AOC
|
|
Hyundai
|
|
Safran
|
|
Sony
|
|
|
Bose Corporation
|
|
LG Electronics
|
|
Samsung
|
|
Thomson
|
|
|
ChangHong
|
|
Nintendo
|
|
Scientific Atlanta
|
|
Vestel
|
Applications:
|
|
Audio processing (CD,
|
|
|
|
DVDs
|
|
|
|
|
DVD, Hi-Fi)
|
|
|
|
Imaging
|
|
|
|
|
Analog/digital TVs
|
|
|
|
Set-top boxes
|
|
|
|
|
Digital cameras
|
|
|
|
VCRs
|
|
|
|
|
Digital music players
|
|
|
|
Displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial/Other Applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
American Power Conversion
|
|
Delta
|
|
Giesecke & Devrient
|
|
Siemens
|
|
|
Artesyn
|
|
Enel
|
|
Nagra
|
|
Taiwan-Liteon
|
|
|
Astec
|
|
Gemalto
|
|
NDS
|
|
UPEK
|
|
|
Autostrade
|
|
General Electric
|
|
Philips
|
|
Vodafone
|
Applications:
|
|
Battery chargers
|
|
|
|
MEMS
|
|
|
|
|
Smartcard ICs
|
|
|
|
Motor controllers
|
|
|
|
|
Intelligent power switches
|
|
|
|
Power supplies
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial automation/control systems
|
|
|
|
Switch mode power supplies
|
|
|
|
|
Lighting systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(lamp ballasts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, our largest customer, Nokia, represented approximately
21% of our net revenues, compared to approximately 22% in both
2006 and 2005. No other single customer accounted for more than
10% of our net revenues. Sales to our OEM customers accounted
for approximately 80% of our net revenues in 2007, from
approximately 81% of our net revenues in 2006 and 82% in 2005.
Sales to our top ten OEM customers were approximately 49% of
total revenues in 2007, 51% in 2006 and 50% in 2005. We have
several large customers, certain of whom have entered into
strategic alliances with us. Many of our key customers operate
in cyclical businesses and have in the past, and may in the
future, vary order levels significantly from period to period.
In addition, approximately 20% of our net revenues in 2007 were
sold through distributors, compared to 19% in 2006 and 18% in
2005. There can be no assurance that such customers or
distributors, or any other customers, will continue to place
orders with us in the future at the same levels as in prior
periods. See Item 3. Key Information
31
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Disruptions in our relationships with any
one of our key customers could adversely affect our results of
operations.
Sales,
Marketing and Distribution
We operate regional sales organizations in Europe, North
America, Asia Pacific, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging
Markets, which include Latin America, the Middle East and
Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA), Russia and India. For a
breakdown of net revenues by product segment and geographic
region for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007,
see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Segment
Information.
The European region is divided into seven business units:
automotive, consumer and computers, Smartcard, telecom, EMS,
industrial, and distribution. Additionally, for all products,
including commodities and dedicated ICs, we actively promote and
support the sales of these products through sales force, field
application engineers, supply-chain management and
customer-service, and technical competence center for
system-solutions, with support functions provided locally.
In the North America region, the sales and marketing team is
organized into six business units. They are located near major
centers of activity for either a particular application or
geographic region: automotive (Detroit, Michigan), industrial
(Boston, Massachusetts), consumer (Chicago, Illinois), computer
and peripheral equipment (San Jose, California and
Longmont, Colorado), and RFID, communications (Dallas, Texas)
and distribution (Boston, Massachusetts). Each regional business
unit has a sales force that specializes in the relevant business
sector, providing local customer service, market development and
specialized application support for differentiated
system-oriented products. This structure allows us to monitor
emerging applications, to provide local design support, and to
identify new products for development in conjunction with the
various product divisions as well as to develop new markets and
applications with our current product portfolio. A central
product-marketing operation in Boston provides product support
and training for standard products for the North American
region, while a logistics center in Phoenix, Arizona supports
just-in-time
delivery throughout North America. In addition, a comprehensive
distribution business unit provides product and sales support
for the regional distribution network.
In the Asia Pacific region during 2007, sales and marketing
segments were managed from our regional sales headquarters in
Singapore and organized into seven business units (computer and
peripheral, automotive, industrial, home entertainment,
communications and mobile multimedia, distribution and EMS) with
regional and central support organizations (business management,
field quality, HR, Korean country strategic planning and design
coordination). We have sales offices in Korea, Malaysia,
Thailand, Vietnam and Australia. The Singapore sales
organization provides central marketing, customer service,
technical support, logistics, an application laboratory and
design services for the entire region. In addition, there is a
design center in Korea.
On January 1, 2006, we created a sales region,
Greater China, which encompasses China, Taiwan and
Hong Kong. This sales region is dedicated to sales, design
and support resources and is aimed at expanding on our many
years of successful participation in this quickly growing
market, not only with transnational customers that have
transferred their manufacturing to China, but also with domestic
customers. This market is expected to grow significantly in the
next few years according to industry analysts. In 2007, we grew
our sales in Greater China by 7.7% and believe that we were one
of the leading semiconductor suppliers in China.
In Japan, the large majority of our sales have historically been
made through distributors, as is typical for foreign suppliers
to the Japanese market. However, we are now seeking to work more
directly with our major customers to address their requirements.
We provide marketing and technical support services to customers
through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition, we have
established a design center and application laboratory in Tokyo.
The design center designs custom ICs for Japanese clients, while
the application laboratory allows Japanese customers to test our
products in specific applications. In 2006, we implemented
changes in our organization for Japan and are targeting, by
expanding our sales design and support resources, to improve our
coverage of this significant market for the products we serve.
In 2007, our sales grew by more than 18.7% in Japan, while the
Japanese market grew only 5.2%.
Our Emerging Markets organization includes Latin America, the
Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia
as well as our design and software development centers in India.
The sales and marketing activities carried out by our regional
sales organizations are supported by the product marketing that
is carried out by each product division, which also include
product development functions. This matrix system reinforces our
sales and marketing activities and our broader strategic
objectives. We have initiated a program to expand our customer
base. This programs key elements include adding sales
representatives, adding regional competence centers and new
generations of electronic tools for customer support.
32
Except for Emerging Markets, each of our regional sales
organizations operates dedicated distribution organizations. To
support the distribution network, we operate logistic centers in
Saint Genis, France; Phoenix, Arizona and Singapore.
We also use distributors and representatives to distribute our
products around the world. Typically, distributors handle a wide
variety of products, including products that compete with our
products, and fill orders for many customers. Most of our sales
to distributors are made under agreements allowing for price
protection
and/or the
right-of-return on unsold merchandise. We generally recognize
revenues upon transfer of ownership of the goods at shipment.
Sales representatives generally do not offer products that
compete directly with our products, but may carry complementary
items manufactured by others. Representatives do not maintain a
product inventory; instead, their customers place large quantity
orders directly with us and are referred to distributors for
smaller orders.
At the request of certain of our customers, we are also selling
and delivering our products to EMS, which, on a contractual
basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the
application-specific products which they manufacture for our
customers. Certain customers require us to hold inventory on
consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they
require it for their own production. This may lead to delays in
recognizing revenues as such customers may choose within a
specific period of time the moment when they accept delivery of
our products.
Research
and Development
We believe that research and development is critical to our
success. The main research and development challenge we face is
to continually increase the functionality, speed and
cost-effectiveness of our semiconductor devices, while ensuring
that technological developments translate into profitable
commercial products as quickly as possible.
In 2007, underlining our commitment to our research and
development efforts, we established a new ST Technology
Council composed of 15 leading experts in the field including
internationally recognized university professors. The Technology
Council is chaired by Robert White, a former member of our
Supervisory Board and a professor at Stanford University. The
role of the technology council is to meet annually without
senior management and leaders of our research and development
activities to review, evaluate and advise us on the competitive
technical landscape.
We are market driven in our research and development and focused
on leading-edge products and technologies developed in close
collaboration with strategic alliance partners, leading
universities and research institutions, key customers and global
equipment manufacturers working at the cutting edge of their own
markets. Front-end manufacturing and technology R&D, while
being separate organizations, are under the responsibility of
the Chief Operating Officer, thereby ensuring a smooth flow of
information between the R&D and manufacturing
organizations. The research and development activities relating
to new products are managed by the Product Segments and consist
mainly of design activities.
In 2005, we reallocated approximately 10% of our research and
development resources in favor of higher priority projects for
both process technology development and product design with the
aim to increase the efficiency of our research and development
activity and accelerate product innovation.
We continue to make significant investments in research and
development and we intend to increase our focus on innovative
product development. In 2007, we spent $1,802 million on
research and development, which represented approximately a 8%
increase from $1,667 million in 2006, while 2006 spending
represented a 2% increase from $1,630 million in 2005. The
table below sets forth information with respect to our research
and development spending since 2005. Our reported research and
development expenses are mainly in product design, technology
and development and do not include marketing and design-center
costs which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process
engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which
are accounted for as cost of sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(In millions, except percentages)
|
|
Expenditures
|
|
$
|
1,802
|
|
|
$
|
1,667
|
|
|
$
|
1,630
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
Approximately 85% of our research and development expenses in
2007 were incurred in Europe, primarily in France and Italy. See
Public Funding below. As of
December 31, 2007, we employed approximately
10,570 employees in research and development activities
worldwide.
33
We devote significant effort to R&D because semiconductor
manufacturers face immense pressure to be the first to make
breakthroughs that can be leveraged into competitive advantages;
new developments in semiconductor technology can make end
products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster or more reliable
than their predecessors and enable, through their timely
appearance on the market, significant value creation
opportunities.
To ensure that new technologies can be exploited in commercial
products as quickly as possible an integral part of our R&D
philosophy is concurrent engineering, meaning that new
fabrication processes and the tools needed to exploit them are
developed simultaneously. Typically, these include not only EAD
software, but also cell libraries that allow access to our rich
IP portfolio and a demonstrator product suitable for subsequent
commercialization. In this way, when a new process is delivered
to our product segments or made available to external customers,
they are more able to develop commercial products immediately.
Our advanced R&D centers are strategically located around
the world, primarily in France (Crolles) and Italy (Agrate), as
well as in Italy (Catania), France (Grenoble, Tours and
Rousset), the United States (Phoenix, Carrollton, and
San Diego), Canada (Ottawa), the United Kingdom (Bristol
and Edinburgh), Switzerland (Geneva), India (Noida and
Bangalore), China (Beijing, Shenzhen and Shanghai) and Singapore.
From 2002 to December 31, 2007, we cooperated with NXP
Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor as part of the
Crolles2 Alliance to jointly develop sub-micron CMOS logic
processes on
300-mm
wafers and to operate an advanced
300-mm wafer
pilot line in Crolles, France. Effective January 1, 2008,
we began working with IBM and its partners under an agreement to
co-develop 32-nm and 22-nm core CMOS at IBMs East Fiskill
(United States) facility as well as to continue to develop with
IBM state-of-the-art derivative technologies (defined as RF
CMOS, Power CMOS and CMOS Imaging) at Crolles2. We may in the
future add new partners to strengthen the cooperative activities
in Crolles2.
In addition, our manufacturing facility in Crolles, France
houses a research and development center that is operated in the
legal form of a French Groupement dintérêt
économique named Centre Commun de
Microelectronique de Crolles. Laboratoire
dElectronique de Technologie dInstrumentation
(LETI), a research laboratory of Commissariat à
lEnergie Atomique (CEA), an affiliate of Areva
Group (one of our indirect shareholders), is our partner.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop future
technologies and commercially implement them on satisfactory
terms, or that our alliances will allow the successful
development of state-of-the-art core or derivative CMOS
technologies on satisfactory terms. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Our research and development
efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on alliances,
and our business, results of operations and prospects could be
materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of
such alliances, or failure to find new partners in such
alliance, or in developing new process technologies in line with
market requirements.
The Agrate R2 activity encompasses prototyping, pilot and volume
production of the newly developed technologies with the
objective to accelerate process industrialization and
time-to-market for Smart power affiliation (BCD) and MEMS, in
addition to certain memory products.
Our intellectual property design center in Noida, India supports
all of our major design activities worldwide and hosts a major
central R&D activity focused on software and core libraries
development, with a strong emphasis on system solutions. Our
corporate technology R&D teams work in a wide variety of
areas that offer opportunities to harness our deep understanding
of microelectronics and our ability to synthesize knowledge from
around the world. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
Soft Computing, in which a variety of problem-solving techniques
such as fuzzy logic, neural networks and genetic algorithms are
applied to situations where the knowledge is inexact or the
computational resources required to obtain a complete solution
would be excessive using traditional computing architectures.
Potential applications include more effective automotive engine
control, emerging fuel-cell technology and future
quantum-computing techniques that will offer much greater
computational speeds than are currently achievable;
|
|
|
|
Nano-Organics, which encompasses a variety of emerging
technologies that deal with structures smaller than the deep
sub-micron scale containing as little as a few hundred or
thousand atoms. Examples include carbon nanotubes, which have
potential applications in displays and memories, and all
applications that involve electronic properties of large
molecules such as proteins; and
|
|
|
|
Micro-Machining, in which the ability to precisely control the
mechanical attributes of silicon structures is exploited. There
are many potential applications, including highly sensitive
pressure and acceleration sensors, miniature microphones,
microfluidic devices and optical devices. In addition, along
with its optical
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
properties, the mechanical properties of silicon represent one
of the most important links between conventional SoC technology
and all the new technologies such as bioelectronics that can
benefit from our semiconductor expertise.
|
The fundamental mission of our Advanced System Technology
(AST) organization is to create system knowledge
that supports our SoC development. ASTs objective is to
develop the advanced architectures that will drive key strategic
applications, including digital consumer, wireless
communications, computer peripherals and Smartcards, as well as
the broad range of emerging automotive applications such as car
multimedia. The group has played a key role in establishing our
pre-eminence in mobility, connectivity, multimedia, storage and
security, the core competences required to drive todays
convergence markets.
ASTs challenge is to combine the expertise and
expectations of our customers, industrial and academic partners,
our central R&D teams and product segments to create a
cohesive, practical vision that defines the hardware, software
and system integration knowledge that we will need in the next
three to five years and the strategies required to master them.
AST has eight large laboratories around the world, plus a number
of smaller locations located near universities and research
partners. Its major laboratories are located in: Agrate Brianza;
Catania; Castelletto; Geneva; Grenoble; Lecce; Noida; Portland,
Oregon; Rousset; and San Diego, California.
We also have divisional R&D centers such as those in
Castelletto, Catania and Tours that carry out more specialized
work that benefits from their close relationship to their
markets. For example, Castelletto pioneered the BCD process that
created the world smart-power market and has developed advanced
MEMS technologies used to build products such as inkjet
printheads, accelerometers and the worlds first single
chip microarray for DNA amplification and detection.
The
ASDtm
technology developed at Tours has allowed ST to bring to the
market numerous products that can handle high bi-directional
currents, sustain high voltages or integrate various discrete
elements in a single chip, like the IPADs. ASD technology has
proved increasingly successful in a variety of telecom, computer
and industrial applications: ESD protection and AC switching are
key areas together with RF filter devices.
The Catania facility hosts a wide range of R&D activities
and its major divisional R&D achievements in recent years
include the development of our revolutionary
PowerMESHtm
and
STripFETtm
MOSFET families.
Our other specialized divisional R&D centers are located in
Grenoble (packaging R&D, IP center), and Rousset (Smartcard
and microcontroller development), in addition to a host of
centers focusing on providing a complete system approach in
digital consumer applications, such as TVs, DVD players, set-top
boxes and cameras. These centers are located in various
locations including: Beijing; Bristol; Carrollton, Texas;
Edinburgh; Grenoble; Noida; Rousset; and Singapore. For
Smartcard SoC, we have centers in Prague and Shanghai.
All of these worldwide activities create new ideas and
innovations that enrich our portfolio of intellectual property
and enhance our ability to provide our customers with winning
solutions.
Furthermore, an array of important strategic customer alliances
ensures that our R&D activities closely track the changing
needs of the industry, while a network of partnerships with
universities and research institutes around the world ensures
that we have access to leading-edge knowledge from all corners
of the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects
running under the European Unions IST (Information Society
Technologies) programs. We actively participate in these
programs and continue collaborative R&D efforts within the
MEDEA+ research program.
Finally, we believe that platforms are the answer to the growing
need for full system integration, as customers require from
their silicon suppliers not just chips, but an optimized
combination of hardware and software. More than 1,500 engineers
and designers are currently developing platforms we selected to
spearhead our future growth in some of the fastest developing
markets of the microelectronics industry. The platforms include
Application Processors, namely our Nomadik platform that is
bringing multimedia to the next-generation mobile devices,
set-top boxes/integrated digital TV, which include the promising
new wave of high-definition images, and in the area of computer
peripherals, the SPEAr family of reconfigurable SoC ICs for
printers and related applications.
35
Property,
Plants and Equipment
We currently operate 15 (as per table below) main manufacturing
sites around the world. The table below sets forth certain
information with respect to our current manufacturing
facilities, products and technologies. Front-end manufacturing
facilities are wafer fabrication plants, known as fabs, and
back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing
plants. Some of these fabs where Flash memory production is
concerned are earmarked to be transferred to Numonyx, our
pending joint venture with Intel.
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Products
|
|
Technologies
|
|
Front-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Crolles1, France
|
|
Application-specific products, image sensors
|
|
Fab: 200-mm CMOS and BiCMOS, Analog/RF, imaging
|
Crolles2, France(1)
|
|
Application-specific products and leading edge logic products
|
|
Fab: 300-mm research and development on deep sub-micron
(90-nm and
below) CMOS and differentiated SoC technology development, TSV
pilot line
|
Phoenix, Arizona
(identified for closure)
|
|
Application-specific products and microcontrollers
|
|
Fab: 200-mm CMOS, BiCMOS, BCD, microcontrollers
|
Agrate, Italy
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, microcontrollers and application- specific
products MEMS Smart power
|
|
Fab 1: 200-mm BCD, nonvolatile memories, MEMS
Fab 2: 200-mm Flash, embedded Flash, research and development on
nonvolatile memories and BCD technologies
|
Rousset, France
|
|
Microcontrollers, nonvolatile memories and Smartcard ICs,
application-specific products and image sensors
|
|
Fab 1: 150-mm CMOS, Smartcard (shut down March 2007)
Fab 2: 200-mm CMOS, Smartcard, embedded Flash, imaging
|
Catania, Italy
|
|
Power transistors, Smart Power ICs and nonvolatile memories
|
|
Fab 1: 150-mm Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process
technology
|
|
|
|
|
(MOS),VIPpowertm
and Pilot Line RF
Fab 2: 200-mm Flash, Smartcard, EEPROM BCD
Fab 4: 300-mm building constructed but not fully facilitized and
equipped
|
Tours, France
|
|
Protection thyristors, diodes and ASD power transistors, IPAD
|
|
Fab: 125-mm, 150-mm and 200-mm pilot line discrete
|
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore
|
|
Analog, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products,
nonvolatile memories, and application-specific products
|
|
Fab 1: 125-mm, power MOS, bipolar, power
Fab 2: 150-mm bipolar, power MOS and BCD, EEPROM, Smartcard,
Micros, CMOS logic
Fab 3: 200-mm, Flash memories
Fab 4: 150 mm Microfluidic, MEMS, BCD, BiCMOS, CMOS
|
Carrollton, Texas
(identified for closure)
|
|
Application-specific products, MEMS, Microfluidics
|
|
Fab: 150-mm BiCMOS, BCD and CMOS
|
Back-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Muar, Malaysia
|
|
Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers,
Flash
|
|
|
Kirkop, Malta
|
|
Application-specific products
|
|
|
Toa Payoh, Singapore
|
|
Nonvolatile memories and power ICs under reconversion into an
EWS center
|
|
|
Ain Sebaa, Morocco
(identified for closure)
|
|
Discrete and standard products
|
|
|
Bouskoura, Morocco
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products,
micromodules, RF and subsystems
|
|
|
Shenzhen, China(2)
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operated jointly with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor. The agreement terminated at the end of 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
Jointly operated with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics
Group. |
36
At the end of 2007, our front-end facilities had total capacity
of approximately 125,000
200-mm
equivalent wafer starts per week. The number of wafer starts per
week varies from facility to facility and from period to period
as a result of changes in product mix. We have seven
200-mm wafer
production facilities currently in operation. Of these, four (at
Crolles, France; Agrate, Italy; Catania, Italy; and Phoenix,
Arizona) have full design capacity installed as of
December 31, 2007; as of the same date, fabs (in Rousset,
France and in Singapore) have approximately two-thirds of the
ultimate capacity installed. Some of our facilities where we
manufacture flash memory products have been earmarked for
transfer to Numonyx, upon closing of our announced transaction
with Intel and Francisco Partners in the field of Flash Memory
Products.
Our advanced
300-mm wafer
pilot-line fabrication facility in Crolles, France produced
approximately 2,500 wafers per week at the end of 2007 and we
may in the future increase production as required by market
conditions.
We own all of our manufacturing facilities, except Crolles2,
France, which is the subject of a capital lease for the building
shell only.
We have historically subcontracted a portion of total
manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. Our goal is to
reduce our capital investment spending to sales ratio from above
20% in previous years to a target of approximately 10%, due to
the change in the structural growth of the semiconductor market
which has moved from double to single digit over the last ten
years. The reduction in our capital investments is also designed
to reduce our dependence on economic cycles which affects the
loading of our fabs and to decrease the burden of depreciation
on our financial performance while optimizing opportunities
between internal and external front-end production.
As of December 31, 2007, we had $683 million in
outstanding commitments for purchases of equipment and other
assets for delivery in 2008. The most significant of our 2008
capital expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for
the front-end facilities: (i) full capacity ownership of
our 300-mm
fab in Crolles, through the purchase of the Alliance partners
tools; (ii) a specific program of capacity growth devoted
to MEMS in Agrate (Italy) and mixed technologies in Agrate and
Catania (Italy) to support the significant growth opportunity in
these technologies; (iii) focused investment both in
manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop
our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio (HCMOS
derivatives and mixed signal) required by our strategic
customers; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital
expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology
evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in
Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare for future
years capacity growth by completing the new production area in
Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China). In the last five
years, we have closed six manufacturing plants globally and
upgraded one production line. In addition, we have announced the
closure plans for three more manufacturing sites as well as the
transfer to Numonyx of four sites.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced
and costly equipment and are continuously being modified in an
effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or
other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower
yields, interrupt production or result in losses of products in
process. As system complexity has increased and sub-micron
technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances
have been reduced and requirements for precision and excellence
have become even more demanding. Although our increased
manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in our
improved results of operations, we have from time to time
experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery
delays and quality control problems, as is common in the
semiconductor industry.
No assurance can be given that we will be able to increase
manufacturing efficiency in the future to the same extent as in
the past or that we will not experience production difficulties
in the future.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to
time experienced difficulty in ramping up production at new
facilities or effecting transitions to new manufacturing
processes and, consequently, have suffered delays in product
deliveries or reduced yields. There can be no assurance that we
will not experience manufacturing problems in achieving
acceptable yields, product delivery delays or interruptions in
production in the future as a result of, among other things,
capacity constraints, production bottlenecks, construction
delays, equipment failure or maintenance, ramping up production
at new facilities, upgrading or expanding existing facilities,
changing our process technologies, or contamination or fires,
storms, earthquakes or other acts of nature, any of which could
result in a loss of future revenues. In addition, the
development of larger fabrication facilities that require
state-of-the-art sub-micron technology and larger-sized wafers
has increased the potential for losses associated with
production difficulties, imperfections or other causes of
defects. In the event of an incident leading to an interruption
of production at a fab, we may not be able to shift production
to other facilities on a timely basis, or our customers may
decide to purchase products from other suppliers, and, in either
case, the loss of revenues and the impact on our relationship
with our customers could be significant. Our operating results
could also be adversely affected by the increase in our fixed
costs and operating expenses related to increases in production
capacity if
37
revenues do not increase commensurately. Finally, in periods of
high demand, we increase our reliance on external contractors
for foundry and back-end service. Any failure to perform by such
subcontractors could impact our relationship with our customers
and could materially affect our results of operations.
Intellectual
Property
Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products
include patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask
work rights. A mask work is the two or three-dimensional layout
of an integrated circuit. We own close to 19,000 patents or
pending patent applications which have been registered in
several countries around the world and correspond to more than
9,000 patent families (each patent family containing all patents
originating from the same invention). We filed 497 new patent
applications around the world in 2007.
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents,
licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our
products and their design and manufacturing processes. To that
end, we intend to continue to seek patents on our circuit
designs, manufacturing processes, packaging technology and other
inventions. The process of seeking patent protection can be long
and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will
issue from currently pending or future applications or that, if
patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength
to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to
us. In addition, effective copyright and trade-secret protection
may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. Competitors
may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and
other intellectual property rights and therefore such
technologies may be unavailable to us or available to us subject
to adverse terms and conditions. Management believes that our
intellectual property represents valuable assets and intends to
protect our investment in technology by enforcing all of our
intellectual property rights. We have used our patent portfolio
to enter into several broad patent cross-licenses with several
major semiconductor companies enabling us to design, manufacture
and sell semiconductor products without fear of infringing
patents held by such companies, and intend to continue to use
our patent portfolio to enter into such patent cross-licensing
agreements with industry participants on favorable terms and
conditions. As our sales increase compared to those of our
competitors, the strength of our patent portfolio may not be
sufficient to guarantee the conclusion or renewal of broad
patent cross-licenses on terms which do not affect our results
of operations. Furthermore, as a result of litigation, or to
address our business needs, we may be required to take a license
to third-party intellectual property rights upon economically
unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for
prior use,
and/or face
an injunction or exclusion order, all of which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability
to compete.
From time to time, we are involved in intellectual property
litigation and infringement claims. See Item 8.
Financial Information Legal Proceedings. In
the event a third-party intellectual property claim were to
prevail, our operations may be interrupted and we may incur
costs and damages, which could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
Finally, we have received from time to time, and may in the
future receive communications from competitors or other parties
alleging infringement of certain patents and other intellectual
property rights of others, which has been and may in the future
be followed by litigation. Regardless of the validity or the
successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant
costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow
or financial condition. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology.
Backlog
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase
orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in
advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers,
as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and
delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in
customer needs or industry conditions. During periods of
economic slowdown
and/or
industry overcapacity
and/or
declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made
far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead
time can reduce managements ability to forecast production
levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers
may strongly increase their demands, which can result in
capacity constraints due to our inability to match manufacturing
capacity with such demand.
In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the
first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the
year, and the third or fourth quarter generating the highest
amount of revenues due to electronic products purchased from
many of our targeted market segments for the holiday period.
We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame
contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers
setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that
may be ordered in the future.
38
These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in
advance and allow customers to manage their inventory levels
consistent with
just-in-time
principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce
ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject
to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected
market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they
are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and
modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in
inventory
build-ups.
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including
customers use of outsourcing and their deployment of new
and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to
forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our
financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and
inventory levels.
Following the industry-wide over-inventory situation and the
declining level of order bookings in the second half of 2004, we
entered 2005 with an order backlog (defined here to include
frame orders) that was lower than we had entering 2004. During
2005, our backlog registered a solid increase. We entered 2006,
with a backlog higher than we had entering 2005, and, due to a
more difficult industry environment, we entered 2007 with an
order backlog lower than what we had entering 2006. We are
entering 2008 with a backlog significantly higher compared to
2007 due to good order flow in the last quarter of 2007.
However, based on the current outlook for the world economy, or
if the demand for semiconductors were to be reduced, we cannot
guarantee that our outstanding backlog will result in revenues
during 2008.
Competition
Markets for our products are intensely competitive. While only a
few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we
face significant competition in each of our product lines. We
compete with major international semiconductor companies, some
of which may have substantially greater financial and other more
focused resources than we do with which to pursue engineering,
manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.
Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation
in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies
have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors
include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and
fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level
products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products
and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our
customers.
The primary international semiconductor companies that compete
with us include Analog Devices, Broadcom, Hynix, IBM, Infineon
Technologies, Intel, International Rectifier, Fairchild
Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Linear Technology, LSI
Logic, Marvell Technology Group, Maxim Integrated Products,
Microchip Technology, National Semiconductor, Nippon Electric
Company, NXP Semiconductors, ON Semiconductor, NXP
Semiconductors, Qualcomm, Renesas, Samsung, Spansion, Texas
Instruments and Toshiba.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
basis of price, technical performance, product features, product
system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality
and sales and technical support. In particular, standard
products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing,
inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than
differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully
depends on elements both within and outside of our control,
including successful and timely development of new products and
manufacturing processes, product performance and quality,
manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service,
pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.
Organizational
Structure and History
We are a multinational group of companies that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products
used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. We are organized in a matrix structure with
geographical regions interacting with product divisions, both
being supported by central functions, bringing all levels of
management closer to the customer and facilitating communication
among research and development, production, marketing and sales
organizations.
While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company, we also
conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. With the
exception of our subsidiaries in Shenzhen, China, in which we
own 60% of the shares and voting rights; Hynix, ST (China), a
joint venture company, in which we own a 17% equity
participation; Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd (China), in which we
own 65%; and Incard do Brazil, in which we own 50% of the shares
and voting rights, STMicroelectronics N.V. owns directly or
indirectly 100% of all of our significant operating
subsidiaries shares and voting rights, which have their
own organization and management bodies, and are operated
independently in compliance with the laws of their country of
incorporation. We provide certain administrative, human
resources, legal, treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing
and other overhead services to our consolidated subsidiaries
pursuant to service agreements for which we receive compensation.
39
The following list includes our principal subsidiaries and
equity investments and the percentage of ownership we held as of
December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
|
Australia Sydney
|
|
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
Proton World International N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paolo
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltda
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paulo
|
|
Incard do Brazil Ltda
|
|
|
50
|
|
Canada Ottawa
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Jiangsu(1)
|
|
Hynix-ST Semiconductor Ltd
|
|
|
17
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
|
|
|
60
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd
|
|
|
65
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Finland Lohja
|
|
STMicroelectronics OY
|
|
|
100
|
|
Finland Helsinki
|
|
STMicroelectronics R&D OY
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Crolles
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Montrouge
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Rousset
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Tours
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Holland Amsterdam
|
|
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Hong Kong Hong Kong
|
|
STMicroelectronics LTD
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India New Delhi
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Israel Netanya
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Caivano(1)
|
|
INGAM S.r.l.
|
|
|
20
|
|
Italy Catania
|
|
CO.RI.M.ME.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Aosta
|
|
DORA S.p.a.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST Incard S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Naples
|
|
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
STMicroelectronics KK
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) Sdn Bhd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malta Kirkop
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
Electronic Holding S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Casablanca
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC (Memory) Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Spain Madrid
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Kista
|
|
STMicroelectronics A.B.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD Sales and Marketing S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Turkey Istanbul
|
|
STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim
Sirketi
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelecrtonics Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
Inmos Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Reading
|
|
Synad Technologies Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
STMicroelectronics Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilmington
|
|
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilsonville
|
|
The Portland Group, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
40
Public
Funding
We participate in certain programs established by the EU,
individual countries and local authorities in Europe
(principally France and Italy). Such funding is generally
provided to encourage research and development activities,
industrialization and the economic development of underdeveloped
regions. These programs are characterized by direct partial
support to research and development expenses or capital
investment or by low-interest financing.
Public funding in France, Italy and Europe generally is open to
all companies, regardless of their ownership or country of
incorporation, for research and development and for capital
investment and low-interest-financing related to incentive
programs for the economic development of under-developed
regions. The EU has developed model contracts for research and
development funding that require beneficiaries to disclose the
results to third parties on reasonable terms. As disclosed, the
conditions for receipt of government funding may include
eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual
budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission
regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and
results.
Some of our government funding contracts for research and
development involve advance payments that requires us to justify
our expenses after receipt of funds. Certain specific contracts
(Crolles2, Rousset, France and Catania, Italy) contain
obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and
investment during a certain amount of time. There could be
penalties (partial refund) if these objectives are not
fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries
or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment
obligations. However, the obligation to repay such funding is
never automatic.
The main programs for research and development in which we are
involved include: (i) the Micro-Electronics Development for
European Application (MEDEA+) cooperative research
and development program; (ii) EU research and development
projects with FP6 and FP7 (Sixth and Seventh Frame Program) for
Information Technology; and (iii) national or regional
programs for research and development and for industrialization
in the electronics industries involving many companies and
laboratories. The pan-European programs cover a period of
several years, while national or regional programs in France and
Italy are subject mostly to annual budget appropriation.
The MEDEA+ cooperative research and development program was
launched in June 2000 by the Eureka Conference and is designed
to bring together many of Europes top researchers in a
12,000 man-year program that covers the period
2001-2008 in
two phases of four years each. The MEDEA+ program replaced the
joint European research program called MEDEA, which was a
European cooperative project in microelectronics among several
countries that covered the period 1996 through 2000 and involved
more than 80 companies. With a program duration of eight
years, MEDEA+ will conclude at the end of 2008. The new EUREKA
strategic initiative, called CATRENE (Cluster for
Application and Technology Research in Europe on
NanoElectronics, launched October 25, 2007, builds on
the highly successful European MEDEA+ nanoelectronics programme)
will start in January 2008, with the first call for project
proposals expected in the first half of 2008.
In Italy, there are some national funding programs established
to support the FIST (Fondo per gli Investimenti nella Ricerca
Scientifica e Tecnologica) that groups previous funding
regulations (FIRB, Fondo per gli Investimenti della Ricerca
di Base, aimed to fund fundamental research, and FAR,
Fondo per le Agevolazioni alla Ricerca, to fund
industrial research), and the FCS (Fondo per la
Competitivita e lo Sviluppo) that replaces FIT
(Fondo per lInnovazione Tecnologica, to fund
precompetitive development). These programs are not limited to
microelectronics and are suitable to support industry R&D
in any segment. Italian programs often cover several years and
the approval phase is quite long, up to two/three years. During
2004, submissions for FAR and FIT were suspended for new
projects, including the MEDEA+ projects whose Italian activities
are subject to FAR rules and availability. In July 2005,
however, the Italian Government began considering funding new
projects related to limited strategic programmes in
areas it had selected. One of these areas was semiconductors.
The company submitted 7 proposals which are expected to be
approved in the first half of 2008. In July 2007 a call was
launched on FCS (specifically for Better Efficiency in
Energy and Sustainable Mobility) where we
submitted 9 proposals. Furthermore, there are some regional
funding tools that can be addressed by local initiatives,
primarily in the regions of Puglia and Val DAosta,
provided that a reasonable regional socio-economic impact could
be recognized in terms of industrial exploitation, new
professional hiring and/or cooperation with local academia and
public laboratories.
In a decision on December 6, 2006 sent to the Italian
Foreign Minister, the EU Commission accepted to modify the
conditions of a grant, which was originally approved in 2002 for
an amount of 542.3 million (Decision N844/2001),
representing approximately 26.25% of the total cost (estimated
at 2,066 million) (the M6 Grant) for the
building, facilitization and equipment of a new
300-mm
manufacturing facility in Catania M6 capable of producing
approximately 5,000 wafers per week for nonvolatile memory
products (the M6 Plant).
41
Pursuant to this decision, the authorized timeframe for the
completion of the project for the planned investment was
extended and the Italian government was authorized to allocate,
out of the 542.3 million grants originally
authorized, 446 million for the completion of the M6
Plant if we made a further investment of
1,700 million between January 1, 2006 through
the end of 2009. The 446 million M6 Grant is
conditional upon the conclusion of a Contratto di Programma
providing, inter alia, for (i) the creation of a
minimum number of new jobs, (ii) the fixed assets remaining
at least five years after the completion of the M6 Plant,
(iii) at least 31.25% of the total of
1,700 million investment for the M6 Plant being
either in the form of equity or loan, (iv) an annual report
on work progress being submitted to the Italian authorities and
the EU Commission, and (v) a general verification of the
consistency of the project. For the period prior to
December 31, 2006, the Commission, upon the proposal of the
Italian government, considered that we would have been entitled
to the remaining 96 million grant (out of the total
542.3 million originally granted) in the form of a
tax credit if we had made a total cumulated investment of
366 million as of such date. As of December 31,
2006, we had invested a cumulative amount of
298 million instead of 366 million and
recorded a cumulative amount of tax credit of
78 million out of the 96 million to which
we could have been entitled. The M6 Plant is designated for
transfer to Numonyx, which will benefit from future M6 Grants
linked to the completion of the M6 Plant and assume related
responsibilities.
In France, support for microelectronics is provided to over
30 companies with activities in the semiconductor industry.
The amount of support under French programs is decided annually
and subject to budget appropriation. We also plan to benefit
from the new French law on Credit Impot Recherche which
increases the amount of tax deductible R&D expenses.
In accordance with SEC Statement Accounting
Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition
(SAB 104) and our revenue recognition policy,
funding related to these contracts is booked when the conditions
required by the contracts are met. Our funding programs are
classified in three general categories for accounting purposes:
funding for research and development activities, funding for
research and development capital investments, and loans.
Funding for research and development activities is the most
common form of funding that we receive. Public funding for
research and development is recorded as Other Income and
Expenses, net in our consolidated statements of income.
Public funding for research and development is booked pro rata
in relation to the relevant cost once the agreement with the
applicable government agency has been signed and as any
applicable conditions are met. See Note 20 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements. Such funding has totaled
$97 million, $54 million and $76 million in the
years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Government support for capital expenditures funding has totaled
$9 million, $15 million and $38 million in the
years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Such funding has been
used to support our capital investment. Although receipt of
these funds is not directly reflected in our results of
operations, the resulting lower amounts recorded in property,
plant and equipment costs reduce the level of depreciation
recognized by us. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by
$33 million, $54 million and $66 million in 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
As a third category of government funding, we receive some
loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at
preferential interest rates. We recognize these loans as debt on
our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with
paragraph 35 of Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts
No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements (CON 6). Low
interest financing has been made available (principally in
Italy) under programs such as the Italian Republics Fund
for Applied Research, established in 1988 for the purpose of
supporting Italian research projects meeting specified program
criteria. At year-end 2007, 2006 and 2005, we had approximately
$150 million, $125 million and $120 million,
respectively, of indebtedness outstanding under state-assisted
financing programs at an average interest cost of 2.4%, 0.9% and
1.0%, respectively.
Funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to annual
appropriation, and if such governments or local authorities were
unable to provide anticipated funding on a timely basis or if
existing government- or local-authority-funded programs were
curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our
eligibility requirements, such an occurrence could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to rely on public
funding as we transition to
300-mm
manufacturing technology. We are dependent on public funding for
equipping the
300-mm
wafers production facility in Catania (Italy). If such planned
funding does not materialize, we may lack financial resources to
continue with our investment plan for this facility, which in
turn could lead us to discontinue our investment in such
facility and consequentially incur significant impairments. From
time to time, we have experienced delays in the receipt of
funding under these programs. As the availability and timing of
such funding are substantially outside our control, there can be
no assurance that we will continue to benefit from such
government support, that funding will not be delayed from time
to time, that sufficient alternative funding would be available
if necessary or that any such alternative funding would be
provided on terms as favorable to us as those previously
committed.
42
Due to changes in legislation
and/or
review by the competent administrative or judicial bodies, there
can be no assurance that government funding granted to us may
not be revoked or challenged or discontinued in whole or in
part, by any competent state or European authority, until the
legal time period for challenging or revoking such funding has
fully lapsed. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Reduction in the amount of public funding
available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or
demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our
results of operations.
Suppliers
We use three main critical types of suppliers in our business:
equipment suppliers, raw material suppliers and external
subcontractors.
In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking
equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment,
cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical
vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers,
probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools
that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in
ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and
technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process
defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly
smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must
quickly incorporate the latest advances in process technology to
remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot be
brought about without commensurate advances in equipment
technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the
equipment becomes more sophisticated.
Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including
silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and
chemicals and gases. The prices of many of these raw materials
are volatile. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from
diverse sources on a
just-in-time
basis. Although supplies for the raw materials used by us are
currently adequate, shortages could occur in various essential
materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in
the industry. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Because we depend on a limited number of
suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may
experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply or
increase prices.
Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer
manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See
Property, Plants and Equipment above. We
also have an agreement with Hynix Semiconductor for the
co-development and manufacturing of NAND products pursuant to
which Hynix Semiconductor from Korea is supplying the
co-developed NAND products to us. We have also set up a joint
venture in China which has built and operates a memory
manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, China, which entitles us to
receive an amount of wafers produced at this facility at
competitive conditions and commensurate with our equity interest
in the joint venture. This equity interest and the right to
receive wafers from the Wuxi City facility is designated to be
transferred to Numonyx.
Environmental
Matters
Our manufacturing operations use many chemicals, gases and other
hazardous substances, and we are subject to a variety of
evolving environmental and health and safety regulations
related, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and
disposal of such chemicals and gases and other hazardous
substances, emissions and wastes, as well as the investigation
and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. In most
jurisdictions in which we operate, our manufacturing activities
are subject to obtaining permits, licenses or other
authorizations, or to prior notification. Because a large
portion of our manufacturing activities are located in the EU,
we are subject to European Commission regulation on
environmental protection, as well as regulations of the other
jurisdictions where we have operations.
Consistent with our Principles for Sustainable Excellence, we
have established proactive environmental policies with respect
to the handling of chemicals, gases, emissions and waste
disposals from our manufacturing operations, and we have not
suffered material environmental claims in the past. We believe
that our activities comply with presently applicable
environmental regulations in all material respects. We have
engaged outside consultants to audit all of our environmental
activities and created environmental management teams,
information systems and training. We have also instituted
environmental control procedures for processes used by us as
well as our suppliers. As a company, we have been certified to
be in compliance with the quality standard ISO9001:2000 and with
the technical specification ISO/TS16949:2002. In addition, all
15 of our manufacturing facilities have been certified to
conform to the environmental standard ISO14001, to the Eco
Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) and to the Health and Safety
standard OHSAS18001.
43
Our activities are subject to two directives adopted on
January 27, 2003: Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction
of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and
electronic equipment (ROHS Directive, as amended by
Commission Decision 2005/618/EC of August 18,
2005) and Directive 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and
electronic equipment (WEEE Directive, as modified by
Directive 2003/108/EC of December 8, 2003). Directive
2002/95/EC aims at banning the use of lead and other
flame-retardant substances in manufacturing electronic
components by July 1, 2006. Directive 2002/96/EC promotes
the recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste.
In France, Directives 2002/95/EC and 2002/96/EC have been
implemented by a decree dated July 20, 2005 and five
ministerial orders published in November 2005, December 2005 and
March 2006. The French scheme for the recovery and recycling of
WEEE was officially launched on November 15, 2006.
Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European
Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas
allowance trading (as modified by Directive 2004/101/EC), and
the applicable national legislation. Two of our manufacturing
sites (Crolles, France, and Agrate, Italy) have been allocated a
quota of greenhouse gas for the period
2005-2007.
Failure to comply would have forced us to acquire potentially
expensive additional emission allowances from third parties, or
to pay a fee for each extra ton of gas emitted. This risk did
not materialize, since both sites were within the allocated
quota at the end of 2007. Our visibility on future emissions
confirms this trend, and we do not foresee any significant
impact on ST. Our on-going programs to reduce
CO2
emissions will allow us to comply with the greenhouse gas quota
allocations which have been defined for Crolles and Agrate for
the period
2008-2012.
In the United States, we participate in the Chicago Climate
Exchange program, a voluntary greenhouse gas trading program
whose members commit to reduce emissions. During Phase I
(2003-2006),
emission reduction targets were 1% per year, below the baseline
which is an average of annual emissions over the
1998-2001
period. During Phase II
(2008-2010),
we confirmed our commitment to an additional 2% reduction. The
idea is that all members should be 6% below this baseline by
2010. We have also implemented voluntary reforestation projects
in several countries in order to sequester additional
CO2
emissions.
Furthermore, Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006
concerning the registration, evaluation, authorization and
restriction of chemicals (REACH) entered into force
on June 1, 2007. Regulations implementing the REACH are in
preparation, particularly with regards to fees to be paid by the
industry for the registration and authorization of chemical
products, as well as test methods. We intend to proactively
implement such new legislation, in line with our commitment
toward environmental protection.
The implementation of any such legislation could adversely
affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us
to acquire costly equipment or materials, or to incur other
significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or
waste and emission disposal processes. However, we are currently
unable to evaluate such specific expenses and therefore have no
specific reserves for environmental risks. Furthermore,
environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or
future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or
imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a
cessation of operations and, as with other companies engaged in
similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or
adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could
subject us to future liabilities. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Some of our production processes
and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could lead to
increased costs due to environmental regulations or to damage to
the environment. We have identified potential liabilities
relating to environmental matters that are reflected on our
consolidated balance sheet.
Industry
Background
The
Semiconductor Market
Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an
increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the
invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in
semiconductor process and design technologies have led to
smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost
per function. As performance has increased and size and cost
have decreased, semiconductors have expanded beyond their
original primary applications (military applications and
computer systems) to applications such as telecommunications
systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial
automation and control systems. In addition, system users and
designers have demanded systems with more functionality, higher
levels of performance, greater reliability and shorter design
cycle times, all in smaller packages at lower costs. These
demands have resulted in increased semiconductor content as a
percentage of system cost. Calculated on the basis of the total
available market (the TAM), which includes all
semiconductor products, as a percentage of worldwide revenues
from production of electronic equipment according to published
industry data, semiconductor content has increased from
approximately 12% in 1992 to approximately 21% in 2007.
Semiconductor sales have increased significantly over the long
term but have experienced significant cyclical variations in
growth rates. According to trade association data, the TAM
increased from $45 billion in 1988 to
44
$256 billion in 2007 (growing at a compound annual growth
rate of approximately 10%). In 2006, the TAM increased by
approximately 9% and in 2007 by approximately 3%. On a
sequential,
quarter-by-quarter
basis in 2007 (including actuators), the TAM decreased by
approximately 6% in the first quarter over the fourth quarter
2006, while in the second quarter it decreased by approximately
2% over the first quarter, it increased by approximately 13% in
the third quarter over the second quarter, and decreased by
approximately 1% in the fourth quarter over the third quarter.
To better reflect our corporate strategy and our current product
offering, we measure our performance against our serviceable
available market (SAM), redefined as the TAM without
DRAMs, microprocessors and optoelectronic products. The SAM
increased from approximately $35 billion in 1988 to
$174 billion in 2007, growing at a compound annual rate of
approximately 9%. The SAM increased by approximately 6% in 2007
compared to 2006. In 2007, approximately 17% of all
semiconductors were shipped to the Americas, 16% to Europe, 19%
to Japan, and 48% to the Asia Pacific region.
The following table sets forth information with respect to
worldwide semiconductor sales by type of semiconductor and
geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide Semiconductor Sales(1)
|
|
|
Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
06-07
|
|
|
05-06
|
|
|
04-05
|
|
|
88-07
|
|
|
88-98
|
|
|
98-07
|
|
|
|
(In billions)
|
|
|
(Expressed as percentages)
|
|
|
Integrated Circuits and Sensors
|
|
$
|
222.9
|
|
|
$
|
214.8
|
|
|
$
|
197.3
|
|
|
$
|
183.5
|
|
|
$
|
109.1
|
|
|
$
|
35.9
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
Analog, Sensors and Actuators
|
|
|
41.6
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
|
|
36.1
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
Digital Logic
|
|
|
123.5
|
|
|
|
114.1
|
|
|
|
112.4
|
|
|
|
100.3
|
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
Memory:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DRAM
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
32.0
|
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
Others
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Memory
|
|
|
57.9
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
48.5
|
|
|
|
47.1
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Total Digital
|
|
|
181.4
|
|
|
|
172.6
|
|
|
|
160.9
|
|
|
|
147.4
|
|
|
|
90.0
|
|
|
|
28.7
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Discrete
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Optoelectronics
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAM
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
247.7
|
|
|
$
|
227.5
|
|
|
$
|
213.0
|
|
|
$
|
125.6
|
|
|
$
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.6
|
%(3)
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
41.0
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
39.4
|
|
|
|
29.4
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Americas
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
|
|
40.7
|
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
123.5
|
|
|
|
116.5
|
|
|
|
103.4
|
|
|
|
88.8
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
48.8
|
|
|
|
46.4
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAM
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
247.7
|
|
|
$
|
227.5
|
|
|
$
|
213.0
|
|
|
$
|
125.6
|
|
|
$
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.6
|
%(3)
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Source: WSTS. |
|
(2) |
|
Calculated using end points of the periods specified. |
|
(3) |
|
Calculated on a comparable basis, without information with
respect to actuators as they were not included in the indicator
before 2003. |
Although cyclical changes in production capacity in the
semiconductor industry and demand for electronic systems have
resulted in pronounced cyclical changes in the level of
semiconductor sales and fluctuations in prices and margins for
semiconductor products from time to time, the semiconductor
industry has experienced substantial growth over the long term.
Factors that are contributing to long-term growth include the
development of new semiconductor applications, increased
semiconductor content as a percentage of total system cost,
emerging strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic
systems industry in the Asia Pacific region.
Semiconductor
Classifications
The process technologies, levels of integration, design
specificity, functional technologies and applications for
different semiconductor products vary significantly. As
differences in these characteristics have increased, the
semiconductor market has become highly diversified as well as
subject to constant and rapid change. Semiconductor product
markets may be classified according to each of these
characteristics.
Semiconductors can be manufactured using different process
technologies, each of which is particularly suited to different
applications. Since the mid-1970s, the two dominant processes
have been bipolar (the original technology used to produce ICs)
and CMOS. Bipolar devices typically operate at higher speeds
than CMOS
45
devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and permit more
transistors to be integrated on a single IC. CMOS has become the
prevalent technology, particularly for devices used in personal
computers and consumer applications. Advanced technologies have
been developed during the last decade that are particularly
suited to more systems-oriented semiconductor applications.
BiCMOS technologies have been developed to combine the
high-speed and high-voltage characteristics of bipolar
technologies with the low power consumption and high integration
of CMOS technologies. BCD technologies have been developed that
combine bipolar, CMOS and DMOS technologies. Such
systems-oriented technologies require more process steps and
mask levels, and are more complex than the basic
function-oriented technologies.
Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices
(such as individual diodes, thyristors and transistors, as well
as optoelectronic products) or ICs (in which thousands of
functions are combined on a single chip of silicon
to form a more complex circuit). Compared to the market for ICs,
there is typically less differentiation among discrete products
supplied by different semiconductor manufacturers. Also,
discrete markets have generally grown at slower, but more
stable, rates than IC markets.
Semiconductors may also be classified as either standard
components, ASSPs or ASICs. Standard components are used for a
broad range of applications, while ASSPs and ASICs are designed
to perform specific functions in specific applications.
The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products
are analog and digital. Mixed-signal products combine both
analog and digital functionality. Analog devices monitor,
condition, amplify or transform analog signals, which are
signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.
Analog/digital (or mixed-signal) ICs combine analog
and digital devices on a single chip to process both analog
signals and digital data. System designers are increasingly
demanding system-level integration in which complete electronic
systems containing both analog and digital functions are
integrated on a single IC.
Digital devices are divided into two major types: memory
products and logic devices. Memory products, which are used in
electronic systems to store data and program instructions, are
classified as either volatile memories (which lose their data
content when power to the device is switched off) or nonvolatile
memories (which retain their data content without the need for
continuous power).
The primary volatile memory devices are DRAMs, which accounted
for approximately 54% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007, and
static RAMs (SRAMs), which accounted for
approximately 4% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007. SRAMs
are roughly four times as complex as DRAMs. DRAMs are used in a
computers main memory. SRAMs are principally used as
caches and buffers between a computers microprocessor and
its DRAM-based main memory and in other applications such as
mobile handsets.
Nonvolatile memories are used to store program instructions.
Among such nonvolatile memories, read-only memories
(ROMs) are permanently programmed when they are
manufactured while programmable ROMs (PROMs) can be
programmed by system designers or end-users after they are
manufactured. Erasable PROMs (EPROMs) may be erased
after programming by exposure to ultraviolet light and can be
reprogrammed several times using an external power supply.
Electrically erasable PROMs (EEPROMs) can be erased
byte by byte and reprogrammed in-system without the
need for removal.
Flash memories, which accounted for approximately
38% of semiconductor memory sales in 2007, are products that
represent an intermediate solution between EPROMs and EEPROMs
based on their cost and functionality. Because Flash memories
can be erased and reprogrammed electrically and in-system, they
are more flexible than EPROMs and are therefore progressively
replacing EPROMs in many current applications. Flash memories
are typically used in high volume in digital mobile phones and
digital consumer applications (set-top boxes, DVDs, digital
cameras, MP3 digital music players) and, because of their
ability to store large amounts of information, are also suitable
for solid-state mass storage of data and emerging high-volume
applications.
Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of
electronic systems. The largest segment of the logic market
includes microprocessors, microcontrollers and DSPs.
Microprocessors are the central processing units of computer
systems. Microcontrollers are complete computer systems
contained on single ICs that are programmed to specific customer
requirements. Microcontrollers control the operation of
electronic and electromechanical systems by processing input
data from electronic sensors and generating electronic control
signals. They are used in a wide variety of consumer,
communications, automotive, industrial and computer products.
DSPs are parallel processors used for high complexity,
high-speed real-time computations in a wide variety of
applications.
46
|
|
Item 5.
|
Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects
|
Overview
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this
Form 20-F.
The following discussion contains statements of future
expectations and other forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended, particularly in the sections Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates,
Business Outlook and
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Financial Outlook. Our actual results may differ
significantly from those projected in the forward-looking
statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future
actual results to differ materially from our recent results or
those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to
the factors set forth below, see Cautionary Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements and Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors. We assume no
obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk
factors.
Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (U.S. GAAP), requires
us to make estimates and assumptions that have a significant
impact on the results we report in our Consolidated Financial
Statements, which we discuss under the section Results of
Operations. Some of our accounting policies require us to
make difficult and subjective judgments that can affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. The primary areas that
require significant estimates and judgments by management
include, but are not limited to, sales returns and allowances;
reserves for price protection to certain distributor customers;
allowances for doubtful accounts; inventory reserves and normal
manufacturing loading thresholds to determine costs to be
capitalized in inventory; accruals for warranty costs,
litigation and claims; assumptions used to discount monetary
assets expected to be recovered beyond one year; valuation of
acquired intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets
as well as the impairment of their related carrying values;
estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as
fair value for disposal asset group classified as assets to be
disposed of by sale; evaluation of the fair value of marketable
securities available-for-sale for which no observable market
price is obtainable and assessment of any potential impairment;
estimates relating to the valuation of business transactions and
relevant accounting considerations; restructuring charges; other
non-recurring special charges; assumptions used in calculating
pension obligations and share-based compensation including
assessment of the number of awards expected to vest upon future
performance condition achievement; assumptions used to measure
and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation
we assume at the inception of a guarantee; assessment of hedge
effectiveness of derivative instruments; deferred income tax
assets, including required valuation allowances and liabilities;
and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures
and income tax uncertainties. We base our estimates and
assumptions on historical experience and on various other
factors such as market trends, business plans and levels of
materiality that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
While we regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions, our
actual results may differ materially and adversely from our
estimates. To the extent there are material differences between
the actual results and these estimates, our future results of
operations could be significantly affected.
We believe the following critical accounting policies require us
to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation
of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition. Our policy is to
recognize revenues from sales of products to our customers when
all of the following conditions have been met:
(a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is
fixed or determinable; and (d) collectibility is reasonably
assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.
|
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distributor customers
on their existing inventory of our products to compensate them
for declines in market prices. The ultimate decision to
authorize a distributor refund remains fully within our control.
We accrue a provision for price protection based on a rolling
historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a
percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price
trend represents differences in recent months between the
invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted
if required, to accommodate a significant move in the current
market price. The short outstanding inventory time period,
visibility into the standard inventory product pricing (as
opposed to certain customized products) and long distributor
pricing history have enabled us to reliably estimate price
protection provisions at period-end. We record the accrued
amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale. If
market conditions differ from our assumptions,
47
this could have an impact on future periods; in particular, if
market conditions were to deteriorate, net revenues could be
reduced due to higher product returns and price reductions at
the time these adjustments occur.
Our customers occasionally return our products from time to time
for technical reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale
provide that if we determine that products are non-conforming,
we will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue
a credit or rebate of the purchase price. In certain cases, when
the products we have supplied have been proven to be defective,
we have agreed to compensate our customers for claimed damages
in order to maintain and enhance our business relationship.
Quality returns are not related to any technological
obsolescence issues and are identified shortly after sale in
customer quality control testing. Quality returns are always
associated with end-user customers, not with distribution
channels. We provide for such returns when they are considered
as probable and can be reasonably estimated. We record the
accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.
Our insurance policies relating to product liability only cover
physical and other direct damages caused by defective products.
We do not carry insurance against immaterial, non-consequential
damages. We record a provision for warranty costs as a charge
against cost of sales based on historical trends of warranty
costs incurred as a percentage of sales which we have determined
to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be
incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty
claims are subject to our determination that we are at fault and
liable for damages, and that such claims usually must be
submitted within a short period following the date of sale. This
warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or
terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. Our
contractual terms and conditions typically limit our liability
to the sales value of the products, which gave rise to the
claims.
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential
estimated losses resulting from our customers inability to
make required payments. We base our estimates on historical
collection trends and record a provision accordingly.
Furthermore, we are required to evaluate our customers
credit ratings from time to time and take an additional
provision for any specific account that we estimate as doubtful.
In 2007, we did not record any new material specific provision
related to bankrupt customers in addition to our standard
provision of 1% of total receivables based on the estimated
historical collection trends. If we receive information that the
financial condition of our customers has deteriorated, resulting
in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional
allowances could be required.
While the majority of our sales agreements contain standard
terms and conditions, we may, from time to time, enter into
agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms
and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments.
Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the arrangement
is allocated to the different elements based upon verifiable
objective evidence of the fair value of the elements, as
governed under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
(EITF 00-21).
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets. The
purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires
extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the
purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and
development, which is expensed immediately. Goodwill and
intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not
amortized but are instead subject to annual impairment tests.
The amounts and useful lives assigned to other intangible assets
impact future amortization. If the assumptions and estimates
used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if
business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future
asset impairment charges could be required. At December 31,
2007, the value of goodwill amounted to $290 million.
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in
business combinations is not amortized and is instead subject to
an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis, or more
frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess
the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to
potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which
represents a component of an operating segment for which
discrete financial information is available and is subject to
regular review by segment management. This impairment test
determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for
which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying
amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit,
including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair
value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the
carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is
recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a
reporting unit, we usually estimate the expected discounted
future cash flows associated with the reporting unit.
Significant management judgments and estimates are used in
forecasting the future discounted cash flows including: the
applicable industrys sales volume forecast and selling
price evolution; the reporting units market penetration;
the market acceptance of certain new technologies and relevant
cost
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
structure; the discount rates applied using a weighted average
cost of capital; and the perpetuity rates used in calculating
cash flow terminal values. Our evaluations are based on
financial plans updated with the latest available projections of
the semiconductor market evolution, our sales expectations and
our costs evaluation and are consistent with the plans and
estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible,
however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect, and
future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results
of acquired businesses not in line with our estimates may
require impairment of certain goodwill. During 2007, we
performed our annual review of impairment of goodwill and based
on this test no impairment charges were required to be recorded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets subject to
amortization. Intangible assets subject to
amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses
purchased from third parties, internally developed software that
is capitalized and purchased software. Intangible assets subject
to amortization are reflected net of any impairment losses.
These are amortized over a period ranging from three to seven
years. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to
amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In
determining recoverability, we initially assess whether the
carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated
with the intangible assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate
whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the
assets carrying value also exceeds its fair value. An
impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying
amount over the fair value. We normally estimate the fair value
based on the projected discounted future cash flows associated
with the intangible assets. Significant management judgments and
estimates are required and used in the forecasts of future
operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow
method of valuation, including: the applicable industrys
sales volume forecast and selling price evolution; our market
penetration; the market acceptance of certain new technologies;
and costs evaluation. Our evaluations are based on financial
plans updated with the latest available projections of the
semiconductor market evolution and our sales expectations and
are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to
manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and
estimates used may be incorrect and that future adverse changes
in market conditions or operating results of businesses acquired
may not be in line with our estimates and may therefore require
impairment of certain intangible assets. We recorded
$2 million of impairment charges in 2007 on certain
technologies following our decision to discontinue our
activities using those technologies. At December 31, 2007,
the value of intangible assets in our Consolidated Financial
Statements subject to amortization amounted to $238 million.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment. Our business
requires substantial investments in technologically advanced
manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly
underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand
and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life
for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, which is the
largest component of our long-lived assets, to be six years.
This estimate is based on our experience with using equipment
over time. Depreciation expense is a major element of our
manufacturing cost structure. We begin to depreciate new
equipment when it is placed into service.
|
We evaluate each period when there is reason to suspect that the
carrying value of tangible assets or groups of assets might not
be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could
trigger an impairment review include: significant negative
industry trends, significant underutilization of the assets or
available evidence of obsolescence of an asset, strategic
management decisions impacting production or an indication that
its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected and
a more likely than not expectation that assets will be sold or
disposed of prior to their estimated useful life. In determining
the recoverability of assets to be held and used, we initially
assess whether the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash
flows associated with the tangible assets or group of assets. If
exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is
required by determining if the assets carrying value also
exceeds its fair value. We normally estimate this fair value
based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted
future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the
utilization of our fabrication facilities and the ability to
upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the
adoption of new technologies. We also evaluate the continued
validity of an assets useful life when impairment
indicators are identified. Assets classified as held for sale
are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount or fair
value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the
selling period. Selling costs include incremental direct costs
to transact the sale that we would not have incurred except for
the decision to sell.
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the
latest projections of the semiconductor market evolution and of
our sales expectations, from which we derive the future
production needs and loading of our manufacturing facilities,
and which are consistent with the plans and estimates that we
use to manage our business. These plans are highly variable due
to the high volatility of the semiconductor
49
business and therefore are subject to continuous modifications.
If the future evolution differs from the basis of our plans,
both in terms of market evolution and production allocation to
our manufacturing plants, this could require a further review of
the carrying amount of our tangible assets resulting in a
potential impairment loss. At December 31, 2007, as part of
the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan and of the planned
disposal of the FMG assets held for sale, we identified certain
tangible assets, mainly equipment, without alternative future
use, which generated a charge of $12 million.
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of
cost or net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted
average cost by adjusting standard cost to approximate actual
manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; the cost is therefore
dependent on our manufacturing performance. In the case of
underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we estimate
the costs associated with the excess capacity; these costs are
not included in the valuation of inventories but are charged
directly to cost of sales. Net realizable value is the estimated
selling price in the ordinary course of business less applicable
variable selling expenses.
|
The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or
excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable
quality. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess
uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarter sales,
order backlog and production plans. To the extent that future
negative market conditions generate order backlog cancellations
and declining sales, or if future conditions are less favorable
than the projected revenue assumptions, we could be required to
record additional inventory provisions, which would have a
negative impact on our gross margin.
|
|
|
|
|
Asset disposal. On May 22, 2007, we
entered into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and
Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent
semiconductor company from the key assets of businesses which
for our Company had been included in our Flash Memories Group
(FMG). Upon signature of this agreement, the
conditions were met for Assets held for sale
treatment in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the
assets to be contributed to the new company. Upon movement of
the assets to be contributed, which consisted primarily of fixed
and intangible assets to Assets held for sale, the
relevant depreciation and amortization charges were stopped
under Statement of Financial Standards No. 144, Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
(FAS 144). Furthermore, FAS 144 requires
an impairment analysis when assets are moved to Assets
held for sale based on the difference between the Net Book
Value and the Fair Value, less costs to sell, of the group of
assets (and liabilities) to be sold. As a result of this review,
we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of
$1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million
impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not
be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be
found in the Company (as disclosed above in the paragraph
related to property, plant and equipment) and an additional
pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs. Fair
value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration of
the agreement and significant estimates about the valuation of
our associated equity ownership. The final amount could be
different subject to adjustments due to business evolution
before closing of the transaction.
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges. We have undertaken, and
we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring
initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the
future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our
existing activities. We recognize the fair value of a liability
for costs associated with exiting an activity when a probable
liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated. We record
estimated charges for non-voluntary termination benefit
arrangements such as severance and outplacement costs meeting
the criteria for a liability as described above. Given the
significance of and the timing of the execution of such
activities, the process is complex and involves periodic reviews
of estimates made at the time the original decisions were taken.
As we operate in a highly cyclical industry, we monitor and
evaluate business conditions on a regular basis. If broader or
newer initiatives, which could include production curtailment or
closure of other manufacturing facilities, were to be taken, we
may be required to incur additional charges as well as to change
estimates of amounts previously recorded. The potential impact
of these changes could be material and could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial
condition. In 2007, the net amount of restructuring charges and
other related closure costs amounted to $105 million before
taxes (including the $5 million related to the FMG
deconsolidation as mentioned above). As of December 31,
2007, we had incurred $62 million of restructuring charges
(excluding any impairment charges that are mentioned above) of
the total expected approximate $270 million to
$300 million in pre-tax charges associated with the new
2007 manufacturing restructuring plan of our manufacturing
activities. The plan was defined on July 10, 2007 and is
expected to take two to three years to complete. See
Note 21 to our Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation. We are required to
expense our employees share-based compensation awards for
financial reporting purposes. We measure our share-based
compensation cost based on the fair value on
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
the grant date of each award. This cost is recognized over the
period during which an employee is required to provide service
in exchange for the award or the requisite service period,
usually the vesting period, and is adjusted for actual
forfeitures that occur before vesting. Our share-based
compensation plans may award shares contingent on the
achievement of certain financial objectives, including market
performance and financial results. In order to assess the fair
value of this share-based compensation, we are required to
estimate certain items, including the probability of meeting the
market performance and financial results targets, the
forfeitures and the service period of our employees. As a
result, in 2007 we recorded a total pre-tax expense of
$73 million out of which $9 million are related to the
2005 Unvested Stock Award Plan, $44 million to the 2006
Unvested Stock Award Plan and $20 million to the 2007
Unvested Stock Award Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes. We are required to make
estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for
financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments also
occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities
and provisions. Furthermore, the adoption of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN 48) requires an evaluation of
the probability of any tax uncertainties and the booking of the
relevant charges.
|
We are also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of our
deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we are required
to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets
that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable, which would
increase our provision for income taxes. As of December 31,
2007, we believed that all of the deferred tax assets, net of
valuation allowances, as recorded on our consolidated balance
sheet, would ultimately be recovered. However, should there be a
change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets (in our
estimates of the valuation allowance) or a change in the tax
rates applicable in the various jurisdictions, this could have
an impact on our future tax provision in the periods in which
these changes could occur.
|
|
|
|
|
Patent and other intellectual property litigation or
claims. As is the case with many companies in the
semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and
may in the future receive, communications alleging possible
infringement of patents and other intellectual property rights
of others. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event that the
outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be
required to take a license to the underlying intellectual
property right upon economically unfavorable terms and
conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
ability to compete. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology.
|
We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and when the amount of the loss can
be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims
with the support of our outside counsel to determine whether
they need to be adjusted based on the current information
available to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed
as incurred. In the event of litigation that is adversely
determined with respect to our interests, or in the event that
we need to change our evaluation of a potential third-party
claim based on new evidence or communications, this could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition at the time it were to materialize. We are
in discussion with several parties with respect to claims
against us relating to possible infringements of patents and
similar intellectual property rights of others.
As of December 31, 2007, based on our assessment, we did
not record any provisions in our financial statements relating
to legal proceedings, because we had not identified any risk of
probable loss that is likely to arise out of the proceedings.
There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful
in resolving these proceedings. If we are unsuccessful, or if
the outcome of any litigation or claim were to be unfavorable to
us, we may incur monetary damages, or an injunction.
Furthermore, our products as well as the products of our
customers which incorporate our products may be excluded from
entry into U.S. territory pursuant to an exclusion order.
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Post Retirement Benefits. Our
results of operations and our consolidated balance sheet include
the impact of pension and post retirement benefits that are
measured using actuarial valuations. At December 31, 2007,
our pension obligations amounted to $323 million based on
the assumption that our employees will work with us until they
reach the age of retirement. These valuations are based on key
assumptions, including discount rates, expected long-term rates
of return on funds and salary increase rates. These assumptions
are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal
year or more frequently
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
upon the occurrence of significant events. Any changes in the
pension schemes or in the above assumptions can have an impact
on our valuations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other claims. We are subject to the
possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course
of business. These include, but are not limited to: warranty
costs on our products not covered by insurance, breach of
contract claims, tax claims and provisions for specifically
identified income tax exposures as well as claims for
environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, we
consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate
the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is
recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly reevaluate any losses and claims and
determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on
the current information available to us. In the event we are
unable to estimate in a correct and timely manner the amount of
such loss this could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition at the time such
loss were to materialize.
|
Fiscal
Year 2007
Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our
financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which
is the period end of each fiscal year. Our fiscal year starts on
January 1 and the first quarter of 2007 ended on March 31,
2007. The second quarter of 2007 ended on June 30, 2007,
and the third quarter of 2007 ended on September 29, 2007.
The fourth quarter ended on December 31, 2007. Based on our
fiscal calendar, the distribution of our revenues and expenses
by quarter may be unbalanced due to a different number of days
in the various quarters of the fiscal year.
2007
Business Overview
In 2007, the semiconductor market was characterized by a solid
increasing demand in units, supported by a strong economic
environment, but with a significant decline in average selling
prices, particularly in memory products. As a result, the 2007
growth rate for the semiconductor industry was lower than the
2006 growth rate.
The total available market is defined as the TAM,
while the serviceable available market, the SAM, is
defined as the market for products produced by us (which
consists of the TAM and excludes PC motherboard major devices
such as microprocessors (MPU), dynamic random access
memories (DRAM), and optoelectronics devices).
Based upon recently published data by the World Semiconductor
Trade Statistics (WSTS), semiconductor industry
revenues increased year-over-year by approximately 3% for the
TAM and 6% for the SAM in 2007 to reach approximately
$256 billion and approximately $174 billion,
respectively. This increase was driven by a robust demand in
units while average selling prices declined compared to 2006.
Our 2007 revenues were characterized by a significantly high
volume demand and improved products mix, which did not translate
into an equivalent revenue performance due to the persisting
negative impact of price pressure in the markets we serve. As a
result, our revenues increased by approximately 2% to
$10,001 million compared to $9,854 million in 2006.
Strong growth in revenues was driven by a double-digit increase
in digital consumer application and a mid-single contribution of
Automotive application, while FMG revenues registered a
double-digit revenues decrease. Our 2007 sales performance was
below both the TAM and the SAM growth rates. Excluding Flash
segment, our revenues increased about 4.3%. This performance was
above the TAM without Flash, which increased about 2.6% but
below the SAM without Flash, which increased by 5.1%.
With reference to the quarterly results, our fourth quarter 2007
revenues performance was above the TAM and the SAM on a
sequential basis. On a year-over-year basis, our performance was
above the TAM but below the SAM.
On a year-over-year basis, our fourth quarter 2007 revenues
increased by approximately 10% to $2,742 million compared
to $2,483 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, due
largely to the ASG segment, which grew by approximately 13%,
driven primarily by imaging products, data storage and
application-specific wireless, and IMS revenues which improved
by approximately 11% reflecting strength in MEMS and in advanced
analog products. The revenues of the FMG segment continued to
register a decline. On a year-over-year basis, the TAM and the
SAM registered increases of approximately 3% and 12%
respectively.
On a sequential basis, in the fourth quarter of 2007 revenues
increased approximately 7% mainly due to the overall strength in
the Telecom sector. Our net revenues performance was slightly
above the mid-range of our guidance, which indicated a
sequential growth between 4% and 9%. Sequentially, the TAM
registered a decrease of approximately 1% while the SAM remained
flat.
52
In 2007, our effective average U.S. dollar exchange rate
was 1.00 for $1.35, which reflects the actual exchange
rate levels and the impact of certain hedging contracts,
compared to our 2006 effective average exchange rate of
1.00 for $1.24. For a more detailed discussion of our
hedging arrangements and the impact of fluctuations in exchange
rates, see Impact of Changes in Exchange
Rates below.
On a total year basis, our gross margin decreased from 35.8% in
2006 to 35.4% in 2007 due to the negative impact of declining
selling prices and the weakening of the U.S. dollar, which
offset the improvements coming from better manufacturing
performance and improved products mix. In 2007, our gross margin
also benefited from the suspended depreciation on our assets
that were part of the FMG disposal and were classified as held
for sale following the announcement of the transaction on
May 22, 2007.
On a sequential basis, our gross margin increased from 35.2% to
36.9% in the fourth quarter 2007, due to improved manufacturing
efficiency which also included the suspended depreciation on the
FMG assets held for sale. Our fourth quarter gross margin was
above the midpoint of our guidance that had indicated a gross
margin of approximately 36.5% plus or minus one percentage point.
Our operating expenses combining selling, general and
administrative expenses and research and development increased
in 2007 compared to 2006 due to the unfavorable U.S. dollar
impact, the higher spending in research and development and
higher share-based compensation charges for our employees and
members and professionals of the Supervisory Board.
Our total impairment and restructuring charges for 2007 were
significantly higher compared to 2006 due to the impairment
charge for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale
and for the new manufacturing restructuring plan launched in
2007.
In 2007, we benefited from a significant increase in funding for
our research and development activities, which contributed to
move Other income and expenses, net caption in our
consolidated statements of income from a net expense of
$35 million in 2006 to a net income of $48 million.
The combined effect of the above mentioned factors and the other
operating items resulted in a negative impact on our operating
income, mainly related to the impairment charge and other
related closure costs of the planned disposal of the FMG assets
held for sale; excluding the impairment and restructuring
charges, our operating income registered a decrease in 2007 over
2006 mainly due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar and
declining prices, which offset the benefit of the higher sales
volume and of the improved products mix. On a quarterly basis,
however, the fourth quarter 2007 operating income registered
solid improvement both on a year-over-year and a sequential
basis when excluding the impact of impairment and restructuring
charges.
In summary, our financial results for 2007 compared to the
results of 2006 were favorably impacted by the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
continuous improvement of our manufacturing performances;
|
|
|
|
the suspension of depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale;
|
|
|
|
higher sales volume and a more favorable products mix; and
|
|
|
|
benefit of increased funding to our research and development
activities.
|
Our financial results in 2007 were negatively affected by the
following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the provision for the upcoming disposal of the FMG assets held
for sale and other impairment and restructuring charges;
|
|
|
|
the weakening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate; and
|
|
|
|
negative pricing trends.
|
In 2007, we continued to invest in upgrading and expanding our
manufacturing capacity but at a reduced capital expenditures to
sales ratio. Total capital expenditures in 2007 were
$1,140 million, which were financed entirely by net cash
generated from operating activities. In fact, we generated
$840 million of net operating cash flow during the year.
Net operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure, as
further discussed in the section Liquidity and Capital
Resources Liquidity Net operating cash
flow. At December 31, 2007, we had cash, cash
equivalents, marketable securities (both current and
non-current) and short-term deposits of $3,238 million of
which approximately $415 million were invested in
auction rate securities that were partially impaired
in the fourth quarter of 2007. Total debt and bank overdrafts
were $2,220 million, of which $2,117 million was
long-term debt.
53
Our fourth quarter 2007 financial results exceeded the mid-point
of our outlook, both in terms of revenues with 6.9% sequential
growth and in terms of gross margin which reached 36.9%.
Sequential sales growth was driven by our strong Industrial
products offering and improving Wireless positioning, both of
which are areas of significant product-development focus for us.
Over the course of 2007 we made progress in strengthening our
ASG segment. ASGs revenue growth of approximately 25%,
comparing fourth quarter 2007 results with those of the
years first quarter, was in line with our earlier
expectations and is evidence of our strengthening portfolio.
Additionally, IMS, which includes Advanced Analog, MEMS,
Smartcards and Microcontrollers, had sales growth over 10% in
2007, demonstrating the quality of our product portfolio and
capability to increase market share in the industrial and analog
markets.
While we continue to make significant improvements in a number
of areas, such as our product portfolio competitiveness, capital
intensity, manufacturing performance and cost structure, the
financial benefits of our actions are difficult to see, as a
rapidly weakening U.S. dollar has absorbed much of our
progress. We remain vigilant in the management of our assets,
especially in a weak U.S. dollar environment, and we will
continue to take the necessary actions and portfolio efforts
required to further improve our operating leverage.
We continue to emphasize a lighter asset strategy and are
reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures represent
approximately 10% of sales in 2008. Importantly, we have
significantly increased our net operating cash flow during 2007,
improving by 26% over the prior year to $840 million.
In the fourth quarter of 2007 we acquired a world-class product
development team as part of our multifaceted agreement with
Nokia to deepen our collaboration announced during the third
quarter of 2007. This transaction has been accounted as a
business purchase and booked during the fourth quarter of 2007
in our financial statements.
Business
Outlook
Looking to the first quarter of 2008, in line with traditional
seasonality, we expect net revenues to decline sequentially in
the range between 5% and 11%, which represents a year-over-year
improvement of about 11% at the midpoint. The gross margin is
expected to be about 36.3%, plus or minus 1 percentage
point.
This outlook refers to our entire company, including expected
results from FMG for the full quarter and Genesis for the final
two months; the amount of the loss may increase pending the
final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm,
as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market
conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets
generally. Our outlook is based on an assumed currency exchange
rate of approximately $1.46 to 1.00 for the first quarter
of 2008, which reflects current exchange rate levels combined
with the impact of existing hedging contracts.
These are forward-looking statements that are subject to
known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to
those known risks and uncertainties described in
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
and Item 3, Key Information Risk
Factors in this
Form 20-F.
Other
Developments
As of January 1, 2007, we reorganized our product segment
groups as follows: the Application Specific Groups, the
Industrial and Multisegment Sector and the Flash Memories Group.
The Application Specific Groups include the existing Automotive
Products Group and Computer Peripherals Group and the newly
created Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group and
Home Entertainment & Displays Group. The Industrial
and Multisegment Sector contain the Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards Group and the Analog,
Power & MEMS Group. The Flash Memories Group
incorporates all Flash memory operations, including research and
development and product-related activities, front- and back-end
manufacturing, marketing and sales. In conjunction with this
realignment, we announced a number of new executive and
corporate vice presidents. These include the promotion of
Mr. Carmelo Papa to Executive Vice President of the
Industrial and Multisegment Sector; Mr. Tommi Uhari as
Executive Vice President over the Mobile, Multimedia &
Communications Group; Mr. Mario Licciardello as the
Corporate Vice President and General Manager of the stand-alone
Flash Memories Group; Mr. Claude Dardanne as the Corporate
Vice President leading the Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards Group; and Mr. Christos
Lagomichos as the Corporate Vice President for the Home
Entertainment & Displays Group.
On January 16, 2007, we confirmed that the technology
development at Crolles will continue beyond 2007, after the
announcement that NXP Semiconductors would withdraw from the
Crolles2 alliance at the end of 2007 and the joint technology
cooperation agreements with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor would expire on December 31, 2007. The
Crolles2 alliance, for which we have partnered with NXP
Semiconductors and
54
Freescale Semiconductor, has worked together to complete the
program on 45-nm CMOS and manage the transition throughout 2007.
On January 22, 2007, a new option agreement was enacted
with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST
(the Stichting), which will have an independent
board. The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up
to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares. The Stichting has
the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to
take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be
issuable if the board of the Stichting determines that hostile
actions, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer
for our common shares, would be contrary to our interests, the
interests of our shareholders, or of other stakeholders. If the
Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference
shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such
preference shares. The new option agreement with the Stichting
reflects changes in Dutch legal requirements, not a response to
any hostile takeover attempt.
On February 14, 2007, we announced the expansion of our
partnership with Premier Indian Institutes, BITS Pilani and IIT
Delhi, to set up research and innovation labs. The main
objective of these partnerships is to facilitate proliferation
of Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) design and the labs have
been operational since the second quarter of 2007.
In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders meeting
approved the grant of up to 5 million Unvested Stock Awards
to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as
well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards to our
President and CEO. Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation
Committee approved in April 2006 the conditions which shall
apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions related to
three criteria related to our financial performance as well as
the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in 2007,
2008 and 2009. About 5 million shares had been awarded
under this plan as of March 31, 2007 and on
February 28, 2007, the Compensation Committee noted that
the three conditions fixed in April 2006 had been fulfilled
triggering the vesting of the first tranche of the 2006 awards
on April 27, 2007.
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on
April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved the following
proposals of our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board:
|
|
|
|
|
a cash dividend of $0.30 per share (representing, an
approximately 150% increase to last years cash dividend
distribution.) The cash dividend distribution took place in May
2007. On May 21, 2007, our common shares traded ex-dividend
on the three stock exchanges on which they are listed;
|
|
|
|
the appointment of Mr. Ray Bingham and Mr. Alessandro
Ovi for three-year terms until the 2010 annual general meeting
of shareholders as new Supervisory Board members in replacement
of Mr. Robert White whose mandate was up at such annual
shareholders meeting and Mr. Antonio Turicchi who
resigned from his position effective as of such annual
shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
the approval of the main principles of the 2007 share-based
compensation plan for our employees and CEO. As part of such
plan and specifically as approved by the general meeting of
shareholders, our President and CEO will be entitled to receive
a maximum of 100,000 ordinary shares;
|
|
|
|
the adoption of a share-based compensation plan, for members and
professionals of our Supervisory Board;
|
|
|
|
the designation of our Supervisory Board as the corporate body
authorized to resolve upon (i) issuance of any number of
shares as comprised in the authorized share capital of our
Company as this shall read from time to time, (ii) upon the
terms and conditions of an issuance of shares, (iii) upon
limitation
and/or
exclusion of pre-emptive rights of existing shareholders upon
issuance of shares, and (iv) upon the granting of rights to
subscribe for shares, all for a five-year period as of the date
of our 2007 annual shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
the authorization of our Managing Board to acquire for a
consideration on a stock exchange or otherwise up to such a
number of fully
paid-up
ordinary shares
and/or
preference shares in our share capital as is permitted by law
and our Articles of Association as per the moment of such
acquisition other than acquisition of shares
pursuant to article 5, paragraph 2 of our Articles of
Association for a price (i) per ordinary share
which at such moment is within a range between the par value of
an ordinary share and 110% of the share price per ordinary share
on Eurolist by
Euronexttm
Paris, the New York Stock Exchange or Borsa Italiana, whichever
at such moment is the highest, and (ii) per preference
share which is calculated in accordance with article 5,
paragraph 5 of our Articles of Association, taking into
account the amendment to our Articles of Association, for a
period of eighteen months as of the date of our 2007 annual
shareholders meeting; and
|
|
|
|
amendments to our Articles of Association.
|
55
In addition, at our annual general meeting of shareholders held
in Amsterdam on April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved
our statutory annual accounts for the 2006 financial year which
were reported in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).
On May 22, 2007, we announced that we had entered into a
definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco
Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company
from the key assets of our and Intels Flash Memory
businesses, which generated over $3 billion in combined
annual revenue in 2007. The new companys strategic focus
will be on supplying Flash memory solutions for a variety of
consumer and industrial devices, including cellular phones, MP3
players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech
equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, we will sell our
Flash memory assets, including our manufacturing NAND joint
venture interest with Hynix Semiconductor in Wuxi Peoples
Republic of China and other NOR and NAND resources, to a new
company, while Intel will sell its NOR assets and business. In
exchange, at closing Intel will have received a 45.1% equity
ownership stake, and we will receive a 48.6% equity ownership
stake. Francisco Partners L.P., a Menlo Park, California-based
private equity firm, will invest $150 million in cash for
convertible preferred stock representing a 6.3% ownership
interest, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. On
July 19, 2007, we announced that the pending new company
will be named Numonyx. All required regulatory
clearances for Numonyx have been received. On December 26,
2007, we agreed with Intel and Francisco Partners to extend the
deadline for the closing of Numonyx to March 28, 2008
pending finalization of revised financing terms and conditions.
The three parties continue to work to satisfy the conditions to
closing for the transaction and expect the closing to take place
in the first quarter of 2008. As described in further detail
above under the heading Critical Accounting Policies Using
Significant Estimates Asset Disposal, the
creation of Numonyx gave rise to the assets being contributed to
the new company being classified as Assets held for
sale requiring an impairment analysis, As a result of this
review, we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of
$1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million
impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not
be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be
found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million
of other related disposal costs. The current estimated loss is
the balance between the estimated value of our consideration and
an updated calculation of our expected equity value in Numonyx
at closing, and the estimated asset value of our contribution
which mainly consists of tangible assets related to our fabs in
Ang Mo Kio
200-mm
(Singapore), our Agrate R2
200-mm pilot
line (Italy), our
300-mm
building in Catania (Italy), and part of our back-end facility
in Muar (Malaysia), the inventory of FMG products, the rights to
use certain portions of our manufacturing capacity for a certain
period of time, and our participation in the China JV with Hynix
Semiconductors. The amount of the loss may increase pending the
final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm,
as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market
conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets
generally.
On June 18, 2007, we committed to a new program to optimize
our cost structure which involves the closing of three
manufacturing operations. Over the next two to three years we
will wind down operations of our
200-mm wafer
fab in Phoenix (Arizona), our
150-mm wafer
fab in Carrollton (Texas) and our back-end packaging and test
facility in Ain Sebaa (Morocco). The plan was announced on
July 10, 2007. We expect these measures to generate savings
of approximately $150 million per year in the cost of goods
sold once the plan is completed. The total impairment and
restructuring charges for this program are expected to be in the
range of $270 million and $300 million of which
approximately $250 million are estimated to be cash charges.
On July 24, 2007, we announced that we had signed an
agreement with IBM to collaborate on the development of
next-generation process technology that is used in semiconductor
development and manufacturing. The agreement includes 32-nm and
22-nm CMOS process-technology development, design enablement and
advanced research adapted to the manufacturing of
300-mm
silicon wafers. In addition, it includes both the core bulk CMOS
technology and value-added derivative SoC technologies and aims
to position both companies at the leading edge of technology
development. The new agreement between IBM and us will also
include collaboration on IP development and platforms to speed
the design of SoC devices in these technologies.
On August 8, 2007, we announced our intention to deepen our
collaboration with Nokia on the licensing and supply of
integrated circuit designs and modem technologies for 3G and its
evolution and on November 5, 2007 we announced that we had
completed the transaction. As part of the agreement, a part of
Nokias Integrated Circuit (IC) operations were
transferred to us. The multifaceted agreement is intended to
enable us to design and manufacture in volume 3G chipsets based
on Nokias modem technologies, energy management and RF
(radio frequency) technologies, and deliver complete solutions
to Nokia and the open market. The transaction also involves the
transfer to us of approximately 185 Nokia employees in Finland
and the UK. Nokia has awarded us a design win of an advanced 3G
HSPA (high-speed packet access) chipset supporting high data
rates, which would be the first contribution of the acquired IC
design operations. This design win represents our first win of a
complete 3G chipset.
56
On August 9, 2007, we announced that Mr. Philippe
Lambinet joined our Company as Corporate Vice President and
General Manager of our Home Entertainment and Displays Group,
reporting directly to our President and CEO. Mr Lambinet
replaced Christos Lagomichos, who resigned in June 2007.
On January 15, 2008, we announced that the following
individuals had been appointed as new executive officers, all
reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo
Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General
Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive
Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive
Vice-President Andrea Cuomo, as General Manager of our Europe
Region, who will also maintain his responsibility for the
Advanced System Technology organization; Loïc Lietar, as
Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development; and
Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President and General
Counsel. In addition, we announced the hiring and appointment of
Alisia Grenville as Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance
Officer, and the retirement of both Laurent Bosson, as Executive
Vice-President for Front-End Technology and Manufacturing, and
Enrico Villa, as Executive Vice President and General Manager of
our Europe Region.
On January 17, 2008, we acquired effective control of
Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip) under the
terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007. On
January 24, 2008, we completed a second-step merger in
which the remaining common shares of Genesis Microchip that had
not been acquired through the tender offer were converted into
the right to receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the
tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the
acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary that
was merged with and into Genesis Microchip promptly thereafter.
Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition are
estimated to be approximately $2 million. On closing,
Genesis Microchip became part of our Home
Entertainment & Displays Group which is part of the
Application Specific Product Groups segment. At acquisition
date, the fair value of net assets acquired, including
$157.3 million of cash, cash equivalent and short term
investment at closing date, was estimated to be $342
million net of $53 million of liabilities assumed.
Results
of Operations
Segment
Information
We operate in two business areas: Semiconductors and
Subsystems.
In the semiconductors business area, we design, develop,
manufacture and market a broad range of products, including
discrete, memories and standard commodity components,
application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs),
full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and
application-specific standard products (ASSPs) for
analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, we
further participate in the manufacturing value chain of Smart
Card products through our divisions, which include the
production and sale of both silicon chips and Smart Cards.
Pursuing the strategic repositioning in Flash Memory and in
order to better meet the requirements of the market, we
realigned our product groups effective January 1, 2007.
Since such date, we report our semiconductor sales and operating
income in the following three product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG), comprised of
three product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays
Group (HED), Mobile, Multimedia &
Communications Group (MMC) and Automotive Products
(APG);
|
|
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG), which will be
disposed; and
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS), comprised
of the former Micro, Power, Analog (MPA) segment,
non-Flash memory products and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(MEMS).
|
We have restated our results in prior periods for illustrative
comparisons of our performance by product segment and by period
using the same principles applied to 2007. The preparation of
segment information according to the new segment structure
requires management to make significant estimates, assumptions
and judgments in determining the operating income of the
segments for the reporting periods. However, we believe the
presentation of the segment information for 2005 and 2006 is
comparable to 2007 and we are using these comparatives for
business management.
Certain significant investment and resource allocation decisions
in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on
process, research and development and capital investments in
front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These decisions
are not made by product group segments, but on the basis of the
semiconductor business area. All of these product group segments
share common research and development for process technology and
manufacturing capacity for most of their products.
57
In the subsystems business area, we design, develop, manufacture
and market subsystems and modules for the telecommunications,
automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone
accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and
in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its
immateriality to our business as a whole, the Subsystems segment
does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as
defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information (FAS 131).
The following tables present our consolidated net revenues and
consolidated operating income by semiconductor product group
segment. For the computation of the segments internal
financial measurements, we use certain internal rules of
allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the
segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses and a significant part of research and
development expenses. Additionally, in compliance with our
internal policies, certain cost items are not charged to the
segments, including impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs,
start-up
costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and
special research and development programs or other
corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate
level operating expenses such as patent costs and litigation
expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges. Starting in
the first quarter of 2005, we allocated the
start-up
costs to expand our marketing and design presence in new
developing areas to each segment, and we restated prior
years results accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
|
|
$
|
5,439
|
|
|
$
|
5,395
|
|
|
$
|
4,991
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues of Others include revenues from sales
of Subsystems mainly and other products not allocated to product
segments. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG)
|
|
$
|
303
|
|
|
$
|
439
|
|
|
$
|
355
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss) of product segments
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
$
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income (loss) of Others includes items or
parts of them, which are not allocated to product segments such
as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, certain
corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and
litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the
product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the
Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly
R&D, formerly in the Others category, have been
allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported
in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above
table. |
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(As a percentage of total net revenues)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Groups (ASG)(1)
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)(1)
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
Flash Memories Group (FMG)(1)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)(3)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As a percentage of net revenues per product segment. |
|
(2) |
|
As a percentage of total net revenues, Operating income
(loss) of Others includes items or parts of
them, which are not allocated to product segments such as
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, certain
corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and
litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the
product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the
Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly
R&D, formerly in the Others category, have been
allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported
in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above
table. |
|
(3) |
|
As a percentage of total net revenues. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income of product segments
|
|
$
|
721
|
|
|
$
|
827
|
|
|
$
|
492
|
|
Operating income (loss) of others(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategic and other research and development programs
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
Subsystems and Other Products Group
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
One-time compensation and special contributions(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Seniority awards
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-allocated provisions(3)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Total operating income (loss) of others
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
$
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income (loss) of Others includes items or
parts of them, which are not allocated to product segments such
as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, certain
corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and
litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the
product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the
Subsystems and Other Products segment. Certain costs, mainly
R&D, formerly in the Others category, have been
allocated to the product segments; comparable amounts reported
in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above
table. |
|
(2) |
|
One-time compensation and special contributions to our former
CEO and other executives not allocated to product group segments. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes unallocated expenses such as certain corporate level
operating expenses and other costs. |
59
Net
Revenues by Location of Order Shipment
The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by
location of order shipment and as a percentage of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
$
|
3,159
|
|
|
$
|
3,073
|
|
|
$
|
2,789
|
|
North America(2)
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
1,281
|
|
Asia Pacific(3)
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
1,860
|
|
Greater China(3)
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
Emerging Markets(2)(4)
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
|
|
31.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America(2)
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
Asia Pacific(3)
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
Greater China(3)
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Emerging Markets(2)(4)
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment region are classified
by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered
by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are
classified as Asia Pacific revenues. |
|
(2) |
|
As of July 2, 2006, the region North America
includes Mexico which was part of Emerging Markets in prior
periods. Amounts have been reclassified to reflect this change. |
|
(3) |
|
As of January 1, 2006, we created a new region
Greater China to focus exclusively on our operations
in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Net revenues for Asia Pacific
for prior periods were restated according to the new perimeter. |
|
(4) |
|
Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America
(excluding Mexico), the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU
and non-EFTA) and Russia. |
Net
Revenues by Market Segment
The table below estimates, within a variance of 5% to 10% in the
absolute dollar amount, the relative weight of each of our
target segments in percentages of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(As a percentage of
|
|
|
|
net revenues)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Market Segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
Consumer
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Computer
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Telecom
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Industrial and Other
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
The following table sets forth certain financial data from our
consolidated statements of income since 2005, expressed in each
case as a percentage of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(As a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
99.7
|
%
|
|
|
99.8
|
%
|
|
|
99.9
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(64.6
|
)
|
|
|
(64.2
|
)
|
|
|
(65.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)
|
|
|
(16.9
|
)
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(40.8
|
)
|
|
|
(28.9
|
)
|
|
|
(31.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Other than temporary impairment charge on financial asset
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investment
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 vs.
2006
In 2007, based upon published industry data by WSTS, the
semiconductor industry experienced a year-over-year revenue
increase of approximately 3% for the TAM and approximately 6%
for the SAM.
For the full year 2007, the effective average exchange rate for
our company was approximately $1.35 to 1.00, compared to
$1.24 to 1.00 for the full year 2006. Our effective
exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with
the impact of hedging programs.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,001
|
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in our net revenues in 2007 was primarily due to
our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, as our
average selling prices declined by approximately 8% due to the
continuing broad-based price pressure in the industry.
With respect to our product group segments, the yearly revenue
was characterized by a strong increase in IMS, a slight increase
in ASG and a significant decrease in FMG. ASG net revenues
increased approximately 1% over 2006, since the increase in
units sold was almost entirely offset by pricing pressures; this
slight revenue increase was entirely generated by Automotive,
while Telecom and Computer revenues were flat and Consumer
registered a decline. IMS net revenues increase reached a
double-digit level of approximately 10%, thanks to improved
products mix and higher volume, led in particular by MEMS
products, with almost all of its product group segments
registering a sales volume increase. In 2007, FMG net revenues
decreased by approximately 13% compared to
61
2006, due to the sharp decline in prices, and also to a decrease
in the units sold by our NOR business, while NAND volume
increased.
Net revenues by market segment increased in Industrial and other
by approximately 8%, Automotive and Consumer both by
approximately 4%, while Computer and Telecom decreased by
approximately 2% and 1%, respectively. As a significant portion
of our sales are made through distributors, the foregoing are
necessarily estimates within a variance of 5% to 10% in absolute
dollar amounts of the relative weighting of each of our targeted
market segments.
By location of order shipment, net revenues increased strongly
in Japan, Emerging Markets, and Greater China by approximately
19%, 11% and 8%, respectively. Europe marginally increased by
approximately 3% while North America decreased by approximately
5% and Asia Pacific by approximately 10%. Geographic
distribution of order shipment may significantly change due to
the re-location of manufacturing by our customers.
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the largest one,
the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 21%
of our net revenues, decreasing from the 22% it accounted for in
2006. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 49%
of our net revenues in 2007, compared to approximately 51% of
our net revenues in 2006.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
3,523
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
35.4
|
%
|
|
|
35.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our cost of sales registered a 2.1% growth year-over-year, which
resulted from a higher number of units sold and also from the
negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange rate
on our manufacturing costs since a large part of our
manufacturing activities is located in the Euro zone. As a
result, our gross margin deteriorated by 40 basis points to
35.4% because the profitable contribution of higher sales
volume, improved products mix and manufacturing efficiencies was
offset by the negative impact of the decline in selling prices
and the weakening effective U.S. dollar exchange rate; this
was offset in part, however, by the benefit in 2007 of the
suspended depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale, which is
estimated at approximately $75 million.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was
mainly due to the negative impact of the effective
U.S. dollar exchange rate. Furthermore, these expenses in
2007 included $37 million in charges related to share-based
compensation compared to $14 million in 2006.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(16.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses increased compared to last
year mainly due to the unfavorable impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate since a large part of our
activities are located in Europe. Furthermore, expenses in 2007
included $22 million in charges related to share-based
compensation compared to $8 million in 2006. As a
percentage of net revenues, research and development expenses
increased from 16.9% in 2006 to 18.0% in 2007. Our reported
research and development expenses are mainly in the areas of
product design, technology and
62
development and do not include marketing design center costs,
which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process
engineering, pre-production or process-transfer costs, which are
accounted for as cost of sales.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss), net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items
such as research and development funding and, as expenses,
start-up
costs, and patent claim costs. Other income and expenses, net
resulted in an income of $48 million, compared to a net
expense of $35 million in the prior year. The main
supportive item of the favorable balance was the benefit
associated with research and development funding, which reached
$97 million in 2007, compared to $54 million in 2006.
The major amounts of research and development funding were
received in France and, to a less extent, in Italy.
Start-up
costs in 2006 were related to our
150-mm fab
expansion in Singapore, the conversion to
200-mm fab
in Agrate (Italy) and the
build-up of
our 300-mm
fab in Catania (Italy); however, they declined significantly in
2007 since these activities, excluding the
300-mm fab
in Catania, were almost entirely completed during the year.
Patent claim costs included costs associated with several
ongoing litigations and claims.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
$
|
(77
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs increased significantly compared to the previous year in
view of new items which have been recorded in 2007. This expense
was mainly composed of:
|
|
|
|
|
a pre-tax impairment loss estimated at $1,106 million
booked for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale,
an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on
certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part
of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use
could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax
$5 million of other related disposal costs;
|
|
|
|
an amount of $73 million related to the severance costs and
impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007 manufacturing
restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities which is
on-going;
|
|
|
|
a charge of $29 million generated by our
150-mm
restructuring plan which has been completed;
|
|
|
|
a charge of approximately $9 million for employee benefits
relating to our headcount restructuring plan;
|
|
|
|
an impairment charge of $3 million related to an equity
investment carried at cost; and
|
|
|
|
an impairment charge of $2 million related to certain
technologies without alternative future use.
|
|
|
|
In 2006, we incurred $77 million of impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including
$45 million relating to our headcount restructuring plan,
$22 million relating to our
150-mm
restructuring plan, and an impairment charge of approximately
$10 million recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to
discontinue adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain
products.
|
63
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our operating result translated from an operating income of
$677 million in 2006 to an operating loss of
$545 million in 2007, mainly due to the provisions
associated with the impairment and restructuring charges
described above.
In 2007, ASG registered an operating income of
$303 million, significantly decreasing from an operating
income of $439 million in 2006 in spite of higher sales,
mainly due to the negative impact of selling price and currency
trends. IMS registered an operating income of $470 million
compared to $441 million mainly originated by its sales
growth, despite an unfavorable currency impact. FMG operating
loss was $51 million, slightly improving compared to a loss
of $53 million in 2006, since depreciation charges on its
assets held for sale were suspended upon signing the agreement
for their disposal. The total benefit estimated for the
suspended depreciation was about $75 million.
Interest
income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
In 2007, interest income, net, decreased approximately by
$10 million compared to 2006, mainly as a result of the
redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013
Convertible Bonds (with 0.5% of positive yield and significant
interest income contribution).
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to a global
financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August
2007, we became aware that the financial institution had
deviated from our instruction and that our account had been
credited with investments in unauthorized auction rate
securities. There is currently no active market for these assets
and, therefore, we are required to evaluate the fair value of
these assets based on available valuation techniques, taking
into account available information. Due to the lack of
liquidity, we have classified this impairment as
other-than-temporary. As a result of the unauthorized
investments, we have recognized impairment to the fair market
value of these securities in the fourth quarter of 2007 of
$46 million. The estimated value of these securities could
further decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration and/or other downgrading. Believing we have been
defrauded, and after failing to reach an amicable settlement
with the responsible financial institution, we have initiated an
arbitration proceeding against the financial institution that
purchased the unauthorized securities for our account and are
seeking full recovery of the losses. We intend to pursue our
claim vigorously. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources for a further description of the auction rate
securities.
Earning
(loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Earning (loss) on equity investments
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
Our equity investments in 2007 resulted in a gain of
$14 million compared to a loss of $6 million in the
prior year, benefiting from the full production
ramp-up of
our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China during 2007.
64
Income
tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
In 2007, we registered an income tax benefit of
$23 million, similar to the amount registered in 2006. The
2007 tax benefit reflected the annual effective tax rate for
recurring operations of approximately 8% before the effect of
the Flash memory planned disposal and included a tax benefit
from our restructuring charges that have positively affected our
effective tax rate this year. Including the impact of the
impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal
of the Flash Memories Groups (FMG) assets held
for sale, and other one time charges, the effective tax rate was
approximately 5%. In 2006, we had an income tax benefit of
$20 million, reflecting an annual effective tax rate of
approximately 8%, as a result of a certain favorable adjustments
in our tax position that occurred during that year.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating income within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some
countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax
rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in
the coming years.
Net
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
In fiscal year 2007, we reported a net loss of $477 million
compared to a net income of $782 million for 2006, mainly
due to the booking of the significant amount of impairment and
restructuring charges as described above. Loss per share for
2007 was $0.53, compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.87
and $0.83 per share for 2006. In 2007, the impact of impairment,
restructuring charges, and other one-time items (net of taxes)
was estimated to be $1.29 per diluted share.
2006 vs.
2005
In 2006, based upon recent industry data, the semiconductor
industry experienced a year-over-year revenue increase of
approximately 9% for the TAM and an increase of approximately 8%
for the SAM, respectively.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,854
|
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in our net revenues in 2006 was primarily due to
our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, which
exceeded the negative impact of the declining selling prices due
to the continuing pricing pressure in the markets we serve. Our
average selling prices decreased overall by approximately 8%,
which is the result of a tougher pure pricing effect mitigated
by a higher selling price from improved products mix.
All product group segments registered a positive revenue
performance. ASG net revenues increased 8.1% over 2005, mainly
driven by Imaging, Computer Peripherals, Connectivity, Digital
Consumer and Automotive products. Cellular Communication
slightly increased, while Data Storage registered a decline. Net
revenues for IMS significantly increased by 14.5% compared to
2005 and FMG net revenues increased by 16.2% compared to 2005,
supported by NOR Flash for wireless applications and other
memory products.
By market segment application, the most important contribution
to net revenue growth came from Telecom and Industrial, while
Automotive, Consumer and Computer registered approximately
mid-single digit growth. Net
65
revenues by market segment increased in Telecom by approximately
19% and Industrial by approximately 10%, while Automotive,
Consumer and Computer each increased by approximately 6%. As a
significant portion of our sales are made through distributors,
the foregoing are necessarily estimates within a variance of 5%
to 10% in absolute dollar amounts of the relative weighting of
each of our targeted market segments.
By location of order shipment, Japan revenues strongly increased
by approximately 31%, all of the other regions registered a
solid double-digit growth, with the exception of North America
which slightly declined compared to last year.
In 2006, we had several large customers, with the largest one,
the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 22%
of our net revenues, which remained flat compared to 2005. Our
top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 51% of our net
revenues in 2006, compared to approximately 50% of our net
revenues in 2005.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,845
|
)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)%
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
3,523
|
|
|
$
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
35.8
|
%
|
|
|
34.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The cost of sales increased at a lower pace than the net
revenues, therefore leveraging a 16% improvement of our gross
profit. The increase in gross profit was driven by sales volume,
more favorable products mix and improved manufacturing
efficiencies, which are the result of lower depreciation
charges, the cost savings realized from the
150-mm
restructuring plan that has been almost totally completed, and
the benefit of a solid level of loading in our facilities over
the first three quarters of 2006. As a result of these
improvements, which were partially offset by the negative impact
of severe price pressures, our gross margin increased
160 basis points to 35.8%.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,026
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was
largely due to the higher expenses associated with increased
activities and to the charges related to the share-based
compensation which amounted to $14 million. However, as a
percentage to sales ratio, the selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased to 10.8%.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,630
|
)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(16.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses increased 2.3% in 2006
resulting from a combination of higher spending in relation to
our activities and $8 million in share-based compensation
charges. As a percentage of net revenues, research and
development expenses decreased significantly by 140 basis
points to 16.9%. Our reported research and development expenses
are mainly in the areas of product design, technology and
development and do not include marketing design center costs,
which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process
engineering, pre-production or process-transfer costs, which are
accounted for as cost of sales.
66
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss), net
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Other income and expenses, net results include
miscellaneous items, such as research and development funding,
gains on sale of non-current assets,
start-up and
phase-out costs, net exchange gain or loss and patent claim
costs. Research and development funding includes income of some
of our research and development projects, which qualify as
funding on the basis of contracts with local government agencies
in locations where we pursue our activities. The major amounts
of research and development funding were received in Italy and
France; however, the funding significantly decreased in 2006 due
to restricted support in certain jurisdictions. The net gain on
sale of non-current assets is mainly related to the sale of a
minor investment.
Start-up and
phase-out costs in 2006 were related to our
150-mm fab
expansion in Singapore, the conversion to
200-mm fab
in Agrate (Italy) and the
build-up of
the 300-mm
fab in Catania (Italy). The net exchange loss related to
transactions not designated as a cash flow hedge denominated in
foreign currencies.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(77
|
)
|
|
$
|
(128
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)%
|
In 2006, we recorded impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs of $77 million. This expense was
mainly composed of:
|
|
|
|
|
Our headcount restructuring plan resulted in total charges of
$45 million mainly for employee termination benefits; the
total cost of this restructuring plan was estimated to be
approximately $100 million and was substantially complete
at the end of 2006, with total charges of $86 million
incurred through December 31, 2006;
|
|
|
|
An impairment charge of approximately $10 million was
recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to discontinue
adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain products, of
which $6 million corresponded to the write-off of Tioga
goodwill and $4 million to impairment charges on
technologies purchased as part of the Tioga business acquisition
which were determined to be without any alternative use;
|
|
|
|
Our ongoing
150-mm
restructuring plan and related manufacturing initiatives
generated restructuring charges of approximately
$22 million. As of December 31, 2006, we have incurred
$316 million of the total expected of approximately
$330 million to $350 million in pre-tax charges in
connection with this restructuring plan, which was announced in
October 2003.
|
In 2005, we incurred $128 million of impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs mainly
related to our 2005 headcount restructuring plan and our
150-mm
restructuring plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
67
Operating
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
677
|
|
|
$
|
244
|
|
|
|
178.0
|
%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income increased significantly in 2006 as the combined
effect of all of the factors presented above.
In 2006, all of our product group segments were profitable. ASG
registered an increase in its operating income from
$355 million in 2005 to $439 million in 2006, mainly
resulting from the contribution of an increase in sales volume.
IMS operating income increased significantly from
$336 million in 2005 to $441 million in 2006. FMG
moved from an operating loss of $199 million in 2005 to an
operating loss of $53 million in 2006. All the product
group segments were negatively impacted by declines in pricing.
Interest
income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
The interest income, net, significantly increased to
$93 million in 2006 from $34 million in 2005,
reflecting more effective placement of liquidity investments and
rising interest rates in the U.S. dollar and the Euro on
our available cash, and the strong net operating cash flow which
further contributed additional cash during the year.
Loss
on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Loss on equity investments
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
During 2006, we recorded a loss of $6 million and in 2005
we recorded a loss of $3 million, mainly related to
start-up
costs due to our investment as a minority shareholder in our
joint venture in China with Hynix Semiconductor.
Income
tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
In 2006, we had an income tax benefit of $20 million. This
is the result of our effective tax rate for the full year 2006
which was approximately 8% and the benefit of certain favorable
adjustments in our tax position that occurred during the year.
In particular, in 2006, we recorded a reversal of a
$90 million provision due to a favorable outcome of a tax
litigation claim in one of our jurisdictions and approximately a
$23 million benefit pursuant to the application of certain
favorable tax regimes. Our tax rate is variable and depends on
changes in the level of operating profits within various local
jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of
these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax
provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax
benefits in some countries; as such benefits may not be
available in the future due to changes within the local
jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could increase in the
coming years.
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
|
|
193.9
|
%
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
68
For 2006, we reported a net income of $782 million, a
strong increase compared to 2005. Basic and diluted earnings per
share for 2006 were $0.87 and $0.83, respectively, compared to
basic and diluted earnings of $0.30 and $0.29 per share,
respectively, for 2005.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
Certain quarterly financial information for the years 2007 and
2006 are set forth below. Such information is derived from
unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on
a basis consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements
that include, in the opinion of management, all normal
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the interim
information set forth therein. Operating results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
In addition, in view of the significant growth we have
experienced in recent years, the increasingly competitive nature
of the markets in which we operate, the changes in products mix
and the currency effects of changes in the composition of sales
and production among different geographic regions, we believe
that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results
should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by
a wide variety of other factors that could materially and
adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to
significant variability of operating results, including, among
others, capital requirements and the availability of funding,
competition, new product development and technological change
and manufacturing developments in litigation and possible
intellectual property claims. In addition, a number of other
factors could lead to fluctuations in operating results,
including order cancellations or reduced bookings by key
customers or distributors, intellectual property developments,
international events, currency fluctuations, problems in
obtaining adequate raw materials on a timely basis, impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as well
as the loss of key personnel. As only a portion of our expenses
varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will
be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to
revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such
factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other
factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect
our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may
be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the
cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems
industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing
technology developments, market demand for existing products,
the timing and success of new product introductions and the
levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain
additions of quarterly results will not total to annual results
due to rounding.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, based upon recently published
data by WSTS, the TAM and the SAM increased approximately 3% and
12% year-over-year, respectively, while the TAM decreased
approximately 1% and the SAM remained basically flat
sequentially.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, our effective average exchange
rate was approximately $1.43 to 1.00, compared to $1.36 to
1.00 in the third quarter of 2007 and $1.28 to 1.00
in the year-ago quarter. Our effective exchange rate reflects
actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging
programs.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,733
|
|
|
$
|
2,555
|
|
|
$
|
2,482
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,742
|
|
|
$
|
2,565
|
|
|
$
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-over-year
comparison
Our fourth quarter 2007 net revenues increased by 10.4%,
primarily as a result of higher sales volume and improved
products mix. Average selling prices remained flat thanks to the
more favorable products mix, which offsets the 8% pure pricing
decline.
With reference to our product group segments, both IMS and ASG
registered a double-digit revenue growth rate, while FMG
registered a negative variation. The growth rate for IMS was
11.3% and 13.3% for ASG; both groups performances were
mainly driven by higher sales volumes and a more favorable
products mix. ASG net revenues increased mainly in imaging
products, data storage and application-specific wireless
products. IMS
69
revenues increased mainly due to MEMS and Advanced Analog
products. FMG net revenues decreased 4.0% as a result of a drop
in selling prices.
By market segment application, Telecom, Industrial and
Automotive were the main contributors to the positive
year-over-year variation.
By location of order shipment, the most significant increase was
experienced in Emerging Markets, Greater China, and Asia
Pacific, which improved by approximately 30%, 23%, and 8%,
respectively. Japan and Europe improved approximately by 5% and
3%, respectively, while North America basically remained flat.
We had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia
group of companies, accounting for approximately 24% of our
fourth quarter 2007 net revenues, which was higher than the
approximate 21% it accounted for during the fourth quarter 2006.
Our top ten OEM (original equipment manufacturers) customers
accounted for approximately 51% of our net revenues compared to
approximately 49% in prior year fourth quarter. Sales to
distributors accounted for approximately 19% in the fourth
quarter of 2007, compared to 20% in the fourth quarter of 2006.
Sequential
comparison
Our fourth quarter 2007 net revenues grew by 6.9% due to
higher overall units sold and an improved products mix. All
product group segments registered an increase in net revenues.
ASG increased by 9.1%, driven by higher sales volume, with
double-digit growth in Telecom. The other groups registered a
single-digit increase. IMS increased by 5.3% led by higher
volume. FMG sales were up by 1.6% driven by sales volume; NOR
Flash products increased while NAND products decreased.
Our fourth quarter revenue was characterized by strong
performances in Telecom and Industrial, with good results also
coming from Automotive and Computer while Consumer was basically
flat.
By location of order shipment, the larger revenue increases were
in Emerging Markets with approximately 29%; Asia Pacific,
Greater China, Europe and Japan registered a good performance
with approximately 10%, 7%, 4%, and 3%, respectively, while
North America was basically flat. In the fourth quarter of 2007,
we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia
group of companies, accounting for approximately 24% of our net
revenues, increasing from the 21% it accounted for during the
third quarter of 2007. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for
approximately 51% of our net revenues in the fourth quarter of
2007 compared to 50% in the third quarter of 2007. Sales to
distributors were approximately 19% in the fourth quarter of
2007 at the same level as in the third quarter of 2007.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,582
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)%
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
902
|
|
|
$
|
901
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
36.9
|
%
|
|
|
35.2
|
%
|
|
|
36.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On a year-over-year basis, our gross profit increased led by
improved manufacturing efficiencies which also contributed to an
improvement in the gross margin from 36.3% to 36.9%. Fourth
quarter 2007 gross profit also benefited from the suspended
depreciation on FMG assets held for-sale. The gross margin
expansion has also been supported by strong sales volume
performance, and a favorable products mix, but was negatively
impacted by price declines and the weakening U.S. dollar
exchange rate.
On a sequential basis, our gross margin improved 170 basis
points, driven by operating efficiencies, higher sales volume
and improved products mix, which were partially negatively
offset by the weakening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate
and pricing pressure.
70
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(295
|
)
|
|
$
|
(272
|
)
|
|
$
|
(281
|
)
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)%
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of our SG&A expenses increased on a
year-over-year basis, mainly due to the negative impact of the
U.S. dollar rate and higher share-based compensation
charges. Our share-based compensation charges were
$11 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 ($9 million
in the fourth quarter of 2006). Thanks to our net revenues
increase, our fourth quarter 2007 ratio of SG&A as a
percentage of net revenues decreased to 10.8%.
SG&A expenses increased sequentially mainly due to the
negative U.S. dollar exchange rate impact and increased
charges related to share-based compensation, which were
$7 million in the third quarter. Thanks to higher revenues,
SG&A expenses as a ratio to revenues remained basically
flat on a sequential basis.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
Sequential
|
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(480
|
)
|
|
$
|
(442
|
)
|
|
$
|
(430
|
)
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)%
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(17.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(17.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On a year-over-year basis, our research and development expenses
increased in line with the expansion of our activities,
including the acquisition of a design team from Nokia, and also
due to the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange
rate. Furthermore, the fourth quarter 2007 amount included
$9 million of share-based compensation charges
($5 million in the fourth quarter of 2006). On a sequential
basis, research and development expenses increased again due to
the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and
also because of the costs associated with recent business
acquisitions which included $7 million following the
acquisition of a design team from Nokia.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss) net
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Gain on sale of other non-current assets
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items
such as research and development funding and as expenses,
start-up
costs, and patent claim costs. In the fourth quarter of 2007,
research and development funding income was associated with our
research and development projects, which qualify as funding on
the basis of contracts with local government agencies in
locations where we pursue our activities. In the fourth quarter
of 2007, all of these factors resulted in a net income of
$28 million, originated by the $36 million in research
and development funding which experienced a quarterly-related
strong increase in comparison to prior periods. As a result of
the rationalized manufacturing activity, the amount of
start-up
costs also decreased compared to 2006 fourth quarter.
71
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(279
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs of
$279 million. This expense was related to:
|
|
|
|
|
an additional $249 million loss related to the ongoing
disposal of FMG assets and $3 million of other related
disposal costs, primarily originated by the revised terms of the
transaction and by an updated calculation of our expected equity
value at closing;
|
|
|
|
an amount of $17 million related to the severance costs and
other charges booked in relation to the 2007 restructuring plan
of our manufacturing activities;
|
|
|
|
a charge of $9 million generated by our
150-mm
restructuring plan; and
|
|
|
|
a charge of $1 million for employee benefits relating to
other headcount restructuring plans
|
In the fourth quarter of 2006, impairment, restructuring charges
and other related closure costs amounted to $10 million and
were mainly related to $4 million for the headcount
restructuring plan and $6 million for
150-mm
restructuring plan.
In the third quarter of 2007, we recorded $31 million in
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closures
costs, mainly composed of $3 million booked upon signing
the agreement for the planned disposal of our FMG assets,
$16 million for severance costs related to the 2007
restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities,
$5 million for the
150-mm
restructuring plan, and $2 million for another headcount
restructuring plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
$
|
181
|
|
|
$
|
173
|
|
In percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
Year-over-year
basis
Our operating income decreased from a profit of
$173 million to a loss of $15 million because of the
charges booked as impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs. Excluding these extraordinary items, our
operating income showed significant improvement driven by the
surge in sales volume and improvement of operating performance,
which exceeded the negative impact of the U.S. dollar
exchange rate and of the decline in selling prices. With
reference to our product group segments, we registered operating
income in all the product groups, but FMG took a large benefit
from the suspended depreciation associated with assets held for
sale. ASGs operating income was $108 million, while
IMS operating income slightly increased thanks to sales volume.
Sequentially
On a sequential basis, our operating results deteriorated
because of the impairment and restructuring charges, and other
costs; excluding these costs, our operating income improved
supported by higher revenues and operating efficiencies.
ASG operating income declined sequentially in spite of an
increase in sales volume due to the negative impact of the
U.S. dollar exchange rate and higher expenses. IMS
operating income registered an improvement due to a higher level
of sales and despite the unfavorable currency impact. FMG moved
from a loss in the third quarter of 2007 to a profit in fourth
quarter of 2007 benefiting from the suspended depreciation on
its assets held for sale.
72
Interest
income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
Net interest income was $25 million in the fourth quarter
of 2007. The slight increase versus the previous quarter was due
to the higher values of liquidity due to continuous cash
generation and one-off interest income.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to a global
financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August
2007, we became aware that the financial institution had
deviated from our instruction and that our account had been
credited with investments in unauthorized auction rate
securities. In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that
since the unauthorized auction rate securities had experienced
auction failure since August, and pending the above legal
actions against the financial institution to recover the full
amount of the losses for these unauthorized investments, the
investments were to be more properly classified on our
consolidated balance sheet as Marketable securities
instead of Cash and cash equivalents as done in
previous periods. The revision of the December 31, 2006
consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of Cash
and cash equivalents from $1,963 million to
$1,659 million with an offsetting increase to
Marketable securities from $460 million to
$764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006
consolidated statements of cash flows affects Net cash
used in investing activities, which increased from
$2,753 million to $3,057 million based on the increase
in the investing activities line Payment for purchase of
marketable securities from $460 million to
$764 million. The Net cash increase (decrease)
caption was also reduced $304 million from a decrease of
$64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised
consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the
consolidated statements of cash flows, including the Cash
and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period, as we
started to purchase auction rate securities only in 2006. We
believe that investments made for our account in auction rate
securities other than U.S. federally-guaranteed student
loans were made without our authorization, and in 2008 we
instituted proceedings against the responsible financial
institution with a view to full recovery of the losses in our
account. We intend to pursue our claim vigorously.
Earning
(loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Earning (loss) on equity investments
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered an income on equity
investments, mainly related to our investment as minority
shareholder in our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in
China, basically equivalent to the amount in the previous
quarter.
Income
tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
(18
|
)
|
|
$
|
80
|
|
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered an income tax
benefit of $55 million, which includes a $72 million
impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal
of the Flash Memories Groups (FMG) assets held
for sale. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we had an income
tax benefit of $80 million, which was primarily the result
of a favorable outcome of a tax litigation matter. During the
third quarter of 2007, we recorded an income tax expense of
$18 million.
73
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating income within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some
countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future
due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax
rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in
the coming years.
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
|
Sept 29, 2007
|
|
|
Dec 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
187
|
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.1
|
%
|
For the fourth quarter of 2007, we reported a net income of
$20 million, compared to a net income of $276 million
in the fourth quarter of 2006 and net income of
$187 million in the third quarter of 2007. Our fourth
quarter of 2007 was penalized by the higher value of impairment,
restructuring charges, and other-than-temporary impairment on
marketable securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share for
the fourth quarter of 2007 were $0.02, lower than $0.31 and
$0.30, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2006. The diluted
earnings per share were negatively impacted for $0.25 due to
impairment, restructuring and other than temporary impairment
charges on marketable securities.
Impact of
Changes in Exchange Rates
Our results of operations and financial condition can be
significantly affected by material changes in exchange rates
between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly
the Euro.
As a market rule, the reference currency for the semiconductor
industry is the U.S. dollar and product prices are mainly
denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for certain
of our products (primarily our dedicated products sold in Europe
and Japan) are quoted in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar and as such are directly affected by
fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result
of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to
the U.S. dollar could increase, in the short term, our
level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars; revenues
for all other products, which are either quoted in
U.S. dollars and billed in U.S. dollars or in local
currencies for payment, tend not to be affected significantly by
fluctuations in exchange rates, except to the extent that there
is a lag between changes in currency rates and adjustments in
the local currency equivalent price paid for such products.
Furthermore, certain significant costs incurred by us, such as
manufacturing, labor costs and depreciation charges, selling,
general and administrative expenses, and research and
development expenses, are largely incurred in the currency of
the jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Given
that most of our operations are located in the Euro zone or
other
non-U.S. dollar
currency areas, our costs tend to increase when translated into
U.S. dollars in case of dollar weakening or to decrease
when the U.S. dollar is strengthening.
In summary, as our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar,
currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations: if the U.S. dollar weakens, we receive a
limited part of our revenues, and more importantly, we increase
a significant part of our costs, in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. As described below, our effective average
U.S. dollar exchange rate weakened during 2007,
particularly against the Euro, causing us to report higher
expenses and negatively impacting both our gross margin and
operating income. Our consolidated statements of income for 2007
include income and expense items translated at the average
U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period.
Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with
exchange rate fluctuations has been to balance as much as
possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in
U.S. dollars with the amount of raw materials, purchases
and services from our suppliers denominated in
U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the potential exchange rate
impact of certain variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover,
in order to further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar
exchange fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our
consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to
a portion of cost of goods sold, most of the research and
development expenses and certain selling and general and
administrative expenses, located in the Euro zone. Our effective
average exchange rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was
$1.35 for 1.00 in 2007 compared to $1.24 for 1.00 in
2006. These effective exchange rates reflect the actual exchange
rates combined with the impact of hedging contracts matured in
the period.
As of December 31, 2007, the outstanding hedged amounts to
cover manufacturing costs were 158 million and to
cover operating expenses were 170 million, at an
average rate of about $1.46 and $1.45 for 1.00
74
respectively (including the premium paid to purchase foreign
exchange options), maturing over the period from January 8,
2008 to May 7, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, these
outstanding hedging contracts and certain expired contracts
covering manufacturing expenses capitalized in inventory
represented a deferred gain of approximately $8 million
after tax, recorded in Other comprehensive income in
shareholders equity, compared to a deferred gain of
approximately $13 million after tax as of December 31,
2006. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full
exposure. In addition, in order to mitigate potential exchange
rate risks on our commercial transactions, we purchased and
entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts and
currency options to cover foreign currency exposure in payables
or receivables at our affiliates. We may in the future purchase
or sell similar types of instruments. See Item 11,
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market
Risk, for full details of outstanding contracts and their
fair values. Furthermore, we may not predict in a timely fashion
the amount of future transactions in the volatile industry
environment. Consequently, our results of operations have been
and may continue to be impacted by fluctuations in exchange
rates.
Our treasury strategies to reduce exchange rate risks are
intended to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations.
No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will
sufficiently protect us against declines in the value of the
U.S. dollar. Furthermore, if the value of the
U.S. dollar increases, we may record losses in connection
with the loss in value of the remaining hedging instruments at
the time. In 2007, as the result of cash flow hedging, we
recorded a net profit of $36 million, consisting of a
profit of $16 million to cost of sales, a profit of
$15 million to research and development expenses, and a
profit of $5 million to selling, general and administrative
expenses, while in 2006, we recorded a net profit of
$19 million.
The net effect of the consolidated foreign exchange exposure
resulted in a net gain of $1 million in Other income
and expenses, net in 2007.
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are, for consolidation
purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end
exchange rate. Income and expenses are translated at the average
exchange rate for the period. The balance sheet impact of such
translation adjustments has been, and may be expected to be,
significant from period to period since a large part of our
assets and liabilities are accounted for in Euros as their
functional currency. Adjustments resulting from the translation
are recorded directly in shareholders equity, and are
shown as Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders equity. At December 31, 2007, our
outstanding indebtedness was denominated mainly in
U.S. dollars and in Euros.
For a more detailed discussion, see Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Our financial results can be
adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates,
principally in the value of the U.S. dollar.
Impact of
Changes in Interest Rates
Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market
conditions and material changes can affect our results from
operations and financial condition, since these changes can
impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash
equivalents and the total interest expense paid on our financial
debt.
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated
statements of income, is the balance between interest income
received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable
securities investments and interest expense paid on our
long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the
fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a
short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term
market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or
decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are
associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed
rate) and floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixed
quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate
mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into
cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate
obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate
derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016
Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we
entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the
principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield
equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. We
also have $250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate
(our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor) partially
offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible
Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full
exposure and all risks associated with these instruments.
As of December 31, 2007, our cash and cash equivalents
generated an average interest income rate of 4.75%; the
9-year
U.S. swap interest rate was 4.81%. The fair value of the
swaps as of December 31, 2007 was $8 million since
they were executed at higher than current market rates. In
compliance with FAS 133 provisions on fair value hedges,
the net impact of the hedging transaction on our consolidated
statements of income was $1 million in 2007, which
represents the ineffective part of the hedge. This amount was
recorded in Other income and expenses, net.
75
These cancelable swaps were designed and are expected to
effectively replicate the bonds behavior through a wide
range of changes in financial market conditions and decisions
made by both the holders of the bonds and us, thus being
classified as highly effective hedges; however no assurance can
be given that our hedging activities will sufficiently protect
us against future significant movements in interest rates.
We may in the future enter into further cancellable swap
transactions related to the 2016 Convertible Bonds or other
fixed rate instruments. For full details of quantitative and
qualitative information, see Item 11, Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define
procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the
management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to
currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are
centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to
oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our
cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and
Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated
A or better. Part of our liquidity is also held in
Euros to naturally hedge intercompany payables in the same
currency and is placed with financial institutions rated at
least single A long-term rating, meaning at least A3 from
Moodys Investor Service and A- from Standard &
Poors and Fitch Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in
other currencies. See Item 11, Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that since
unauthorized investments in auction rate securities other than
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program experienced
auction failure since August such investments were to be more
properly classified on our consolidated balance sheet as
Marketable securities instead of Cash and cash
equivalents as done in previous periods. The revision of
the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in
a decrease of Cash and cash equivalents from
$1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting
increase to Marketable securities from
$460 million to $764 million. The revision of the
December 31, 2006 consolidated statements of cash flows
affects Net cash used in investing activities, which
increased from $2,753 million to $3,057 million based
on the increase in the investing activities line Payment
for purchase of marketable securities from
$460 million to $764 million. The Net cash
increase (decrease) caption was also reduced
$304 million from a decrease of $64 million to a
decrease of $368 million, and the Cash and cash
equivalents at the end of the period changes to match the
$1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet.
There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of
cash flows, including the Cash and cash equivalents at the
beginning of the period as we started to purchase auction
rate securities only in 2006. We believe that investments made
for our account in auction rate securities other than
U.S. federally guaranteed student loans have been made
without our due authorization and in 2008 we instituted
proceedings against the responsible financial institution with a
view to (fully) recovery of our losses. We intend to pursue our
claim vigorously.
As of December 31, 2007, we had $1,855 million in cash
and cash equivalents, marketable securities amounted to
$1,014 million as current assets, composed of senior debt
floating rate notes issued by primary financial institutions,
$250 million as restricted cash and $369 million as
non-current assets invested in auction rate securities.
At December 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents totaled
$1,855 million, compared to $1,659 million at
December 31, 2006 and to $2,027 million at
December 31, 2005. Cash and cash equivalents at
December 31, 2006 had been changed from
$1,963 million, due to a reclassification of certain
marketable securities previously accounted for as cash and cash
equivalents as described above. At December 31, 2007, we
had no investments in short-term deposits, compared to
$250 million at December 31, 2006.
As of December 31, 2007, we had $1,014 million in
marketable securities, with primary financial institutions with
a minimum rating of A1/A+. They are reported at fair value, with
changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders equity.
The change in fair value of these instruments amounted to
approximately $3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007. Marketable securities amounted to
$764 million as of December 31, 2006, while we did not
have any as of December 31, 2005. Changes in the
instruments adopted to invest our liquidity in future periods
may occur and may significantly affect our interest income
(expense), net.
As of December 31, 2007, we had auction rate securities
with a par value of $415 million. These securities
represent interest in collateralized obligations and other
commercial obligations. In the fourth quarter 2007, we
registered a decline in fair value of these auction rate
securities and considered this decline as
Other-than-temporary. Recent credit concerns arising
in the capital markets have reduced the ability to liquidate
auction rate securities that we classify as available for sale
securities on our consolidated balance sheet. Therefore, in the
fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded an impairment charge of
$46 million to reduce the value of these securities to
their
76
estimated fair value. The fair value of these securities has
been evaluated on the basis of the weighted average of available
information: (i) from publicly available indexes of
securities with the same rating and comparable/similar
underlying collaterals or industries exposure and
(ii) using mark to market bids and mark
to model valuations received from the structuring
financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate
securities. The estimated value of these securities could
further decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration
and/or other
downgrading. After the judgment for the $46 million
impairment charge recorded in fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007, our auction rate securities have,
therefore, an estimated fair value of approximately
$369 million as of December 31, 2007. At
December 31, 2007, these securities were rated AAA from at
least one major rating agency.
Liquidity
We maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity
ratio, which provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As
in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our
investment needs with net cash generated from operating
activities.
During 2007, the evolution of our cash flow produced an increase
in our cash and cash equivalent of $196 million, resulting
in a level of cash and cash equivalent of $1,855 million.
The evolution of our cash flow over the last 3 years can be
summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,491
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
Effect of change in exchange rates
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(368
|
)
|
|
|
77
|
|
Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
1,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the period
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
Net cash from operating activities. As in
prior periods, the major source during 2007 was cash provided by
operating activities. Our net cash from operating activities
totaled $2,188 million in 2007, decreasing compared to
$2,491 million in 2006 and increasing compared to
$1,798 million in 2005.
Changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a
generation of net cash for the amount of $62 million in
2007, compared to net cash used of $60 million used in
2006. The main favorable variations were due to the net cash
provided by inventory and by trade receivables.
Net cash used in investing activities. Net
cash used in investing activities was $1,737 million in
2007, compared to the $3,057 million used in 2006 and
compared to the $1,528 million used in 2005. Payments for
purchases of tangible assets were the main utilization of cash,
amounting to $1,140 million for 2007, a decrease over
$1,533 million in 2006. The 2006 payments were net of
$660 million proceeds from matured short-term deposits and
from the sale of our Accent subsidiary. In 2007, cash used for
investments in intangible assets and financial assets was
$208 million and capital contributions to equity
investments was $32 million. In addition, we had payment
for marketable securities of $708 million, balanced by
proceeds from sales of marketable securities and from material
short-term deposits for $101 million and $250 million
respectively.
Capital expenditures for 2007 were principally allocated to:
|
|
|
|
|
the completion of capacity
ramp-up as
per our Crolles2 alliance program with Freescale Semiconductor
and NXP Semiconductors in our
300-mm fab
in Crolles (France) and the acquisition of a portion of the
tools from our former partners;
|
|
|
|
the upgrading and expansion of our
200-mm fab
in Agrate (Italy) for BCD technology and MEMS;
|
|
|
|
the completion of the program of capacity expansion and the
upgrading to finer geometry technologies of our
200-mm
front-end facility in Rousset (France);
|
|
|
|
the capacity
ramp-up for
one of our discrete process families and upgrading of our
150-mm fabs
in Singapore;
|
|
|
|
the upgrading to leading edge technologies, down to 45 nm, of
our 200-mm
R&D fab in Agrate (Italy);
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion for 65 nm, NAND and NOR Flash Memories,
of our
200-mm fab
in Singapore; and
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion of our back-end plants in Muar (Malaysia)
and Shenzhen (China).
|
Capital expenditures for 2006 were principally allocated to:
|
|
|
|
|
the expansion of the
300-mm
front-end joint project with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor in Crolles2 (France);
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion and the upgrading to finer geometry
technologies for our
200-mm plant
in Rousset (France);
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion and the upgrading of our
150-mm and
200-mm plant
in Singapore;
|
|
|
|
the upgrading of our
200-mm fab
and pilot line in Agrate (Italy); and
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion for our back-end facilities in Malta,
Shenzhen (China), Bouskoura (Morocco) and Muar (Malaysia).
|
Capital expenditures for 2005 were principally allocated to:
|
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion of our
200-mm and
150-mm
front-end facilities in Singapore;
|
|
|
|
the conversion to
200-mm of
our front-end facility in Agrate (Italy);
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion of our back-end plants in Muar
(Malaysia), Shenzhen (China), Toa Payoh (Singapore) and Malta;
|
|
|
|
the expansion of our
200-mm
front-end facility in Phoenix (Arizona);
|
|
|
|
the capacity expansion of our
200-mm
front-end facility in Rousset (France);
|
|
|
|
the completion of building and continuation of facilities for
our 300-mm
front-end plant in Catania (Italy);
|
|
|
|
the expansion of a
150-mm
front-end and a
200-mm pilot
line in Tours (France); and
|
|
|
|
the expansion of the
300-mm
front-end joint project with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor in Crolles2 (France).
|
Net operating cash flow. We also present net
operating cash flow defined as net cash from operating
activities minus net cash used in investing activities,
excluding payment for purchases of and proceeds from the sale of
marketable securities (both current and non-current), short-term
deposits and restricted cash. We believe net operating cash flow
provides useful information for investors and management because
it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and
investing activities to sustain our operating activities. Net
operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not
represent total cash flow since it does not include the cash
flows generated by or used in financing activities. In addition,
our definition of net operating cash flow may differ from
definitions used by other companies. Net operating cash flow is
determined as follows from our Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,491
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of marketable
securities (current and non-current), short-term deposits and
restricted cash, net
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating cash flow
|
|
$
|
840
|
|
|
$
|
666
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our net operating cash flow constantly increased over the last
3 years, thanks to a solid generation of cash from
operating activities and a tight control on the level of our
capital investments. We were able to significantly reduce the
level of our capital investments as a percentage of sales. In
2007 and 2005, our operating activities were capable of
generating cash in excess of our investing activities, whereas
in 2006 cash used in investing activities exceeded that from
operating activities. Due to purchases of marketable securities
and investments in short-term deposits, however, which are
excluded from the computation of operating cash flow, net
operating cash flow improved to $840 million in 2007,
compared to net operating cash flow of $666 million in 2006
and of $270 million in 2005.
Net cash used in financing activities. Net
cash from financing activities was $296 million used in
2007 compared to $132 million generated in 2006 and
$178 million used in 2005. The main item used in financing
activities in 2007 was the dividend payment for the amount of
$269 million, while there were no major activities
78
related to proceeds and repayment of long-term debt. The net
cash from financing activities in 2006 was mainly due to the
balance of the proceeds from the issuance of our 2013 Senior
Bonds and 2016 Convertible Bonds, which amounted to
$1,554 million net of issuance costs, and the repayment of
long-term debts, primarily the redemption of the 2013
Convertible Bonds, of $1,377 million. In 2005 and 2006, we
paid dividends in the amount of $107 million.
Capital
Resources
Net
financial position
We define our net financial position as the difference between
our total cash position (cash, cash equivalents, current and
non-current marketable securities, short-term deposits and
restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts,
current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt). Net
financial position is not a U.S. GAAP measure. We believe
our net financial position provides useful information for
investors because it gives evidence of our global position
either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash by measuring our
capital resources based on cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities and the total level of our financial indebtedness.
The net financial position is determined as follows from our
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2007,
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
|
$
|
2,027
|
|
Marketable securities, current
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities, non-current
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash position
|
|
|
3,488
|
|
|
|
2,891
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,117
|
)
|
|
|
(1,994
|
)
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial debt
|
|
|
(2,220
|
)
|
|
|
(2,130
|
)
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net financial position
|
|
$
|
1,268
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net financial position as of December 31, 2007 resulted
in a net cash position of $1,268 million, representing an
improvement from the net cash position of $761 million as
of December 31, 2006. This improvement primarily results
from favorable net operating cash flow generated during 2007.
The restricted cash for 2007 is a long-term deposit with a bank
to guarantee a loan from the bank to our joint venture in China
with Hynix Semiconductor; in 2007, the restricted cash amounted
to $250 million. Furthermore, following the recent
deteriorating conditions in the capital markets, we have
classified part of our marketable securities as non-current; the
fair value of these marketable securities was estimated on
December 31, 2007 to be in the amount of $369 million.
At December 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our long-term
debt was $2,220 million, including $2 million of our
2013 Convertible Bonds, $1,010 million of our 2016
Convertible Bonds and $736 million of our 2013 Senior Bonds
(corresponding to the 500 million issuance).
Additionally, the aggregate amount of our total available
short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit
facilities, was approximately $1,212 million, which was not
used at December 31, 2007. Our long-term capital market
financing instruments contain standard covenants, but do not
impose minimum financial ratios or similar obligations on us.
Upon a change of control, the holders of our 2016 Convertible
Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds may require us to repurchase all or
a portion of such holders bonds. See Note 17 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 31, 2007, debt payments due by period and
based on the assumption that convertible debt redemptions are at
the holders first redemption option were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
2,220
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
1,053
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
849
|
|
79
On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders
of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the August 4, 2006
put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds. The
outstanding 2013 Convertible Bonds, corresponding to
approximately $2 million and approximately 2,505 bonds, may
be redeemed, at the holders option, for cash on
August 5, 2008 at a conversion ratio of $975.28, or on
August 5, 2010 at a conversion ratio of $965.56, subject to
adjustments in certain circumstances.
As of the end of 2007, we have the following credit ratings on
our 2013 and 2016 Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moodys Investors
|
|
|
Standard &
|
|
|
|
Service
|
|
|
Poors
|
|
|
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2013
|
|
|
WR(1
|
)
|
|
|
A-
|
|
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016
|
|
|
A3
|
|
|
|
A-
|
|
Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013
|
|
|
A3
|
|
|
|
A-
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rating withdrawn since the redemption in August 2006 of
$1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds, which left only
$2 million of our 2013 Convertible Bonds outstanding. |
On January 9, 2007, Standard & Poors
confirmed the A- ratings and issued a stable
outlook. On May 25, 2007, Moodys issued a credit
report confirming the A3 ratings and changing the outlook to
stable from under review for possible
downgrade.
In the event of a downgrade of these ratings, we believe we
would continue to have access to sufficient capital resources.
Contractual
Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and
contingencies as of December 31, 2007, and for each of the
five years to come and thereafter, were as follows (1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating leases(1)
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
129
|
|
Purchase obligations(1)
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and other asset purchase
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other obligations(1)
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Long-term debt obligations (including current
portion)(2)(3)(4) of which:
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
849
|
|
Capital leases(2)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Pension obligations(2)
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Other non-current liabilities(2)
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,780
|
|
|
$
|
1,774
|
|
|
$
|
374
|
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
1,118
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
1,227
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded
from the table above. |
|
(2) |
|
Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2007. |
|
(3) |
|
Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2007. |
|
(4) |
|
See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements at
December 31, 2007 for additional information related to
long-term debt and redeemable convertible securities. |
|
(5) |
|
Year of payment is based on maturity before taking into account
any potential acceleration that could result from a triggering
of the change of control provisions of the 2016 Convertible
Bonds and the 2013 Senior Bonds. |
As a consequence of our July 10, 2007 announcement
concerning the planned closures of certain of our manufacturing
facilities, the future shutdown of our plants in the United
States will lead to negotiations with some of our suppliers. As
no final date has been set, none of the contracts as reported
above have been terminated nor do the reported amounts take into
account any termination fees. This concerns approximately
$54 million commitments (capital and operating leases and
purchasing obligations.)
80
Operating leases are mainly related to building leases. The
amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future
leases from 2008 to 2012 and thereafter. We lease land,
buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases that
expire at various dates under non-cancelable lease agreements.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for
software licenses. Following the termination of the Crolles2
alliance with our partners Freescale Semiconductor and NXP
Semiconductors, we signed an agreement with each of the two
partners to commit to purchasing
300-mm
equipment during 2008. The timing of the purchase has been
agreed on the basis of our current visibility of the loading for
our Crolles2 wafer fab.
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual
commitments with respect to cooperation agreements. Following
the agreement signed on December 11, 2007 to acquire
Genesis Microchip, we committed to a cash tender offer to
purchase all of the outstanding shares of Genesis Microchip for
$8.65 per share, net to the holder in cash, for a total amount
of $345 million approximately. The transaction was
completed in January 2008. See more details in the Other
Developments paragraph above.
Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans,
convertible and non-convertible debt issued by us that is
totally or partially redeemable for cash at the option of the
holder. They include maximum future amounts that may be
redeemable for cash at the option of the holder, at fixed
prices. On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the
holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the
August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased
$1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding convertible bonds. The outstanding 2013 Convertible
Bonds, corresponding to approximately $2 million and
approximately 2,505 bonds, may be redeemed, at the holders
option, for cash on August 5, 2008 at a conversion ratio of
$975.28, or on August 5, 2010 at a conversion ratio of
$965.56, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances.
In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount
at maturity of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due in
February 2016. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any
time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of
43.118317 shares per one thousand dollars face value of the
bonds corresponding to 41,997,240 equivalent shares. The holders
can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011
at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of
$1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99
per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds. We can call
the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to our
share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the
conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days.
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on
April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved a cash dividend
distribution of $0.30 per share. Pursuant to the terms of our
2016 Convertible Bonds, the payment of this dividend gave rise
to a slight change in the conversion rate thereof. The new
conversion rate is 43.363087 corresponding to 42,235,646
equivalent shares.
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating
Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of
500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes,
which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the
three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June,
September, December and March of each year through maturity. The
notes have a put for early repayment in case of a change of
control.
Pension obligations and termination indemnities amounting to
$323 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts
projected to be payable by us for the retirement plans based on
the assumption that our employees will work for us until they
reach the age of retirement. The final actual amount to be paid
and related timings of such payments may vary significantly due
to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions
rates. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements. The projected benefit obligation at
December 31, 2007 was estimated at $590 million,
increasing by $18 million compared to 2006; this obligation
is partially funded by plan assets which have an estimated fair
value of $278 million, increasing $37 million compared
to previous year. As a result, the pension benefits showed an
unfunded status of $312 million as at December 31,
2007, decreasing compared to $331 million as at
December 31, 2006. We project to pay benefits in 2008 for
an amount of $32 million, and we expect to increase our
contributions to $34 million.
Other non-current liabilities include future obligations related
to our restructuring plans and miscellaneous contractual
obligations.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2007, we had convertible debt instruments
outstanding. Our convertible debt instruments contain certain
conversion and redemption options that are not required to be
accounted for separately in our
81
financial statements. See Note 17 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements for more information about our convertible
debt instruments and related conversion and redemption options.
We have no other material off-balance sheet arrangements at
December 31, 2007.
Financial
Outlook
We are reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures
represent approximately 10% of sales in 2008; we, therefore,
currently expect that capital spending for 2008 will decrease
compared to the $1.14 billion spent in 2007. The most
significant of our 2008 capital expenditure projects are
expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities:
(i) full capacity ownership of our
300-mm fab
in Crolles, through the purchase of the Alliance partners tools;
(ii) a specific program of capacity growth devoted to MEMS
in Agrate (Italy) and mixed technologies in Agrate and Catania
(Italy) to support the significant growth opportunity in these
technologies; (iii) focused investment both in
manufacturing and R&D in France sites to secure and develop
our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio (HCMOS
derivatives and mixed signal) required by our strategic
customers; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital
expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology
evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in
Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare for future
years capacity growth by completing the new production area in
Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China).
The Crolles2 alliance with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale
Semiconductor expired on December 31, 2007 and we have
signed an agreement to buy the remainder of their equipment in
the first half 2008, based on our capacity needs. The timing of
the purchase has been agreed on the basis of our current
visibility of the loading for our Crolles2 300-mm wafer fab. The
contracts provide for the following schedule of purchases of the
equipment: $140 million on March 14, 2008;
$135 million on April 1, 2008; and, $129 million
on June 30, 2008.
We will continue to monitor our level of capital spending by
taking into consideration factors such as trends in the
semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and announced
additions. We expect to have significant capital requirements in
the coming years and in addition we intend to continue to devote
a substantial portion of our net revenues to research and
development. We plan to fund our capital requirements from cash
provided by operating activities, available funds and available
support from third parties (including state support), and may
have recourse to borrowings under available credit lines and, to
the extent necessary or attractive based on market conditions
prevailing at the time, the issuing of debt, convertible bonds
or additional equity securities. A substantial deterioration of
our economic results and consequently of our profitability could
generate a deterioration of the cash generated by our operating
activities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in future
periods, we will generate the same level of cash as in the
previous years to fund our capital expenditures for expansion
plans, our working capital requirements, research and
development and industrialization costs.
Impact of
Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards
(a) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and
expected to impact the Companys operations
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140 (FAS 155). The
statement amended Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities (FAS 133) and Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting
for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities (FAS 140).
The primary purposes of this statement were (1) to allow
companies to select between bifurcation of hybrid financial
instruments or fair valuing the hybrid as a single instrument,
(2) to clarify certain exclusions of FAS 133 related
to interest and principal-only strips, (3) to define the
difference between freestanding and hybrid securitized financial
assets, and (4) to eliminate the FAS 140 prohibition
of Special Purpose Entities holding certain types of
derivatives. The statement is effective for annual periods
beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption
permitted prior to a company issuing first quarter financial
statements. We adopted FAS 155 in 2007 and FAS 155 did
not have any material effect on our financial position or
results of operations.
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). The interpretation seeks to
clarify the accounting for tax positions taken, or expected to
be taken, in a companys tax return and the uncertainty as
to the amount and timing of recognition in the companys
financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (FAS 109). The interpretation also
addresses derecognition of previously recognized tax positions,
classification of related tax assets and liabilities, accrual of
interest and penalties, interim period accounting, and
disclosure and transition provisions. The interpretation is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006. We adopted
82
FIN 48 as at January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of
the change in the accounting principle that we applied to
uncertain income tax positions was recorded in 2007 as an
adjustment to retained earnings. The impact of such adoption is
detailed in Note 2.11. Uncertain tax positions,
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and
penalties are further described in Note 23.
(b) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2007 and not
expected to impact the Companys operations
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156,
Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 140
(FAS 156). This statement requires initial
fair value recognition of all servicing assets and liabilities
for servicing contracts entered in the first fiscal year
beginning after September 15, 2006. After initial
recognition, the servicing assets and liabilities are either
amortized over the period of expected servicing income or loss
or fair value is reassessed each period with changes recorded in
earnings for the period. We adopted FAS 156 in 2007 and
FAS 156 did not have any material effect on our financial
position and results of operations.
(c) Accounting pronouncements expected to impact the
Companys operations that are not yet effective and have
not been early adopted by the Company
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). This
statement defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. In addition, the statement defines a
fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair
values, except as specifically excluded (i.e. stock awards,
measurements requiring vendor specific objective evidence, and
inventory pricing). The hierarchy places the greatest relevance
on Level 1 inputs which include quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2
inputs, which are observable either directly or indirectly,
include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted
prices in non-active markets, and inputs that could vary based
on either the condition of the assets or liabilities or volumes
sold. The lowest level of the hierarchy, Level 3, is
unobservable inputs and should only be used when observable
inputs are not available. This would include company level
assumptions and should be based on the best available
information under the circumstances. FAS 157 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with
early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter
statements have not been issued. However, in November 2007, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board drafted a proposed FASB
Staff Position (FSP) that would partially defer the
effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair
value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The
final FSP was issued in February 2008. However, it does not
defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial
assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually. We
have adopted FAS 157 as of January 1, 2008.
FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect
of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value
measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained
earnings, except for the following: valuation of financial
instruments previously measured with block premiums and
discounts; valuation of certain financial instruments and
derivatives at fair value using the transaction price; and
valuation of a hybrid instrument previously measured at fair
value using the transaction price. We will not record, upon
adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since we do not
hold any of the three categories of instruments described above.
Consequently, Consolidated Financial Statements as of
January 1, 2008 will reflect fair value measures in
compliance with previous GAAP. Reassessment of fair value in
compliance with FAS 157 will be dealt with as a change in
estimates, if any, in the first quarter of 2008. We have
identified the following items in our Consolidated Financial
Statements for which detailed assessment on FAS 157 impact
was required: the valuation of available-for-sale securities for
which no observable market price is obtainable; the annual
goodwill impairment test based on the fair value of the tested
reporting units; and FAS 144 held-for-sale model when
applied to the Companys Flash memory business
deconsolidation (the FMG deconsolidation).
Concerning the valuation of available-for-sale debt securities
which have currently, at the best of managements
visibility, no observable market price, management estimates
that fair value of these instruments when measured in compliance
with FAS 157 should not materially differ from current
estimates and that fair value measure, even if using certain
entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a Level 3
FAS 157 fair value hierarchy. For goodwill impairment
testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, we
are currently reviewing our goodwill impairment model to measure
fair value on marketable comparables, instead of discounted cash
flows generated by each reporting entity. Based on our
preliminary assessment, management estimates that FAS 157
adoption could have an effect on certain future goodwill
impairment tests, in the event our strategic plan could
necessitate changes in the product portfolios, for which
materiality will be further evaluated. Finally, we continue to
evaluate the potential impact of adopting FAS 157, but
management believes that, based on the current available
evidence, the fair value measure on the consideration to be
received upon FMG deconsolidation is in line with FAS 157
definition of fair value and that FAS 157 adoption should
not have a material impact on the actual loss to be recorded at
the date of the transaction closing. These conclusions are the
results of analysis
83
done based on current assumptions that are true today, but upon
certain changes in events and circumstances may no longer be
consistent with the assumptions upon the date of adoption. As a
result, these conclusions on the impact of FAS 157 adoption
are subject to revision as the evaluations are concluded.
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115 (FAS 159). This statement
permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair
value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains
and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on
items for which the fair value option has been elected. The
objective of this statement is to improve financial reporting by
providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility
in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and
liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge
accounting provisions. A company may decide whether to elect the
fair value option for each eligible item on its election date,
subject to certain requirements described in the statement.
FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal
year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. We
have adopted FAS 159 as of January 1, 2008 and will
accordingly evaluate the assets and liabilities on which we have
elected to apply the fair value option as of the end of the
first quarter 2008.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141
(Revised 2007), Business Combinations
(FAS 141R) and No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51
(FAS 160). These new standards will
initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both
the accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement
and presentation of previous acquisitions in Consolidated
Financial Statements. The standards continue the movement toward
the greater use of fair values in financial reporting.
FAS 141R will significantly change how business
acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial
statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent
periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as
noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of
equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting
from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a
business combination have been expanded, resulting in an
increased number of transactions or other events that will
qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations
(whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that
acquires the business (the acquirer) will record
100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business,
including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain
contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at
their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent
consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the
acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair
value will be recognized in earnings until settled;
acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be
expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the
acquisition and included in the amount recorded for assets
acquired; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an
acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to
their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss
recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize
initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued
post-acquisition financial information in future financial
statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been
recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation
allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes
to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in
earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments
(the measurement period is a period of up to one year during
which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be
adjusted.; this treatment is similar to how changes in other
assets and liabilities in a business combination will be
treated, and different from current accounting under which such
changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the
acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when
acquisitions result in a bargain purchase, instead
the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in
earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting
from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are
now considered as equity, transactions between the parent
company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as
equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a
change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective
for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception
of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax
positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires
retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure
requirements for existing minority interests. All other
requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively.
Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. We are
currently evaluating the effect the adoption of these statements
will have on our financial position and results of operations.
(d) Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective
and are not expected to impact the Companys operations
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards
(EITF 06-11).
The issue applies to equity-classified nonvested shares on which
dividends are paid prior to vesting, equity-classified nonvested
share units on
84
which dividends equivalents are paid, and equity-classified
share options on which payments equal to the dividends paid on
the underlying shares are made to the option-holder while the
option is outstanding. The issue is applicable to the dividends
or dividend equivalents that are (1) charged to retained
earnings under the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (FAS 123R) and (2) result in
an income tax deduction for the employer.
EITF 06-11 states
that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend
equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to
employees for equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested
equity share units, and outstanding share options should be
recognized as an increase to additional
paid-in-capital.
Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits
(windfall) under FAS 123R.
EITF 06-11
must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods
within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the
income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are
declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet
been issued. We will adopt
EITF 06-11
when effective. However, management does not expect that
EITF 06-11
will have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be
Used in Future Research and Development Activities
(EITF 07-3).
The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for
goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and
development activities should be expensed when the advance
payments are made or when the research and development
activities have been performed.
EITF 07-3
applies only to non-refundable advance payments for goods and
services to be used and rendered in future research and
development activities pursuant to an executory contractual
arrangement.
EITF 07-3 states
that non-refundable advance payments for future research and
development activities should be capitalized until the goods
have been delivered or the related services have been performed.
If an entity does not expect the goods to be delivered or
services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should
be charged to expense.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier
application is not permitted and entities should recognize the
effect of applying the guidance in this Issue prospectively for
new contracts entered into after
EITF 07-3
effective date. We will adopt
EITF 07-3
when effective. However, management does not expect that
EITF 07-3
will have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-1,
Accounting for Collaborative arrangements
(EITF 07-1).
The consensus prohibits the application of Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting
for Investments in Common Stock (APB 18) and the
equity method of accounting for collaborative arrangements
unless a legal entity exists. Payments between the collaborative
partners would be evaluated and reported in the consolidated
statements of income based on applicable GAAP. Absent specific
GAAP, the entities that participate in the arrangement would
apply other existing GAAP by analogy or apply a reasonable and
rational accounting policy consistently.
EITF 07-1
is effective for periods that begin after December 15, 2008
and would apply to arrangements in existence as of the effective
date. The effect of the new consensus will be accounted for as a
change in accounting principle through retrospective
application. We will adopt
EITF 07-1
when effective and management does not expect that
EITF 07-1
will have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-6,
Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement
Includes a Buy-Sell Clause
(EITF 07-6).
The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell
arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real
estate is sold to a jointly owned entity. The consensus provides
that the existence of a buy-sell clause does not necessarily
preclude partial sale treatment under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 66, Accounting for Sales of
Real Estate (FAS 66).
EITF 07-6
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered
into after the effective date. We will adopt
EITF 07-6
when effective and management does not expect that
EITF 07-6
will have a material effect on our financial position and
results of operations.
In November 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded
at Fair Value Through Earnings (SAB 109).
SAB 109 provides the Staffs views regarding written
loan commitments that are accounting for at fair value through
earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions
of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, Application
of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments
(SAB 105). SAB 105 stated that in
measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment it
would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected net future
cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan.
Consistent with FAS 156 and FAS 159,
SAB 109 states that the expected net future cash flows
related to the associated servicing of the loan should be
included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that
are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 109
does, however, retain the Staffs views included in
SAB 105 that no internally-developed intangible assets
should be included in the measurement of
85
the estimated fair value of a loan commitment derivative.
SAB 109 is effective for all written loan commitments
recorded at fair value that are entered into, or substantially
modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15,
2007. We will adopt SAB 109 when effective but management
does not expect that SAB 109 will have a material effect on
our financial position and results of operations.
In January 2008, the SEC issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing
Employee Stock Options (SAB 110).
SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use
of a simplified method, in developing an estimate of
expected term of plain vanilla share options in
accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance
under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the
simplified method for stock option grants after
December 31, 2007. The Staff amended its previous guidance
because additional information about employee exercise behavior
has not become widely available. With SAB 110, the Staff
permits entities to use, under certain circumstances, the
simplified method beyond December 31, 2007 if they conclude
that their data about employee exercise behavior does not
provide a reasonable basis for estimating the expected-term
assumption. SAB 110 is not relevant to our operations since
we redefined in 2005 our compensation policy by no longer
granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested shares.
Impairment,
Restructuring Charges and Other Related Closure Costs
In 2007, we incurred charges related to the main following
items: (i) the planned disposal of our FMG assets,
(ii) the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan;
(iii) the
150-mm
restructuring plan; (iii) the headcount reduction plan; and
(iv) the yearly impairment review.
On May 22, 2007, we announced that we had entered into a
definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco
Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company
from the key assets of our and Intels Flash Memory
businesses, which generated over $3 billion in combined
annual revenue in 2007. The new companys strategic focus
will be on supplying Flash memory solutions for a variety of
consumer and industrial devices, including cellular phones, MP3
players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech
equipment. Under the terms of the agreement, we will sell our
Flash memory assets, including our manufacturing NAND joint
venture interest with Hynix Semiconductor in Wuxi Peoples
Republic of China and other NOR and NAND resources, to a new
company, while Intel will sell its NOR assets and business. In
exchange, at closing Intel will have received a 45.1% equity
ownership stake, and we will receive a 48.6% equity ownership
stake. Francisco Partners L.P., a Menlo Park, California-based
private equity firm, will invest $150 million in cash for
convertible preferred stock representing a 6.3% ownership
interest, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. On
July 19, 2007, we announced that the pending new company
will be named Numonyx. All required regulatory
clearances for Numonyx have been received. On December 26,
2007, we agreed with Intel and Francisco Partners to extend the
deadline for the closing of Numonyx to March 28, 2008
pending finalization of revised financing terms and conditions.
The three parties continue to work to satisfy the conditions to
closing for the transaction and expect the closing to take place
in the first quarter of 2008. As described in further detail
above under the heading Critical Accounting Policies Using
Significant Estimates Asset Disposal, the
creation of Numonyx gave rise to the assets being contributed to
the new company being classified as Assets held for
sale requiring an impairment analysis. As a result of this
review, we have registered a pre-tax loss in 2007 of
$1,106 million, an additional pre-tax $1 million
impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not
be transferred and for which no alternative future use could be
found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million
of other related disposal costs. The current estimated loss is
the balance between the estimated value of our consideration and
an updated calculation of our expected equity value in Numonyx
at closing, and the estimated asset value of our contribution
which mainly consists of tangible assets related to our fabs in
Ang Mo Kio
200-mm
(Singapore), our Agrate R2
200-mm pilot
line (Italy), our
300-mm
building in Catania (Italy), and part of our back-end facility
in Muar (Malaysia), the inventory of FMG products, the rights to
use certain portions of our manufacturing capacity for a certain
period of time, and our participation in the China JV with Hynix
Semiconductors. The amount of the loss may increase pending the
final evaluation report being prepared by an independent firm,
as well as the impact of any further deterioration in the market
conditions of the Flash memory business and the credit markets
generally.
On June 18, 2007, we committed to a new program to optimize
our cost structure which involves the closing of three
manufacturing operations. Over the next two to three years we
will wind down operations of our
200-mm wafer
fab in Phoenix (Arizona), our
150-mm fab
in Carrollton (Texas) and our back-end packaging and test
facility in Ain Sebaa (Morocco). We expect these measures to
generate savings of approximately $150 million per year in
the cost of goods sold once the plan is completed. The total
impairment and restructuring charges for this program are
expected to be in the range of $270 million and
$300 million of which approximately $250 million are
estimated to be cash charges. As of December 31, 2007, we
registered a charge in our accounts of approximately
$73 million, of which $60 million is related to our
U.S. fabs and $13 million to the other site closures.
The 2007 charges are associated with impairment for
$11 million and restructuring charges for $62 million.
86
During the third quarter of 2003, we commenced a plan to
restructure our
150-mm fab
operations and part of our back-end operations in order to
improve cost competitiveness. The
150-mm
restructuring plan focuses on cost reduction by transferring a
large part of European and
U.S. 150-mm
production to Singapore and by upgrading production to a finer
geometry
200-mm wafer
fab. The plan includes the discontinuation of production of
Rennes, France; the closure as soon as operationally feasible of
the 150-mm
wafer pilot line in Castelletto, Italy; and the downsizing by
approximately one-half of the
150-mm wafer
fab in Carrollton, Texas. Furthermore, the
150-mm wafer
fab productions in Agrate, Italy and Rousset, France has been
gradually phased-out in favor of
200-mm wafer
ramp-ups at
existing facilities in these locations, which has been expanded
or upgraded to accommodate additional finer geometry wafer
capacity. This manufacturing restructuring plan designed to
enhance our cost structure and competitiveness was substantially
completed by the end of 2007. The total plan of impairment and
restructuring costs for the front-end and back-end
reorganization was estimated to be in the range of
$330 million to $350 million in pre-tax charges; as of
December 31, 2007 with the plan basically completed the
total cumulated net charge stood at $345 million of which
$29 million was booked in 2007, $22 million in 2006,
$13 million in 2005, $76 million in 2004 and
$205 million in 2003.
In the second quarter of 2005, we announced a restructuring plan
that, combined with other initiatives, aimed at reducing 3,000
members of our workforce outside Asia by the second half of
2006, of which 2,300 were planned for Europe. The total cost of
these measures was estimated to be approximately
$100 million pre-tax at the completion of the plan, of
which $86 million had been incurred as of December 31,
2006. We also upgraded the
150-mm
production fabs to
200-mm,
optimized on a global scale our Electrical Wafer Sorting (EWS)
activities, and harmonized and streamlined our support functions
and disengaged from certain activities. This plan was
substantially completed by the end of 2007. We spent
$9 million in 2007.
In the third quarter of 2007, we performed our annual impairment
tests in order to assess the recoverability of goodwill carrying
value and based on this we assessed that no impairment charge
had to be recognized on goodwill.
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs incurred in 2007 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other Related
|
|
|
Other Related
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
Closure Costs
|
|
|
Closure Costs
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Disposal of FMG assets
|
|
$
|
1,107
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
2007 restructuring plan
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
150-mm fab
plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Headcount restructuring plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,123
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, total cash outlays for the restructuring plan amounted
to $55 million, corresponding mainly to the payment of
expenses consisting of $31 million related to our
150-mm
restructuring plan, $19 million related to our headcount
restructuring plan, $3 million related to the disposal our
FMG assets and $2 million related to the new restructuring
plan. See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Equity
Method Investment
UPEK
Inc.
In 2004, we formed with Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR a new
company, UPEK Inc., as a venture capitalist-funded purchase of
the Companys TouchChip business. UPEK, Inc. was initially
capitalized with the Companys transfer of the business,
personnel and technology assets related to the fingerprint
biometrics business, formerly known as the TouchChip Business
Unit, for a 48% interest. Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR
contributed $11 million of cash for a 52% interest. In
2005, an additional $9 million was contributed by Sofinnova
Capital IV FCPR, reducing our ownership to 33%. We
accounted for our share in UPEK, Inc. under the equity method.
On June 30, 2005, we sold our interest in UPEK Inc. for
$13 million and recorded a gain amounting to
$6 million in Other income and expenses, net on
our consolidated statements of income. Additionally, on
June 30, 2005, we were granted warrants for
2,000,000 shares of UPEK, Inc. at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share. The warrants are not limited in time but can
only be exercised in the event of a change of control or an
Initial Public Offering of UPEK Inc. above a predetermined value.
87
Hynix
Semiconductor-ST Joint Venture
We signed, in 2004, a joint-venture agreement with Hynix
Semiconductor to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility
in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the agreement,
Hynix Semiconductor contributed $500 million for a 67%
equity interest and we contributed $250 million for a 33%
equity interest. In addition, we originally committed to grant
$250 million in long-term financing to the new joint
venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the
joint-ventures assets. We made the total $250 million
capital contributions as previously planned in the joint venture
agreement in 2006. We accounted for our share in the Hynix
Semiconductor-ST joint venture under the equity method based on
the actual results of the joint venture through the fourth
quarter of 2007. As such, we recorded earnings totaling
$14 million in 2007 and a loss of $6 million in 2006,
reported as Earnings (loss) on equity investments in
the consolidated statements of income.
In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor invested an additional
$750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to
fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, in
October 2007, pursuant to the formal approval by the Chinese
authorities of the additional investment, our interest in the
joint venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At
December 31, 2007 the investment in the joint venture
amounted to $276 million and was included in assets held
for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as it is expected to
be transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company
(see Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements). We (or
Numonyx following the transfer of our interest in the joint
venture to Numonyx) have the option to purchase from Hynix
Semiconductor up to $250 million in shares to increase our
interest in the joint venture back to a maximum of 33%.
Due to regulatory and withholding issues we could not directly
provide the joint venture with the $250 million long-term
financing as originally planned. As a consequence, in the fourth
quarter of 2006, we entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee
agreement with an external financial institution through which
we guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to
the bank. The guarantee agreement includes us placing up to
$250 million in cash in a deposit account. The guarantee
deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure
from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum
potential amount of future payments we, as the guarantor, could
be required to make. In the event of default and failure to
repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise
our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to
recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of
the joint-ventures assets. In 2007, we placed the
remaining $32 million of cash on the guarantee deposit
account, which totaled $250 million as at December 31,
2007 and was reported as Restricted cash for equity
investments on the consolidated balance sheet.
The debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted
in the recognition of a $17 million liability,
corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of
the transaction. The liability was reported on the line
Other non-current liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 and was recorded
against the value of the equity investment, which totaled
$293 million. We reported the debt guarantee on the line
Other investments and other non-current assets since
the terms of the FMG sale agreement to Numonyx do not include
the transfer of the debt guarantee which will be retained by us
post the Numonyx closing.
We identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest Entity
(VIE) at December 31, 2006, principally because the joint
venture was in the development stage, but we determined that we
were not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Because of events
that occurred in 2007 including the facility expansion and
additional investment, it was determined that the joint venture
was no longer in the development stage and accordingly that the
joint venture no longer met the criteria for qualification as a
VIE. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result of our
involvement with the joint venture is limited to our equity
investments and debt guarantee commitments.
Backlog
and Customers
We entered 2008 with a backlog (including frame orders) that was
significantly higher than we had entering 2007. This increase is
due to the solid level of bookings (including frame orders) that
we registered in the fourth quarter of 2007. Backlog (including
frame orders) is subject to possible cancellation, push back,
lower than expected hit of frame orders etc., and thus is not
necessarily indicative of billings amount or growth for the year.
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the Nokia Group of
companies being the largest and accounting for approximately 21%
of our revenues, compared to 22% in 2006. Total OEMs accounted
for approximately 80% of our net revenues, declining slightly
from approximately 81% in 2006. In 2007, our top ten OEM
customers accounted for approximately 49%, decreasing slightly
from approximately 51% in 2006. Distributors accounted for
approximately 20% of our net revenues compared to approximately
19% in 2006. We have no assurance that the Nokia Group of
companies, or any other customer, will continue to generate
revenues for us at the same levels. If we were to lose one or
more of our key customers, or if they were to significantly
reduce their bookings, not to confirm
88
planned delivery dates on frame orders in a significant manner
or fail to meet their payment obligations, our operating results
and financial condition could be adversely affected.
|
|
Item 6.
|
Directors,
Senior Management and Employees
|
Directors
and Senior Management
The management of our company is entrusted to the Managing Board
under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is
responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing
Board and the general course of our affairs and business. Our
Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is
resolved by our annual shareholders meeting upon a
non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of
six members. Decisions by our annual shareholders meeting
concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board
members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a
meeting, provided quorum conditions are met (15% of our issued
and outstanding share capital present or represented).
Our Supervisory Board had the following nine members since our
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(1)
|
|
Position
|
|
Year Appointed(2)
|
|
|
Term Expires
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Matteo del Fante
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Messrs. Antonino Turicchi and Robert M. White were
Supervisory Board members until our 2007 annual
shareholders meeting, at which time they were succeeded by
Messrs. Raymond Bingham and Alessandro Ovi. |
|
(2) |
|
As a member of the Supervisory Board. |
After our 2005 annual shareholders meeting, our
Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Gérald Arbola as
Chairman of our Supervisory Board and Mr. Bruno Steve as
Vice Chairman, each for a three-year term. On April 26,
2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Chairmen and members to
the Strategic Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation
Committee, and the Nomination and Corporate Governance
Committee. Mr. Gérald Arbola was appointed
Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Bruno
Steve, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi were
appointed as members. Mr. Tom de Waard was appointed
Chairman of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Raymond Bingham
and Douglas Dunn were appointed members and Messrs. Matteo
del Fante and Didier Lamouche were appointed as non-voting
observers. Mr. Gérald Arbola was appointed Chairman of
the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. Tom de Waard,
Matteo del Fante, Didier Lombard and Bruno Steve were appointed
as members. Mr. Tom de Waard was appointed Chairman of the
Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and
Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard
and Bruno Steve were appointed as members.
At our annual shareholders meeting in 2008, the mandates
of Messrs. Arbola, del Fante, de Waard, Lombard and Steve
will expire. The mandates of Messrs. Dunn and Lamouche will
expire at our annual shareholders meeting in 2009 and the
mandate of Messrs. Bingham and Ovi will expire at our
annual shareholders meeting in 2010.
Resolutions of the Supervisory Board require the approval of at
least three-quarters of its members in office. The Supervisory
Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by
the Managing Board. The Supervisory Board has established
procedures for the preparation of Supervisory Board resolutions
and the calendar for Supervisory Board meetings. The Supervisory
Board meets at least five times a year, including once a quarter
to approve our quarterly and annual accounts and their release.
Our Supervisory Board has adopted a Supervisory
89
Board Charter setting forth its duties, responsibilities and
operations, as mentioned below. This charter is available on our
website at
http://www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm.
There is no mandatory retirement age for members of our
Supervisory Board pursuant to Dutch law. Members of the
Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by the
shareholders meeting. The Supervisory Board may make a
proposal to the shareholders meeting for the suspension or
dismissal of one or more of its members. The members of the
Supervisory Board receive compensation as authorized by the
shareholders meeting. Each member of the Supervisory Board
must resign no later than three years after appointment, as
described in our Articles of Association, but may be reappointed
following the expiry of such members term of office.
Biographies
Gérald Arbola was appointed to our Supervisory Board at the
2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at the
2005 annual shareholders meeting. Mr. Arbola was
appointed the Chairman of our Supervisory Board on
March 18, 2005. Mr. Arbola previously served as Vice
Chairman of our Supervisory Board from April 23, 2004 until
March 18, 2005. Mr. Arbola is also Chairman of our
Supervisory Boards Compensation Committee and Strategic
Committee, and serves on its Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. Mr. Arbola is now Managing Director of Areva
S.A., where he had also served as Chief Financial Officer, and
is a member of the Executive Board of Areva since his
appointment on July 3, 2001 and his reappointment on
June 29, 2006. Mr. Arbola joined the AREVA NC group
(ex Cogema) in 1982 as Director of Planning and Strategy for
SGN, then served as Chief Financial Officer at SGN from 1985 to
1989, becoming Executive Vice President of SGN in 1988 and Chief
Financial Officer of AREVA NC in 1992. He was appointed as a
member of the executive committee in 1999, and also served as
Chairman of the Board of SGN in 1997 and 1998. Mr. Arbola
is currently a member of the boards of directors of AREVA NC,
AREVA NP, and Areva T&D Holdings. Mr. Arbola is a
graduate of the Institut dEtudes Politiques de Paris and
holds an advanced degree in economics. Mr. Arbola is the
Chairman of the Board of Directors of FT1CI and was the Chairman
until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the
Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Bruno Steve has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1989 and was appointed Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board on
March 18, 2005, and previously served as Chairman of our
Supervisory Board from March 27, 2002 through
March 18, 2005, from July 1990 through March 1993, and from
June 1996 until May 1999. He also served as Vice Chairman of the
Supervisory Board from 1989 to July 1990 and from May 1999
through March 2002. Mr. Steve serves on our Supervisory
Boards Compensation Committee as well as on its Nominating
and Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees. He was with
Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A.
(IRI), a former shareholder of Finmeccanica,
Finmeccanica and other affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior
positions for over 17 years. Mr. Steve is currently
Chairman of Statutory Auditors of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A.,
Chairman of Surveillance Body of Selex S. & A. S. S.p.A and
member of Statutory Auditors of Pirelli Tyres S.p.A. Until
December 1999, he served as Chairman of MEI. He served as the
Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica from 1988 to July 1997
and Chief Executive Officer from May 1995 to July 1997. He was
Senior Vice President of Planning, Finance and Control of I.R.I.
from 1984 to 1988. Prior to 1984, Mr. Steve served in
several key executive positions at Telecom Italia. He is also a
professor at LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome.
Mr. Steve was Vice Chairman from May 1999 to March 2002,
Chairman from March 2002 to May 2003 and member until his
resignation on April 21, 2004 of the Supervisory Board of
ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Raymond Bingham was appointed to the Supervisory Board at the
2007 annual shareholders meeting and serves on the Audit
Committee. Since November, 2006, Mr. Bingham has been a
Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a global private
equity firm. From August 2005 to October 2006, Mr. Bingham
was a private investor. Mr. Bingham was Executive Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Cadence Design Systems Inc., a
supplier of electronic design automation software and services,
from May 2004 to July 2005, and served as a director of Cadence
from November 1997 to July 2005. Prior to being Executive
Chairman, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Cadence from April 1999 to May 2004, and as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer from April 1993 to April
1999. Mr. Bingham also serves as a Director of Oracle
Corporation and Flextronics International, Ltd.
Matteo del Fante was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our
2005 annual shareholders meeting. Mr. del Fante
is also a non-voting observer on its Audit Committee. Mr. del
Fante has served as the Chief Financial Officer of CDP in Rome
since the end of 2003. Prior to joining CDP, Mr. del Fante held
several positions at JPMorgan Chase in London, England, where he
became Managing Director in 1999. During his 13 years with
JPMorgan Chase, Mr. del Fante worked with large European clients
on strategic and financial operations. Mr. del Fante obtained
his degree in Economics and Finance from Università Bocconi
in Milan in 1992, and followed graduate specialization courses
at New York Universitys Stern Business School. Mr. del
Fante was the Vice
90
Chairman until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the
Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Tom de Waard has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1998. Mr. de Waard was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee
by the Supervisory Board in 1999 and Chairman of the Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee in 2004 and 2005,
respectively. He also serves on our Supervisory Boards
Compensation Committee. Mr. de Waard has been a partner of
Clifford Chance, a leading international law firm, since March
2000 and was the Managing Partner of Clifford Chance Amsterdam
office from May 1, 2002 until May 1, 2005. From
January 1, 2005 to January 1, 2007 he was a member of
the Management Committee of Clifford Chance. Prior to joining
Clifford Chance, he was a partner at Stibbe, where he held
several positions since 1971 and gained extensive experience
working with major international companies, particularly with
respect to corporate finance. He is a member of the Amsterdam
bar and was President of the Netherlands Bar Association from
1993 through 1995. He received his law degree from Leiden
University in 1971. Mr. de Waard is a member of the Supervisory
Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (BESI) and
of its audit and nominating committees. He is also chairman of
BESIs compensation committee. Mr. de Waard is a member of
the board of the foundation Stichting Sport en Zaken.
Douglas Dunn has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
2001. He is a member of its Audit Committee since such date. He
was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer of ASML
Holding N.V. (ASML), an equipment supplier in the
semiconductor industry, a position from which he retired
effective October 1, 2004. Mr. Dunn was appointed
Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings plc
(United Kingdom) in October 2006. In 2005, Mr. Dunn
was appointed to the board of Philips-LG LCD (Korea), TomTom
N.V. (Netherlands) and OMI, a privately-held company (Ireland),
and also serves as a non-executive director on the board of
SOITEC (France). He is also a member of the audit committees of
ARM Holdings plc, SOITEC and TomTom N.V. In 2005, Mr. Dunn
resigned from his position as a non-executive director on the
board of Sendo plc (United Kingdom) and, in 2007, he resigned
from his position as director on the board of OMI. In February
2008, Mr. Dunn resigned from his position as director of
Philips-LG LCD (Korea). Mr. Dunn was a member of the
Managing Board of Royal Philips Electronics in 1998. From 1996
to 1998 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Philips
Consumer Electronics and from 1993 to 1996 Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Philips Semiconductors (now NXP
Semiconductors). From 1980 to 1993 he was CEO of Plessey
Semiconductors. Prior to this, he held several positions with
Motorola Semiconductors (now Freescale).
Didier Lamouche has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
2006. Mr. Lamouche is currently a non-voting observer on
the Audit Committee of our Supervisory Board. Dr. Lamouche
is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Lyon and holds a PhD in
semiconductor technology. He has 25 years experience in the
semiconductor industry. Dr. Lamouche started his career in
1984 in the R&D department of Philips before joining IBM
Microelectronics where he held several positions in France and
the United States. In 1995, he became Director of Operations of
Motorolas Advanced Power IC unit in Toulouse (France).
Three years later, in 1998, he joined IBM as General Manager of
the largest European semiconductor site in Corbeil (France) to
lead its turnaround and transformation into a joint venture
between IBM and Infineon: Altis Semiconductor. He managed Altis
Semiconductor as CEO for four years. In 2003, Dr. Lamouche
rejoined IBM and was the Vice President for Worldwide
Semiconductor Operations based in New York (United States) until
the end of 2004. Since December 2004, Dr. Lamouche has been
the Chairman and CEO of Groupe Bull, a France-based global
company operating in the IT sector. He is also a member of the
Board of Directors of CAMECA and SOITEC.
Didier Lombard was first appointed to our Supervisory Board at
the 2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at
our 2005 annual shareholders meeting. He serves on the
Compensation and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory Board.
Mr. Lombard was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of France Telecom in March 2005. Mr. Lombard began
his career in the Research and Development division of France
Telecom in 1967. From 1989 to 1990, he served as scientific and
technological director at the Ministry of Research and
Technology. From 1991 to 1998, he served as General Director for
industrial strategies at the French Ministry of Economy,
Finances and Industry, and from 1999 to 2003 he served as
Ambassador at large for foreign investments in France and as
President of the French Agency for International Investments.
From 2003 through February 2005, he served as France
Telecoms Senior Executive Vice President in charge of
technologies, strategic partnerships and new usages and as a
member of France Telecoms Executive Committee.
Mr. Lombard is also a member of the Board of Directors of
Thales and Thomson, one of our important customers, as well as a
member of the Supervisory Board of Radiall. Mr. Lombard was
also a member until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of
the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Mr. Lombard is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and
the Ecole Nationale Supérieure des
Télécommunications.
91
Alessandro Ovi was a member of our Supervisory Board from 1994
until his latest term expired at our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting. He was reappointed to the
Supervisory Board at our 2007 annual shareholders meeting.
Mr. Ovi received a doctoral degree in Nuclear Engineering
from the Politecnico in Milan and a Masters Degree in
Operations Research from the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. He has been Special Advisor to the President of the
European Community for five years and served on the boards of
Telecom Italia S.p.A, Finmeccanica S.p.A., and Alitalia S.p.A.
Until April 2000, Mr. Ovi was the Chief Executive Officer
of Tecnitel S.p.A., a subsidiary of Telecom Italia Group. Prior
to joining Tecnitel S.p.A., Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice
President of International Affairs and Communications at I.R.I.
Corporate
Governance at ST
Our consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate
governance is evidenced by:
|
|
|
|
|
our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our
management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and
control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the
Managing Board. Members of our Managing Board and of our
Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by our
shareholders;
|
|
|
|
our early adoption of policies on important issues such as
business ethics and conflicts of
interest and strict policies to comply with applicable
regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider
trading and public disclosures;
|
|
|
|
our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a
company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as well
as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities
laws, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in
addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and
financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries
in which we do business;
|
|
|
|
our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social
responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health,
safety, educational and other related issues;
|
|
|
|
our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel
(managed by a third party) for issues regarding accounting,
internal controls or auditing. A special ombudsperson has been
appointed by the ST Supervisory Board, following the proposal of
its Audit Committee, to collect all complaints, whatever their
source, regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or
auditing matters, as well as the confidential, anonymous
submission by ST employees of concerns regarding questionable
accounting or auditing matters;
|
|
|
|
our Principles for Sustainable Excellence, which we distributed
to all employees in 2007 and which require us to integrate and
execute all of our business activities, focusing on our
employees, customers, shareholders and global business partners;
|
|
|
|
our Ethics Committee, also set up in 2007, whose mandate is to
provide advice to management and employees about our Principles
of Sustainable Excellence and other ethical issues; and
|
|
|
|
our recent appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, who
reports directly to the Managing Board, acts as Executive
Secretary to our Supervisory Board and chairs our Ethics
Committee.
|
As a Dutch company, we have been subject to the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code (the Code) since January 1,
2004. As we are listed on the NYSE, Euronext Paris, the Borsa
Italiana in Milan, but not in the Netherlands, our policies and
practices cannot be in every respect consistent with all Dutch
Best Practice recommendations contained in the Code.
We have summarized our policies and practices in the field of
corporate governance in the ST Corporate Governance Charter,
including our corporate organization, the remuneration
principles which apply to our Managing and Supervisory Boards,
our information policy and our corporate policies relating to
business ethics and conflicts of interests. Our Charter was
discussed with and approved by our shareholders at our 2004
annual shareholders meeting. The ST Corporate Governance
Charter was updated in 2005 and will be further updated and
expanded whenever necessary or advisable. We are committed to
informing our shareholders of any significant changes in our
corporate governance policies and practices at our annual
shareholders meeting. Along with our Supervisory Board
Charter (which includes the charters of our Supervisory Board
Committees) and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the
current version of our ST Corporate Governance Charter is posted
on our website, at
http:/www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm, and
these documents are available in print to any shareholder who
may request them.
Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the
combined experience and expertise of its members. Certain of our
Supervisory Board members, as disclosed in their biographies set
forth above, have existing relationships or past relationships
with Areva, CDP,
and/or
Finmeccanica, who are currently parties to the STH
Shareholders Agreement as well as with ST Holding or ST
Holding II, our major shareholder. See Item 7. Major
92
Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions
Shareholders Agreements STH Shareholders
Agreement. Such relationships may give rise to potential
conflicts of interest. However, in fulfilling their duties under
Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of
all of our stakeholders and of our business and must act
independently in their supervision of our management. Our
Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess the
independence of its members in accordance with corporate
governance listing standards of the NYSE.
We were informed in 2004 that our then principal direct and
indirect shareholders, Areva, Finmeccanica, and France Telecom,
FT1CI S.A. (FT1CI), and ST Holding and ST Holding
II, signed a new shareholders agreement in March 2004, to
which we are not a party (the STH Shareholders
Agreement). We have been informed that CDP joined this
agreement at the end of 2004 and that since September 2005
France Telecom is no longer a shareholder of FT1CI or an
indirect shareholder (through ST Holding and ST Holding
II) of our company, pursuant to the disposition by France
Telecom of approximately 26.4 million of our common shares,
representing the totality of the shares held by France Telecom
in our company. We have also been informed that in February
2008, FT1CI and Finmeccanica entered into an agreement pursuant
to which Finmeccanica will sell 26,034,141 of our common shares
to FT1CI. The acquisition by FT1CI will be financed by the
Commissariat à lEnergie Atomique (CEA),
an entity controlled by the French state and the controlling
shareholder of Areva, and, hence, CEA will become a shareholder
of FT1CI and adhere to the STH Shareholders Agreement.
Under the STH Shareholders Agreement, Finmeccanica, CDP
and FT1CI have provided for their right, subject to certain
conditions, to insert on a list, prepared for proposal by ST
Holding II to our shareholders meeting, certain
members for appointment to our Supervisory Board. This agreement
also contains other corporate governance provisions, including
decisions to be taken by our Supervisory Board which are subject
to certain prior approvals, and which are described in
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions. See also Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations The interests of our controlling
shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the
French and Italian governments, may conflict with
investors interests.
Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed the
Dutch corporate governance code, the implementing rules and
corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as
well as other corporate governance standards.
In 2005, the Supervisory Board, based on the evaluations by an
ad hoc committee, established the following independence
criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not
have any material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or
any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A
material relationship can include commercial,
industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable
and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a
relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.
We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE
corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a
Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well
as the NYSE. Two of our Supervisory Board members have been
non-voting observers on our Audit Committee to date. Because we
are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee is an advisory
committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports to the
Supervisory Board, and our shareholders must approve the
selection of our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has
established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities
with respect to the monitoring of our accounting, auditing,
financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight
of our external auditors. In 2005, in compliance with NYSE
requirements, our Audit Committee established procedures for the
receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding
accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters,
and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees
regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. These
procedures were approved by our Supervisory Board and
implemented under the responsibility of our Managing Board.
Thereupon, our chief executive officer provided a written
affirmation of our compliance with NYSE standards as applicable
to
non-U.S. companies
like ST.
No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been
(i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent
offenses during the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F,
(ii) no member has been associated with any company in
bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of
member of the administrative, management or supervisory body,
partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in
the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F
or (iii) subject to any official public incrimination
and/or
sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including
professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a
member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies
of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the
affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date
of this
Form 20-F.
We have demonstrated a consistent commitment to the principles
of good corporate governance evidenced by our early adoption of
policies on important issues such as conflicts of
interest. Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter, the
Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on
potential reported conflicts of interests
93
between the Company on the one hand and members of the
Supervisory Board and Managing Board on the other hand.
For example, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is
managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary
of Commissariat à lEnergie Atomique
(CEA), one of the members of our Supervisory Board
is the Chairman and CEO of France Telecom, and a member of the
Board of Directors of Thomson, another is the non-executive
Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings PLC
(ARM) and a non-executive director of Soitec, one of
the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the
supervisory board of BESI and one of the members of the
Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation
(Oracle) and Flextronics International. France
Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as
Oracles new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services
to our Company. We have a long-term joint research and
development partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with
ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as
well as with Thomson and Flextronics. We believe that each of
these arrangements and transactions are made on an arms-length
basis in line with market practices and conditions. Please see
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions.
Supervisory
Board Committees
Membership and Attendance. Detailed
information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and
Supervisory Board Committee meetings during 2007 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Strategic
|
|
|
Governance
|
|
|
Ad Hoc
|
|
Number of Meetings Attended in 2007(1)
|
|
Full Board
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
(2)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Raymond Bingham(3)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Matteo del Fante(4)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Didier Lamouche(4)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
(2)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alessandro Ovi(3)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Antonino Turicchi(3)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert M. White(3)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes meetings attended by way of conference call. |
|
(2) |
|
Messrs. Arbola and Lombard attended an extraordinary Audit
Committee by way of conference call. |
|
(3) |
|
Messrs. Turicchi and White were Supervisory Board members
until our 2007 annual shareholders meeting, at which time
they were succeeded by Messrs. Bingham and Ovi. |
|
(4) |
|
Appointed as non-voting observers to Audit Committee. |
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee was
established in 1996 to assist the Supervisory Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate
accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity
of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices,
legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our
auditors recommendations regarding corporate auditing
rules and the independence of our external auditors.
The Audit Committee met 11 times during 2007. At many of these
meetings, the Audit Committee received presentations on current
financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to
interview our CEO, CFO, General Counsel, external and internal
auditors. On several occasions, the Audit Committee also met
with outside U.S. legal counsel to discuss corporate
requirements pursuant to NYSEs corporate governance rules
and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee also proceeded
with its annual review of our internal audit function. The Audit
Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated Financial Statements
in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2007, and
the associated press release published on January 23, 2008.
The Audit Committee reviewed our external auditors
statement of independence with them. The Audit Committee also
approved the compensation of our external auditors for 2006 and
approved the scope of their audit, audit-related and
non-audit-related services for 2007. Additionally, in
anticipation of the expiration of the current mandate of our
current auditors at our next annual general shareholders
meeting, the Audit Committee reviewed its
94
options and decided to recommend to the Supervisory Board to
propose to our shareholders to renew the mandate of our current
auditors for an additional two year period. The Audit Committee
noted that the new managing partner of our current auditors
would be in charge over the control of our accounts in
accordance with its internal rotation policy. Furthermore, the
Audit Committee held separate meetings with the external
auditors and discussed with them our critical accounting
policies with our external auditors, outside the presence of our
management.
An external U.S. law firm appointed by the Audit Committee
concluded in 2007 its independent investigation to determine the
nature of the fraud perpetrated by our former head of treasury
operations, which led to his arrest at the end of 2006 and
sentencing in February 2008 (see Item 8 Financial
Information legal proceedings), and to report
on our internal controls and practices. This investigation
involved several meetings with current and former senior
management and an examination of extensive documentation. The
Audit Committee met several times to discuss the results of this
investigation and the final recommendations were shared at an
extraordinary Audit Committee meeting to which all members of
the Supervisory Board were invited. Pursuant thereto, several
initiatives were recommended to management to improve our
internal controls. Of note, in December 2007 we appointed a
Chief Compliance Officer.
At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board
meeting to approve our results and quarterly earnings press
release, the Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial
information and the proposed press release and had the
opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent
registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Audit
Committee reviewed our quarterly Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and interim Consolidated Financial
Statements (and notes thereto) before they were filed with the
SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEO and the CFO (pursuant
to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The
Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in
this
Form 20-F,
as well as our financial reporting using IFRS as presented in
our Annual Report to Shareholders for our annual shareholders
meeting held in April 2007.
Also in 2007, our Audit Committee reviewed with our Auditors our
Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
noting that this was the first year where, as a foreign
registrant, we were required to assess our compliance with
Section 404. Pursuant to such review, our Audit Committee
noted that our Auditors had issued an unqualified 404 opinion as
no material weakness in internal reporting over financial
reporting were identified. In addition, the Audit Committee
regularly discussed the progress of implementation of internal
control over financial reporting and reviewed managements
conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.
Furthermore, the Audit Committee monitors our compliance with
the European Directive and applicable provisions of Dutch law
that require us to prepare a set of accounts pursuant to IFRS in
advance of our annual shareholders meetings. In this
respect, the Audit Committee has approved our decision to
continue to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under
U.S. GAAP, while complying with our reporting obligations
under IFRS by preparing a complementary set of our accounts.
Furthermore, our Audit Committee has noted that while our
accounting systems are in place to prepare a separate set of
accounts pursuant to IFRS for the 2007 financial year, we will
not be able to provide reconciliations pursuant to IFRS for
periods prior to 2005, in particular critical items such as
capitalization of our development expenses. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations.
In connection with the Numonyx transaction, the Audit Committee
reviewed with our management and our auditors the impact of such
transaction on our consolidation obligations as well as the
impairment charges resulting from the announcement of this
transaction.
As part of each of its quarterly meetings our Audit Committee
reviewed our significant business risks as presented by
Management, and whistleblowing reports regarding financial
accounting or reporting issues, including independent
investigative reports provided by internal audit or outside
consultants on such matters. Finally our Audit Committee
sponsored various initiatives in the area of corporate ethics,
including a specific program prepared by an outside consultant,
considered by the Audit Committee to be well suited for our
employees.
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board re-appointed Mr.
de Waard as Chairman, and appointed Messrs. Bingham and
Dunn as members. Messrs. del Fante and Lamouche were appointed
non-voting observers to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee
also determined that three members of the Audit Committee
qualified as audit committee financial experts and
that all of its members are financially literate.
Compensation Committee. Our Compensation
Committee proposes to our Supervisory Board the compensation for
our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our
Managing Board as well as for our Chief Operating Officer,
including the variable portion of such compensation based on
performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee.
It also approves any increase in the incentive component of
compensation for our executive officers. The Compensation
Committee is also informed of the compensation plans
95
for our executive officers and specifically approves stock-based
compensation plans for our executive officers and key employees.
The Compensation Committee met six times in 2007.
Among its main activities, the Compensation Committee proposed
(i) the performance criteria which must be met by the CEO
in order to benefit from the bonus which has been approved by
the shareholders meeting as part of the Managing Board
compensation policy as well as the performance criteria to be
met by our COO for eligibility to his 2007 bonus and
(ii) performance criteria, which must be met by the CEO as
well as all other employees participating in the employees stock
award plans to benefit from such awards. In particular the
Compensation Committee recommended the targets for the base
bonus to be based to new product introductions, market share and
budget targets, and criteria on corporate governance. In
addition the Compensation Committee recommended that in view of
the challenges facing the Company in 2007, a special additional
bonus of up to 60% of base salary be considered if certain
targets linked to technology R&D, and deconsolidation of
activities are met. Concerning the targets to be met for vesting
of the share awards these are based on sales, operating income
and return on net assets.
With regard to the employee 2006 unvested stock award plan, the
Compensation Committee monitored the performance of the criteria
relating to the vesting of such awards and noted that the
targets in terms of sales, profits and return on net assets
which had been set in the prior year had been met.
In addition the Compensation Committee confirmed that all
Unvested Stock Awards would vest upon Change of Control, as
decided by the Supervisory Board in 2006, but upon the request
of the Managing Board, the Compensation Committee proposed to
the Supervisory Board that the transfer of our employees to
Numonyx should not be considered as a change of
control so that such employees so long as they remain
employed by Numonyx can continue to benefit from the vesting
conditions of all unvested stock awards granted to them prior to
their transfer to Numonyx.
Furthermore, in 2007, the Compensation Committee decided to
recommend to the Supervisory Board that the compensation of the
Supervisory Board members and the professionals be paid in Euros
instead of U.S. dollars, thus changing the compensation
structure as follows: (i) Chairman, Vice Chairman and
President of the Audit Committee would receive 115,000,
while all other Supervisory Board members would receive
57,500; and (ii) Audit Committee members would
receive an additional 7,500, while members of the other
committees would receive 3,500. The Compensation Committee
decided to propose to maintain the stock-based compensation for
Supervisory Board members and professionals as in 2007. Both of
these proposals will be presented for adoption at our 2008
annual general shareholders meeting in accordance with
Article 23 of our Articles of Association.
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed
Mr. Arbola as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and
Messrs. de Waard, del Fante, Lombard and Steve were appointed as
members.
Strategic Committee. Our Strategic Committee
was created to monitor key developments within the semiconductor
industry and our overall strategy, and is particularly involved
in supervising the execution of strategic transactions.
The Strategic Committee met nine times in 2007, in the presence
of the CEO, the COO, the Director of Strategic Planning and the
CFO. Among its main activities, the Strategic Committee reviews
our long-term plans and prospects and various possible scenarios
and opportunities to meet the challenges of the semiconductor
market, including the evaluation of possible acquisitions or
divestitures.
The Strategic Committee focused on our key challenges which
concerned in particular the new organization of our Product
Segment Groups effective
January 1st,
2007 including the new Flash Memories Group which comprises all
Flash Memory operations including research &
development, product related activities, front-end and back-end
manufacturing marketing and sales, as well as our R&D
programs in the field of advanced CMOS technologies, following
the announcement by Freescale Semiconductor and NXP
Semiconductors of their desire to terminate their participation
for the end of 2007. During 2007 our Strategic Committee met
with the directors of our new Mobile Multimedia and
Communications Group, our Home Entertainment and also Displays
Group as well as our Computer Peripherals Group.
The Strategic Committee monitored the negotiations which led to
the announcement in May 2007 of our decision to contribute our
Flash Memory Business to a new independent flash memory company
later named Numonyx currently planned to be created by us, Intel
and Francisco Partners in the first quarter of 2008.
The Strategic Committee reviewed our various future options
concerning advanced CMOS process R&D which led to our
decision to enter into an agreement with IBM to co-develop 32-nm
and 22-nm core CMOS at IBMs East Fiskill (United States)
facility as well as to continue to develop with IBM
state-of-the-art derivative technologies at Crolles2.
96
The Strategic Committee also reviewed our challenges linked to
the weakening of the U.S. Dollar and market conditions
which led to the announcement of a new restructuring plan in
June 2007, as well as internal growth opportunities, which led
to the announcement of a significant acquisition in the field of
wireless IP and to our decision to launch a public tender offer
on Genesis Microchip, a provider of integrated digital TV
products, whose acquisition is intended to strengthen our
product offering in the digital consumer market.
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed
Mr. Arbola as Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and
Messrs. Dunn, Lombard, Ovi and Steve were appointed as
members.
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Committee
was created to establish the selection criteria and appointment
procedures for the appointment of members to our Supervisory
Board and Managing Board, and to resolve issues relating to
corporate governance. The Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee met six times in 2007.
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met to
evaluate candidates for the Supervisory Board member position up
for renewal at the 2007 annual shareholders meeting and
decided to recommend a proposal of Messrs. Dunn and Bingham
for a three-year term. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee discussed the
Managing Board and the five Supervisory Board positions for
which proposals for appointment are to be made at the 2008
annual general shareholders meeting.
On April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. de
Waard as President of the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee and Messrs. Arbola, del Fante, Lombard and Steve
were appointed as members.
Secretariat and Controllers. Our Supervisory
Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary as proposed by the
Supervisory Board. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an
Executive Secretary available to the Supervisory Board, who is
appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice
Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of
the Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to
organize meetings, ensure continuing education and training of
the Supervisory Board members, as well as record-keeping.
Mr. Acciari and Mr. Loubert serve as Secretary and
Vice Secretary, respectively, for the Supervisory Board, and for
each of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance
and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory Board, while
Mr. Willem Steenstra Toussaint serves as Secretary of the
Audit Committee. Mr. Pierre Ollivier served as Executive
Secretary of our Supervisory Board until January 22, 2008,
when he was replaced by the newly appointed Chief Compliance
Officer, Ms. Alisia Grenville.
Our Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses two financial
experts (Controllers). The mission of the
Controllers is primarily to assist the Supervisory Board in
evaluating our operational and financial performance, business
plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of
Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the
operational reports provided under the responsibility of the
Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with
the management of the Company and report to the Supervisory
Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Christophe Duval
and Andrea Novelli, who have served as controllers since our
2005 annual shareholders meeting.
The STH Shareholders Agreement among our principal direct
and indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to
the appointment of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary and
Controllers, which are described in Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions.
Managing
Board
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the
Managing Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
Mr. Carlo Bozotti, appointed in 2005 with a three-year term
to expire at our annual shareholders meeting in 2008, is
currently the sole member of our Managing Board with the
function of President and Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Alain Dutheil serves as Chief Operating Officer,
reporting to Mr. Bozotti. Since its creation in 1987, the
managing board has always been comprised of a sole member. The
member of the Managing Board is appointed for three-year terms,
which may be renewed one or more times in accordance with our
Articles of Association upon a non-binding proposal by our
Supervisory Board at the shareholders meeting adopted by a
simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders
meeting where at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. If our Managing Board were to
consist of more than one member, our Supervisory Board would
appoint one of the members of our Managing Board to be chairman
of our Managing Board for a three-year term, as defined in our
Articles of Association (upon approval of at least
three-quarters of the members of the Supervisory Board in
office). Resolutions of our Managing Board require the approval
of a majority of its members.
Our shareholders meeting may suspend or dismiss one or
more members of our Managing Board at a meeting at which at
least one-half of the outstanding share capital is present or
represented. If the quorum is not present, a
97
further meeting shall be convened, to be held within four weeks
after the first meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective
of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution with
regard to the suspension or dismissal. Such a quorum is not
required if a suspension or dismissal is proposed by our
Supervisory Board. In that case, a resolution to dismiss or to
suspend a member of our Managing Board can be taken by a simple
majority of the votes cast at a meeting where at least 15% of
our issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. Our Supervisory Board may suspend members of our
Managing Board, but a shareholders meeting must be
convened within three months after such suspension to confirm or
reject the suspension. Our Supervisory Board shall appoint one
or more persons who shall, at any time, in the event of absence
or inability to act of all the members of our Managing Board, be
temporarily responsible for our management.
Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our
general management and the representation of the Company. Our
Managing Board must seek prior approval from the
shareholders meeting for decisions regarding a significant
change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our
Articles of Association, our Managing Board must obtain prior
approval from our Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals
to be submitted to a vote at a shareholders meeting;
(ii) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of
any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and
participation agreement; (iii) all of our multi-year plans
and the budget for the coming year, covering investment policy,
policy regarding research and development, as well as commercial
policy and objectives, general financial policy, and policy
regarding personnel; and (iv) all acts, decisions or
operations covered by the foregoing and constituting a
significant change with respect to decisions already taken by
our Supervisory Board. In addition, under our Articles of
Association, our Supervisory Board and our shareholders
meeting may specify by resolution certain additional actions by
our Managing Board that require its prior approval.
In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, the sole
member of our Managing Board and our Executive Officers may not
serve on the board of a public company without the prior
approval of our Supervisory Board. We are not aware of any
potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or
other duties of our sole Management Board member and our
Executive Officers and their duties to our Company.
Pursuant to the charter adopted by our Supervisory Board, the
following decisions by our Managing Board with regards to ST and
any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries require prior
approval from our Supervisory Board: (i) any modification
of our Articles of Association other than those of our
wholly-owned subsidiaries; (ii) any change in our
authorized share capital, issue, acquisition or disposal of our
own shares, change in any shareholder rights or issue of any
instruments granting an interest in our capital or profits other
than those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) any
liquidation or disposal of all or a substantial and material
part of our assets or any shares we hold in any of our
subsidiaries; (iv) entering into any merger, acquisition or
joint venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any
agreement relating to intellectual property) or formation of a
new company; (v) approval of such companys draft
consolidated balance sheets and financial statements or any
profit distribution by such company; (vi) entering into any
agreement that may qualify as a related-party transaction,
including any agreement with ST Holding, ST Holding II, FT1CI,
Areva, CDP or Finmeccanica; (vii) the key challenges of our
five-year plans and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as
any significant modifications to said plans and budgets, or any
one of the matters set forth in Article 16.1 of our
Articles of Association and not included in the approved plans
or budgets; (viii) approval of operations of exceptional
importance which have to be submitted for Supervisory Board
prior approval although their financing was provided for in the
approved annual budget; and (ix) approval of the quarterly,
semiannual and annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared
in accordance with U.S. GAAP and, since 2005, annual
accounts using IFRS, prior to submission for shareholder
adoption.
During a meeting held on September 23, 2000, our
Supervisory Board authorized our Managing Board to proceed with
acquisitions without prior consent of our Supervisory Board
subject to a maximum amount of $25 million per transaction,
provided our Managing Board keeps our Supervisory Board informed
of progress regarding such transactions and gives a full report
once the transaction is completed.
98
Executive
Officers
Our executive officers support our Managing Board in its
management of us, without prejudice to our Managing Boards
ultimate responsibility. Our executive officers during fiscal
year 2007 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years with
|
|
|
Conductor
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Industry
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Executive Committee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Alain Dutheil
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Laurent Bosson(2)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Andrea Cuomo
|
|
Executive Vice President, Advanced System Technology and General
Manager
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Carlo Ferro
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (and for
Infrastructure and Services organization)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Carmelo Papa
|
|
Executive Vice President, IMS
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Tommi Uhari
|
|
Executive Vice President, MMC
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Enrico Villa(2)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and
Marketing organizations)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Executive Staff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Georges Auguste
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Total Quality and Environmental
Management
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Gian Luca Bertino
|
|
Corporate Vice President, CPG
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Ugo Carena
|
|
Corporate Vice President, APG
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Marco Luciano Cassis
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Japan Region
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Patrice Chastagner
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Claude Dardanne
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
François Guibert
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Reza Kazerounian
|
|
Corporate Vice President, North America Region
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Otto Kosgalwies
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Infrastructure and Services
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Robert Krysiak
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China
Region
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Christos Lagomichos(1)
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment
& Displays Group
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Philippe Lambinet
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment
& Displays Group
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Mario Licciardello
|
|
Corporate Vice President, MPG
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Carlo Ottaviani
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Communications
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Jeffrey See Ah Bah
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Central Back-End General Manager
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Thierry Tingaud
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Christos Lagomichos resigned in June 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
Retiring in 2008. |
Effective January 1, 2008, the following individuals are
new executive officers, all reporting to President and Chief
Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive
Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing;
Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer; Executive Vice President Andrea Cuomo, as
General Manager of our Europe Region, who will also maintain his
responsibility for the Advanced System Technology organization;
Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate
Business
99
Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President
and General Counsel. In addition, we announced the hiring and
appointment of Alisia Grenville as Corporate Vice President,
Chief Compliance Officer, and the retirement of both Laurent
Bosson, as Executive Vice-President for Front-End Technology and
Manufacturing, and Enrico Villa, as Executive Vice President and
General Manager of our Europe Region. The current members of our
Executive Committee and Executive Staff are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years with
|
|
|
Conductor
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Industry
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Executive Committee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Alain Dutheil
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Georges Auguste
|
|
Executive Vice President, Total Quality and Environmental
Management
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Orio Bellezza
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End
Manufacturing
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Laurent Bosson(1)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Jean-Marc Chery
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Andrea Cuomo
|
|
Executive Vice President, Advanced System Technology and General
Manager, Europe Region
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Carlo Ferro
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Otto Kosgalwies
|
|
Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Philippe Lambinet
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment
& Displays Group
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Carmelo Papa
|
|
Executive Vice President, IMS
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Jeffrey See Ah Bah
|
|
Executive Vice President, Central Back-End General Manager
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Tommi Uhari
|
|
Executive Vice President, MMC
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Enrico Villa(1)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and
Marketing organizations)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Executive Staff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gian Luca Bertino
|
|
Corporate Vice President, CPG
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Ugo Carena
|
|
Corporate Vice President, APG
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Marco Luciano Cassis
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Japan Region
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Patrice Chastagner
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Claude Dardanne
|
|
Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Alisia Grenville
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
François Guibert
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Reza Kazerounian
|
|
Corporate Vice President, North America Region
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Robert Krysiak
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China
Region
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Mario Licciardello
|
|
Corporate Vice President, MPG
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Loïc Lietar
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Pierre Ollivier
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Carlo Ottaviani
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Communications
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Thierry Tingaud
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
100
Our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our
Managing Board, Mr. Carlo Bozotti, has appointed a
Corporate Executive Committee, which is currently comprised of
six Executive Vice Presidents, the CEO and the COO. The
Executive Vice Presidents represent all the functions of the
organization: the product segments, sales and marketing
(including regions), the manufacturing and technology research
and development activities and the central functions. The role
of the Executive Committee is to set corporate policy,
coordinate strategies of the Companys various functions
representing its constituents, and drive major cross functional
programs. The Executive Committee, chaired by Mr. Bozotti,
or by Mr. Dutheil in Mr. Bozottis absence, meets
twice per quarter, while executive staff meetings are held on a
quarterly basis with the attendance of all corporate vice
presidents. Under our organizational structure, product segments
and staff functions report directly to Mr. Bozotti, while
our sales, marketing, manufacturing and technology research and
development functions report to our COO.
Biographies
Carlo Bozotti is our President, Chief Executive Officer and the
sole member of our Managing Board. As CEO, Mr. Bozotti
chairs our Executive Committee. Prior to taking on this new role
at the 2005 annual shareholders meeting, Mr. Bozotti
served as Corporate Vice President, MPG since August 1998.
Mr. Bozotti joined SGS Microelettronica in 1977 after
graduating in Electronic Engineering from the University of
Pavia. Mr. Bozotti served as Product Manager for the
Industrial, Automotive and Telecom products in the Linear
Division and as Business Unit Manager for the Monolithic
Microsystems Division from 1987 to 1988. He was appointed
Director of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for
the Headquarters Region in 1988 and became Vice President,
Marketing and Sales, Americas Region in 1991. Mr. Bozotti
served as Corporate Vice President, MPG from August 1998 through
March 2005, after having served as Corporate Vice President,
Europe and Headquarters Region from 1994 to 1998.
Alain Dutheil was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 2005,
with the endorsement of the Supervisory Board. He is also the
Vice Chairman of our Corporate Executive Committee. Prior to his
appointment as COO, he served as Corporate Vice President,
Strategic Planning and Human Resources from 1994 and 1992,
respectively. After graduating in Electrical Engineering from
the Ecole Supérieure dIngénieurs de Marseille
(ESIM), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in
1969 as a Production Engineer, becoming Director for Discrete
Products in France and Human Resources Director in France in
1980 and Director of Operations for Portugal in 1982. He joined
Thomson Semiconductors in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in
Aix-en-Provence, France and then became General Manager of
SGS-Thomson Discrete Products Division. From 1989 to 1994,
Mr. Dutheil served as Director for Worldwide Back-end
Manufacturing, in addition to serving as Corporate Vice
President for Human Resources from 1992 until 2005.
Orio Bellezza, most recently the Assistant General Manager of
Front-End Technology and Manufacturing, was promoted to
Executive Vice President in January 2008 and also stepped into
the role of General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing. Born in
Bergamo (Italy), he graduated with honors in Chemistry with a
thesis in Theoretical Chemical- Physics from Milan University in
1983. Bellezza joined a precursor company to STMicroelectronics
in 1984 as a process engineer and later on worked in technology
development. He has helped ST build and launch several wafer
fabs and he managed the Agrate R1 and R2 R&D and
manufacturing facilities where generations of nonvolatile memory
and smart-power technologies were developed and produced.
Laurent Bosson is currently Executive Vice President of
Front-End Technology and Manufacturing. He is also a member of
our Corporate Executive Committee. He served as Corporate Vice
President, Front-end Manufacturing and VLSI Fabs from 1989 to
2004 and from 1992 to 1996 he was given additional
responsibility as President and Chief Executive Officer of our
operations in the Americas. Mr. Bosson remains Chairman of
the Board of STMicroelectronics Inc., our affiliate in the
United States. Mr. Bosson received a masters degree
in Chemistry from the University of Dijon in 1969. He joined
Thomson-CSF in 1964 and has held several positions in
engineering and manufacturing. In 1982, Mr. Bosson was
appointed General Manager of the Tours and Alençon
facilities of Thomson Semiconducteurs. In 1985, he joined the
French subsidiary of SGS Microelettronica as General Manager of
the Rennes, France manufacturing facility.
Jean-Marc Chery, former General Manager of Front- and Back-End
Manufacturing operations in Asia Pacific, was promoted to
Executive Vice President in January 2008 and stepped into the
newly created post of Chief Technology Officer. He graduated
from the National Superior School for Engineering, ENSAM France
in 1984. Chery joined the Discrete Division of Thomson
Semiconducteurs in 1986 and, early in 2001, he joined our
Central Front-End Manufacturing organization as General Manager
of the Rousset
200-mm plant
orchestrating the expansion of
200-mm
production. Chery later moved to Singapore, where he led our
150-mm wafer
restructuring and managed our Asia-Pacific fabs, the largest
high-capacity fabs in the Company.
101
Andrea Cuomo, Executive Vice President for the Advanced System
Technology Group, assumed the additional responsibilities of
General Manager of our Europe Region in January 2008.
Mr. Cuomo is also a member of our Corporate Executive
Committee. After studying at Milano Politecnico in Nuclear
Sciences, with a special focus on analog electronics,
Mr. Cuomo joined us in 1983 as a System Testing Engineer,
and from 1985 to 1989 held various positions to become Marketing
Manager in the automotive, computer and industrial product
segment. In 1989, Mr. Cuomo was appointed Director of
Strategy and Market Development for the Dedicated Products
Group, and in 1994 became Vice President responsible for
Marketing and Strategic Accounts within the Headquarters Region.
In 1998, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Vice President
responsible for Advanced System Technology and in 2002,
Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Corporate Vice President and
Advanced System Technology General Manager. In 2004, he was
given the additional responsibility of serving as our Director
of Strategic Planning and was promoted to Executive Vice
President.
Carlo Ferro is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. He is also a member of our Executive Committee.
Mr. Ferro has served as our CFO since May 2003.
Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree in Business and Economics
from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy in 1984,
and has a professional qualification as a Certified Public
Accountant. From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Ferro held a series
of positions in finance and control at Istituto per la
Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (IRI), and
Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our Supervisory
Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro was also a
part-time university professor of Planning and Control until
1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held positions at EBPA
NV, a process control company listed on the NYSE, rising to Vice
President Planning and Control and principal financial officer.
Mr. Ferro joined us in June 1999 as Group Vice President
Corporate Finance, overseeing finance and accounting for all
affiliates worldwide, and served as Deputy CFO from April 2002
through April 2003. Mr. Ferro holds positions on the board
of directors of several of STs affiliates. He is also a
part-time professor of finance at the University LUISS Guido
Carli in Rome (Italy).
Carmelo Papa is our Executive Vice President and General Manager
of our Industrial & Multisegment Sector. He is also a
member of our Corporate Executive Committee. He received his
degree in Nuclear Physics at Catania University. Mr. Papa
joined us in 1983 and in 1986 was appointed Director of Product
Marketing and Customer Service for Transistors and Standard ICs.
In 2000, Mr. Papa was appointed Corporate Vice President,
Emerging Markets and in 2001, he took on additional worldwide
responsibility for our Electronic Manufacturing Service to drive
forward this new important channel of business. From January
2003 through December 2004, he was in charge of formulating and
leading our strategy to expand our customer base by providing
dedicated solutions to a broader selection of customers, one of
our key growth areas. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice
President, MPA.
Tommi Uhari was promoted to Executive Vice President and General
Manager of the Mobile, Multimedia & Communications
Group in January 2007. Mr. Uhari is also a member of our
Executive Committee. After graduating from the University of
Oulu with a Masters degree in Industrial Engineering and
Management, Mr. Uhari worked at Nokia in various R&D
and management positions. He started as a design engineer,
working on digital ASICs for mobile phones. In 2004, he was
promoted Vice President, Head of Wireless platforms.
Mr. Uhari joined our Company in 2006 as the Manager of the
Personal Multimedia Group.
Enrico Villa is currently Executive Vice President, Europe
Region. He also serves on our Executive Committee, representing
the sales and marketing functions. He was appointed Corporate
Vice President, Europe Region on January 1, 2000, after
having served as Corporate Vice President, Region 5 (now
Emerging Markets) from January 1998 through 2000. Mr. Villa
has served in various capacities within our management since
1967 after obtaining a degree in Business Administration from
the University of Milan and has 40 years of experience in
the semiconductor industry. He is currently President of the
European Electronics Components Association (EECA)
as well as Chairman for Europe at the Joint Steering Committee
of the World Semiconductor Council.
Georges Auguste has served as Corporate Vice President, Total
Quality and Environmental Management since 1999.
Mr. Auguste received a degree in Engineering from the Ecole
Supérieure dElectricité (SUPELEC) in
1974 and a diploma in Business Administration from Caen
University in 1976. Prior to joining us, Mr. Auguste worked
with Philips Components from 1974 to 1986, in various positions
in the field of manufacturing. From 1990 to 1997, he headed our
operations in Morocco, and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Auguste
served as Director of Total Quality and Environmental Management.
Gian Luca Bertino graduated in 1985 in Electronic Engineering
from the Polytechnic of Turin. From 1986 to 1997 he held several
positions within the Research and Development organization of
Olivettis semiconductor group before joining ST in 1997.
He was Group Vice President, Peripherals, General Manager of our
Data Storage Division within the Telecommunications, Peripherals
and Automotive (TPA) Groups, until he was appointed Corporate
Vice President, CPG.
102
Ugo Carena graduated in Mechanical Engineering from the
Polytechnic of Turin in 1970. His semiconductor career began in
1977 within Olivettis semiconductor group. He joined ST in
1997 and he held the position of Telecommunications, Peripherals
and Automotive (TPA) Groups Vice President, General Manager
Computer Peripherals and Industrial Group, until he was named
Corporate Vice President, APG in 2005.
Marco Luciano Cassis graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan
with a degree in Electronic Engineering. Cassis joined us in
1988 as a mixed-signal analog designer for car radio
applications. In 1993, Cassis moved to Japan to support our
newly created design center with his expertise in audio
products. Then in 2000, Cassis took charge of the Audio Business
Unit and a year later he was promoted to Director of Audio and
Automotive Group, responsible for design, marketing, sales,
application support, and customer services. In 2004, Cassis was
named Vice President of Marketing for the automotive, computer
peripheral, and telecom products. In 2005, he advanced to Vice
President APG and joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary,
STMicroelectronics K.K. Mr. Cassis was appointed Corporate
Vice President, Japan region on September 6, 2005.
Patrice Chastagner is a graduate of the HEC business school in
France and in 1988 became the Grenoble Site Director, guiding
the emergence of this facility to become one of the most
important hubs in Europe for advanced, complex silicon chip
development and solutions. As Human Resources Manager for the
Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups,
which was our largest product group at the time, he was also TQM
Champion and applied the principle of continuous improvement to
human resources as well as to manufacturing processes. Since
March 2003, he has also been serving as Chairman of
STMicroelectronics S.A. in France. Upon his promotion to
Corporate Vice President, Human Resources in January 2005, he
took the leadership of a group with about 50,000 people.
Claude Dardanne was promoted to Corporate Vice President and
General Manager of our newly created Microcontrollers,
Memories & Smartcards (MMS) Group, part of our
Industrial & Multisegment Sector, in January 2007.
Mr. Dardanne graduated from the Ecole Supérieure
dIngénieurs en Génie Electrique de Rouen in
France with a Masters degree in Electronic Engineering.
After graduation, Mr. Dardanne spent five years at Thomson
Semiconducteurs in France before moving to North America as a
Field Application Engineer. From 1982, Mr. Dardanne was
responsible for marketing of Microcontrollers &
Microprocessor products in North America and, in 1987,
Mr. Dardanne was appointed Thomsons Worldwide
Marketing Manager for Microcontrollers &
Microprocessors in France. In 1989, Mr. Dardanne joined
Apple Computer, France, as Marketing Director, responsible for
business development in segments including Industrial,
Education, Banking and Communications. From 1991 to 1994,
Mr. Dardanne served as Marketing Director at Alcatel-Mietec
in Belgium and in 1994, Mr. Dardanne rejoined Thomson
(which by then had merged with SGS Microelettronica) as Director
of Central Marketing for the Memory Products Group (MPG). In
1998, Mr. Dardanne became the head of the EEPROM division.
In 2002, Mr. Dardanne was promoted to Vice President of the
Memory Products Group and General Manager of the Serial
Non-Volatile Memories division and in 2004, he was promoted to
Deputy General Manager, Memory Products Group, where his
responsibilities included the management of our Smart Card
Division.
Alisia Grenville joined ST in the newly created position of
Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer in December
2007. In addition to her role as Chief Compliance Officer, she
is also in charge of the Executive Secretariat of the
Supervisory Board, heads the Companys Internal Audit and
chairs the Companys Ethics Committee. Born in Montreal,
Canada, she earned a degree in French and Italian from
Queens University in Kingston, Ontario and a bachelor in
law (LLB) from the University of Sussex. Ms. Grenville has
worked in top-tier law firms specializing in bank finance,
capital markets and M&A transactions, as well as governance
and has held senior compliance positions at other international
corporations.
François Guibert was born in Beziers, France in 1953 and
graduated from the Ecole Supérieure dIngénieurs
de Marseilles in 1978. After three years at Texas Instruments,
he joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1981 as Sales Manager
Telecom. From 1983 to 1986, he was responsible for ICs and
strategic marketing of telecom products in North America. In
1988 he was appointed Director of our Semicustom Business for
Asia Pacific and in 1989 he became President of ST-Taiwan. Since
1992 he has occupied senior positions in Business Development
and Investor Relations and was Group Vice President, Corporate
Business Development which includes M&A activities from
1995 to the end of 2004. In January 2005, Mr. Guibert was
promoted to the position of Corporate Vice President, Emerging
Markets Region and in October 2006, he was appointed Corporate
Vice President and CEO, Asia Pacific Region.
Reza Kazerounian is a graduate of the University of Illinois and
received his PhD from the University of California, Berkeley in
electrical engineering and computer sciences. In 1985,
Mr. Kazerounian started his professional career as a
research and development engineer at WaferScale Integration
(WSI), specializing in Programmable System Devices. At WSI, he
became Vice President of Technology and Product Development
(1995) and later Chief Operating Officer in 1997. When we
acquired WSI in 2000, Mr. Kazerounian became the
103
general manager of the newly formed Programmable Systems
Division, charged with the development of 8-bit and 32-bit
embedded systems. In 2003, he was appointed Group Vice President
and General Manager of the Smart Card IC Division.
Mr. Kazerounian was appointed Corporate Vice President for
the North America Region on September 6, 2005.
Otto Kosgalwies was appointed Corporate Vice President,
Infrastructure and Services in November 2004, with
responsibility for all of our corporate activities related to
Information Technology, Logistics, and Procurement and Material
Management, with particular emphasis on the complete supply
chain between customer demand, manufacturing execution,
inventory management, and supplier relations.
Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating
with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992
through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution,
from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central
Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000,
Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and
Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain
Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for
the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to
end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice
President and became responsible for capacity and investment
planning at corporate level.
Robert Krysiak graduated from Cardiff University with a degree
in Electronics and holds an MBA from the University of Bath. In
1983, Mr. Krysiak joined INMOS, as a VLSI Design Engineer.
Then in 1992, Mr. Krysiak formed a group dedicated to the
development of CPU products based on the Reusable-Micro-Core
architecture. Mr. Krysiak was appointed Group Vice
President and General Manager of our
16/32/64 and
DSP division in 1997. In 1999, Mr. Krysiak became Group
Vice President of the Micro Cores Development, and in 2001, he
took charge of our DVD division. Mr. Krysiak was appointed
on October 17, 2005 as Corporate Vice President and General
Manager of our Greater China region, which focuses exclusively
on our operations in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Before that,
Mr. Krysiak was Marketing Director for HPC.
Philippe Lambinet graduated from the Paris Ecole Supérieure
dElectricité in 1979 with a Masters Degree in
Electronics. He began his professional career as a software
engineer with Control Data Corporation in 1979 and in 1980
joined Thomsons semiconductor subsidiary EFCIS to work in
product engineering. He later supervised ASIC Operations at
Thomsons Mostek Corporation in Carrollton, Texas and in
1990 took charge of design and marketing for Mixed Signal
Semicustom Products within the Companys Programmable
Products Group. In 1997, he became Group Vice President and
General Manager of the Digital Video Division. He then joined
Advanced Digital Broadcast Group (ADB) as CEO of ADB-SA and
became CEO of ADB Holdings SA and Vice Chairman. Philippe
Lambinet rejoined STMicroelectronics as Corporate Vice
President, General Manager Home Entertainment &
Displays Group in August 2007.
Mario Licciardello was born in Catania, Italy, on
January 28, 1942. He graduated in Physics from the
University of Catania in 1964. Mr. Licciardello has spent
his entire career within companies that have evolved into the
current STMicroelectronics. In 1965 he joined ATES, a
predecessor of ST, initially in process development, then in
strategic planning, after one year spent at the Catania
University engaged in various research programs. In 1970, he
joined the MOS field where he spent a large part of his
professional career in various positions ranging from Operations
Manager to Business Unit Manager contributing to the success in
the market of several product lines. From 1986 to 1990 he
covered the role of Director of Marketing and Business
Management for the Semicustom Product Division (named IST). The
position included the worldwide responsibility for the external
design centers network. From 1990 to 1993, as Director of
Corporate Strategic Planning with the relevant Corporate Central
Organization, his responsibility ranged from Capital Investment
Control to shareholder relations. He moved to MPG in 1993 and in
2003 was promoted from General Manager of our Flash Memories
Division to Deputy General Manager of MPG. In 2005, he was named
Corporate Vice President and General Manager of MPG. In 2007, he
became Corporate Vice President and General Manager of FMG,
which incorporates all Flash memory operations, including
R&D, all product related activities, front-end and back-end
manufacturing, marketing and sales worldwide.
Loïc Liétar graduated with a degree in Engineering
from the Ecole Polytechnique, Paris, in 1984, a degree in
Microelectronics from Orsay University (1985), and he holds an
MBA from Columbia University, New York (1993). Liétar
joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1985 as an analog IC designer
in Grenoble, France. Between 1987 and 1998 he held several
positions in R&D Management and Marketing in Milan, Paris
and Singapore. In 1999, he was appointed Direct of Advanced
System Technologies U.S. Labs, and in 2003, was named General
Manager of STs Cellular Terminals Division, later moving
to STs Application Processor Division. In 2006, Loïc
Liétar was promoted to Group Vice President, Strategies,
for STs Strategies and System Technologies Group and, in
January 2008, was appointed Corporate Vice President, Corporate
Business Development.
Pierre Ollivier, previously Group Vice President, Corporate
General Counsel, was promoted to Corporate Vice President and
General Counsel, responsible for all legal matters and the
management and valorization of our
104
valuable Intellectual Property, in January 2008. He was born in
London (UK) and obtained his Law Degree at Caen University in
1976 and a postgraduate degree in International Business law at
Paris I University in 1978. Having started his career with
Clifford Chance in Paris, Mr. Ollivier worked for Stein
Heurtey, an engineering company, as corporate counsel, and in
the corporate legal department of Thomson CSF specializing in
contracts, litigation, corporate restructuring and M&A
matters before joining us as general counsel in 1990.
Carlo Emanuele Ottaviani was named Corporate Vice President,
Communications in March 2003. He began his career in 1965 in the
Advertisement and Public Relations Office of SIT-SIEMENS, today
known as ITALTEL. Since the beginning, he had responsibilities
in the activities of the associated semiconductor company ATES
Electronic Components. ATES merged with the Milan-based SGS in
1971, and Mr. Ottaviani was in charge of the advertisement
and marketing services of the newly formed SGS-ATES. In 1975, he
was appointed Head of Corporate Communication worldwide, and has
held this position since that time. In 2001, Mr. Ottaviani
was also appointed President of STMicroelectronics Foundation.
Jeffrey See was appointed Corporate Vice President, Central
Back-end General Manager in April 2006. After Mr. See
graduated from the Singapore Polytechnic in 1965, he became a
Chartered Electronic Engineer at the Institution of Electrical
Engineers (IEE) in the UK. In 1969, Mr. See joined SGS
Microelettronica, a forerunner company of ST, as a Quality
Supervisor at its first Assembly and Test facility in Toa Payoh,
Singapore and was promoted to Deputy Back-End Plant Manager in
1980. In 1983, Mr. See was appointed to manage the
start-up of
the regions first wafer fabrication plant
(125-mm) in
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the
front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was
appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of
Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia
Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer
fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.
Thierry Tingaud was promoted to Corporate Vice President,
Emerging Markets Region General Manager, responsible for our
sales and marketing operations in Africa and the Middle East,
India, Latin America, Russia and the Eastern European countries
in July 2006. Mr. Tingaud graduated from INSA Lyon in 1982
with a Masters degree in Electronic Engineering and he
also holds an MBA from Ecole Supérieure des Sciences
Economiques et Commerciales (ESSEC). Mr. Tingaud joined the
sales and marketing organization of Thomson Semiconducteurs, a
forerunner company of ST, in 1985. Three years later, he took
responsibility for the Companys telecommunications
business in France. In 1996, Mr. Tingaud moved to North
America as Corporate Strategic Key Account Director for our
Headquarters Region. In this role, he strengthened the strategic
alliance with a major key account, responsible for its
operations in Europe, North America, Mexico, and Malaysia. In
1999, Mr. Tingaud was appointed Vice President for Sales
and Marketing of Telecommunications in Europe.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, our success depends
to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued
service of our key senior executives and research and
development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing,
support and other personnel, and on our ability to continue to
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the
services of any of these key personnel without adequate
replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on us. We do not maintain
insurance with respect to the loss of any of our key personnel.
See Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Loss of key employees could hurt our competitive position.
Compensation
Pursuant to the decisions adopted by our shareholders at the
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007,
the aggregate compensation for the members and former members of
our Supervisory Board in respect of
105
service in 2007 was $1,496,000 before any withholding taxes and
applicable mandatory social contributions, as set forth in the
following table.
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Member
|
|
Directors Fees
|
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
$
|
228,500
|
|
Raymond Bingham(1)
|
|
|
101,500
|
|
Tom de Waard(2)
|
|
|
223,500
|
|
Matteo del Fante
|
|
|
147,500
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
133,500
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
|
123,000
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
156,500
|
|
Alessandro Ovi(1)
|
|
|
113,000
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
227,000
|
|
Antonino Turicchi(1)
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Robert M. White(1)
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,496,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Messrs. Antonino Turicchi and Robert M. White were
Supervisory Board members until our 2007 annual
shareholders meeting, at which time they were succeeded by
Messrs. Raymond Bingham and Alessandro Ovi. |
|
(2) |
|
Compensation, including attendance fees of $2,000 per meeting of
the Supervisory Board or committee thereof, was paid to Clifford
Chance LLP. |
We do not have any service agreements with members of our
Supervisory Board.
The total amount paid as compensation in 2007 to our 24
executive officers, including Mr. Carlo Bozotti, the sole
member of our Managing Board and our President and CEO, was
approximately $14.16 million before any withholding taxes.
Such amount also includes the amounts of EIP paid to the
executive officers pursuant to a Corporate Executive Incentive
Program (the EIP) that entitles selected executives
to a yearly bonus based upon the individual performance of such
executives. The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based
upon a percentage of the executives salary and is adjusted
to reflect our overall performance. The participants in the EIP
must satisfy certain personal objectives that are focused
inter alia on return on net assets, customer service,
profit, cash flow and market share. The relative charges and
non-cash benefits were approximately $5.93 million. Within
such amount, the remuneration of our current sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO in 2007 was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sole Member of Our Managing Board and President and CEO
|
|
Salary(2)
|
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
|
Non-cash Benefits(3)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
|
|
$
|
714,089
|
|
|
$
|
643,082
|
|
|
$
|
377,881
|
|
|
$
|
1,735,052
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The bonus paid to the sole member of our Managing Board and
President and CEO during the 2007 financial year was approved by
the Compensation Committee, and approved by the Supervisory
Board in respect of the 2006 financial year, based on
fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for 2006. |
|
(2) |
|
Our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our
Compensation Committee, approved an annual salary for 2007 for
our Managing Board and President and CEO of $700,000. The
difference between the amount approved and the amount actually
received by Mr. Bozotti resulted because the salary was
paid partially in euros using an exchange rate of approximately
1.00 to $1.20 and partially in Swiss francs using an
exchange rate of approximately CHF 1.00 to $0.80. |
|
(3) |
|
Including employer social contributions, company car allowance
and miscellaneous allowances. |
Mr. Bozotti was appointed as sole member of our Managing
Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of our company
by our annual shareholders meeting on March 18, 2005
for a three-year period. At our annual shareholders
meeting in 2008, the mandate of Mr. Bozotti will expire. In
each of 2005, 2006 and 2007, Mr. Bozotti was granted
pursuant to the compensation policy appointed by the
shareholders meeting up to 100,000 Unvested Stock Awards. The
vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon certain
performance criteria fixed by our Supervisory Board being
achieved and Mr. Bozottis continued service with us.
In 2005, our Supervisory Board approved the terms of
Mr. Bozottis employment by us upon terms which are
consistent with the compensation policy approved by our 2005
annual shareholders meeting. Mr. Bozotti has two
employment agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent
company, which relates to his activities as sole
106
member of our Managing Board and representative of the Dutch
legal entity, and the second in Switzerland, which relates to
his activities as President and CEO, and contain all benefits
including Unvested Share Awards, EIP, Pension and other items
covered by the compensation policy approved by our shareholders.
Consistent with this compensation policy, the Supervisory Board
upon the recommendation of its compensation committee fixed in
March 2007 the criteria to be met for Mr. Bozotti for
attribution of his 2007 bonus (based on new product
introductions, market share and budget targets, corporate
governance initiatives) and also decided to grant a super bonus
of up to 60% based on special items linked to technology
R&D, carve outs and decondolidation. The Supervisory Board,
has not yet ruled on the amount of the CEO bonus for 2007.
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2006 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its compensation
committee concluded in 2007 that all three of the criteria
established by the Supervisory Board had been achieved.
Mr. Bozotti was therefore entitled to receive all 100,000
stock awards originally granted in 2006, which vest as defined
by the Plan one year, two years and three years, respectively,
after the date of the grant, provided Mr. Bozotti is still
an employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions
in the event of a change in control).
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2007 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board upon recommendation of the Compensation
Committee fixed the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000
stock awards. The Supervisory Board has not yet determined
whether the performance criteria which condition the vesting
(and are linked to sales, operations, income, and return on net
assets) have been met.
During 2007, Mr. Bozotti did not exercise any stock options
granted to him, and did not sell any vested stock awards or
purchase or sell any of our shares.
Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a
complementary pension plan for our top executive management,
comprising the CEO, COO and other key executives to be selected
by the CEO according to the general criteria of eligibility and
service set up by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its
Compensation Committee. In respect to such plan, we have set up
an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the Plan
and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, we
have made a contribution of $314,501 to the plan of our current
and former President and Chief Executive Officers, $591,634 to
the plan of our Chief Operating Officer, and $951,924 to the
plan for all other beneficiaries. The amount of pension plan
payments made for other beneficiaries, such as former employees
retired at the end of
2006/2007
and no longer salaried in 2007 were $1.79 million.
We did not extend any loans, overdrafts or warranties to our
Supervisory Board members or to the sole member of our Managing
Board and President and CEO. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed
any debts or concluded any leases with our Supervisory Board
members or their families, or the sole member of the Managing
Board.
For information regarding stock options and other stock-based
compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the
Managing Board and our executive officers, please refer to
Stock Awards and Options below.
The executive officers and the Managing Board were covered in
2007 under certain group life and medical insurance programs
provided by us. The aggregate additional amount set aside by us
in 2007 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for
executive officers and our Managing Board as a group is in
addition to the amounts allocated to the complementary pension
plan described above and estimated to have been approximately
$1.86 million, which includes statutory employer
contributions for state-run retirement, similar benefit programs
and other miscellaneous allowances.
Share
Ownership
None of the members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board
or our executive officers holds shares or options to acquire
shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.
Stock
Awards and Options
Our stock options and stock award plans are designed to
incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees
by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution
of our share price. We have adopted stock-based compensation
plans comprising either stock options or unvested stock awards
and benefiting respectively to our President and CEO and key
employees (employee stock options
and/or
employee unvested stock award plans), and stock
options or vested stock awards to our Supervisory Board members
and professionals (Supervisory Board stock options
and/or
stock award plans).
107
Following changes in accounting and tax treatment of stock
options, we have since 2005 transitioned our stock-based
compensation plans from stock-option grants to vested or
unvested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders
resolutions adopted by our 2005, 2006 and 2007 annual
shareholders meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the
proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the
Compensation Committee, took the following actions:
|
|
|
|
|
approved the terms and conditions of the 2005 Supervisory Board
Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals
valid for a three year period;
|
|
|
|
amended our 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan which expired at the
end of 2005 with the aim of enhancing our ability to retain key
employees and motivate them to shareholder value creation, by
replacing stock options to be granted in the last year of such
Plan by unvested stock awards and in addition, approved the
vesting conditions, linked to our future performance and
continued service with us;
|
|
|
|
approved grants pursuant to the 2005 stock-based compensation
plan for Supervisory Board members and professionals approved by
our 2005 annual shareholders meeting and amended by our
2007 annual shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
adopted our 2006 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and
Key Employees (the Employee USA Plan) with the aim
of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate
them to shareholder value creation and in addition approved
vesting conditions linked to our future performance and
continued service with us;
|
|
|
|
adopted our 2007 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and
Key Employees (the Employee USA Plan) with the goal
of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate
them to work to create shareholder value and, in addition,
approved vesting conditions linked to our future performance and
continued service with us; and
|
|
|
|
reviewed preliminary information regarding our 2008 Unvested
Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees to be
presented to our 2008 annual shareholders meeting.
|
We are using our treasury shares to cover the stock awards
granted in 2005, 2006 and 2007 under the Employee USA Plans. As
of December 31, 2007, 2,867,119 stock awards granted in
relation to the 2005, 2006 and 2007 plans had vested, leaving an
amount of 10,532,881 treasury shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2007. The 2007 Employee unvested stock award
plan generated an additional charge in the consolidated
statements of income for 2007 of $18 million, which
corresponds to the cost per service in the year for all granted
shares that are (or are expected to be) vested pursuant to the
financial performance criteria being met..
The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares
of our stock by the members of our Supervisory Board, the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO, and all our
employees are subject to an internal policy which involves,
inter alia, certain blackout periods.
Employee
and Managing Board Stock-Based Compensation Plans
1995 Stock Option Plan. On October 20,
1995, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the
Supervisory Board for a period of five years to adopt and
administer a stock option plan that provides for the granting to
our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a
maximum of 33 million common shares (the 1995 Stock
Option Plan). We granted options to acquire a total of
31,561,941 shares pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan as
indicated.
The description of our 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated in
the following table, takes into consideration the 2:1 stock
split effected on June 16, 1999 and the 3:1 stock split
effected on May 5, 2000. The term options
outstanding means options existing as of December 31,
2007 not cancelled or exercised by their respective
beneficiaries (employees and members or professionals of our
Supervisory Board). Options are cancelled either because the
beneficiary waives them or because the beneficiary loses the
right to exercise them when leaving the company (with the
exception of retirement or termination of employment pursuant to
collective plans or restructurings):
As of December 31, 2007 the total number of options
exercised pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan was 14,523,601;
the number of options, which can no longer be exercised, because
they have expired or been cancelled, was 11,091,608; and the
number of options outstanding, which can still be exercised, was
5,946,732. These outstanding options correspond to 5,946,732
common shares, which could be issued.
2001 Stock Option Plan. At the annual
shareholders meeting on April 25, 2001, our
shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory
Board for a period of five years to adopt and administer a stock
option plan
108
(in the form of five annual tranches) that provides for the
granting to our managers and professionals of options to
purchase up to a maximum of 60 million common shares (the
2001 Stock Option Plan). The amount of options
granted to the sole member of our Managing Board and President
and CEO is determined by our Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board and since 2005 is
submitted for approval by our annual shareholders meeting.
The amount of stock options granted to other employees is made
by our Compensation Committee on delegation by our Supervisory
Board and following recommendation of the sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO. In addition, the
Supervisory Board delegates each year to the sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO the flexibility to grant up
to a determined number of share awards to our employees pursuant
to the 2001 Stock Option Plan in special cases or in connection
with an acquisition.
In 2005, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting adopted a modification to our 2001 Stock Option Plan so
as to provide the grant of up to four million unvested stock
awards instead of stock options to our senior executives and
certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to
100,000 Unvested Stock Awards instead of stock options to our
President and CEO. A total of 4,159,915 shares have been
awarded pursuant to the modification of such Plan, which include
shares that were awarded to employees who subsequently left our
Company thereby forfeiting their awards. Certain forfeited share
awards were subsequently reawarded to other employees.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board approved the conditions,
which apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions
related both to our financial performance meeting certain
defined criteria in 2005 and during the first quarter of 2006,
and to the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in
2006, 2007 and 2008, of the beneficiaries of the unvested stock
awards.
1995 Plan
(Employees)
October 20, 1995
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 5
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 6
|
|
Special Grant
|
|
Tranche 7
|
|
Date of Supervisory Board Meeting
|
|
Jan 24, 2000
|
|
June 16, 2000
|
|
Sept 18, 2000
|
|
Dec 11, 2000
|
|
Dec 18, 2000
|
|
March 1, 2001
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
150,000
|
|
5,331,250
|
|
70,000
|
|
2,019,640
|
|
26,501
|
|
113,350
|
Vesting Date
|
|
Jan 24, 2003
|
|
June 16, 2002
|
|
Sept 18, 2002
|
|
Dec 11, 2002
|
|
Dec 18, 2002
|
|
March 1, 2003
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Jan 24, 2008
|
|
June 16, 2008
|
|
Sept 18, 2008
|
|
Dec 11, 2008
|
|
Dec 18, 2008
|
|
March 1, 2009
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$55.25
|
|
$62.01
|
|
$52.88
|
|
$50.69
|
|
$44.00
|
|
$31.65
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
Jan 24, 2003
|
|
June 16, 2002
|
|
Sept 18, 2002
|
|
Dec 11, 2002
|
|
Dec 18, 2002
|
|
March 1, 2003
|
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
Jan 24, 2004
|
|
June 16, 2003
|
|
Sept 18, 2003
|
|
Dec 11, 2003
|
|
Dec 18, 2003
|
|
March 1, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
|
|
June 16, 2004
|
|
Sept 18, 2004
|
|
Dec 11, 2004
|
|
Dec 18, 2004
|
|
March 1, 2005
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
1,980
|
|
4,337,930
|
|
25,765
|
|
1,515,680
|
|
20,527
|
|
44,850
|
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
|
|
0
|
|
310,200
|
|
7,650
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
109
2001 Plan
(Employees)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 4
|
|
Tranche 5
|
|
Tranche 6
|
|
Tranche 7
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
April 27, 2001
|
|
Sept 4, 2001
|
|
Nov 1, 2001
|
|
Jan 2, 2002
|
|
Jan 25, 2002
|
|
April 25, 2002
|
|
June 26, 2002
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
9,521,100
|
|
16,000
|
|
61,900
|
|
29,400
|
|
3,656,103
|
|
9,708,390
|
|
318,600
|
Vesting Date
|
|
April 27, 2003
|
|
Sept 4, 2003
|
|
Nov 1, 2003
|
|
Jan 2, 2004
|
|
Jan 25, 2003
|
|
April 25, 2004
|
|
June 26, 2004
|
Expiration Date
|
|
April 27, 2011
|
|
Sept 4, 2011
|
|
Nov 1, 2011
|
|
Jan 2, 2012
|
|
Jan 25, 2012
|
|
April 25, 2012
|
|
June 26, 2012
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$29.70
|
|
$29.61
|
|
$33.70
|
|
$31.09
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$22.30
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
April 27, 2003
|
|
Sept 4, 2003
|
|
Nov 1, 2003
|
|
Jan 2, 2004
|
|
Jan 25, 2003
|
|
April 25, 2004
|
|
June 26, 2004
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
April 27, 2004
|
|
Sept 4, 2004
|
|
Nov 1, 2004
|
|
Jan 2, 2005
|
|
Jan 25, 2004
|
|
April 25, 2005
|
|
June 26, 2005
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
April 27, 2005
|
|
Sept 4, 2005
|
|
Nov 1, 2005
|
|
Jan 2, 2006
|
|
|
|
April 25, 2006
|
|
June 26, 2006
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
December 31, 2007
|
|
7,867,140
|
|
16,000
|
|
47,010
|
|
24,300
|
|
2,924,247
|
|
8,278,324
|
|
140,906
|
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
|
|
410,000
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
158,925
|
|
424,500
|
|
0
|
2001 Plan
(Employees) (continued)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 8
|
|
Tranche 9
|
|
Tranche 10
|
|
Tranche 11
|
|
Tranche 12
|
|
Tranche 13
|
|
Tranche 14
|
|
Tranche 15
|
|
Tranche 16
|
|
Tranche 17
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
Aug 1, 2002
|
|
Dec 17, 2002
|
|
Mar 14, 2003
|
|
June 3, 2003
|
|
Oct 24, 2003
|
|
Jan 2, 2004
|
|
Apr 26, 2004
|
|
Sept 1, 2004
|
|
Jan 31, 2005
|
|
Mar 17, 2005
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
24,500
|
|
14,400
|
|
11,533,960
|
|
306,850
|
|
135,500
|
|
86,400
|
|
12,103,490
|
|
175,390
|
|
29,200
|
|
13,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
Aug 1, 2004
|
|
Dec 17, 2004
|
|
Mar 14, 2005
|
|
June 3, 2005
|
|
Oct 24, 2005
|
|
Jan 2, 2006
|
|
Apr 26, 2006
|
|
Sept 1, 2006
|
|
Jan 31, 2007
|
|
Mar 17, 2007
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Aug 1, 2012
|
|
Dec 17, 2012
|
|
Mar 14, 2013
|
|
June 3, 2013
|
|
Oct 24, 2013
|
|
Jan 2, 2014
|
|
Apr 26, 2014
|
|
Sept 1, 2014
|
|
Jan 31, 2015
|
|
Mar 17, 2015
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$20.02
|
|
$21.59
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.83
|
|
$25.90
|
|
$27.21
|
|
$22.71
|
|
$17.08
|
|
$16.73
|
|
$17.31
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
Aug 1, 2004
|
|
Dec 17, 2004
|
|
Mar 14, 2005
|
|
June 3, 2005
|
|
Oct 24, 2005
|
|
Jan 2, 2006
|
|
Apr 26, 2006
|
|
Sept 1, 2006
|
|
Jan 31, 2007
|
|
Mar 17, 2007
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
Aug 1, 2005
|
|
Dec 17, 2005
|
|
Mar 14, 2006
|
|
June 3, 2006
|
|
Oct 24, 2006
|
|
Jan 2, 2007
|
|
Apr 26, 2007
|
|
Sept 1, 2007
|
|
Jan 31, 2008
|
|
Mar 17, 2008
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
Aug 1, 2006
|
|
Dec 17, 2006
|
|
Mar 14, 2007
|
|
June 3, 2007
|
|
Oct 24, 2007
|
|
Jan 2, 2008
|
|
Mar 14, 2008
|
|
Sept 1, 2008
|
|
Jan 31, 2009
|
|
Mar 17, 2009
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
Dec 31, 2007
|
|
13,800
|
|
14,400
|
|
9,909,670
|
|
193,650
|
|
121,550
|
|
17,500
|
|
10,582,215
|
|
118,291
|
|
17,900
|
|
13,000
|
Held by Managing Board/ Executive Officers
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
507,800
|
|
0
|
|
31,000
|
|
0
|
|
595,100
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
2006
Unvested Stock Award Plan
In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved the grant of up to five million unvested stock
awards to our senior executives and certain of our key
employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock
Awards to our President and CEO. 5,131,640 shares have been
awarded under such Plan as of December 31, 2007, out of
which up to 3,702,449 remain outstanding but unvested as of
December 31, 2007.
2007
Unvested Stock Award Plan
In 2007, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved the grant of up to six million unvested stock
awards to our senior executives and certain of our key
employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 Unvested Stock
Awards to our President and CEO. 5,776,290 shares have been
awarded under such Plan as of December 31, 2007, out of
which up to 5,702,800 remain outstanding but unvested as of
December 31, 2007.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board has approved the
conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards.
These conditions relate both to our financial performance,
meeting certain defined criteria in 2007, and to the continued
presence at the defined vesting dates in 2008, 2009 and 2010 of
the beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards.
110
Furthermore, the Compensation Committee approved the list of
beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards and delegated to our
President and Chief Executive Officer the right to grant certain
additional unvested stock awards to key employees, in
exceptional cases, provided that the total number of unvested
stock awards granted to executives and key employees shall not
exceed for 2007 six million shares. Pursuant to such
authorization, the Managing Board, as authorized by the
Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board, granted on
December 6, 2007 an additional 84,450 shares, and on
February 19, 2008 an additional 135,500 to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board as part of the
Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and
conditions as the original plan.
The implementation of our Stock-Based Compensation Plan for
Employees is subject to periodic proposals from our Managing
Board to our Supervisory Board, and recommendations by the
Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board Stock Option Plans
1999 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of the
Supervisory Board. A plan was adopted in 1999 for
a three-year period expiring on December 31, 2001 (the
1999 Stock Option Plan), providing for the grant of
at least the same number of options as were granted during the
period from 1996 to 1999.
2002 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of the
Supervisory Board. A 2002 Plan was adopted on
March 27, 2002 (the 2002 Stock Option Plan).
Pursuant to this 2002 Plan, the annual shareholders
meeting authorized the grant of 12,000 options per year to each
of the members of our Supervisory Board during the course of his
three-year tenure (during the three-year period from
2002-2005),
and of 6,000 options per year to all of the professionals.
Pursuant to the 1999 and 2002 Plans, stock options for the
subscription of 1,219,500 shares were granted to the
members of the Supervisory Board and professionals. Options were
granted to members and professionals of our Supervisory Board
under the 1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans as shown in the
table below:
1999 and
2002 Plans
(for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals)
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Annual
|
|
May 31, 1999
|
|
March 27, 2002
|
Shareholders Meeting
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
June 16, 2000
|
|
April 27, 2001
|
|
April 25, 2002
|
|
March 14, 2003
|
|
April 26, 2004
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
103,500
|
|
112,500
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
June 16, 2001
|
|
April 27, 2002
|
|
May 25,2002
|
|
April 14, 2003
|
|
April 26, 2004
|
Expiration Date
|
|
June 16, 2008
|
|
April 27, 2011
|
|
April 25,2012
|
|
March 14, 2013
|
|
April 26, 2014
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$62.01
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.71
|
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
|
All exercisable
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
|
after 1 year
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
December 31, 2007
|
|
81,000
|
|
90,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
132,000
|
As of December 31, 2007 options to purchase a total of
171,000 common shares were outstanding under the 1999 Stock
Option Plans. At the same date, options to purchase 348,000
common shares were outstanding under the 2002 Supervisory Board
Stock Option Plan.
2005, 2006 and 2007 Stock-based Compensation for members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2005
annual shareholders meeting approved the adoption of an
amendment to the Stock Option Plan for Supervisory Board members
and Professionals of the Supervisory Board. The amendment has
the following terms and conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
A maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for each
member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued shares
per year for each professional of the Supervisory Board and a
subscription price of 1.04 per share, corresponding to the
nominal value of our share.
|
|
|
|
Our 2006 Annual Shareholders meeting approved the adoption
of a three year stock based compensation plan for Supervisory
Board members and Professionals. The Plan provided for the grant
of a maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for
each member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued
shares for each of the Professionals of the Supervisory Board at
a price of 1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal
value of our share. Pursuant to our 2007 annual shareholders
meeting, the 2006 plan was modified as the maximum number was
increased to 15,000 newly issued shares per year for
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
each member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued
shares per year for each professional of the Supervisory Board
for the remaining year of the plan.
|
In 2005, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries
under such plan, out of which 17,000 were outstanding as of
December 31, 2007.
In 2006, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries
under such plan, out of which 34,000 were outstanding as of
December 31, 2007.
In 2007, pursuant to the approval of our annual
shareholders meeting the number of stock awards granted to
each Supervisory Board member and professional was increased,
and 165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under
such plan, out of which 142,500 were outstanding as of
December 31, 2007.
The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board
members and professionals under the 2005 Stock-Based
Compensation Plan. See Note 18.6 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total number of shares outstanding
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
142,500
|
|
Expiration date
|
|
|
October 25, 2015
|
|
|
|
April 29, 2016
|
|
|
|
April 28, 2017
|
|
Employees
The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees by main
category of activity and geographic area for the past three
years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
France
|
|
|
10,560
|
|
|
|
10,660
|
|
|
|
10,330
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
10,090
|
|
|
|
10,320
|
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
Rest of Europe
|
|
|
1,730
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
1,550
|
|
United States
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
Malta and Morocco
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
7,330
|
|
|
|
6,900
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
19,690
|
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
|
|
17,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
52,180
|
|
|
|
51,770
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Research and Development
|
|
|
10,570
|
|
|
|
10,300
|
|
|
|
9,700
|
|
Marketing and Sales
|
|
|
2,870
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
2,880
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
33,520
|
|
|
|
33,420
|
|
|
|
32,400
|
|
Administration and General Services
|
|
|
2,570
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
Divisional Functions
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
52,180
|
|
|
|
51,770
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our future success, in particular in a period of strong
increased demand will also depend on our ability to continue to
attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical,
marketing, engineering and management personnel. Unions are
represented at several of our manufacturing facilities. We use
temporary employees if required during production spikes and in
Europe during the summer vacations. We have not experienced any
significant strikes or work stoppages in recent years, other
than in Rennes, France in connection with the closure of this
plant and management believes that our relations with employees
are good.
As part of our commitment to the principles of PSE, we founded
ST University in 1994 to develop an internal education
organization, responsible for organizing training courses to
executives, engineers, technicians and sales personnel within
STMicroelectronics and coordinating all training for our
employees.
112
|
|
Item 7.
|
Major
Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions
|
Major
Shareholders
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the ownership of our issued common shares based on
information available to us as of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (ST Holding
II)
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Public
|
|
|
568,492,104
|
|
|
|
62.5
|
|
Brandes Investment Partners
|
|
|
80,563,681
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
10,532,881
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Our principal shareholders do not have different voting rights
from those of our other shareholders.
ST Holding II is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (ST Holding). As of
December 31, 2007, FT1CI (the French
Shareholder) and a consortium of Italian shareholders (the
Italian Shareholders) made up of CDP and
Finmeccanica directly held 50% each in ST Holding based on
voting rights. CDP held 30% in ST Holding and Finmeccanica held
20% in ST Holding based on voting rights. The indirect interest
of FT1CI and the Italian Shareholders is split on a 50%-50%
basis. Through a structured tracking stock system implemented in
the articles of association of ST Holding and ST Holding II,
FT1CI indirectly held 99,318,236 of our common shares,
representing 10.9% of our issued share capital as of
December 31, 2007, CDP indirectly held 91,644,941 of our
common shares, representing 10.1% of our issued share capital as
of December 31, 2007 and Finmeccanica indirectly held
59,741,577 of our common shares, representing 6.5% of our issued
share capital as of December 31, 2007. Any disposals or, as
the case may be, acquisitions by ST Holding II on behalf of
respectively FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica, will decrease or, as
the case may be, increase the indirect interest of respectively
FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica in our issued share capital. FT1CI
was formerly a jointly held company set up by Areva and France
Telecom to control the interest of the French shareholders in ST
Holding. Following the transactions described below, Areva was,
as of December 31, 2007, the sole shareholder of FT1CI.
Areva (formerly known as CEA-Industrie) is a corporation
controlled by the CEA. Areva is listed on Euronext Paris in the
form of Investment Certificates. CDP is an Italian corporation
70% owned by the Italian Ministero dellEconomia e delle
Finanze (the Ministry of Economy and Finance)
and 30% owned by a consortium of 66 Italian banking foundations.
Finmeccanica is a listed Italian holding company majority owned
by the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance and the public.
Finmeccanica is listed on the Italian Mercato Telematico
Azionario (MTA) and is included in the S&P/MIB
30 stock index.
ST Holding II owned 90% of our shares before our initial
public offering in 1994, and has since then gradually reduced
its participation, going below the 66% threshold in 1997 and
below the 50% threshold in 1999. ST Holding may further dispose
its shares as provided below in
Shareholders Agreements STH
Shareholders Agreement and
Disposals of our Common Shares and
pursuant to the eventual conversion of our outstanding
convertible instruments. Set forth below is a table of ST
Holding IIs holdings in us as of the end of each of the
past three financial years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
Announcements about additional disposals of our shares by ST
Holding II on behalf of one or more of its indirect
shareholders, Areva, CDP, FT1CI or Finmeccanica may come at any
time.
113
The chart below illustrates the shareholding structure as of
December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
FT1CI owns 50% of ST Holding and indirectly holds 99,318,236 of
our common shares. |
|
(2) |
|
Not a legal entity, purely for illustrative purposes. |
|
(3) |
|
CDP and Finmeccanica own 50% of ST Holding and indirectly hold
91,644,941 and 59,741,577 of our common shares, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
CDP owns 30% of ST Holding, while Finmeccanica owns 20% of ST
Holding. |
|
(5) |
|
The 71.4% owned by the public includes the 8.9% shareholding of
Brandes Investment Partners. |
|
(6) |
|
ST Holding II owns 27.5% of our shares, the Public owns
71.4% of our shares and we hold the remaining 1.2% as treasury
shares. |
On December 17, 2001, France Telecom issued
1,522,950,000 aggregate principal amount of
1.0% notes due December 17, 2004, redeemable by way of
exchange for up to 30 million of our existing common shares
on or after January 2, 2004 (the 2001 Notes).
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the 2001 Notes, on
March 9, 2004, France Telecom redeemed the 2001 Notes, and
the shares underlying the 2001 Notes held in escrow by BNP
Paribas Securities Services (France) were released from escrow.
On December 3, 2004, France Telecom sold through ST Holding
those 30 million of our common shares (corresponding to the
entire amount released from escrow) to institutional investors
in a block trade.
On July 30, 2002, France Telecom issued
442.2 million aggregate principal amount of
6.75% notes due August 6, 2005, mandatorily
exchangeable into our existing common shares held by France
Telecom (the 2002 Notes). On August 6, 2005,
the mandatory exchangeable notes reached maturity. We were
informed that the exchange ratio was 1.25 of our common shares
per each 20.92 principal amount of notes, which resulted
in the disposal by France Telecom of approximately
26.4 million of our currently existing common shares,
representing the totality of the shares held by France Telecom
in our company. Following this disposition, France Telecom is no
longer a shareholder of FT1CI or an indirect shareholder
(through ST Holding and ST Holding II) of our company.
Since August 5, 2005, France Telecom is no longer one of
our indirect shareholders, following the conversion of
convertible notes issued in 2001 and 2002 into approximately
56.4 million of our common shares to institutional
investors.
On August 12, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance, a subsidiary of
Finmeccanica, issued 438,725,000 aggregate principal
amount of 0.375% senior unsecured exchangeable notes due
2010, guaranteed by Finmeccanica (the Finmeccanica
Notes). On September 1, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance
issued an additional 62,675,000 aggregate principal amount
of Finmeccanica Notes, raising the issue size to
501,400,000. The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable
at the option of the holder since January 2, 2004 into up
to 20 million of our existing common shares held by ST
Holding II, or 2.3% of our then-outstanding share capital. The
Finmeccanica Notes have an initial exchange ratio of
39.8883 shares per note. As of December 31, 2007, none
of the Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common
shares.
During the second half of 2003, ST Holding II sold on the
market a total of nine million shares, or approximately 1.0% of
our issued and outstanding common shares corresponding to
indirect shareholdings held
114
by Finmeccanica. During 2004, Finmeccanica sold three million
shares to institutional investors in block trades. During 2004,
Finmeccanica lent 23 million of company shares it holds
indirectly through ST Holding. Finally, on December 23,
2004, Finmeccanica transferred 93 million of its indirect
holding of our existing common shares to CDP, and CDP signed a
deed of adherence to the STH Shareholders Agreement (as
defined below).
Finmeccanica also caused ST Holding II to transfer seven
million shares corresponding to its indirect stake in us to an
account at BNP Paribas Securities Services, Luxembourg. We have
been informed that on December 20, 2005, ST Holding II
sold on behalf of Finmeccanica 1,355,122 of these seven million
shares at a net price of 15.34 per share. We were also
informed that in December 2005, CDP sold a certain number of ST
Holding shares to Finmeccanica, corresponding indirectly to
1,355,123 of our common shares.
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008,
Finmeccanica agreed to sell 26,034,141 of our common shares to
FT1CI. We were also informed that FT1CIs acquisition of
the shares will be financed by CEA, the parent company of Areva,
and, hence, CEA will become a shareholder of FT1CI and will
adhere to the STH Shareholders Agreement.
Announcements about additional disposals by ST Holding II
or our indirect shareholders may come at any time. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Operations Our
direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common
shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our
common shares at any time while at the same time seeking to
retain their rights regarding our preference shares. In
addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares or
convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop
significantly.
Shareholders
Agreements
STH
Shareholders Agreement
We were formed in 1987 as a result of the decision by
Thomson-CSF (now called Thales) and STET (now called Telecom
Italia S.p.A.) to combine their semiconductor businesses and to
enter into a shareholders agreement on April 30,
1987, which was amended on December 10, 2001 and restated
on March 17, 2004, as amended, the STH
Shareholders Agreement. The current parties to the
STH Shareholders Agreement are Areva, CDP, Finmeccanica
and FT1CI (CDP became bound by the STH Shareholders
Agreement pursuant to a deed of adherence dated
December 23, 2004 following its purchase from Finmeccanica
of a majority of Finmeccanicas indirect interest in us
through ST Holding). The March 17, 2004 amended and
restated agreement supercedes and replaces all previous
agreements. CDP and Finmeccanica entered into an agreement that
provides for the transfer of certain of the rights of
Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders Agreement to CDP.
See Other Shareholders
Agreements Italian Shareholders Pact
below. Therefore, references to the rights and obligations of
Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders Agreement
described below also refer to CDP.
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008, the
parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement have agreed upon
certain further amendments to the STH Shareholders
Agreement, concerning:
|
|
|
|
|
the decision of our French and Italian shareholders to equally
align their respective equity participation in our Company, held
through STH, through an agreed sale by Finmeccanica to FT1CI of
26,034,141 of our common shares or approximately 2.85% of our
share capital;
|
|
|
|
the fact that CEA, a company owned and controlled by the French
State and the controlling shareholder or Areva will finance the
acquisition of the shares being purchased by FT1CI from
Finmeccanica and, upon such acquisition, will also become a
party to the STH Shareholders Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the decision to extend for a further three year period until
March 17, 2011 the balancing period as defined under the
STH Shareholders Agreement (see below under
Corporate Governance); and
|
|
|
|
the decision to increase from 9.5% to 10.5% the minimum voting
stakes to be held respectively by our French and Italian
shareholders (see below under Corporate Governance).
|
Pursuant to the terms of the STH Shareholders Agreement
and for the duration of such agreement, FT1CI, on the one hand,
and Finmeccanica/CDP, on the other hand, have agreed that the
corporate governance of STH shall remain balanced and shared on
an equal basis. See further details below.
Restructuring
of the Holding Companies
If necessary, the parties agreed to restructure the two holding
companies (ST Holding and ST Holding II) to simplify the
structure to the extent possible or desirable. In any case, at
least one holding company will continue to
115
exist to hold our common shares. The Company that now holds or
may hold our common shares in the future for indirect
shareholders is referred to below as the holding
company.
Standstill
The STH Shareholders Agreement contains a standstill
provision that precludes any of the parties and the
parties affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly,
any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the
right to acquire any of our common shares other than through the
holding company. The standstill is in effect for as long as such
party holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties
agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all times
through the current holding structure of ST Holding and ST
Holding II.
Corporate
Governance
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for a balanced
corporate governance of the indirect interests in us between
FT1CI and Finmeccanica (references to Finmeccanica now include
the stake transferred to CDP, as well as CDP, and together with
FT1CI, the STH shareholders) for the duration of the
Balance Period, despite actual differences in
indirect economic interest in us. The Balance Period
is defined as (i) a period through March 17, 2008,
provided that each of Areva (or its assignees) on the one hand
and Finmeccanica or CDP on the other hand own at all times a
voting stake at least equal to 9.5% of our issued and
outstanding shares, and (ii) subject to the aforementioned
condition, thereafter as long as FT1CI, on the one hand, and the
Italian shareholders, on the other hand, at any time, including
as a result of the exercise of the Rebalancing
Option (as defined below), own a voting stake equal to at
least 47.5% of the total voting stakes. Further to the
amendments to the STH Shareholders Agreement entered into
on February 26, 2008, the balance period will be extended
for a further three year period running through March 17,
2011 provided that each of FT1CI on the one hand and
Finmeccanica or CDP on the other hand own a voting stake at
least equal to 10.5% of our issued and outstanding shares.
During the Balance Period, each of FT1CI and Finmeccanica
(together with CDP) has an option to rebalance their
shareholdings, referred to as the Rebalancing
Option, as further described below.
During the Balance Period, the STH shareholders agree that the
holding company will have a managing board comprised of two
members (one member designated by FT1CI, and one designated by
common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian
Shareholders Pact as described below) and a supervisory
board comprised of eight members (four designated by FT1CI and
four designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP
pursuant to the Italian Shareholders Pact as described
below). In November 2006, FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica decided to
reduce the number of members of the supervisory board from eight
to six (three designated by FT1CI and three designated by common
agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP). The chairman of the
supervisory board of the holding company shall be designated for
a three-year term by one shareholder (with the other shareholder
entitled to designate the Vice Chairman), such designation to
alternate between Finmeccanica and CDP on the one hand and FT1CI
on the other hand. The current Chairman is Mr. Gilbert
Lehmann (following the resignation of Mr. Gérald
Arbola in November 2006). The parties agreed that the next
chairman of the supervisory board of the holding company will be
appointed by the Italian Shareholders.
During the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent
that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be
pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders,
including but not limited to the following: (i) the
definition of the role and structure of our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company;
(ii) the powers of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of
our Supervisory Board, and that of the holding company;
(iii) information by our Managing Board and by our
Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company;
(iv) treatment of confidential information;
(v) appointment of any additional members of our Managing
Board and those of the holding company; (vi) remuneration
of the members of our Managing Board and those of the holding
company; (vii) internal audit of STMicroelectronics N.V.
and of the holding company; (viii) industrial and
commercial relationships between STMicroelectronics N.V. and
Finmeccanica or STMicroelectronics N.V. and FT1CI, or any of
their affiliates; and (ix) any of the decisions listed in
article 16.1 of our Articles of Association including our
budget and pluri-annual plans.
As regards STMicroelectronics N.V. during the Balance Period:
(i) each of the STH shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand,
and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) shall have the right
to insert on a list prepared for proposal by the holding company
to our annual shareholders meeting the same number of
members for election to the Supervisory Board, and the holding
company shall vote in favor of such members; (ii) the STH
shareholders will cause the holding company to submit to our
annual shareholders meeting and to vote in favor of a
common proposal for the appointment of the Managing Board; and
(iii) any decision relating to the voting rights of the
holding company in us shall require the unanimous approval of
the holding company shareholders and shall be submitted by the
holding company to our annual shareholders meeting. The
STH shareholders also agreed that the
116
Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon
proposal of an STH shareholder for a three-year term, and the
Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon
proposal of the other STH shareholder for the same period, and
vice-versa for the following three-year term. The STH
shareholders further agreed that the STH shareholder proposing
the appointment of the Chairman be entitled to propose the
appointment of the Assistant Secretary of our Supervisory Board,
and the STH shareholder proposing the appointment of the Vice
Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Secretary
of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH shareholder is
entitled to appoint a Financial Controller to the Supervisory
Board. Our Secretary, Assistant Secretary and two Financial
Controllers are referred to as professionals (not members) of
our Supervisory Board.
In addition, the following resolutions, to the extent that a
resolution of the holding company is required, must be resolved
upon by a shareholders resolution of the holding company,
which shall require the unanimous approval of the STH
shareholders: (i) any alteration in the holding
companys articles of association; (ii) any issue,
acquisition or disposal by the holding company of its shares or
change in share rights; (iii) any alteration in our
authorized share capital or issue by us of new shares
and/or of
any financial instrument giving rights to subscribe for our
common shares; any acquisition or disposal by the holding
company of our shares
and/or any
right to subscribe for our common shares; any modification to
the rights attached to our common shares; any merger,
acquisition or joint venture agreement to which we are or are
proposed to be a party; and any other items on the agenda of our
general shareholders meeting; (iv) the liquidation or
dissolution of the holding company; (v) any legal merger,
legal de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which
the holding company is proposed to be a party; and (vi) the
adoption or approval of our annual accounts or those of the
holding company or a resolution concerning a dividend
distribution by us.
At the end of the Balance Period, the members of our Supervisory
Board and those of the holding company designated by the
minority shareholder of the holding company will immediately
resign upon request of the holding companys majority
shareholder, subject to the rights described in the previous
paragraph.
After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the
shareholders of the holding company remains required to approve:
(i) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least equal to the lesser of 3% of our issued and outstanding
share capital or 10% of the remaining STH shareholders
stake in us at such time, with respect to the holding company,
any changes to the articles of association, any issue,
acquisition or disposal of shares in the holding company or
change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or
dissolution and any legal merger, de-merger, acquisition or
joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed
to be a party;
(ii) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least 33% of the holding company, certain changes to our
Articles of Association (including any alteration in our
authorized share capital, or any issue of share capital
and/or
financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for our
common shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares,
changes to the preemptive rights, issues relating to the form,
rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and
operation of the Managing and Supervisory Boards, matters
subject to the Supervisory Boards approval, the
Supervisory Boards voting procedures, extraordinary
meetings of shareholders and quorums for voting at
shareholders meetings);
(iii) any decision to vote our shares held by the holding
company at any shareholders meeting of our shareholders
with respect to any substantial and material merger decision. In
the event of a failure by the shareholders to reach a common
decision on the relevant merger proposal, our shares
attributable to the minority shareholder and held by the holding
company will be counted as present for purposes of a quorum of
shareholders at one of our shareholders meetings, but will
not be voted (i.e., will be abstained from the vote in a way
that they will not be counted as a negative vote or as a
positive vote);
(iv) in addition, the minority shareholder will have the
right to designate at least one member of the list of candidates
for our Supervisory Board to be proposed by the holding company
if that shareholder indirectly owns at least 3% of our total
issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH
shareholder retaining the right to appoint that number of
members to our Supervisory Board that is at least proportional
to such majority STH shareholders voting stake.
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous
approval required for other decisions taken at the
STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the
extent possible, taking into account the actual power attached
to the direct and indirect shareholding jointly held by the STH
shareholders in our company.
117
Disposals
of our Common Shares
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that each STH
shareholder retains the right to cause the holding company to
dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion, provided it
is pursuant to either (i) the issuance of financial
instruments, (ii) an equity swap, (iii) a structured
finance deal or (iv) a straight sale. ST Holding II
may enter into escrow arrangements with STH shareholders with
respect to our shares, whether this be pursuant to exchangeable
notes, securities lending or other financial instruments. STH
shareholders that issue exchangeable instruments may include in
their voting stake the voting rights of the underlying shares
provided they remain freely and continuously held by the holding
company as if the holding company were still holding the full
ownership of the shares. STH shareholders that issue financial
instruments with respect to our underlying shares may have a
call option over those shares upon exchange of exchangeable
notes for common shares.
As long as any of the parties to the STH Shareholders
Agreement has a direct or indirect interest in us, except in the
case of a public offer, no sales by a party may be made of any
of our shares or of FT1CI, ST Holding or ST Holding II to
any of our top ten competitors, or any company that controls
such competitor.
Re-adjusting
and Re-balancing options
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that the parties
have the right, subject to certain conditions, to re-balance
their indirect holdings in our shares to achieve parity between
FT1CI on the one hand and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other
hand. If at any time prior to March 17, 2008, the voting
stake in us of one of the STH shareholders (FT1CI on the one
hand, and Finmeccanica and CDP on the other hand) falls below
9.5% due either to (a) the exchange by a third party of any
exchangeable instruments issued by an STH shareholder or
(b) to an issuance by us of new shares subscribed to by a
third party, such STH shareholder will have the right to notify
the other STH shareholder of its intention to exercise a
Re-adjusting Option. In such case, the STH
shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase the
number of our common shares necessary to increase the voting
stake of such STH shareholder to 9.5% of our issued and
outstanding share capital.
We have been informed that on February 26, 2008, purusant
to its rights under the STH Shareholders Agreement to
rebalance its shareholding, FT1CI agreed to purchase 26,034,141
of our common shares from Finmeccanica, with financing provided
by CEA, which, as a result, will become a shareholder of FT1CI.
As indicated above, the Balance Period has now been extended
through March 17, 2011, and the 9.5% voting rights
threshold respectively for our French and Italian shareholders
increased to 10.5%.
Change of
Control Provision
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for tag-along
rights, preemptive rights, and provisions with respect to a
change of control of any of the shareholders or any controlling
shareholder of FT1CI, on the one hand, and Finmeccanica, on the
other hand. The shareholders may transfer shares of the holding
company or FT1CI to any of the shareholders affiliates,
which would include the Italian state or the French state with
respect to entities controlled by a state. The shareholders and
their ultimate shareholders will be prohibited from launching
any takeover process on any of the other shareholders.
Non-competition
Pursuant to the terms of STH Shareholders Agreement,
neither we nor ST Holding are permitted, as a matter of
principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor
products. The parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement
also undertake to refrain directly or indirectly from competing
with us in the area of semiconductor products, subject to
certain exceptions, and to offer us opportunities to
commercialize or invest in any semiconductor product
developments by them.
Deadlock
In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between
the parties as to the conduct of the business and actions
contemplated by the STH Shareholders Agreement, each party
has the right to offer its interest in ST Holding to the other,
which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third party
acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or
have acquired the other partys interest, then together the
parties are obligated to try to find a third party to acquire
their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable
to change the decision to terminate the agreement. The STH
Shareholders Agreement otherwise terminates in the event
that one of the parties thereto ceases to hold shares in ST
Holding.
118
Preference
Shares
On May 31, 1999, our shareholders approved the creation of
preference shares that entitle a holder to full voting rights at
any meeting of shareholders and to a preferential right to
dividends and distributions. On the same day, in order to
protect ourselves from a hostile takeover or similar action, we
entered into an option agreement with ST Holding II, as amended,
which provided that up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference
shares would be issued to ST Holding II upon its request
and subject to the adoption of a resolution by our Supervisory
Board giving its consent to the exercise of the option and upon
payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference
shares to be issued. On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory
Board decided to authorize us to terminate the May 31, 1999
option agreement, as amended, and to enter into a new option
agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting
Continuïteit ST (the Stichting). Our Managing
Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the
Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion
that the Stichting is independent of our Company and our major
shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved the new option
agreement to reflect changes in Dutch legal requirements, not in
response to any hostile takeover attempt. The May 31, 1999
option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent
by ST Holding II and us on February 7, 2007 and the
new option agreement we concluded with the Stichting became
effective on that date.
The option agreement with the Stichting provides for the
issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares,
the same number as the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as
amended. The Stichting would have the option, which it shall
exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference
shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of
actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory
Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer
for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing
Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting
exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it
must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference
shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no
longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from
effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of
control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance
of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share
capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the
requirements of our Articles of Association, see
Item 10. Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association Share Capital
as of December 31, 2007 Issuance of Shares,
Preemptive Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).
Other
Shareholders Agreements
Italian
Shareholders Pact
In connection with the transfer of an interest in ST Holding
from Finmeccanica to CDP, Finmeccanica and CDP entered into a
shareholders pact (the Italian Shareholders
Pact) on November 26, 2004 setting forth the rights
and obligations of their respective interests as shareholders of
ST Holding. Pursuant to the terms of the Italian
Shareholders Pact, CDP became a party to the STH
Shareholders Agreement. Under the Italian
Shareholders Pact, CDP will have the right to exercise
certain corporate governance rights in us previously exercised
by Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders Agreement.
The Italian Shareholders Pact provides that CDP has the
right to appoint one of the two members of the ST Holdings
Managing Board. Moreover, CDP will have the right to nominate a
number of representatives to the Supervisory Board of ST
Holding, ST Holding II and STMicroelectronics N.V. In
particular, CDP has the right to propose two members for
membership on our Supervisory Board, while one member will be
proposed by Finmeccanica for so long as Finmeccanica owns
indirectly at least 3% of our capital. If and when its indirect
interest in us is reduced below such threshold, Finmeccanica
will cause its appointed director to resign and be replaced by a
director appointed by CDP.
French
Shareholders Pact
Since August 1, 2001, and the disposal of all indirect
shareholding interest in our Company, France Telecom ceased to
be a shareholder of FT1CI, and Areva remained its sole
shareholder. Following the announcement of the planned
acquisition by FT1CI of approximately 26 million of our
shares representing approximately 2.85% of our share capital,
the CEA will upon completion of this transaction become a
minority shareholder of FT1CI and will adhere to the STH
Shareholders Agreement.
119
Statutory
Considerations
As is the case with other companies controlled by the French
government, the French government has appointed a Commissaire
du Gouvernement and a Contrôleur dEtat for
FT1CI. Pursuant to Decree
No. 94-214,
dated March 10, 1994, these government representatives have
the right (i) to attend any board meeting of FT1CI, and
(ii) to veto any board resolution or any decision of the
president of FT1CI within ten days of such board meeting (or, if
they have not attended the meeting, within ten days of the
receipt of the board minutes or the notification of such
presidents decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed
within one month by the Ministry of the Economy or the Ministry
of the Industry. FT1CI is subject to certain points of the
Decree of August 9, 1953 pursuant to which the Ministry of
the Economy and any other relevant ministries have the authority
to approve decisions of FT1CI relating to budgets or forecasts
of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The
effect of these provisions may be that the decisions taken by us
and our subsidiaries that, by the terms of the STH
Shareholders Agreement, require prior approval by FT1CI,
may be adversely affected by these veto rights under French law.
Pursuant to the principal Italian privatization law, certain
special government powers may be introduced into the bylaws of
firms considered strategic by the Italian government. In the
case of Finmeccanica, these powers were established by decrees
adopted by the Minister of the Treasury on November 8,
1999, and Finmeccanicas bylaws were subsequently amended
on November 23, 1999. The aforementioned decrees were
amended by the Law Decree 350 enacted on December 24, 2003,
and Finmeccanica has modified its bylaws accordingly. The
special powers of the Minister of the Treasury (who will act in
agreement with the Minister of Industry) include: (i) the
power to object to the acquisition of material interests in
Finmeccanicas share capital; (ii) the power to object
to material shareholders agreements relating to
Finmeccanicas share capital; (iii) the power to
appoint one member of Finmeccanicas board of directors
without voting rights; and (iv) the power to veto
resolutions to dissolve Finmeccanica, transfer its business,
merge, conduct spin-offs, transfer its registered office outside
of Italy, change its corporate purposes, or amend or modify any
of the Minister of the Treasurys special powers.
Pursuant to Law Decree 269 of September 30, 2003 and Decree
of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance of December 5,
2003, CDP was transformed from a public entity into a joint
stock limited liability company (società per azioni).
While transforming itself into a holding company, CDP
maintained its public interest purpose. CDPs core business
is to finance public investments and more specifically
infrastructure and other major public works sponsored by
regions, local authorities, public agencies and other public
bodies. By virtue of a special provision of Law Decree 269, the
Ministry of Economy and Finance will always be able to exercise
its control over CDP.
Related-Party
Transactions
One of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director
of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the
members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman and CEO of
France Telecom, and a member of the Board of Directors of
Thomson, another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors of ARM Holdings PLC (ARM) and a
non-executive director of Soitec, one of the members of the
Supervisory Board is also a member of the supervisory board of
BESI and one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a
director of Oracle Corporation (Oracle) and
Flextronics International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries
Equant and Orange, as well as Oracles new subsidiary
PeopleSoft supply certain services to our Company. We have a
long-term joint research and development partnership agreement
with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have certain
licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted transactions
with Soitec and BESI as well as with Thomson and Flextronics. We
believe that each of these arrangements and transactions are
made on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and
conditions.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Information
|
Financial
Statements
Please see Item 18. Financial Statements for a
list of the financial statements filed with this
Form 20-F.
Legal
Proceedings
As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor
industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the
future receive, communications from other semiconductor
companies or third parties alleging possible infringement of
patents. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights,
trademarks, trade secrets or mask works. In the event that the
outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be
required to take a license to the underlying intellectual
property right upon economically unfavorable terms and
conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
ability to
120
compete. See Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
We depend on patents to protect our rights to our
technology.
We record a provision when it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine
whether they need to be adjusted based on the current
information available to us. Legal costs associated with claims
are expensed as incurred. We are in discussion with several
parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible
infringements of patents and similar intellectual property
rights of others.
We are currently a party to legal proceedings with SanDisk
Corporation.
On October 15, 2004, SanDisk filed a complaint for patent
infringement and a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and
patent invalidity against us with the United States District
Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint
alleges that our products infringed a single SanDisk
U.S. patent and seeks a declaratory judgment that SanDisk
did not infringe several of our U.S. patents (Civil Case
No. C
04-04379JF).
By an order dated January 4, 2005, the court stayed
SanDisks patent infringement claim, pending final
determination in an action filed contemporaneously by SanDisk
with the United States International Trade Commission
(ITC), which covers the same patent claim asserted
in Civil Case No. C
04-04379JF.
The ITC action was subsequently resolved in our favor. On
August 2, 2007, SanDisk filed an amended complaint adding
allegations of infringement with respect to a second SanDisk
U.S. patent which had been the subject of a second ITC
action and which was also resolved in our favor. On
September 6, 2007, we filed an answer and a counterclaim
alleging various federal and state antitrust and unfair
competition claims. SanDisk filed a motion to dismiss our
antitrust counterclaim, which was denied on January 25,
2008. Discovery is now proceeding.
On October 14, 2005, we filed a complaint against SanDisk
and its current CEO, Dr. Eli Harari, before the Superior
Court of California, County of Alameda. The complaint seeks,
among other relief, the assignment or co-ownership of certain
SanDisk patents that resulted from inventive activity on the
part of Dr. Harari that took place while he was an
employee, officer
and/or
director of Waferscale Integration, Inc. and actual, incidental,
consequential, exemplary and punitive damages in an amount to be
proven at trial. We are the successor to Waferscale Integration,
Inc. by merger. SanDisk removed the matter to the United States
District Court for the Northern District of California which
remanded the matter to the Superior Court of California, County
of Alameda in July 2006. SanDisk moved to transfer the case to
the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara and
to strike our claim for unfair competition, which were both
denied by the trial court. SanDisk appealed these rulings and
also moved to stay the case pending resolution of the appeal. On
January 12, 2007, the California Court of Appeals ordered
that the case be transferred to the Superior Court of California
County of Santa Clara. On August 7, 2007, the
California Court of Appeals affirmed the Superior Courts
decision denying SanDisks motion to strike our claim for
unfair competition. SanDisk appealed this ruling to the
California Supreme Court, which refused to hear it. Discovery is
now proceeding. A hearing on Dr. Hariris motion for
summary judgment on the statute of limitations defense is
scheduled for the third quarter of 2008.
With respect to the lawsuits with SanDisk as described above,
and following two prior decisions in our favor taken by the ITC,
we have not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely
to arise out of the outstanding proceedings.
We are also a party to legal proceedings with Tessera, Inc.
On January 31, 2006, Tessera added our Company as a
co-defendant, along with several other semiconductor and
packaging companies, to a lawsuit filed by Tessera on
October 7, 2005 against Advanced Micro Devices Inc. and
Spansion in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California. Tessera is claiming that certain of our
small format BGA packages infringe certain patents owned by
Tessera, and that ST is liable for damages. Tessera is also
claiming that various ST entities breached a 1997 License
Agreement and that ST is liable for unpaid royalties as a
result. In February and March 2007, our codefendants Siliconware
Precision Industries Co., Ltd. and Siliconware USA, Inc., filed
reexamination requests with the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office covering all of the patents and claims asserted by
Tessera in the lawsuit. In April and May 2007, the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office initiated reexaminations
in response to all of the reexamination requests and final
decisions regarding the reexamination requests are pending. On
May 24, 2007, this action was stayed pending the outcome of
the ITC proceeding described below.
On April 17, 2007, Tessera filed a complaint against us,
Spansion, ATI Technologies, Inc., Qualcomm, Motorola and
Freescale with the ITC with respect to certain small format ball
grid array packages and products containing the same, alleging
patent infringement claims of two of the Tessera patents
previously asserted in the District Court action described above
and seeking an order excluding importation of such products into
the United States. On May 15, 2007, the ITC instituted an
investigation pursuant to 19 U.S.C. § 1337,
entitled In the Matter of
121
Certain Semiconductor Chips with Minimized Chip Package Size and
Products Containing Same, Inv.
No. 337-TA-605.
On February 25, 2008, the administrative law judge at the
ITC issued a decision to stay all Tesseras ITC proceedings
pending completion of re-examination proceedings before the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO)
concerning the two asserted Tessera patents. This decision from
the administrative law judge was the result of a motion by the
defendants seeking to stop ITC action following recent PTO
actions rejecting numerous claims on the Tessera patents being
asserted in the litigation. Tessera has indicated its intent to
appeal the aforementioned ITC and PTO actions.
In September 2006, after we uncovered by our internal audit
fraudulent foreign exchange transactions not known to us
performed by our former Treasurer and resulting in payments by a
financial institution of over 28 million Swiss Francs in
commissions for the personal benefit of our former Treasurer, we
filed a criminal complaint before the Public Prosecutor in
Lugano, Switzerland. Following such complaint, our former
Treasurer was arrested in November 2006 and on February 12,
2008 sentenced to three and half years imprisonment. To date, we
have recovered over half of the illegally paid commissions and
we are actively pursuing outstanding dues pursuant to the fraud
and will continue to do so from all responsible parties.
In February 2008, following unauthorized purchases for our
account of certain auction-rate securities, we initiated a
proceeding against the responsible financial institution seeking
to reverse the unauthorized purchases and recover all losses in
our account, including, but not limited to, the $46 million
impairment posted in Q4 2007.
Risk
Management and Insurance
We cover our industrial and business risks through insurance
contracts with top ranking insurance carriers, to the extent
reasonably permissible by the insurance market which does not
provide insurance coverage for certain risks and imposes certain
limits, terms and conditions on coverage that it does provide.
Risks may be covered either through local policies or through
corporate policies negotiated on a worldwide level for the ST
Group of Companies. Corporate policies are negotiated when the
risks are recurrent in various STMicroelectronics affiliated
companies.
Currently we have four corporate policies covering the following
risks:
|
|
|
|
|
Property damage and business interruption;
|
|
|
|
General liability and product liability;
|
|
|
|
Directors and officers liability; and
|
|
|
|
Transportation risks.
|
Our policies generally cover a twelve-month period. They are
subject to certain terms and conditions, exclusions and
limitations, generally in line with prevailing conditions,
exclusions and limitations, in the insurance market. Pursuant to
such conditions, risks such as terrorism, earthquake, fire,
floods and loss of production, may not be fully insured and we
may not, in the event of a claim under a policy, receive an
indemnification from our insurers commensurate with the full
amount of the damage we have incurred. Furthermore, our product
liability insurance covers physical and direct damages, which
may be caused by our products, however, immaterial,
non-consequential damages resulting from failure to deliver or
delivery of defective products are not covered because such
risks are considered to occur in the ordinary course of business
and cannot be insured. We may decide to subscribe for excess
coverage in addition to the coverage provided by our standard
policies. If we suffer damage or incur a claim, which is not
covered by one of our corporate insurance policies, this may
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We also perform annual assessments through an external
consultant of our risk exposure in the field of property
damage/business interruption in our production sites, to assess
potential losses, and actual risk exposure. Such assessments are
provided to our underwriters. We do not own or operate any
insurance captive, which acts an insurer for our own risks,
although we may consider such an option in the future.
Reporting
Obligations in International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS)
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed
on Euronext Paris and Borsa Italiana. Consequently we are
subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003
requiring us to report our results of operations and
Consolidated Financial Statements using IFRS (previously known
as International Accounting Standards or IAS). As
from January 1, 2008 we are also required to prepare a
semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards.
122
We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards,
as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our
creation in 1987. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial
reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results
to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our
reporting, thereby providing our investors with a clear
understanding of our financial performance.
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements
under IFRS will require us to prepare our results of operations
using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP
and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual
reporting could materially increase the complexity of our
investor communications. The main potential areas of discrepancy
concern capitalization and later amortization of development
expenses required under IFRS and the accounting for compound
financial instruments.
We will comply with our reporting obligations under IFRS by
presenting a complementary set of accounts or as may be
otherwise requested by local stock exchange authorities.
Dividend
Policy
We seek to use our available cash in order to develop and
enhance our position in the very capital-intensive semiconductor
market while at the same time managing our cash resources to
reward our shareholders for their investment and trust in us.
Based on our annual results, projected capital requirements as
well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board
proposes each year to the Supervisory Board the allocation of
our earnings involving, whenever deemed possible and desirable
in line with our objectives and financial situation, the
distribution of a cash dividend.
The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board,
decides each year, in accordance with this policy, which portion
of the profits shall be retained in reserves to fund future
growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal to the
shareholders concerning the amount, if any, of the annual cash
dividend. This policy was discussed at our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting. See Item 10. Additional
Information Memorandum and Articles of Association
Articles of Association Distribution of
Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40).
Upon the approval of our Supervisory Board, we plan to announce
the proposed agenda for our upcoming annual shareholders
meeting and the amount of the cash dividend with respect to the
year ended December 31, 2007.
In the past five years, we have paid the following dividends:
|
|
|
|
|
On April 26, 2007, our Shareholders approved the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2007 of $0.30 payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record
on May 21, 2007 and New York Registry Shareholders of
record on May 23, 2007. This dividend was approximately 34%
of our earnings in 2006.
|
|
|
|
On April 27, 2006, our shareholders approved the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2005 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders
of record on May 22, 2006 and New York Registry
Shareholders of record on May 24, 2006. This dividend was
approximately 40% of our earnings in 2005.
|
|
|
|
On March 18, 2005, our shareholders approved the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2004 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders
of record on May 23, 2005 and New York registry
shareholders of record on May 25, 2005. This dividend was
approximately 18% of our earnings in 2004.
|
|
|
|
On April 23, 2004, our shareholders approved the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2003 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry shareholders
of record on May 21, 2004 and New York registry
shareholders of record on May 26, 2004. This dividend was
approximately 42% of our earnings for 2003.
|
|
|
|
In 2003, we paid a cash dividend with respect to the year ended
December 31, 2002 of $0.08 per share. This dividend was
approximately 17% of our earnings for 2002.
|
In the future, we may consider proposing dividends representing
a proportion of our earnings for a particular year. Future
dividends will depend on our capacity to generate profitable
results, our profit situation, our financial situation and any
other factor that the Supervisory Board deems important.
123
Trading
History of the Companys Shares
Since 1994, our common shares have been traded on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol STM and on Euronext
Paris (formerly known as ParisBourse) and were quoted on SEAQ
International. On June 5, 1998, our common shares were also
listed for the first time on the Borsa Italiana (Italian Stock
Exchange), where they have been traded since that date.
Our common shares have been included since November 12,
1997, in the CAC 40, the main benchmark for Euronext Paris which
tracks a sample of 40 stocks selected from among the top 100
market capitalization and the most active stocks listed on
Euronext Paris, and which is the underlying asset for options
and futures contracts. The base value was 1,000 at
December 31, 1987.
On December 1, 2003, the CAC 40 index shifted to free-float
weightings. As of this date, the CAC 40 weightings are based on
free-float capitalization instead of total market
capitalization. On February 21, 2005, Euronext Paris
created a new range of indices; along with four existing indices
including the CAC 40, six new indices have been created.
On March 18, 2002, we were admitted into the S&P/MIB
(formerly the MIB 30 Index), which is comprised of the 40
leading stocks, based upon market capitalization and liquidity,
listed on the Borsa Italiana. It features free-float adjustment,
high liquidity and broad, accurate representation of market
performance based on the leading companies in leading
industries. The index aims to cover 80% of the Italian equity
universe.
On June 23, 2003, we were admitted into the Semiconductor
Sector Index (or SOX) of the Philadelphia Stock
Exchange. The SOX is a widely followed, price-weighted index
composed of 18 companies that are primarily involved in the
design, distribution, manufacturing and sale of semiconductors.
The tables below indicate the range of the high and low prices
in U.S. dollars for the common shares on the New York Stock
Exchange, and the high and low prices in Euros for the common
shares on Euronext Paris, and the Borsa Italiana annually for
the past five years, during each quarter in 2006 and 2007, and
monthly for the past 18 months. In December 1994, we
completed our Initial Public Offering of 21,000,000 common
shares at an initial price to the public of $22.25 per share. On
June 16, 1999, we effected a 2-to-1 stock split and on
May 5, 2000, we effected a 3-to-1 stock split. The tables
below have been adjusted to reflect the split. Each range is
based on the highest or lowest rate within each day for common
share price ranges for the relevant exchange.
124
Euronext
Paris(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.74
|
|
|
|
15.20
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.81
|
|
|
|
13.25
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.81
|
|
|
|
10.83
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.56
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
2007
|
|
|
5,430,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.56
|
|
|
|
13.98
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.97
|
|
|
|
11.82
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.91
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.45
|
|
|
|
13.03
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
5,449,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.31
|
|
|
|
13.57
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
5,431,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
5,350,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
11.58
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
5,492,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.19
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
Monthly Information for the Past 18 Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
6,107,356
|
|
|
|
79,814,418
|
|
|
|
13.91
|
|
|
|
12.35
|
|
October
|
|
|
5,944,635
|
|
|
|
80,676,802
|
|
|
|
14.24
|
|
|
|
13.03
|
|
November
|
|
|
5,187,519
|
|
|
|
71,998,052
|
|
|
|
14.45
|
|
|
|
13.20
|
|
December
|
|
|
4,750,629
|
|
|
|
66,096,256
|
|
|
|
14.36
|
|
|
|
13.38
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
6,022,753
|
|
|
|
86,746,809
|
|
|
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
13.57
|
|
February
|
|
|
5,135,836
|
|
|
|
75,080,782
|
|
|
|
15.31
|
|
|
|
14.13
|
|
March
|
|
|
5,160,180
|
|
|
|
74,086,108
|
|
|
|
14.75
|
|
|
|
14.02
|
|
April
|
|
|
5,555,233
|
|
|
|
82,354,867
|
|
|
|
15.40
|
|
|
|
14.28
|
|
May
|
|
|
6,047,522
|
|
|
|
87,851,254
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
14.24
|
|
June
|
|
|
4,674,931
|
|
|
|
66,646,707
|
|
|
|
14.61
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
July
|
|
|
5,474,539
|
|
|
|
76,257,845
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
12.32
|
|
August
|
|
|
5.565,957
|
|
|
|
69,395,386
|
|
|
|
13.15
|
|
|
|
11.85
|
|
September
|
|
|
4,965,317
|
|
|
|
60,445,282
|
|
|
|
13.10
|
|
|
|
11.58
|
|
October
|
|
|
6,027,143
|
|
|
|
70,415,373
|
|
|
|
12.19
|
|
|
|
11.10
|
|
November
|
|
|
5,800,434
|
|
|
|
63,978,792
|
|
|
|
11.94
|
|
|
|
10.03
|
|
December
|
|
|
4,488,617
|
|
|
|
46,194,961
|
|
|
|
10.83
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
8,385,124
|
|
|
|
71,620,389
|
|
|
|
9.89
|
|
|
|
7.55
|
|
February
|
|
|
7,788,533
|
|
|
|
64,644,823
|
|
|
|
8.73
|
|
|
|
7.74
|
|
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg
(for average daily trading volumes at average closing prices).
125
Borsa
Italiana (Milan)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
()
|
|
|
Annual Information for the past five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.75
|
|
|
|
15.21
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.81
|
|
|
|
13.25
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.82
|
|
|
|
10.82
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.55
|
|
|
|
11.33
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
Quarterly Information for the past two years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.55
|
|
|
|
13.99
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.94
|
|
|
|
11.81
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.92
|
|
|
|
11.33
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.46
|
|
|
|
13.07
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.32
|
|
|
|
13.63
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
11.57
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.16
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
11,221,327
|
|
|
|
146,557,480
|
|
|
|
13.92
|
|
|
|
12.35
|
|
October
|
|
|
12,183,594
|
|
|
|
165,369,033
|
|
|
|
14.25
|
|
|
|
13.07
|
|
November
|
|
|
11,129,232
|
|
|
|
154,443,388
|
|
|
|
14.46
|
|
|
|
13.19
|
|
December
|
|
|
8,004,114
|
|
|
|
111,322,904
|
|
|
|
14.36
|
|
|
|
13.37
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
10,773,375
|
|
|
|
155,258,040
|
|
|
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
13.63
|
|
February
|
|
|
9,767,322
|
|
|
|
142,907,639
|
|
|
|
15.32
|
|
|
|
14.13
|
|
March
|
|
|
8,623,576
|
|
|
|
124,007,021
|
|
|
|
14.76
|
|
|
|
14.02
|
|
April
|
|
|
9,225,128
|
|
|
|
136,842,636
|
|
|
|
15.40
|
|
|
|
14.29
|
|
May
|
|
|
8,634,820
|
|
|
|
125,562,443
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
14.23
|
|
June
|
|
|
5,873361
|
|
|
|
83,732,310
|
|
|
|
14.61
|
|
|
|
13.82
|
|
July
|
|
|
6,361,012
|
|
|
|
88,695,350
|
|
|
|
14.64
|
|
|
|
12.30
|
|
August
|
|
|
7,254,127
|
|
|
|
90,597,108
|
|
|
|
13.13
|
|
|
|
11.83
|
|
September
|
|
|
5,758,327
|
|
|
|
70,194,586
|
|
|
|
13.10
|
|
|
|
11.57
|
|
October
|
|
|
6,709,056
|
|
|
|
78,489,824
|
|
|
|
12.16
|
|
|
|
11.08
|
|
November
|
|
|
5,512,953
|
|
|
|
60,869,514
|
|
|
|
11.92
|
|
|
|
10.06
|
|
December
|
|
|
4,887,232
|
|
|
|
50,380,846
|
|
|
|
10.81
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
10,071,980
|
|
|
|
86,256,895
|
|
|
|
9.90
|
|
|
|
7.65
|
|
February
|
|
|
6,982,043
|
|
|
|
57,925,024
|
|
|
|
8.73
|
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg
(for average daily trading volumes at average closing prices).
126
New York
Stock Exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(U.S.$)
|
|
|
(U.S.$)
|
|
|
(U.S.$)
|
|
|
Annual Information for the past five years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28.67
|
|
|
|
16.67
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29.90
|
|
|
|
16.36
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.47
|
|
|
|
13.96
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.90
|
|
|
|
14.55
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
Quarterly Information for the past two years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.90
|
|
|
|
16.67
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.60
|
|
|
|
14.83
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.79
|
|
|
|
14.55
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.82
|
|
|
|
16.50
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.18
|
|
|
|
17.97
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
18.55
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.17
|
|
|
|
15.85
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.36
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
1,215,410
|
|
|
|
20,286,408
|
|
|
|
17.79
|
|
|
|
15.75
|
|
October
|
|
|
1,363,027
|
|
|
|
23,423,624
|
|
|
|
17.82
|
|
|
|
16.50
|
|
November
|
|
|
1,753,133
|
|
|
|
31,380,252
|
|
|
|
18.66
|
|
|
|
16.91
|
|
December
|
|
|
1,453,165
|
|
|
|
26,690,282
|
|
|
|
18.82
|
|
|
|
17.85
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2007
|
|
|
1,611,140
|
|
|
|
30,090,456
|
|
|
|
19.40
|
|
|
|
17.97
|
|
February
|
|
|
1,901,586
|
|
|
|
36,437,396
|
|
|
|
20.18
|
|
|
|
18.40
|
|
March
|
|
|
1,751,946
|
|
|
|
33,330,764
|
|
|
|
19.54
|
|
|
|
18.41
|
|
April
|
|
|
1,984,663
|
|
|
|
39,793,481
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
19.15
|
|
May
|
|
|
2,299,235
|
|
|
|
45,178,923
|
|
|
|
20.72
|
|
|
|
19.15
|
|
June
|
|
|
2,103,313
|
|
|
|
40,156,252
|
|
|
|
19.49
|
|
|
|
18.55
|
|
July
|
|
|
2,203,551
|
|
|
|
41,951,414
|
|
|
|
20.17
|
|
|
|
16.94
|
|
August
|
|
|
2,224,766
|
|
|
|
37,742,679
|
|
|
|
18.14
|
|
|
|
15.85
|
|
September
|
|
|
1,351,409
|
|
|
|
22,843,080
|
|
|
|
17.87
|
|
|
|
16.05
|
|
October
|
|
|
1,534,802
|
|
|
|
25,551,120
|
|
|
|
17.36
|
|
|
|
15.72
|
|
November
|
|
|
1,524,103
|
|
|
|
24,640,399
|
|
|
|
17.25
|
|
|
|
14.91
|
|
December
|
|
|
1,314,994
|
|
|
|
19,640,756
|
|
|
|
15.78
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
2,171,989
|
|
|
|
27,444,626
|
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
11.42
|
|
February
|
|
|
2,773,272
|
|
|
|
33,843,628
|
|
|
|
12.97
|
|
|
|
11.39
|
|
Sources: Reuters (for monthly high and low prices) and Bloomberg
(for monthly average daily trading volumes at average closing
prices).
At December 31, 2006, there were 899,760,539 common shares
outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under
our various employee stock option plans or employee share
purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion
of our outstanding convertible debt securities and
(iii) 10,532,881 common shares repurchased in 2001 and
2002. Of the 899,760,539 common shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2007, 89,372,713 or 9.9% were registered in
the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York
and
127
582,683,072 or 64.8% of our common shares outstanding were
listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext Paris S.A. and
on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.
Market
Information
Euronext
General
On September 22, 2000, upon successful completion of an
exchange offer, the
Paris-Bourse(SBF)
SA, or the SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the
Brussels Stock Exchange merged to create Euronext, the first
pan-European stock exchange. Through the exchange offer, all the
shareholders of SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the
Brussels Stock Exchange contributed their shares to Euronext
N.V. (Euronext), a Dutch holding company, and the
Portugal Exchange was included in Euronext in January 2002.
Following the creation of Euronext, the SBF changed its name to
Euronext Paris SA (Euronext Paris). Securities
quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash markets are
traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms but remain
listed on their local exchanges. NSC is the common
Euronext platform for trading and Clearing 21 for
clearing. In addition, Euronext, through Euroclear, anticipates,
but not before 2008, implementation of central settlement and
custody structure over a common system. In January 2002,
Euronext acquired the London International Financial Futures and
Options Exchange (LIFFE), Londons derivatives
market and created Euronext.liffe. Euronext.liffe is the
international derivatives business of Euronext, comprising the
Amsterdam, Brussels, Lisbon, London and Paris derivatives
markets. Euronext.liffe creates a single market for derivatives,
by bringing all its derivatives products together on the one
electronic trading platform, LIFFE
CONNECTtm.
NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext combined in April 2007 to create
NYSE Euronext, the worlds largest and first transatlantic
stock exchange operator, with six cash equities exchanges in
five countries and six derivatives exchange. NYSE Euronext is
the group holding company, and NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext are
its subsidiaries.
Euronext
Paris
On February 21, 2005, Euronext Paris created a single
regulated market, Eurolist by
EuronextTM
(Eurolist), to replace the three former regulated
markets operated by Euronext Paris: the Premier Marché,
Second Marché and Nouveau Marché. The
revised listing format was inaugurated in Paris before being
rolled out in all Euronext markets. As part of Euronext,
Euronext Paris retains responsibility for the admission of
shares on Eurolist as well as the regulation of this market.
Our shares have been listed on the Premier Marché of
Euronext Paris since July 2001 and are now listed on compartment
A of Eurolist. In accordance with Euronext Paris rules, the
shares issued by domestic and other companies listed on Euronext
are classified in capitalization compartments. The shares of
listed companies are distributed between three capitalization
compartments, according to the criteria set by Euronext Paris:
|
|
|
|
|
compartment A comprises the companies with market
capitalizations above 1 billion;
|
|
|
|
compartment B comprises the companies with market
capitalizations from 150 million and up to and
including 1 billion; and
|
|
|
|
compartment C comprises the companies with capitalizations below
150 million.
|
Our common shares are listed on the compartment A under the ISIN
Code NL0000226223.
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are placed in one of two
categories (Continu or Fixing) depending on the
volume of transactions. Our common shares are listed in the
category known as Continu, which includes the most
actively traded securities. The minimum yearly trading volume
required for a security of a listed company on a regulated
market of Euronext Paris in the Continu category is 2,500
trades.
Securities listed on Eurolist are traded through providers of
investment services (investment companies and other financial
institutions). The trading of our common shares takes place
continuously on each business day from 9:00 a.m. to
5:25 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from
7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Paris time) and a pre-closing
session from 5:25 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. (Paris time)
during which transactions are recorded but not executed and a
closing auction at 5:30 p.m. (Paris time). From
5:30 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. (Paris time) (trading at
last phase), transactions are executed at the closing
price. Any trade effected after the close of a stock exchange
session will be recorded, on the next Euronext Paris trading
day, at the closing price for the relevant security at the end
of the previous days session. Euronext Paris publishes a
daily official price list that includes price information on
each listed security. Euronext Paris has introduced continuous
electronic trading during trading hours for most actively
128
traded securities. Any trade of a security that occurs outside
trading hours is effected at a price within a range of 1% of the
closing price for that security.
Trading in the listed securities of an issuer may be suspended
by Euronext Paris if a quoted price exceeds certain price limits
defined by the regulations of Euronext Paris. In particular, if
the quoted price of a Continu security varies by more
than 5% from a reference price, Euronext may suspend trading
(for the portion of the orders which would be traded outside of
the 5% threshold) for up to two minutes. The reference price is
usually the opening price, or, with respect to the first quoted
price of the given trading day, the last traded price of the
previous trading day, as adjusted if necessary by Euronext Paris
to take into account available information. Further suspensions
for up to four minutes are also possible if the price again
varies by more than 5% from a new reference price equal to the
price which caused the first trading suspension. If the quoted
price of a Continu security varies by more than 2% from
the last quoted price, trading may be suspended for up to two
minutes. Euronext Paris may also suspend trading of a listed
security in certain other limited circumstances, including, for
example, the occurrence of unusual trading activity in such
security. In addition, in exceptional cases, the
Autorité des marchés financiers (the
AMF) (the regulatory authority over French stock
exchanges) may also suspend trading.
All trades of securities listed on Eurolist are performed on a
cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the trade.
Market intermediaries are also permitted to offer investors a
deferred settlement service (Service à Réglement
Différé or SRD) for a fee. The SRD
allows investors who elect this service to benefit from leverage
and other special features of the monthly settlement market. The
SRD is reserved for securities which have both a total market
capitalization of at least 1 billion and represent a
minimum daily trading volume of 1 million and which
are normally cited on a list published by Euronext Paris.
Investors in securities eligible for the SRD can elect on the
determination date (date de liquidation), which is, at
the latest, the fifth trading day before the end of the month,
either to settle the trade by the last trading day of the month
or to pay an additional fee and postpone the settlement decision
to the determination date of the following month. Our common
shares are eligible for the SRD.
Ownership of securities traded on a deferred settlement basis
belongs to the market intermediary (in whose account they are
registered at the date set by market rules) pending registration
in the buyers account. According to the rules of Euronext
Paris, the market intermediary is entitled to the dividends and
coupons pertaining to the securities he has full title, provided
he is responsible for paying the buyer, when the settlement
matured, the exact cash equivalent of the rights received.
Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on
Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and
accordingly inscribed in an account maintained by an accredited
intermediary with Euroclear France SA (Euroclear), a
registered clearing agency. Transactions in securities are
initiated by the owner giving instructions (through an agent, if
appropriate) to the relevant accredited intermediary. Trades of
securities listed on Eurolist are cleared through Clearing 21, a
common Euronext platform, and settled through Euroclear using a
continuous net settlement system. A fee or a commission is
payable to the broker-dealer or other agent involved in the
transaction.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the
principal index published by Euronext Paris, since
November 12, 1997. The CAC 40 is derived daily by comparing
the total market capitalization of 40 stocks included in the
monthly settlement market of Euronext Paris to a baseline
established on December 31, 1987. Adjustments are made to
allow for expansion of the sample due to new issues. The CAC 40
indicates the trends in the French stock market as a whole and
is one of the most widely followed stock price indices in France.
Our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40 at any time,
and the exclusion or the announcement thereof could cause the
market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
Securities
Trading in Italy
The Mercato Telematico Azionario (the MTA), the
Italian automated screen-based quotation system on which our
common shares are listed, is organized and administered by Borsa
Italiana S.p.A. (Borsa Italiana) subject to the
supervision of the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e
la Borsa (CONSOB) the public authority charged,
inter alia, with regulating investment companies, securities
markets and public offerings of securities in Italy to ensure
the transparency and regularity of dealings and protect
investors. Borsa Italiana was established to manage the Italian
regulated financial markets (including the MTA) as part of the
implementation in Italy of the EU Investment Services Directive
pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23,
1996 (the Eurosim Decree) and as modified by
Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as
amended (the Financial Act). Borsa Italiana became
operative in January 1998, replacing the administrative body
Consiglio di Borsa, and has issued rules governing the
organization and the administration of the Italian stock
exchange, futures and options
129
markets as well as the admission to listing on and trading in
these markets. The shareholders of Borsa Italiana are primarily
financial institutions.
A three-day
rolling cash settlement period applies to all trades of equity
securities in Italy effected on a regulated market. Any person,
through an authorized intermediary, may purchase or sell listed
securities following (i) in the case of sales, deposit of
the securities; and (ii) in the case of purchases, deposit
of 100% of such securities value in cash, or deposit of
listed securities or government bonds of an equivalent amount.
No closing price is reported for the electronic
trading system, but an official price for each
security calculated as a weighted average of all trades effected
during the trading day net of trades executed on a cross
order basis, and a reference price for each
security calculated as a weighted average of the last 10% of the
trades effected during such day net of trades executed on a
cross order basis are published daily.
If the opening price of a security (established each trading day
prior to the commencement of trading based on bids received)
differs by more than 10% (or such other amount established by
Borsa Italiana) from the previous days reference price,
trading in that security will not be permitted until Borsa
Italiana authorizes it. If in the course of a trading day the
price of our securities fluctuates by more than 5% from the last
reported sale price (or 10% from the previous days
reference price), an automatic five minute suspension in the
trading of that security will be declared by the Borsa Italiana.
In the event of such a suspension, orders already placed may not
be modified or cancelled and new orders may not be processed.
Borsa Italiana has the authority to suspend trading in any
security, among other things, in response to extreme price
fluctuations. In urgent circumstances, CONSOB may, where
necessary, adopt measures required to ensure the transparency of
the market, orderly trading and protection of investors.
Italian law requires that trading of equity securities, as well
as any other investment services, may be carried out
vis-à-vis the public on a professional basis by
SIMS, banks and certain types of finance companies. In addition,
banks and investment firms organized in any member state of the
EU are permitted to operate in Italy either on a branch or on a
cross-border basis provided that the intent of such bank or
investment firm is communicated to CONSOB and the Bank of Italy
by the competent authorities of the member state according to
specific procedures. Non-EU banks and non-EU investment firms
may operate in Italy subject to the specific authorization of
CONSOB and the Bank of Italy.
The settlement of Italian stock exchange transactions is
facilitated by Monte Titoli, a centralized securities clearing
system owned by the Italian stock exchange. Most Italian banks
and certain Italian securities dealers have securities accounts
with Monte Titoli and act as depositories for investors.
Beneficial owners of shares may hold their interests through
custody accounts with any such institution. Beneficial owners of
shares held with Monte Titoli may transfer their shares, collect
dividends, create liens and exercise other rights with respect
to those shares through such accounts.
Participants in Euroclear and Clearstream may hold their
interests in shares and transfer the shares, collect dividends,
create liens and exercise their shareholders rights
through Euroclear and Clearstream. A holder may require
Euroclear and Clearstream to transfer its shares to an account
of such holder with an Italian bank or any authorized broker.
Our common shares are included in the S&P/MIB Index. Our
common shares could be removed from the S&P/MIB Index at
any time, and the exclusion or announcement thereof could cause
the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
|
|
Item 10.
|
Additional
Information
|
Memorandum
and Articles of Association
Applicable
non-U.S.
Regulations
Applicable
Dutch Legislation
We were incorporated under the law of the Netherlands by deed of
May 21, 1987, and we are governed by Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions
of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of
Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below sets forth our current Articles of Association
as most recently amended.
We are subject to various provisions of the Dutch Financial
Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel
toezicht) (the FMSA) and, in particular,
to the provisions summarized below.
130
Unless an exemption applies, we are subject to (i) a
prohibition from offering securities in the Netherlands without
the publication of an approved prospectus (and the same
prohibition applies for such offers in other jurisdictions of
the European Economic Area (the EEA)); (ii) a
prohibition of proceeding with any transaction in our financial
instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA
or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends
in part on these instruments, in the event where we would
possess inside information; and (iii) certain restrictions
(related to market manipulation) in repurchasing our shares.
Furthermore we are required to inform the Dutch Authority for
the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële
Martken) (the AFM) immediately if our
issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights change by
1 percent or more since our previous notification. Other
changes in our share capital or voting rights need to be
notified periodically. Also, the sole member of our Managing
Board and the members of our Supervisory Board (unless they have
already notified pursuant to the requirements described below in
Disclosure of Holdings), certain of
their relatives, entities closely related with them and (under
certain circumstances) members of senior management must notify
the AFM of all transactions conducted on their own account
relating to our financial instruments admitted to trading on a
regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument
the value of which depends in part on these instruments. The AFM
keeps a public register of all notifications made pursuant to
the FMSA. We must once a year file with the AFM a document
containing or referencing all information we were required to
make public over the twelve months preceding the publication of
our annual accounts under securities rules (Dutch and other) to
which we are subject. The provisions of the FMSA regarding
statements of holdings in our share capital and voting rights
are described below in Disclosure of
Holdings.
On October 28, 2007, the Dutch legislation implementing
Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids (the Takeover
Directive) entered into force. This new Dutch legislation
requires a shareholder who (individually or jointly) obtains
control to launch an offer to all of our other shareholders.
Such control is deemed present if a (legal) person is able to
exercise, alone or acting in concert, at least 30% of the voting
rights in our shareholders meeting. The acquisition of
control does not require an act of the person who obtains
control (e.g., if we repurchase shares as a consequence of which
the relative stake of a major shareholder increases (and may
result in control having been obtained)).
In the event control is acquired, whether or not by acting in
concert, two options exist: (i) either a mandatory offer is
launched or (ii) within 30 days the relevant stake is
decreased below the 30% voting rights threshold, provided the
voting rights have not been exercised during this period and our
shares are not sold to a controlling shareholder. The Enterprise
Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal
(Ondernemingskamer) may extend this period by an
additional 60 days.
The new Dutch legislation contains a substantial number of
exemptions to the obligation to launch a (mandatory) offer. One
of those exemptions is that Stichting Continuïteit ST, an
independent foundation, is allowed to cross the 30% voting
rights threshold when obtaining our preference shares after the
announcement of a public offer, but only for a maximum period of
2 years.
Applicable
French Legislation
As our registered offices are based in the Netherlands, the AMF
is not the competent market authority to control our disclosure
obligations. The AMF General Regulation only requires that the
periodic and ongoing information to be disclosed pursuant to the
EU Transparency Directive and which content is controlled by the
Netherlands Authority (for instance the annual, half-yearly and
quarterly financial reports or any inside information) be also
disclosed at the same time in France and made available on our
Internet website.
In addition, as our shares are listed on Eurolist, in France, we
must (i) disclose the amount of the fees paid to its
statutory auditors (pursuant to
Article 222-8
of the AMF General Regulation), (ii) disclose a report on
internal control procedures (pursuant to
Article 222-9
of the AMF General Regulation and (iii) inform the AMF of
any modification of its bylaws and articles of incorporation
(pursuant to
Article 223-20
of the AMF General Regulation).
The AMF can also ask our company to disclose information
relating to threshold crossings as well as information on the
total number of shares and voting rights composing our capital
(pursuant to
Article 223-14
seq. of the AMF General Regulation). This information is then
disclosed to the public by the AMF.
Articles 241-1
to 241-6 of
the AMF General Regulation on buyback programs for equity
securities admitted to trading on a regulated market and
transaction reporting requirements are also applicable to our
company as well as
Articles 611-1
to 632-1 of
the AMF General Regulation on market abuse (insider dealing and
market manipulation).
As a general rule, the information disclosed to the public must
be accurate, precise and fairly presented.
131
Following the opening of Eurolist by EuronextTM, all financial
instruments formerly traded on the Premier, the Second
and the Nouveau Marché are now distributed
between three capitalization compartments, A, B, and C, whose
regulations are generally applicable to us. See
Item 9. Listing.
Other provisions of French securities regulations are not
applicable to us.
Regarding the regulation of public tender offers,
articles 231-1
to 237-13 of
the AMF General Regulations shall apply to our shares, except
for the provisions concerning the standing offer, the mandatory
filing of a tender offer and the squeeze out.
Applicable
Italian Legislation
Because our common shares are listed on the MTA, as described in
Item 9. Listing above, we are required to
publish certain information in order to comply with (i) the
Financial Act and related regulations promulgated by the CONSOB
and (ii) certain rules of the Borsa Italiana. These
requirements are related to: (i) disclosure of
price-sensitive information (such as capital increases, mergers,
creation of joint subsidiaries, major acquisitions);
(ii) periodic information (such as financial statements to
be provided in compliance with the jurisdiction of the country
of incorporation) or information on the exercise of
shareholders rights (such as the calling of the
shareholders meeting or the exercise of pre-emptive
rights); and (iii) the publication of research, budgets and
projections.
As a result of our admission to the S&P/MIB Index, we now
must comply with certain additional stock market rules. These
additional provisions require that we announce through a press
release, within one month from our year-end closing (i) the
month in which the payment of the dividend for the year ended,
where applicable, is planned to take place (if different from
the month when the previous dividend was distributed), and
(ii) our intent, if any, of adopting a policy of
distributing interim dividends for the current year, mentioning
the months when the distribution of dividends and interim
dividends will take place. In the event of a modification of the
policy of distributing dividends, we shall be required to
promptly update such information in another press release. In
addition, stock splits and certain other transactions must be
carried out in accordance with the Borsa Italianas
calendar. We must notify the Italian stock market of any
modification to the amount and distribution of our share
capital. The notification must be made no later than one day
after the modification has become effective under the rules to
which we are subject.
We are required to communicate to the CONSOB and the Borsa
Italiana the same information that we are required to disclose
to the AMF and the AFM regarding transactions in our securities
and any exercise of stock options by our Supervisory Board
members and executive officers, as described below.
Articles
of Association
Purposes
of the Company (Article 2)
Article 2 of our Articles of Association sets forth the
purposes of our company. According to Article 2, our
purposes shall be to participate in or take, in any manner, any
interests in other business enterprises; to manage such
enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and
electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other
industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name
of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a
group of companies; and to take any other action, such as but
not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of
obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest
sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the
aforementioned objects.
Company
and Trade Registry
We are registered with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in
Amsterdam (Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken voor Amsterdam)
under no. 33194537.
Supervisory
Board and Managing Board
Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions
related to a Supervisory Board members:
|
|
|
|
|
power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which
such member is directly interested;
|
|
|
|
power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on
compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory
Board; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such
borrowing powers can be varied.
|
132
Our Supervisory Board Charter, however, explicitly prohibits
members of our Supervisory Board from participating in voting on
matters where any such member has a conflict of interest. Our
Articles of Association provide that our shareholders
meeting must adopt the compensation of our Supervisory Board
members.
Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board
Charter have a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board
members hold a minimum number of our common shares.
Compensation
of our Managing Board (Article 12)
Our Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the sole
member of our Managing Board, within the scope of the
compensation policy adopted by our shareholders meeting
upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory
Board will submit for approval by the shareholders meeting
a proposal regarding the compensation in the form of shares or
rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how
many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to our
Managing Board and which criteria apply to an award or a
modification.
Compensation
of our Supervisory Board (Article 23)
Our shareholders meeting determines the compensation of
our Supervisory Board members. Our shareholders meeting
shall have the authority to decide whether such compensation
will consist of a fixed amount
and/or an
amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other
factor.
Information
from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board
(Article 18)
At least once per year our Managing Board shall inform our
Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of our
strategic policy, our general and financial risks and our
management and control systems.
Our Managing Board shall then submit to our Supervisory Board
for approval:
|
|
|
|
|
our operational and financial objectives;
|
|
|
|
our strategy designed to achieve the objectives; and
|
|
|
|
the parameters to be applied in relation to our strategy,
inter alia, regarding financial ratios.
|
For more information on our Supervisory Board and our Managing
Board, see Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees.
Adoption
of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervision
Liability (Article 25)
Each year, within four months after the end of our financial
year, our Managing Board must prepare our statutory annual
accounts, certified by one or several auditors appointed by our
shareholders meeting and submit them to our
shareholders meeting for adoption. Within this period and
in accordance with the statutory obligations to which we are
subject, our Managing Board must make generally available:
(i) our statutory annual accounts, (ii) our annual
report, (iii) the auditors statement, as well as
(iv) other annual financial accounting documents which we,
under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available
together with our statutory annual accounts.
Each year, our shareholders meeting votes whether or not
to discharge the members of our Supervisory Board and of our
Managing Board for their supervision and management,
respectively, during the previous financial year. In accordance
with the applicable Dutch legislation, the discharge of the
members of our Managing Board and the Supervisory Board must, in
order to be effective, be the subject of a specific resolution
on the agenda of our shareholders meeting. Under Dutch
law, this discharge does not extend to matters not disclosed to
our shareholders meeting.
Distribution
of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)
Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of
the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits
must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by
Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Our Supervisory Board
may, upon proposal of our Managing Board, also establish
reserves out of our annual profits. Subsequently, if any of our
preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference
shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a
percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their
preference shares. The portion of our annual profits that
remains after the establishment or maintenance of reserves and
the payment of a dividend to our preference shareholders is at
the disposal of our shareholders meeting. No distribution
may be made to our shareholders when the equity after such
distribution is or becomes inferior to the fully-paid share
capital, increased by the legal reserves.
133
Our shareholders meeting may, upon the proposal of our
Supervisory Board, declare distributions out of our share
premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder
distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a resolution of our
Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by the
shareholders meeting may be fully or partially made in the
form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board may,
subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more
interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts
for such year have been adopted at a shareholders meeting.
Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been
collected within five years after the date on which they became
due and payable shall revert to us.
For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in
the past five years, see Item 8. Financial
Information Dividend Policy.
Shareholders
Meetings, Attendance at Shareholders Meetings and Voting
Rights
Notice
Convening the Shareholders Meeting (Articles 25, 26,
27, 28 and 29)
Our ordinary shareholders meetings are held at least
annually, within six months after the close of each financial
year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam
or The Hague, the Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders
meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems
necessary, and must be held upon the written request of
registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings of at least 10% of the total
outstanding share capital to our Managing Board or our
Supervisory Board specifying in detail the business to be dealt
with. Such written requests may not be submitted electronically.
In the event that the Managing Board or the Supervisory Board
does not convene the shareholders meeting within six weeks
of such a request, the aforementioned shareholders or
individuals may be authorized by a competent judicial authority.
We will give notice by mail to registered holders of shares of
each shareholders meeting, and will publish notice thereof
in a national daily newspaper distributed throughout the
Netherlands and in at least one daily newspaper in France and
Italy, where our shares are also admitted for official
quotation. Such notice shall be given no later than eight days
prior to the registration date (as described below) though in
any event no later than the twenty-first day prior to the day of
the meeting and shall either state the business to be considered
or state that the agenda is open to inspection by our
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings at our offices.
The notice of the shareholders meeting must include
details on the agenda of the meeting and must indicate that the
agenda may be consulted at our registered office,
notwithstanding the provisions of Dutch law. The agenda is fixed
by the author of the notice of the meeting; however, one or more
shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings representing at least one-tenth of
our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made
at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the
meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who
are entitled to attend shareholders meetings will be
included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to
our Managing Board within a period of sixty days before that
meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our
shareholders meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at
least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at
least 50,000,000 unless we determine that such proposal
would conflict with our substantial interests. The requests
referred to in the previous two sentences may not be submitted
electronically.
We are exempt from the proxy rules under the United States
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will provide
notice of shareholders meetings to, and compile voting
instructions from, holders of shares held directly or indirectly
through Euroclear France at the request of the Company, the
Registrar or the voting Collection Agent. A voting collection
agent must be appointed; Netherlands Management Company B.V.
acts as our voting collection agent. DTC will provide notice of
shareholders meetings to holders of shares held directly
or indirectly through DTC and the New York Transfer Agent and
Registrar will compile voting instructions. In order for holders
of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France
to attend shareholders meetings in person, such holders
must withdraw their shares from Euroclear France and have such
shares registered directly in their name or in the name of their
nominee. In order for holders of shares held directly or
indirectly through DTC to attend shareholders meetings of
shareholders in person, such holders need not withdraw such
shares from DTC but must follow rules and procedures established
by the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Attendance
at Shareholders Meetings and Voting Rights
(Articles 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34)
Each share is entitled to one vote.
All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend and to
vote at shareholders meetings are entitled to attend the
shareholders meeting either in person or represented by a
person holding a written proxy, to address the
shareholders meeting and, as for shareholders and other
persons entitled to vote, to vote, subject to our Articles of
134
Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board,
our Managing Board may resolve that shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend the shareholders meetings are
authorized to directly take note of the business transactions at
the meeting via an electronic means of communication. Our
shareholders meeting may set forth rules regulating,
inter alia, the length of time during which shareholders
may speak in the shareholders meeting. If there are no
such applicable rules, the chairman of the meeting may regulate
the time during which shareholders are entitled to speak if
desirable for the orderly conduct of the meeting.
Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our
Supervisory Board, resolve that each person entitled to attend
and vote at shareholders meetings is authorized to vote
via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by
a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be
identified via the electronic means of communication and
furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of
the business transacted at the meeting. Our Managing Board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach
conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication,
which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the
shareholders meeting and must be posted on our website.
Unless our Managing
and/or
Supervisory Board has determined a registration date (as
described below), in order to exercise the aforementioned voting
rights, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings must notify us in writing of their
intention to do so by the date mentioned on the notice of the
annual shareholders meeting and at the place mentioned on
the notice of the shareholders meeting. In addition,
holders of type II shares must notify us of the number of
shares they hold. Type II shares are common shares in the
form of an entry in our shareholders register with issue of a
share certificate consisting of a main part without dividend
coupon. In addition to type II shares, type I shares are
available. Type I shares are common shares in the form of an
entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share
certificate. Type II shares are only available should our
Supervisory Board decide. Our preference shares are in the form
of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a
share certificate. Shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend shareholders meetings may only exercise their
rights at the shareholders meeting for shares from which
they can derive said rights both on the day referred to above
and on the day of the meeting (as described above).
Our Managing or Supervisory Board may determine that
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings are those persons who have such
rights at a determined date and as such are registered in a
register designated by our Managing or Supervisory Board,
regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person
entitled to attend shareholders meetings at the time of
the meeting if a registration date as referred to in our
Articles of Association had not been determined. The
registration date cannot be set earlier than on the thirtieth
day prior to the meeting. In the notice convening the
shareholders meeting the time of registration must be
mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend shareholders meetings can
register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise
their rights.
If and to the extent that our Managing or Supervisory Board
determine a registration date (as described above), it may also
resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at
shareholders meetings may vote via an electronic means of
communication determined by our Managing or Supervisory Board
within a period to be set by our Managing or Supervisory Board
prior to our shareholders meeting, which period cannot
commence earlier than the registration date (as described
above). Votes cast in accordance with the provisions of the
preceding sentence are equal to votes cast at our
shareholders meeting.
We shall send a card of admission to the meeting to shareholders
and other persons entitled to attend shareholders meetings
who have notified us of their intention to attend or, if
applicable, we will provide access to the electronic means of
communication for the purpose of directly taking note of the
business transacted at the meeting. Shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend meetings of shareholders may be
represented by proxies with written authorization, which must be
shown for admittance to the meeting. All matters regarding
admittance to the shareholders meeting, the exercise of
voting rights and the result of voting, as well as any other
matters regarding the business of the shareholders
meeting, shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting,
in accordance with the requirements of Section 13 of the
Dutch Civil Code.
Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for
holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares.
At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire
issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid
resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect
of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not
been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by
unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference
shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all
persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in
writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution,
provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have
been issued with our cooperation. Our managing board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that
written resolutions may be adopted via an electronic means of
communication. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, attach
135
conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication,
which conditions shall be notified in writing to all holders of
preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on our
preference shares.
Authority
of the Shareholders Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25,
28 and 41)
Our shareholders meeting decides upon (i) the
discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their
management during the past financial year and the discharge of
the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision
during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our
statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends;
(iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory
Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other
resolutions listed on the agenda by our Supervisory Board, our
Managing Board or our shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend shareholders meetings.
Furthermore, our shareholders meeting has to approve
resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change
in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in
any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically
our entire enterprise to a third party, (ii) entering into
or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a
subsidiary (dochtermaatschappij) of us and
any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general
partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership,
provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of
essential importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary
(dochtermaatschappij) of us acquiring or
disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a
company with a value of at least one-third of our total assets
according to our consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in
our most recently adopted annual accounts.
Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our
liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed
by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of
the votes cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or
liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the
shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings at our offices as from the day of
the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting.
Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively
affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares
requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such
class of shares.
Quorum
and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)
Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or
Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders meetings of
shareholders require the approval of a majority of the votes
cast at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and
outstanding share capital is present or represented, subject to
the provisions explained below. We may not vote our common
shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be
counted.
A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at
least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a
member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed
by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum,
a second shareholders meeting must be held within four
weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or
authorization by the shareholders meeting which has or
could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential
subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least
two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders
meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution
can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting or which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.
Disclosure
of Holdings
Holders of our shares or rights to acquire shares (which
includes options and convertible bonds) may be subject to
notification obligations under Chapter 5.3 of the Dutch
Financial Markets Supervision Act (the FMSA).
Under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA any person whose direct or
indirect interest (including potential interest, such as options
and convertible bonds) in our share capital or voting rights
reaches or crosses a threshold percentage must notify the AFM
either (a) immediately, if this is the result of an
acquisition or disposal by it; or (b) within 4 trading days
after such reporting, if this is the result of a change in our
share capital or votes reported in the AFMs public
register. The threshold percentages are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent.
Furthermore, persons holding 5 percent or more in our
voting rights or capital interest must within four weeks after
December 31 notify the AFM of any changes in the composition of
their interest since their last notification.
The following instruments qualify as shares:
(i) shares, (ii) depositary receipts for shares (or
negotiable instruments similar to such receipts),
(iii) negotiable instruments for acquiring the instruments
under (i) or (ii) (such as convertible bonds), and
(iv) options for acquiring the instruments under
(i) or (ii). Among others the following
136
shares and votes qualify as shares and votes held by
a person: (i) those directly held by him; (ii) those
held by his subsidiaries; (iii) shares held by a third
party for such persons account and the votes such third
party may exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third party if
such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such
party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting;
(v) the votes held by a third party if such person has
concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which
provides for a temporary and paid transfer of the shares; and
(vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but
in his own discretion. Special rules apply to the attribution of
the ordinary shares which are part of the property of a
partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge
or right of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be
subject to a notification obligation if such person has, or can
acquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or
usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may trigger a
notification obligation for the holder of our shares.
Under Section 5.48 of the FMSA, the sole member of our
Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board
must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest
or potential interest in our share capital or voting rights.
The AFM will publish all notifications on its public website
(www.afm.nl).
Non-compliance with the notification obligations of
Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA can lead to imprisonment or
criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative
sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification
obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without
limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our
shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years,
(suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our
shareholders meeting (if it is likely that such resolution
would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a
prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for
a period of not more than five years.
Share
Capital as of December 31, 2007
Our authorized share capital amounts to 1,809,600,000,
allowing the issuance of 1,200,000,000 common shares and
540,000,000 preference shares, with a nominal value of
1.04 per share. The shares may not be issued at less than
their par value; our common shares must be fully paid up at the
time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up
for at least 25% of their par value at the time of their
issuance.
As of December 31, 2007, we had issued 910,293,420 of our
common shares, representing issued share capital of
approximately 947 million.
At December 31, 2007, there were 899,760,539 common shares
outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under
our various employee stock option plans or employee share
purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion
of our outstanding convertible debt securities and
(iii) 10,532,881 common shares repurchased in 2001 and
2002, as compared to 897,395,042 common shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2007, the book
value of our common shares held by us or our subsidiaries was
approximately $274 million and the face value was
approximately 11 million. As of December 31,
2007 options to acquire approximately 47 million common
shares were outstanding. In addition, there were approximately
10 million of non-vested shares. No preference shares have
been issued to date.
All of our issued common shares are fully paid up. Our
authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption
provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further
capital calls by the company. There are no conditions imposed by
our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing changes in
capital which are more stringent than is required by law.
Shares can be issued in registered form only. Share registers
are maintained in New York by The Bank of New York, the New York
Transfer Agent and Registrar (the New York
Registry), and in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, by
Netherlands Management Company B.V., the Dutch Transfer Agent
and Registrar (the Dutch Registry). Shares of New
York Registry held through DTC are registered in the name of
Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and shares of Dutch
Registry held through the French clearance and settlement
system, Euroclear France, are registered in the name of
Euroclear France or its nominee.
Non-issued
Authorized Share Capital as of December 31, 2007
Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from
issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital
increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory
Boards decision, within the limits of the authorization
granted by our shareholders meeting of April 26,
2007. Such a decision can be taken to allow us to benefit from
the best conditions offered by the international capital markets
in our interest and that of all of our shareholders. In the
past, particularly in 1994, 1995, and 1998, we proceeded with
capital increases, upon the single
137
decision of our Supervisory Board, to accompany sales of our
shares made by our shareholders. However, it is not possible to
predict if we will request such an authorization again and at
what time and under what conditions. The impact of any future
capital increases within the limit of our authorized share
capital, upon the decision of our Supervisory Board acting on
the delegation granted to it by our shareholders meeting,
cannot therefore be evaluated.
Other
Securities Giving Access to Our Share Capital as of
December 31, 2007
Other securities in circulation which give access to our share
capital include (i) the options giving the right to
subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the
sole member of our Managing Board and our executive officers;
(ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our
shares granted to the members of our Supervisory Board, its
secretaries and controllers, as described in Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees; (iii) the
exchangeable bonds convertible into our shares issued by
Finmeccanica Finance in August and September 2003, which are
described above in Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related-Party Transactions Major Shareholders;
(iv) our 2013 Convertible Bonds as described above; and
(v) our 2016 Convertible Bonds.
Securities
Not Representing Our Share Capital
None.
Issuance
of Shares, Preemptive Rights and Preference Shares
(Article 4)
Unless excluded or limited by the shareholders meeting or
our Supervisory Board according to the conditions described
below, each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive
right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for
cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns.
There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of
shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering
of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our
subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.
The shareholders meeting, upon proposal and on the terms
and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to
issue shares. The shareholders meeting may also authorize
our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years,
to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of
share issuances. Our shares cannot be issued at below par and as
for our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their
issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25%
of their par value.
The shareholders meeting, upon proposal by the Supervisory
Board, also has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights
in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of
the shareholders meeting must be taken with a majority of
at least two-thirds of the votes cast if at such
shareholders meeting less than 50% of the issued and
outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise
such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of the votes
cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least 15% of
our issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. The shareholders meeting may authorize our
Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to
limit or exclude preemptive rights.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007,
our Supervisory Board has been authorized for a period of five
years to resolve to (i) issue any number of common shares
and/or
preference shares as comprised in our authorized share capital
from time to time; (ii) to fix the terms and conditions of
share issuance; (iii) to exclude or to limit preemptive
rights of existing shareholders; and (iv) to grant rights
to subscribe for common shares
and/or
preference shares, all for a period of five years from the date
of such annual shareholders meeting.
Except as stated below, our Supervisory Board has not yet acted
on its authorization to increase the registered capital to the
limits of the authorized registered capital.
Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our
shareholders meeting may, in accordance with the legal
provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares
that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the
shares or by canceling our preference shares.
See Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions for details on changes in the distribution of
our share capital over the past three years.
We may issue preference shares in certain circumstances. On
November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting), and to terminate a substantially similar
option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us
and ST Holding II. On February 7, 2007, the May 31,
1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual
consent by ST Holding II and us and the new option
agreement with the Stichting became
138
effective on the same date. The new option agreement provides
for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference
shares, the same number as the May 31, 1999 option
agreement, as amended. The preference shares would be issuable
in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board
and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an
unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported
by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board
of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests
of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. See
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party
Transactions Major Shareholders
Shareholders Agreements Preference
Shares.
The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential
acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in
a change of control or otherwise taking action as considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
No preference shares have been issued to date and therefore none
are currently outstanding.
Changes
to Our Share Capital and Stock Option Grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal Value
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
of Increase/
|
|
|
Issue
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Reduction in
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Issue Premium
|
|
Year
|
|
Transaction
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
March 29, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
Exercise of options
and employee stock
|
|
|
91,146
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
937,055,288
|
|
|
|
901,014,700
|
|
|
|
94,792
|
|
|
|
404,011
|
|
|
|
1,676,187,762
|
|
June 28, 2003
|
|
purchases
|
|
|
217,490
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
937,281,478
|
|
|
|
901,232,190
|
|
|
|
226,190
|
|
|
|
2,075,922
|
|
|
|
1,678,263,684
|
|
September 27, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
903,283
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
938,220,892
|
|
|
|
902,135,473
|
|
|
|
939,414
|
|
|
|
10,857,587
|
|
|
|
1,689,121,271
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
634,261
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
938,880,523
|
|
|
|
902,769,734
|
|
|
|
659,631
|
|
|
|
4,458,391
|
|
|
|
1,693,579,662
|
|
March 27, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
1,964,551
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
940,923,656
|
|
|
|
904,734,285
|
|
|
|
2,043,133
|
|
|
|
9,048,811
|
|
|
|
1,702,628,473
|
|
June 26, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
84,740
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,011,786
|
|
|
|
904,819,025
|
|
|
|
88,130
|
|
|
|
1,640,712
|
|
|
|
1,704,269,185
|
|
September 25, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
65,990
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,080,416
|
|
|
|
904,885,015
|
|
|
|
68,630
|
|
|
|
605,542
|
|
|
|
1,704,874,727
|
|
September 25, 2004
|
|
Bonds conversion
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,080,521
|
|
|
|
904,885,116
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
1,704,881,733
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
422,120
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,519,525
|
|
|
|
905,307,236
|
|
|
|
439,005
|
|
|
|
4,021,536
|
|
|
|
1,708,903,269
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
LYONs conversion
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,521,357
|
|
|
|
905,308,997
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
46,225
|
|
|
|
1,708,949,494
|
|
April 2, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
63,270
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,587,158
|
|
|
|
905,372,267
|
|
|
|
65,801
|
|
|
|
571,525
|
|
|
|
1,709,521,019
|
|
April 2, 2005
|
|
LYONs conversion
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,587,219
|
|
|
|
905,372,326
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
1,448
|
|
|
|
1,709,522,467
|
|
June 2, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
145,454
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,738,491
|
|
|
|
905,517,780
|
|
|
|
151,272
|
|
|
|
1,436,236
|
|
|
|
1,710,958,703
|
|
October 1, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
2,079,369
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
943,901,035
|
|
|
|
907,597,149
|
|
|
|
2,162,544
|
|
|
|
21,629,617
|
|
|
|
1,732,651,320
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
227,130
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,137,250
|
|
|
|
907,824,279
|
|
|
|
236,215
|
|
|
|
2,062,234
|
|
|
|
1,734,713,554
|
|
April 1, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
201,340
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,346,644
|
|
|
|
908,025,619
|
|
|
|
209,394
|
|
|
|
2,360,525
|
|
|
|
1,737,074,079
|
|
July 1, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
1,398,210
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
945,800,782
|
|
|
|
909,423,829
|
|
|
|
1,454,138
|
|
|
|
9,009,053
|
|
|
|
1,746,083,132
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
731,904
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,561,962
|
|
|
|
910,155,733
|
|
|
|
761,180
|
|
|
|
8,447,102
|
|
|
|
1,754,530,234
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,564,250
|
|
|
|
910,157,933
|
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
|
|
1,754,532,654
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
26,050
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,591,342
|
|
|
|
910,183,983
|
|
|
|
27,092
|
|
|
|
352,478
|
|
|
|
1,754,885,132
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
105,117
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,700,664
|
|
|
|
910,289,100
|
|
|
|
109,322
|
|
|
|
1,315,306
|
|
|
|
1,756,200,438
|
|
September 29, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
4,320
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,157
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
54,544
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,157
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
Liquidation
Rights (Articles 42 and 43)
In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment
of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference
shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par
value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining
shall be distributed among the registered holders of common
shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.
Acquisition
of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)
We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of
Dutch law and of our Articles of Association, if and to the
extent that (i) the shareholders equity less the
payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the
sum of the
paid-up and
called-up
portion of the share capital and any reserves required by Dutch
law and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares that we
or our subsidiaries acquire, hold or hold in pledge would not
exceed one-tenth of our issued share capital. Share acquisitions
may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders meeting
has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases,
which authorization may apply for a maximum period of
18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our
purchases of our own shares are not subject to any acquisition
price conditions, except as described below.
139
Our Articles of Association have been amended effective as of
May 5, 2000, implementing a resolution of our
shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2000, to
provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share
capital in order to transfer these shares under employee stock
option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of the
annual shareholders meeting.
In 2001, we acquired 9.4 million of our common shares, and
in May 2002, we acquired an additional 4.0 million of our
common shares to fund attributions of stock options to managers
and employees pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, which was
adopted by our shareholders meeting on April 25,
2001. As a result of these two repurchases and disposals after
these repurchases, as of December 31, 2007, we held
10,532,881 million of our common shares in treasury. We may
in the future proceed with additional repurchases of our common
shares to fund further attributions of stock-based compensation
pursuant to the 2001 plan.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007,
our Managing Board was authorized to acquire for a consideration
on a stock exchange or otherwise up to such a number of fully
paid-up
common shares
and/or
preference shares in our share capital as is permitted by law
and our Articles of Association as per the moment of such
acquisition for a price (i) per common share which at such
moment is within a range between the par value of a common share
and 110% of the share price per common share on Eurolist by
Euronexttm
Paris, the NYSE or Borsa Italiana, whichever at such moment is
the highest, and (ii) per preference share which is
calculated in accordance with article 5 paragraph 5 of
our Articles of Association, being the amount paid up on the
relevant preference shares increased with the accrued but unpaid
dividend up to and including the date of repurchase of the
relevant preference shares, all subject to the approval of our
Supervisory Board, for a period of eighteen months as of the
date of our 2007 annual shareholders meeting.
Changes
to Our Share Capital, Stock Option Grants and Other
Matters
The following table sets forth changes to our share capital as
of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominal
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
Issue
|
|
|
Cumulative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
|
Issue Premium
|
|
Year
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
in Capital
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
(Euro)
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Conversion of bonds
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
941,521,418
|
|
|
|
905,309,056
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
1,448
|
|
|
|
1,708,950,942
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
2,515,223
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
944,137,250
|
|
|
|
907,824,279
|
|
|
|
2,615,832
|
|
|
|
25,762,612
|
|
|
|
1,734,713,554
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
2,333,654
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,564,250
|
|
|
|
910,157,933
|
|
|
|
2,427,000
|
|
|
|
19,819,100
|
|
|
|
1,754,532,654
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
135,487
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
946,705,147
|
|
|
|
910,293,420
|
|
|
|
140,907
|
|
|
|
1,722,328
|
|
|
|
1,756,254,982
|
|
The following table summarizes the amount of stock options and
awards authorized to be granted, exercised, cancelled and
expired and outstanding as of December 31, 2007:
Employees
Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995 Plan
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount exercised (stock options) or vested (stock awards)
|
|
|
14,523,601
|
|
|
|
141,537
|
|
|
|
14,665,138
|
|
Amount cancelled and expired
|
|
|
11,091,608
|
|
|
|
7,292,743
|
|
|
|
18,384,351
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
5,946,732
|
|
|
|
40,299,903
|
|
|
|
46,246,635
|
|
Employees
Unvested Share Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Plan
|
|
|
2006 Plan
|
|
|
2007 Plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
323,710
|
|
|
|
323,710
|
|
Amount vested
|
|
|
1,676,653
|
|
|
|
1,190,466
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,867,119
|
|
Amount cancelled
|
|
|
1,571,981
|
|
|
|
238,725
|
|
|
|
73,490
|
|
|
|
1,884,196
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
911,281
|
|
|
|
3,702,449
|
|
|
|
5,702,800
|
|
|
|
10,316,530
|
|
140
Supervisory
Board and Professionals Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board and Professionals
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount exercised
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Amount cancelled and expired
|
|
|
234,000
|
|
|
|
48,000
|
|
|
|
282,000
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
171,000
|
|
|
|
348,000
|
|
|
|
519,000
|
|
Supervisory
Board and Professionals Unvested Share Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board and Professionals
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Remaining amount authorized to be granted
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Amount vested
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
Amount cancelled
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
52,500
|
|
Amount outstanding
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
142,500
|
|
|
|
193,500
|
|
No options were granted in 2007.
In line with the resolutions of our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting, we have transitioned our stock-based
compensation plans from stock-option grants to non-vested stock
awards. Pursuant to the shareholders resolutions adopted
by our 2007 annual shareholders meeting, our Supervisory
Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee,
approved the terms and conditions of the 2007 Supervisory Board
Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals,
which resulted in a $18 million charge in 2007.
We intend to use 6 million of our shares held by us in
treasury (out of the approximately 10.5 million currently
available) to cover the six million non-vested stock awards
granted to our employees in 2007 as well as the granting of up
to 100,000 non-vested shares to the sole member of our Managing
Board that was also approved by shareholders at the 2007 annual
shareholders meeting.
Following these decisions, and the grant of additional unvested
shares as part of the 2006 Employee plan, the share-based
compensation plans generated a total additional charge in our
consolidated statements of income of 2007 of $20 million
pre-tax. This charge corresponded to the compensation expense to
be recognized for the non-vested stock awards from the grant
date over the vesting period. The vesting of the awards depends
on the following performance achievement: (i) one-third if
the evolution of our sales for 2007 compared to 2006 is equal to
or greater than the evolution of the sales of top ten
semiconductor companies; (ii) one-third if our actual
return on net assets achieved in 2007 is equal to or higher than
our target as per 2007 budget and (iii) one-third if the
evolution of our operating profit excluding restructuring
charges as expressed as a percentage of sales for 2007 compared
to 2006 is equal to or greater than the evolution of operating
income excluding restructuring charges as expressed as a
percentage of sales of the top ten semiconductor companies.
Limitations
on Right to Hold or Vote Shares
There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by
our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders
to hold or vote the shares.
Material
Contracts
The only material contract that we have entered into during the
last two years, other than those entered into in the ordinary
course of business, relates to the Numonyx transaction.
Exchange
Controls
None.
Taxation
Dutch
Taxation
This is a general summary and the tax consequences as
described here may not apply to a holder of common shares. Any
potential investor should consult his own tax adviser for more
information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and
disposing of common shares in his particular circumstances.
141
This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of
common shares. It does not consider every aspect of taxation
that may be relevant to a particular holder of common shares
under special circumstances or who is subject to special
treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English
terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the
meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be
the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts
under Dutch tax law. This summary also assumes that we are
organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the
manner as outlined in this
Form 20-F.
A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in
which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of
this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such
change.
This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands
(unpublished case law not included) as it stands on the date of
this
Form 20-F.
The law upon which this summary is based is subject to change,
perhaps with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate
the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to
reflect such change.
Taxes
on income and capital gains
The summary set out in this section Dutch taxation
only applies to a holder of common shares who is a Non-resident
holder of common shares.
You are a Non-resident holder of common shares if
you satisfy the following tests:
(a) you are neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in
the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation
tax, as the case may be, and, if you are an individual, you have
not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands for
Dutch income tax purposes;
(b) your common shares and any benefits derived or deemed
to be derived therefrom have no connection with your past,
present or future employment or membership of a management board
(bestuurder) or a supervisory board (commissaris);
(c) your common shares do not form part of a substantial
interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the
meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001
(Wet Inkomstenbelasting 2001), unless such interest forms
part of the assets of an enterprise;
(d) if you are not an individual, no part of the benefits
derived from your common shares is exempt from Dutch corporation
tax under the participation exemption as laid down in the Dutch
Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de Vennootschapsbelasting
1969); and
(e) you are not an entity that is resident in a Member
State of the European Union and that is not subject to a tax on
profits levied there.
Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest
forms part of a substantial interest or a deemed substantial
interest in us if any one or more of the following circumstances
is present:
1. Such person alone or, if he is an individual, together
with his partner (partner, as defined in Article 1.2
of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet Inkomstenbelasting
2001)), if any, owns, directly or indirectly, a number of
shares in us representing 5% or more of our total issued and
outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of
any class of our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or
indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, representing
5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the
issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or
profit participating certificates (winstbewijzen)
relating to 5% or more of our annual profit or to 5% or more
of our liquidation proceeds.
2. Such persons shares, profit participating
certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating
certificates in us have been acquired by him or are deemed to
have been acquired by him under a non-recognition provision.
3. Such persons partner or any of his relatives by
blood or by marriage in the direct line (including
foster-children) or of those of his partner has a substantial
interest (as described under 1. and 2. above) in us.
A person who is entitled to the benefits from shares or profit
participating certificates (for instance a holder of a right of
usufruct) is deemed to be a holder of shares or profit
participating certificates, as the case may be, and his
entitlement to benefits is considered a share or profit
participating certificate, as the case may be.
If you are a holder of common shares and you satisfy test a.,
but do not satisfy any one or more of tests b., c., d. and e.,
your Dutch income tax position or corporation tax position, as
the case may be, is not discussed in this
Form 20-F.
142
If you are a Non-resident holder of common shares you will not
be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains (other
than the dividend withholding tax described below) in respect of
any benefits derived or deemed to be derived by you from common
shares, including any capital gain realized on the disposal
thereof, except if
1. (i) you derive profits from an enterprise as an
entrepreneur (ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement
to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a
shareholder, if you are an individual, or other than as a holder
of securities, if you are not an individual and; (ii) such
enterprise is either managed in the Netherlands or carried on,
in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a
permanent representative in the Netherlands; and (iii) your
common shares are attributable to such enterprise; or
2. you are an individual and you derive benefits from
common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous
activities in the Netherlands. You may, inter alia,
derive benefits from common shares that are taxable as benefits
from miscellaneous activities if your investment activities go
beyond the activities of an active portfolio investor, for
instance in the case of the use of insider knowledge
(voorkennis) or comparable forms of special knowledge, on
the understanding that such benefits will be taxable in the
Netherlands only if such activities are performed or deemed to
be performed in the Netherlands.
Attribution
rule
Benefits derived or deemed to be derived from certain
miscellaneous activities by a child or a foster child that is
under eighteen years of age, even if the child is resident in
the Netherlands, are attributed to the parent who exercises the
authority over the child, regardless of whether the child is
resident in the Netherlands or abroad.
Dividend
withholding tax
Dividends distributed by us are generally subject to a
withholding tax imposed by the Netherlands at a rate of 15%.
The concept dividends distributed by us as used in
this section Dutch Taxation includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive
distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as
paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of
shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in
for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
the par value of shares issued by us to a holder of common
shares or an increase of the par value of shares, as the case
may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a
contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax
purposes, has been made or will be made; and
|
|
|
|
partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch
dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that
there are net profits (zuivere winst), unless
(a) the general meeting of our shareholders has resolved in
advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the
shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of
an amendment to our articles of association.
|
If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in the
Netherlands Antilles or Aruba or in a country that has concluded
a double taxation treaty with the Netherlands, such holder may
be eligible for a full or partial relief from the dividend
withholding tax, provided such relief is timely and duly
claimed. Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping,
dividend withholding tax relief will only be available to the
beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax
authorities have taken the position that this
beneficial-ownership test can also be applied to deny relief
from dividend withholding tax under double tax treaties and the
Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom (Belastingregeling voor het
Koninkrijk). A holder of common shares who receives proceeds
therefrom shall not be recognized as the beneficial owner of
such proceeds if, in connection with the receipt of the
proceeds, it has given a consideration, in the framework of a
composite transaction including, without limitation, the mere
acquisition of one or more dividend coupons or the creation of
short-term rights of enjoyment of shares (kortlopende
genotsrechten op aandelen), whereas it may be presumed that
(i) such proceeds in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, inure to a person who would not have been entitled
to an exemption from, reduction or refund of, or credit for,
dividend withholding tax, or who would have been entitled to a
smaller reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend
withholding tax than the actual recipient of the proceeds; and
(ii) such person acquires or retains, directly or
indirectly, an interest in common shares or similar instruments,
comparable to its interest in common shares prior to the time
the composite transaction was first initiated.
143
In addition, a Non-resident holder of common shares that is not
an individual and that is resident in a Member State of the
European Union is entitled to an exemption from dividend
withholding tax, provided that the following tests are satisfied:
1. it takes one of the legal forms listed in the Annex to
the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as
amended) or a legal form designated by ministerial decree;
2. any one or more of the following threshold conditions
are satisfied:
a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, it holds
shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up
capital; or
b. it has held shares representing at least 5% of our
nominal paid up capital for a continuous period of more than one
year at any time during the four years preceding the time the
dividend is distributed by us, provided that such period ended
after December 31, 2006; or
c. it is connected with us within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act; or
d. an entity connected with it within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act holds at the time the dividend is distributed by us, common
shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital;
3. it is subject to the tax levied in its country of
residence as meant by article 2, paragraph 1, letter c
of the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as
amended) without the possibility of an option or of being
exempt; and
4. it is not considered to be resident outside the Member
States of the European Union under the terms of a double
taxation treaty concluded with a third State.
The exemption from dividend withholding tax is not available if
pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse
included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and
the country of residence of the Non-resident holder of common
shares, such holder would not be entitled to the reduction of
tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the
exemption from dividend withholding tax will only be available
to the beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. If a
Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in a Member
State of the European Union with which the Netherlands has
concluded a double taxation treaty that provides for a reduction
of tax on dividends based on the ownership of the number of
voting rights, the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if
such holder owns 5% of the voting rights in us.
The convention of December 18, 1992, between the Kingdom of
the Netherlands and the United States of America for the
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the U.S./NL
Income Tax Treaty) provides for an exemption for dividends
received by exempt pension trusts and exempt organizations, as
defined therein. In such case, a refund may be obtained of the
difference between the amount withheld and the amount that the
Netherlands was entitled to levy in accordance with the U.S./NL
Income Tax Treaty by filing the appropriate forms with the Dutch
tax authorities within the term set therefor.
Reduction. If we receive a profit distribution
from a qualifying foreign entity, or a repatriation of
qualifying foreign branch profit, that is exempt from Dutch
corporate income tax and that has been subject to a foreign
withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be entitled to a
reduction of the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that
must be paid to the Dutch tax authorities in respect of
dividends distributed by us. Such reduction is the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
3% of the dividends paid by us in respect of which Dutch
dividend withholding tax is withheld; and
|
|
|
|
3% of the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the
foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign
subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the
dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two
preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have
not been taken into account previously when applying this test).
|
Non-resident holders of common shares are urged to consult their
tax advisers regarding the general creditability or
deductibility of Dutch dividend withholding tax and, in
particular, the impact on such investors of our potential
ability to receive a reduction as described in the previous
paragraph.
See the section Taxes on income and capital gains
for a description of the term Non-resident holder of common
shares.
144
Gift
and inheritance taxes
If you acquire common shares as a gift (in form or in substance)
or if you acquire or are deemed to acquire common shares on the
death of an individual, you will not be subject to Dutch gift
tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as the case may be, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the donor is, or the deceased was, resident or deemed to be
resident in the Netherlands for purposes of gift or inheritance
tax (as the case may be); or
|
|
|
|
the common shares are or were attributable to an enterprise or
part of an enterprise that the donor or deceased carried on
through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative
in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of
the deceased; or
|
|
|
|
the donor made a gift of common shares, then became a resident
or deemed resident of the Netherlands, and died as a resident or
deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days of the
date of the gift.
|
Other
taxes and duties
No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other
similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, is
payable in the Netherlands by the holder of common shares in
respect of or in connection with the subscription, issue,
placement, allotment, delivery of common shares, the delivery
and/or
enforcement by way of legal proceedings (including the
enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of the
Netherlands of the documents relating to the issue of common
shares or the performance by us of our obligations thereunder,
or in respect of or in connection with the transfer of common
shares.
United
States Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder
(as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our
common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a
beneficial owner of common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a
citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a
U.S. domestic corporation or a domestic entity taxable as a
corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is subject
to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source,
or (d) a trust if a court within the United States can
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the
trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to
control all substantial decisions of the trust;
|
|
|
|
that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10%
of our voting power or outstanding share capital;
|
|
|
|
that holds the common shares as capital assets;
|
|
|
|
whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax
purposes is the U.S. dollar;
|
|
|
|
that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident
of the Netherlands for purposes of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;
|
|
|
|
that is entitled, under the limitation on benefits
provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the
benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and
|
|
|
|
that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in
the Netherlands.
|
This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that
may be relevant to you in light of your particular
circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be
subject to special rules including, but not limited to,
U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject
to the alternative minimum tax, banks, securities
broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment
companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect
to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding
our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion
transaction, or persons who acquired common shares pursuant to
the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as
compensation. Because this is a general summary, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and applicable foreign tax
consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common
shares. In addition, you are advised to consult your own tax
advisor concerning whether you are entitled to benefits under
the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally
will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of
the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that
holds common shares, you are urged to
145
consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax
consequences of the ownership and the disposition of common
shares.
This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty,
judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing,
temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of
this
Form 20-F,
all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation,
possibly with retroactive effect.
Dividends
In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions
paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from
those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common
shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend
income. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with
respect to dividends paid by us. The amount of any distribution
paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch
withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar
value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or
constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is
in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or
loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition
of such foreign currency will be
U.S.-source
ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific
elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine
the U.S. dollar amount includible in income in the case of
taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers
are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
requirements and elections applicable in this regard.
Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a
distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate
provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for
credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As
described in Taxation Dutch
Taxation above, under limited circumstances we may be
permitted to deduct and retain from the withholding a portion of
the amount that otherwise would be required to be remitted to
the taxing authorities in the Netherlands. If we withhold an
amount from dividends paid to you that we then are not required
to remit to any taxing authority in the Netherlands, the amount
in all likelihood would not qualify as a creditable tax for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will endeavor to
provide you with information concerning the extent to which we
have applied the reduction described above to dividends paid to
you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is
calculated separately with respect to specific classes of
income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with
respect to the common shares generally will constitute
passive category income or in the case of certain
U.S. holders, general category income. The use
of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and
limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who
itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such
holders foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction
does not reduce tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a credit,
but the deduction for foreign taxes is not subject to the same
limitations applicable to foreign tax credits. You should
consult your own tax advisor to determine whether and to what
extent a credit would be available to you.
Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals)
are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax
(currently at a maximum of 15%) in respect of qualified
dividend income received in taxable years beginning before
January 1, 2011. For this purpose, qualified dividend
income generally includes dividends paid by a
non-U.S. corporation
if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain
minimum holding period and other requirements and the
non-U.S. corporation
satisfies certain requirements, including either that
(i) the shares of the
non-U.S. corporation
are readily tradable on an established securities market in the
United States, or (ii) the
non-U.S. corporation
is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax
treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax
Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We
currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our
common shares should constitute qualified dividend
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however,
this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to
consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you
of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular
situation.
Sale,
Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you
generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal
to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis
in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This
gain or loss generally will be
U.S.-source
gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or
loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year.
If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if
specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to significant limitations.
146
Passive
Foreign Investment Company Status
We believe that we will not be classified as a passive foreign
investment company (a PFIC) for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2007
and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future.
This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made
annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can
provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current
or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a
PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on
our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition
of common shares may be materially less favorable than as
described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable
year in which we pay dividends or the prior taxable year, such
dividends would not be qualified dividend income (as
described above) and would be taxed at the higher rates
applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult
your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules
to your ownership of our common shares.
U.S.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to common shares and proceeds
from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our
common shares may be subject to information reporting to the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and
possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%.
Backup withholding will not apply to you, however, if you
furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate
of foreign status and make any other required certification or
if you are otherwise exempt from backup withholding.
U.S. persons required to establish their exempt status
generally must provide certification on IRS
Form W-9.
Non-U.S. holders
generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting
or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to
provide certification of
non-U.S. status
(generally on
Form W-8BEN)
in connection with payments received in the United States
or through certain
U.S.-related
financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability,
and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under
the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate
claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required
information.
Documents
on Display
Any statement in this
Form 20-F
about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily
complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to
this
Form 20-F
the contract or document is deemed to modify the description
contained in this
Form 20-F.
You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete
description of the contract or document.
Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our annual
shareholders meetings, reports of the auditors and other
corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and
any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our
registered office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, the
Netherlands, at the registered offices of the Supervisory Board
in Geneva, Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9,
Quai du Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.
You may review a copy of our filings with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC), including exhibits and schedules filed with
it, at the SECs public reference facilities in
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an
Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports and other information regarding issuers
that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are
also available to the public from commercial document retrieval
services.
WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE
SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER
INFORMATION FILED BY US WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND COPIED
AT THE SECS PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED ABOVE OR
THROUGH THE INTERNET AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE
ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT
PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY STATEMENTS AND
OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT
FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT- SWING PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS
CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE
EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED
TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS
UNITED STATES COMPANIES.
In addition, material filed by us with the SEC can be inspected
at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad
Street, New York, NY 10005 and at the offices of The Bank of New
York, as New York Share Registrar, at One Wall Street, New York,
NY 10286 (telephone: 1-888-269-2377).
147
|
|
Item 11.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the
normal course of business due to our operations in different
foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing
activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future
earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating
cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various
financial instruments used in the normal course of operations.
The major risks to which we are exposed are related to the
fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared to
the Euro and the other major currencies, the coverage of our
foreign currency exposures, the variation of the interest rates
and the risks associated to the investments of our available
cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal
processes governing our management of market risks and the use
of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated
statements of income, is the balance between interest income
received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable
securities investments and interest expense paid on our
long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the
fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a
short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term
market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or
decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are
associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed
rate) and floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixing
quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate
mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into
cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate
obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate
derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016
Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we
entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the
principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield
equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. We
also have $250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate
(Hynix Semiconductor-ST JV) partially offsetting the interest
rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy
is not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks
associated with these instruments.
We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with
high credit quality financial institutions with at least single
A long-term rating from two of the major rating
agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moodys Investor Service
and A- from Standard & Poors and Fitch Ratings,
invested as term deposits and FRN marketable securities and, as
such we are exposed to the fluctuations of the market interest
rates on our placement and our cash, which can have an impact on
our accounts. We manage the credit risks associated with
financial instruments through credit approvals, investment
limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do not normally
require collateral or other security from the parties to the
financial instruments. These FRN have a par value of
$1,017 million, are classified as available-for-sale and
are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value
recognized as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of
changes in shareholders equity. The change in fair value
of these instruments amounting to approximately $3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Since May 2006, we have granted a specific mandate to a global
financial institution to invest a portion of our cash in a
U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In
mid-2007, we became aware that the managing financial
institution had deviated from its specific authorization and
that we had been credited with investments in unauthorized
auction rate securities. We have started an arbitration
proceeding against the global financial institution that
purchased the unauthorized securities for our account and we
intend to pursue our claim vigorously. On December 31,
2007, we considered the decline in fair value of these auction
rate securities as Other-than-temporary and charged
the relevant impairment in the fourth quarter consolidated
statements of income. Recent credit concerns arising in the
capital markets have reduced the ability to liquidate auction
rate securities that we classify as available for sale
securities on our consolidated balance sheet. As of
December 31, 2007, we had auction rate securities with a
par value of $415 million. These securities represent
interest in collateralized obligations and other commercial
obligations. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded in
Other-than-temporary impairment charges of
$46 million to reduce the value of these securities to
their estimated fair value. The fair value of these securities
has been evaluated on the basis of the weighted average of
available information: (i) from publicly available indexes
of securities with the same rating and comparable/similar
underlying collaterals or industries exposure and
(ii) using mark to market bids and mark
to model valuations received from the structuring
financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate
securities. The estimated value of these securities could
further decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration
and/or other
downgrading. After the judgment for the $46 million
impairment charge recorded in the year ended December 31,
2007, our auction rate securities have, therefore, an estimated
fair value of approximately $369 million as of
December 31, 2007. The estimated value of these securities
could further decrease in the future as a result of credit
market deterioration and/or other downgrading.
148
We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our
financial position, result of operations or cash flows resulting
from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no
assurance that these strategies will be effective or that
transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.
The information below summarizes our market risks associated
with cash equivalents, marketable securities, debt obligations,
and other significant financial instruments as of
December 31, 2007. The information below should be read in
conjunction with Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The table below presents principal amounts and related
weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our
investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of
U.S. dollars, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
4.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current marketable securities
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
4.96
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current marketable securities
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
5.81
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
6.06
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed rate
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
3.35
|
%
|
|
|
3.93
|
%
|
|
|
4.40
|
%
|
|
|
3.69
|
%
|
|
|
1.62
|
%
|
|
|
4.37
|
%
|
|
|
5.21
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Millions
|
|
|
|
of U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Millions
|
|
|
|
of U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
818
|
|
Singapore dollar
|
|
|
65
|
|
Other currencies
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2007 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
163.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
INR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
39.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
112.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
112.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CZK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
TND
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2006 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
153.1
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
INR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
45.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
117.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
117.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CHF
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
Description
of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
|
Not applicable.
150
PART II
|
|
Item 13.
|
Defaults,
Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
|
None.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Material
Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of
Proceeds
|
None.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design
and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the
period covered by this
Form 20-F.
The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and
with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO.
Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to
reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this
Form 20-F,
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms. Disclosure
Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly
evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some
components of our internal control over financial reporting, and
internal control over financial reporting is also separately
evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the
management report which is set forth below.
The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of
the controls objectives and design, the companys
implementation of the controls and their effect on the
information generated for use in this
Form 20-F.
In the course of the controls evaluation, we reviewed identified
data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and sought to
confirm that appropriate corrective actions, including process
improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is
performed at least on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions
of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the
effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls can be reported in our
periodic reports on
Form 6-K
and
Form 20-F.
Many of the components of our Disclosure Controls are also
evaluated on an ongoing basis by our Internal Audit Department.
The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to
monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as
necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as
dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.
Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this
Form 20-F,
our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable
assurance that information required to be disclosed in our
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that
material information related to STMicroelectronics and its
consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including
the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our
periodic reports are being prepared.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
Internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
151
Management assessed our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2007, the end of our fiscal
year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). Managements assessment
included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating
effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process
documentation, accounting policies and our overall control
environment. This assessment was supported by testing performed
by our Internal Audit organization.
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2007 to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external reporting purposes in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers SA, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
in Item 15 of this
Form 20-F.
Attestation
Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Please see the Report of Independent Registered Accounting
Firm included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
Form 20-F
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 16A.
|
Audit
Committee Financial Expert
|
Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Tom de Waard, a member
of our Audit Committee and an independent member of our
Supervisory Board qualified as an audit committee
financial expert as defined in Item 16A of
Form 20-F.
Policy on
Business Conduct and Ethics
Since 1987, we have had a corporate policy on Business Conduct
and Ethics (the Policy) for all of our employees,
including our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer. We have adapted this Policy to reflect recent
regulatory changes. The Policy is designed to promote honest and
ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and to provide
principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and
which they are expected to advocate.
The Policy provides that if any officer to whom it applies acts
in contravention of its principles, we will take appropriate
steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary
action. This action may, in cases of severe breaches, include
dismissal.
Our Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our
internet website at
http://www.st.com.
There have been no amendments or waivers, express or implicit,
to our Policy since its inception.
|
|
Item 16C.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers has served as our independent registered
public accounting firm for each of the fiscal years since 1996.
The auditors are elected by the shareholders meeting once
every three years. PricewaterhouseCoopers was reelected for a
three-year term by our March 2005 shareholders
meeting to expire at our shareholders meeting in 2008.
152
The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional
audit services and other services rendered by
PricewaterhouseCoopers to us in 2005 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
Audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory audit, certification, audit of individual and
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
$
|
5,758,230
|
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,866,174
|
|
|
|
92
|
%
|
Audit-related fees
|
|
$
|
194,940
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
404,639
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
Non-audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax compliance fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,953,170
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,270,813
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our
companys Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory
audit of the financial statements of the Companys
subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues
relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services
that only our independent auditor can reasonably provide, such
as comfort letters and
carve-out
audits in connection with strategic transactions, certain
regulatory-required attest and certifications letters, consents
and the review of documents filed with U.S., French and Italian
stock exchanges.
Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting
of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services
related to acquisitions and certain
agreed-upon
procedures.
Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services,
including the preparation of original and amended tax returns
and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in
connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.
Audit
Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent
registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit
our financial statements, subject to ratification by the
Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for
appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in
accordance with Dutch law) for the retention, compensation,
oversight and termination of any independent auditor employed by
us. We adopted a policy (the Policy), which was
approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval
of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our
independent auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers). The Policy
defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by
the Audit Committee.
All engagements with the external auditors, regardless of
amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee,
pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or
otherwise.
The independent auditors submit a proposal for audit-related
services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to
obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the
services. The independent auditors must state in the proposal
that none of the proposed services affect their independence.
The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFO with an
explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for
sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of
fees requested.
We do not intend to retain our independent auditors for
permissible non-audit services other than by exception and
within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that
such services must be explicitly authorized by the Audit
Committee.
The Corporate Audit Vice-President is responsible for monitoring
that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount
and scope authorized by the Audit Committee. During 2006, all
services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved
by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of
Rule 2-01
of
Regulation S-X.
|
|
Item 16D.
|
Exemptions
from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
|
Not applicable.
153
|
|
Item 16E.
|
Purchases
of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
of Securities that
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Purchased
|
|
|
May yet be
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Average Price Paid
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
per Security
|
|
|
Announced Programs
|
|
|
the Programs
|
|
|
2007-01-01
to 2007-01-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-01
to 2007-02-28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-01
to 2007-03-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-01
to 2007-04-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-01
to 2007-05-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-06-01
to 2007-06-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01
to 2007-07-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-01
to 2007-08-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-01
to 2007-09-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-10-01
to 2007-10-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-01
to 2007-11-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-01
to 2007-12-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We currently hold 10,532,881 of our common shares in treasury
pursuant to repurchases made in prior years. We did not purchase
any common shares in 2007. We have not announced any additional
repurchase programs.
We note that on November 16, 2000, we issued
$2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of
zero-coupon senior convertible bonds due 2010 (the 2010
Bonds), for net proceeds of $1,458 million. The 2010
Bonds are not equity securities, as they were not
registered in the United States. As previously disclosed, while
not noted in the table above, in 2003 we repurchased on the
market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds and in 2004, we completed the
repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market
approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at
maturity of a total amount paid of $375 million.
154
PART III
|
|
Item 17.
|
Financial
Statements
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 18.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amended and Related Articles of Associations of
STMicroelectronics N.V., dated May 15, 2007, as approved by
the annual general meeting of Shareholders on April 26,
2007.
|
4.1
|
|
The master agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V.,
Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L., and Francisco
Partners II (Cayman) L.P. dated May 22, 2007
(incorporated by reference to
Form 6-K
of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
|
4.2
|
|
Form of ST Asset Contribution Agreement (incorporated by
reference to
Form 6-K
of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).
|
|
|
Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the
Company.
|
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and
Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
Certification of Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics
N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and
Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Carlo
Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350,
as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
14(a)
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
155
CERTAIN
TERMS
|
|
|
ADSL |
|
Assymmetrical digital subscriber line |
|
ASD |
|
application-specific discrete technology |
|
ASIC |
|
application-specific integrated circuit |
|
ASSP |
|
application-specific standard product |
|
BCD |
|
bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology |
|
BiCMOS |
|
bipolar and CMOS process technology |
|
CAD |
|
computer aided design |
|
CMOS |
|
complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
CODEC |
|
audio coding and decoding functions |
|
CPE |
|
customer premises equipment |
|
DMOS |
|
diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
DRAM |
|
dynamic random access memory |
|
DSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
|
DSP |
|
digital signal processor |
|
EMAS |
|
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European
Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities
for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance |
|
EEPROM |
|
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EPROM |
|
erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EWS |
|
electrical wafer sorting |
|
G-bit |
|
gigabit |
|
GPRS |
|
global packet radio service |
|
GPS |
|
global positioning system |
|
GSM |
|
global system for mobile communications |
|
GSM/GPRS |
|
European standard for mobile phones |
|
HCMOS |
|
high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
IC |
|
integrated circuit |
|
IGBT |
|
insulated gate bipolar transistors |
|
IPAD |
|
integrated passive and active devices |
|
ISO |
|
International Organization for Standardization |
|
K-bit |
|
kilobit |
|
LAN |
|
local area network |
|
M-bit |
|
megabit |
|
MEMS |
|
micro-electro-mechanical system |
|
MOS |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology |
|
MOSFET |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor |
|
MPEG |
|
motion picture experts group |
|
ODM |
|
original design manufacturer |
|
OEM |
|
original equipment manufacturer |
156
|
|
|
OTP |
|
one-time programmable |
|
PFC |
|
power factor corrector |
|
PROM |
|
programmable read-only memory |
|
PSM |
|
programmable system memories |
|
RAM |
|
random access memory |
|
RF |
|
radio frequency |
|
RISC |
|
reduced instruction set computing |
|
ROM |
|
read-only memory |
|
SAM |
|
serviceable available market |
|
SCR |
|
silicon controlled rectifier |
|
SLIC |
|
subscriber line interface card |
|
SMPS |
|
switch-mode power supply |
|
SoC |
|
system-on-chip |
|
SRAM |
|
static random access memory |
|
SNVM |
|
serial nonvolatile memories |
|
TAM |
|
total available market |
|
USB |
|
universal serial bus |
|
VIPpowertm |
|
vertical integration power |
|
VLSI |
|
very large scale integration |
|
XDSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
157
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on
Form 20-F
and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to
sign this annual report on its behalf.
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
|
|
|
Date: March 3, 2008
|
|
By: /s/ Carlo
Bozotti
Carlo
Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
158
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the
Supervisory Board and Shareholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 18 on page 155 of this
2007 Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-F
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under
Item 18 on page 155 presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for these financial statements and financial statement schedule,
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting, appearing on page 151 of this 2007
Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-F.
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2007 and 2006).
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for share-based compensation in 2005 and the manner in which it
accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement
plans effective December 31, 2006.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable
With
offices in Aarau, Basel, Berne, Chur, Geneva, Lausanne, Lugano,
Lucerne, Neuchâtel, Sitten, St. Gallen, Thun, Winterthur,
Zug and Zurich, PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a provider of
auditing services and tax, legal and business consultancy
services. PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a partner in a global
network of companies that are legally independent of one another
and is located in some 150 countries throughout the world.
F-2
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Foley
|
|
Felix Roth
|
Geneva, March 3, 2008
F-3
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In million of U.S. dollars except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
9,966
|
|
|
|
9,838
|
|
|
|
8,876
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(5,845
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(1,067
|
)
|
|
|
(1,026
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
|
|
(1,630
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Other -than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority interests
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Basic)
|
|
|
(0,53
|
)
|
|
|
0,87
|
|
|
|
0,30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Diluted)
|
|
|
(0,53
|
)
|
|
|
0,83
|
|
|
|
0,29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-4
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Audited)
|
|
|
(Audited)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,605
|
|
|
|
1,589
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,639
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
7,662
|
|
|
|
6,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
|
|
6,426
|
|
Long-term deferred tax assets
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
Restricted cash for equity investments
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other investments and other non-current assets
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,610
|
|
|
|
7,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank overdrafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Accrued income tax
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,077
|
|
|
|
1,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
Reserve for pension and termination indemnities
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,569
|
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
4,646
|
|
|
|
4,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares
authorized, not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value,
1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,293,420 shares
issued, 899,760,539 shares outstanding)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
Capital surplus
|
|
|
2,097
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Accumulated result
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
|
|
6,086
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
(332
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-5
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
In
million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Audited)
|
|
|
(Audited)
|
|
|
(Audited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Items to reconcile net income and cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
1,944
|
|
Amortization of discount on convertible debt
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other non-cash items
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, net of cash payments
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities, net
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
1,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
(1,140
|
)
|
|
|
(1,533
|
)
|
|
|
(1,441
|
)
|
Payment for purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
(708
|
)
|
|
|
(864
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in short-term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from matured short-term deposits
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash for equity investments
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in intangible and financial assets
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of Accent subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributions to equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
(3,057
|
)
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
Decrease in short-term facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
Dividends paid to minority interests
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in exchange rates
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(368
|
)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
1,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
|
|
2,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-6
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
In million of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Surplus
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Result
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2004 (Audited)
|
|
|
1,150
|
|
|
|
1,924
|
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
|
|
5,268
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
9,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(835
|
)
|
|
|
(835
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(569
|
)
|
Dividends, $0.12 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005 (Audited)
|
|
|
1,153
|
|
|
|
1,967
|
|
|
|
(348
|
)
|
|
|
5,427
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
8,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,317
|
|
Dividends, $0.12 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006 (Audited)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
|
|
(332
|
)
|
|
|
6,086
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Capital increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Dividends, $0.30 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007 (Audited)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,097
|
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-7
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
1
THE COMPANY
STMicroelectronics N.V. (the Company) is registered
in The Netherlands with its statutory domicile in Amsterdam, and
its corporate headquarters located in Geneva, Switzerland.
The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that
designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor integrated circuits (ICs) and discrete
devices. The Company offers a diversified product portfolio and
develops products for a wide range of market applications,
including automotive products, computer peripherals,
telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial
automation and control systems. Within its diversified
portfolio, the Company has focused on developing products that
leverage its technological strengths in creating customized,
system-level solutions with high-growth digital and
mixed-signal
content.
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting policies of the Company conform to accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (U.S. GAAP). All balances and values in
the current and prior periods are in millions of dollars, except
share and per-share amounts. Under Article 35 of the
Companys Articles of Association, the financial year
extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the
period-end of each fiscal year.
2.1
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Companys
consolidated financial statements include the assets,
liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its
majority-owned subsidiaries. The ownership of other interest
holders is reflected as minority interests. Intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51
(revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions
(collectively FIN 46R), the Company assesses
for consolidation any entity identified as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) and consolidates VIEs, if any, for
which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary,
as described in Note 2.20.
2.2
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. The primary areas that require significant
estimates and judgments by management include, but are not
limited to, sales returns and allowances, allowances for
doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal manufacturing
capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory,
accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims, assumptions
used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond
one-year, valuation of acquired intangibles, goodwill,
investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of
their related carrying values, estimated value of the
consideration to be received and used as fair value for disposal
asset group classified as assets to be disposed of by sale,
measurement of the fair value of marketable securities
classified as available-for-sale for which no observable market
price is obtainable, restructuring charges, assumptions used in
calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation
including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest
upon future performance condition achievement, assumptions used
to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the
obligation the Company assumes at the inception of a guarantee,
measurement of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments,
deferred income tax assets including required valuation
allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for
specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax
uncertainties. The Company bases the estimates and assumptions
on historical experience and on various other factors such as
market trends and business plans that it believes to be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities. While the Company regularly evaluates
its estimates and assumptions, the actual results experienced by
the Company could differ materially and adversely from
managements estimates. To the extent there are material
differences between the estimates and the actual results, future
results of operations, cash flows and financial position could
be significantly affected.
F-8
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.3
Foreign currency
The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for the Company.
The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide
semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency
of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the
majority of the Companys transactions are denominated in
U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in
U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency.
However, labor costs are concentrated primarily in the countries
that have adopted the Euro currency.
The functional currency of each subsidiary throughout the group
is either the local currency or the U.S. dollar, determined
on the basis of the economical environment in which each
subsidiary operates. For consolidation purposes, assets and
liabilities of these subsidiaries having the local currency as
functional currency are translated at current rates of exchange
at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are
translated at the monthly average exchange rate of the period.
The effects of translating the financial position and results of
operations from local functional currencies are reported as a
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income
in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders
equity.
Assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains or losses arising
from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the
functional currency of the recording entity at the exchange rate
in effect during the month of the transaction. At each balance
sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a currency other
than the recording entitys functional currency are
measured into the functional currency at the exchange rate
prevailing at the balance sheet date. The related exchange gains
and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of income
as Other income and expenses, net.
2.4
Financial assets
The Company classifies its financial assets in the following
categories: held-for-trading financial assets and
available-for-sale financial assets. The Company did not hold at
December 31, 2007 any investment classified as
held-to-maturity financial assets. The classification depends on
the purpose for which the investments were acquired. Management
determines the classification of its financial assets at initial
recognition. Unlisted equity securities with no readily
determinable fair value are carried at cost, as described in
Note 2.20. They are neither classified as held-for-trading
nor as available-for-sale.
Held-for-trading
financial assets
A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired
principally for the purpose of selling in the short term. Assets
in this category are classified as current assets when they are
expected to be realized within twelve months of the balance
sheet date. Derivatives are classified as held for trading
unless they are designated as hedges, as described in
Note 2.5.
Available-for-sale
financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial
assets that are either designated in this category or not
classified as held-for-trading. They are included in non-current
assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment
within twelve months of the balance sheet date.
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized
on the trade date the date on which the Company
commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are
initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are
expensed in the consolidated statements of income. Financial
assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows
from the investments have expired or have been transferred and
the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards
of ownership. Available-for-sale financial assets and
held-for-trading financial assets are subsequently carried at
fair value.
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the
financial assets classified as held-for-trading are presented in
the consolidated statements of income within Other income
and expenses, net in the period in which they arise.
Changes in the fair value of securities classified as
available-for-sale are recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statements of changes in shareholders equity.
F-9
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
When securities classified as available for sale are sold, the
accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognized in
equity are included in Other income and expenses,
net on the consolidated statements of income as gains and
losses from marketable securities.
The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based
on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is
not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the
Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates.
For unquoted equity securities, these assumptions and estimates
include the use of recent arms length transactions; for
debt securities without available observable market price, the
Company establishes fair value by reference to public available
indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable or
similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure,
using mark to market bids and mark to
model valuations received from the structuring financial
institutions. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum
use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on
entity-specific inputs.
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is
objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial
assets is impaired. A significant or prolonged decline in the
fair value of the security below its cost or a significant drop
in the number of the transactions of the security which are
becoming illiquid are considered as an indicator that the
securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for
available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative
loss measured as the difference between the
acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment
loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or
loss- is removed from equity and recognized in the consolidated
statements of income on the line Other-than-temporary
impairment charge on marketable securities. Impairment
losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income are
not reversed through the consolidated statements of income.
2.5
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
activities
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at
fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and
are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of
recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the
derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the
nature of the item being hedged. The Company designates certain
derivatives as either:
(a) hedges of the fair value of recognized liabilities
(fair value hedge); or
(b) hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly
probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge)
The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an
ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
Derivative
financial instruments classified as held for trading
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange
rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of
certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the
Companys subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as
hedging instruments under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities (FAS 133) and are
marked-to- market at each period-end with the associated changes
in fair value recognized in Other income and expenses,
net in the consolidated statements of income, as described
in Note 2.4.
Cash Flow
Hedges
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company also hedges certain Euro-denominated
forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of
its research and development, selling general and administrative
expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing
production costs of semi-finished goods. The foreign currency
forward contracts and currency options used to hedge foreign
currency exposures are reflected at their fair value in the
consolidated balance sheet and meet the criteria for designation
as cash flow hedge. The criteria for designating a derivative as
a hedge include the instruments effectiveness in risk
reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the
derivative instrument to its underlying transaction.
F-10
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used as
hedges are effective at reducing the Euro/U.S. dollar
currency fluctuation risk and are designated as a hedge at the
inception of the contract and on an on-going basis over the
duration of the hedge relationship.
For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the
gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported
as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive
income in the consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders equity and is reclassified into earnings in
the same period in which the hedged transaction affects
earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income
line item as the impact of the hedged transaction. For these
derivatives, ineffectiveness appears if the hedge relationship
is not perfectly effective or if the cumulative gain or loss on
the derivative hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change
in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transactions.
The ineffective portion of the hedge is immediately reported in
Other income and expenses, net in the consolidated
statements of income. Effectiveness on transactions hedged
through purchased currency options is measured on the full fair
value of the option, including the time value of the option.
The gain or loss is recognized immediately in Other income
and expenses, net in the consolidated statements of income
when a designated hedging instrument is either terminated early
or an improbable or ineffective portion of the hedge is
identified. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or
when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting,
any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time
remains in equity and is recognized when the forecasted
transaction is ultimately recognized in the consolidated
statements of income. When a forecast transaction is no longer
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported
in equity is immediately transferred to the consolidated
statements of income within Other income and expenses,
net.
Fair
Value Hedges
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. These financial instruments correspond to
interest rate swaps with a cancellation feature depending on the
Companys bonds convertibility. They convert the fixed rate
interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a
variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December
2007 and 2006, the cancelable swaps met the criteria for
designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the
interest rate swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds are
reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance
sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge
include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the
cancellable swaps are highly effective at hedging the change in
fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in
interest rates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship is
recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of
Other income and expenses, net, in the consolidated
statements of income. If the hedge becomes no longer highly
effective, the hedged portion of the bonds will discontinue
being marked to fair value while the changes in the fair value
of the interest rate swaps will continue to be recorded in the
consolidated statements of income.
2.6
Reclassifications
Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation. In 2007, the Company determined
that certain auction rate securities were to be more properly
classified on its consolidated balance sheet as Marketable
securities instead of Cash and cash
equivalents, as reported in previous periods and namely as
of December 31, 2006. The revision of the December 31,
2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of
Cash and cash equivalents from $1,963 million
to $1,659 million with an offsetting increase to
Marketable securities from $460 million to
$764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006
consolidated statement of cash flows affects Net cash used
in investing activities, which increased from
$2,753 million to $3,057 million based on the increase
in the investing activities line Payment for purchase of
marketable securities from $460 million to
$864 million and the increase of the line Proceeds
from sale of marketable securities from $0 million to
$100 million. The Net cash increase (decrease)
caption was also reduced by $304 million from a decrease of
$64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised
consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the
consolidated statements of cash flows, including the Cash
and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period as the
Company started to purchase auction rate securities only in 2006.
F-11
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.7
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized as follows:
Net
sales
Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized, pursuant
to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition (SAB 104), when all the
following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred;
(c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and
(d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs
at the time of shipment.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers
on their existing inventory of the Companys products to
compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate
decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within
the control of the Company. The Company accrues a provision for
price protection based on a rolling historical price trend
computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor
sales. This historical price trend represents differences in
recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to
the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a
significant move in the current market price. The short
outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard
inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized
products) and long distributor pricing history have enabled the
Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at
period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a
deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.
The Companys customers occasionally return the
Companys products for technical reasons. The
Companys standard terms and conditions of sale provide
that if the Company determines that products are non-conforming,
the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products,
or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. Quality
returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues
and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality
control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with
end-user customers, not with distribution channels. The Company
provides for such returns when they are considered as probable
and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records the accrued
amounts as a reduction of revenue.
The Companys insurance policy relating to product
liability only covers physical damage and other direct damages
caused by defective products. The Company does not carry
insurance against immaterial non consequential damages. The
Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge
against cost of sales, based on historical trends of warranty
costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has
determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to
be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential
warranty claims are subject to the Companys determination
that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims
usually must be submitted within a short period following the
date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other
warranties, conditions or terms express or implied by statute or
common law. The Companys contractual terms and conditions
limit its liability to the sales value of the products which
gave rise to the claims.
While the majority of the Companys sales agreements
contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from
time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple
elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require
revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in
an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different
elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair
value of the elements, as governed under Emerging Issues Task
Force Issue
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
(EITF 00-21).
These arrangements generally do not include performance-,
cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions.
Other
revenues
Other revenues primarily consist of license revenue and patent
royalty income, which are recognized ratably over the term of
the agreements.
Funding
Funding received by the Company is mainly from governmental
agencies and income is recorded as recognized when all
contractually required conditions are fulfilled. The
Companys primary sources for government funding are
French, Italian, other European Union (EU)
governmental entities and Singapore agencies. Such funding is
generally provided to encourage research and development
activities, industrialization and local economic development.
The EU has developed model contracts for research and
development funding that require
F-12
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on
reasonable terms. The conditions for receipt of government
funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU
authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with
European Commission regulations, as well as specifications
regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts
contain obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment
and investment during a certain period of time. There could be
penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts
contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract,
which may result in repayment obligations. In accordance with
SAB 104 and the Companys revenue recognition policy,
funding related to these contracts is recorded when the
conditions required by the contracts are met. The Companys
funding programs are classified under three general categories:
funding for research and development activities, capital
investment, and loans
Funding for research and development activities is the most
common form of funding that the Company receives. Public funding
for research and development is recorded as Other income
and expenses, net in the Companys consolidated
statements of income. Public funding for research and
development is recognized ratably as the related costs are
incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental
agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met.
Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of
Property, plant and equipment, net and is recognized
in the Companys consolidated statements of income
according to the depreciation charges of the funded assets
during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital
funding in Italy, which is recovered through the reduction of
various governmental liabilities, including income taxes,
value-added tax and employee-related social charges. The funding
has been classified as long-term receivable and is reflected in
the balance sheet at its discounted net present value. The
subsequent accretion of the discount is recorded as
non-operating income in Interest income (expense),
net.
The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large
capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. The
Company records these loans as debt in its consolidated balance
sheet.
2.8
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as
selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising
expenses for 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $12 million,
$14 million and $14 million respectively.
2.9
Research and development
Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the
Company, the Companys share of costs incurred by other
research and development interest groups, and costs associated
with co-development contracts. Research and development expenses
do not include marketing design center costs, which are
accounted for as selling expenses and process engineering,
pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as
cost of sales. Research and development costs are charged to
expense as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on
technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third
parties to facilitate the Companys research is recorded as
research and development expenses.
2.10
Start-up
costs
Start-up
costs represent costs incurred in the
start-up and
testing of the Companys new manufacturing facilities,
before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or
6-months
after the fabrication lines quality qualification.
Similarly, phase-out costs for facilities during the closing
stage are also included.
Start-up
costs are included in Other income and expenses, net
in the consolidated statements of income.
2.11
Income taxes
The provision for current taxes represents the income taxes
expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received
related to the current year income or loss in each individual
tax jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax
and book bases of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of
tax credits and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred income
tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted by
the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the
related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred
income tax liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities from changes in tax law is recognized in
the period of enactment. Deferred income tax assets are
recognized in full but the Company assesses whether it is
probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the
F-13
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation allowance is
provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the
amount for which management considers the possibility of
recovery to be more likely than not. The Company utilizes the
flow-through method to account for its investment credits,
reflecting the credits as a reduction of tax expense in the year
they are recognized. Similarly, research and development tax
credits are classified as a reduction of tax expense in the year
they are recognized.
Deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of the
Companys foreign subsidiaries are provided for unless the
Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings in the
subsidiaries. In case the Company does not have this intention,
a distribution of the related earnings would not have any
material tax impact. Thus, the Company did not provide for
deferred taxes on the earnings of those subsidiaries.
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). At each reporting date, the
Company assesses all material open income tax positions in all
tax jurisdictions to determine the appropriate amount of tax
benefits that are recognizable under FIN 48. In compliance
with FIN 48, the Company uses a two-step process for the
evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The recognition threshold
in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be
recognized only if it is more likely than not, or
50 percent assured that the tax position will be sustained
upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement
methodology in step two is based on cumulative
probability, resulting in the recognition of the largest
amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. Before
adoption, the Company applied Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies
(FAS 5) in accounting for income tax
uncertainties and tax exposures. In compliance with FAS 5
provisions, liabilities and accruals for income tax
uncertainties and specific tax exposures were recorded or
reversed when it was probable that additional taxes would be due
or refund. As such, a level of sustainability that met the
probable threshold was necessary to recognize any
benefit from a tax-advantaged transaction. The Company recorded
as of the adoption date an incremental tax liability of
$8 million for the difference between the amounts
recognized under its previous accounting policies and the income
tax benefits determined under the new guidance. The cumulative
effect of the change in the accounting principle that the
Company applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded
in 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings.
The Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in
its consolidated statements of income. Uncertain tax positions,
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and
penalties are further described in Note 23.
2.12
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the
treasury stock method by dividing net income (adding-back
interest expense, net of tax effects, related to convertible
debt if determined to be dilutive) by the weighted average
number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
during the period. The weighted average shares used to compute
diluted earnings per share include the incremental shares of
common stock relating to stock-options granted, nonvested shares
and convertible debt to the extent such incremental shares are
dilutive. Nonvested shares with performance or market conditions
are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if
their conditions have been satisfied at the balance sheet date
and if the awards are dilutive. If all necessary conditions have
not been satisfied by the end of the period, the number of
nonvested shares included in diluted EPS shall be based on the
number of shares, if any that would be issuable if the end of
the reporting period were the end of the contingency period and
if the result would be dilutive.
2.13
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and deposits at
call with external financial institutions with an original
maturity of ninety days or less.
2.14 Restricted
cash
Restricted cash include collateral deposits used as security
under arrangements for financing of certain entities.
F-14
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.15
Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value,
net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated
losses resulting from its customers inability to make
required payments. The Company bases its estimates on historical
collection trends and records a provision accordingly. In
addition, the Company is required to evaluate its
customers financial condition periodically and records an
additional provision for any specific account the Company
estimates as doubtful. The carrying amount of the receivable is
thus reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the
amount of the loss is recognized on the line Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of income. When a trade receivable is uncollectible,
it is written-off against the allowance account for trade
receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts
previously written-off are credited against Selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statements of income.
2.16
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable
value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting
standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a
quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on the
Companys manufacturing performance. In the case of
underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs
associated with the excess capacity are not included in the
valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales.
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling
expenses.
The Company performs on a continuous basis inventory write-off
of products, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old
production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the
Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or
slow-selling stock and records a specific provision if the
Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete.
Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted
inventory based on the previous quarter sales, orders
backlog and production plans.
2.17
Goodwill
Goodwill recognized in business combinations is not amortized
but rather is subject to an impairment test to be performed on
an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment
exist, in order to assess the recoverability of its carrying
value. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at a
reporting unit level, which represents a component of an
operating segment for which discrete financial information is
available and is subject to regular review by segment
management. This impairment test determines whether the fair
value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is
lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets
allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated
goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit
goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill
and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In
determining the fair value of a reporting unit, the Company
usually estimates the expected discounted future cash flows
associated with the reporting unit. Significant management
judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future
discounted cash flows, including: the applicable industrys
sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting
units market penetration, the market acceptance of certain
new technologies, relevant cost structure, the discount rates
applied using a weighted average cost of capital and the
perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.
2.18
Intangible assets
Intangible assets subject to amortization include the cost of
technologies and licenses purchased from third parties,
purchased software and internally developed software which is
capitalized. Intangible assets subject to amortization are
reflected net of any impairment losses. The carrying value of
intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable. In determining recoverability, the Company
usually estimates the fair value based on the projected
discounted future cash flows associated with the intangible
assets and compares this to their carrying value. An impairment
loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income for
the amount by which the assets carrying
F-15
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
amount exceeds its fair value. Amortization is computed using
the straight-line method over the following estimated useful
lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Technologies & licenses
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
3-4 years
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
4 years
|
|
The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible
asset at each reporting period to determine whether events and
circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of
amortization.
The capitalization of costs for internally generated software
developed by the Company for its internal use begins when
preliminary project stage is completed and when the Company,
implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to funding a
computer software project. It must be probable that the project
will be completed and will be used to perform the function
intended.
2.19
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net
of government funding and any impairment losses. Major additions
and improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs
are charged to current operations.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is
computed using the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
33 years
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-6 years
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
3-6 years
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
|
The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to
suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets might not be
recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this
assessment, such as: significant changes in the technological,
market, economic or legal environment in which the Company
operates or in the market to which the asset is dedicated, or
available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication
that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than
expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held
and used, the Company initially assesses whether the carrying
value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the
undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If
exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment
charge is required by determining if the assets carrying
value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally
estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals
or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market
assumptions such as the utilization of the Companys
fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such
facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new
technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if
appropriate, the assets useful lives, at each balance
sheet date or when impairment indicators exist.
Assets are classified as assets held for sale when the following
conditions are met for the assets to be disposed of by sale:
management has approved the plan to sell; assets are available
for immediate sale; assets are actively being marketed; sale is
probable within one year; price is reasonable in the market and
it is unlikely to be significant changes in the assets to be
sold or a withdrawal to the plan to sell. Assets classified as
held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying
amount or fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated
during the selling period. Costs to sell include incremental
direct costs to transact the sale that would not have been
incurred except for the decision to sell. When the held-for-sale
accounting treatment requires an impairment charge for the
difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, such
impairment is reflected on the consolidated statements of income
on the line Impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs.
When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise
disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from
the Companys books and the net gain or loss is included in
Other income and expenses, net in the consolidated
statements of income.
Leasing arrangements in which a significant portion of the risks
and rewards of ownership are retained by the Company are
classified as capital leases. Capital leases are included in
Property, plant and equipment, net and
F-16
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the
lease term. Leasing arrangements classified as operating leases
are arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant
portion of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased
asset. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the
consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over
the period of the lease.
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying
asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other
borrowing costs are expensed.
2.20
Investments
Equity investments are all entities over which the Company has
the ability to exercise significant influence but not control,
generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of
the voting rights. These investments are accounted for by the
equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at
cost. They are presented on the face of the consolidated balance
sheet on the line Equity investments, except if they
meet the criteria for classification as assets held for sale.
The Companys share in its equity investments profit
and loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income
as Income (loss) on equity investments and in the
consolidated balance sheet as an adjustment against the carrying
amount of the investments. When the Companys share of
losses in an equity investment equals or exceeds its interest in
the investee, including any unsecured receivable, the Company
does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred
obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.
Investments without readily determinable fair values and for
which the Company does not have the ability to exercise
significant influence are accounted for under the cost method.
Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at
historical cost and are adjusted only for declines in fair
value. The fair value of a cost method investment is estimated
when there are identified events or changes in circumstances
that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of
the investment. For investments in public companies that have
readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does
not exercise significant influence, the Company classifies these
investments as available-for-sale as described in note 2.4.
Other-than-temporary losses are recorded in net income and are
based on the Companys assessment of any significant,
sustained reductions in the investments market value and
of the market indicators affecting the securities. Gains and
losses on investments sold are determined on the specific
identification method and are recorded as Other income or
expenses, net in the consolidated statements of income.
Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51
(revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions
(collectively FIN 46R), the Company assesses
for consolidation entities identified as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) and consolidates the VIEs, if any, for
which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary.
The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs the
majority of the entitys expected losses, receives the
majority of its expected residual returns, or both as a result
of holding variable interests. Assets, liabilities, and the
non-controlling interest of newly consolidated VIEs are
initially measured at fair value in the same manner as if the
consolidation resulted from a business combination. Subsidiaries
are fully consolidated from the date on which control is
transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the
date that control ceases.
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for a
business combination if the acquired entity meets the definition
of a business. If the acquired entity is a development stage
entity and has not commenced planned principal operations, it is
presumed not to be a business, and the individual assets and
liabilities are recognized at their relative fair values with no
goodwill recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. In case
of acquisition of a business, the cost of the acquisition is
measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity
instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed, plus
costs directly attributable to the acquisition. If part of the
consideration is contingent on a future event, the additional
cost is not generally recognized until the contingency is
resolved, the amount is determinable, or beyond a reasonable
doubt. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and
contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.
Any acquired in-process research and development
(IPR&D) is expensed immediately in the
consolidated statements of income since it has no alternative
future use. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair
value of the Companys share of the identifiable net assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is
lower than the fair value of the Companys share in the net
assets of the entity acquired, the difference is used to reduce
proportionately the fair value assigned and allocated on a
pro-rata basis to all assets other than current and financial
assets, assets to be sold, prepaid pension assets and deferred
taxes. Any negative goodwill remaining is recognized as an
extraordinary gain.
F-17
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.21
Employee benefits
The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees.
These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the
countries in which the Company operates. They are generally
funded through payments to insurance companies or
trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial
calculations. Such plans include both defined benefit and
defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension
plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee
will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more
factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A
defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the
Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The
Company has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further
contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay
all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the
current and prior periods. With the adoption in 2006 of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158,
Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)
(FAS 158), the liability recognized in the
consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension
plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at
the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The
Company accounted thus for the overfunded and underfunded status
of defined benefit plans and other post retirement plans in its
financial statements as at December 31, 2006, with
offsetting entries made at adoption to Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statement
of changes in shareholders equity. The overfunded or
underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated
as the difference between plan assets and the projected benefit
obligations. Overfunded plans are not netted against underfunded
plans and are shown separately in the financial statements.
Prior to FAS 158 adoption in 2006, the liability recognized
in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit
pension plans was the present value of the defined benefit
obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan
assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial
gains and losses and past service costs. Additional minimum
liability was required when the accumulated benefit obligation
exceeded the fair value of the plan assets and the amount of the
accrued liability. Such minimum liability was recognized as a
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in
shareholders equity, as described in note 18.7.
Significant estimates are used in determining the assumptions
incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations,
which is supported by input from independent actuaries.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments
and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to
income over the employees expected average remaining
working lives. Past-service costs are recognized immediately in
income, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional
on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of
time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs
are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
The net periodic benefit cost of the year is determined based on
the assumptions used at the end of the previous year.
For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on
a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no
further payment obligations once the contributions have been
paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit
expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized
as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in
the future payments is available.
|
|
(b)
|
Other
post-employment obligations
|
The Company provides post-retirement benefits to some of its
retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually
conditional on the employee remaining in service up to
retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service
period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over
the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar
to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and
losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in
actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income over
the expected average remaining working lives of the related
employees. These obligations are valued annually by independent
qualified actuaries.
Termination benefits are payable when employment is
involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts
voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. For the
accounting treatment and timing recognition of the involuntarily
termination benefits, the Company distinguishes between one-time
benefit arrangements and
F-18
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
on-going termination arrangements. A one-time benefit
arrangement is one that is established by a termination plan
that applies to a specified termination event or for a specified
future period. These one-time involuntary termination benefits
are recognized as a liability when the termination plan meets
certain criteria and has been communicated to employees. If
employees are required to render future service in order to
receive these one-time termination benefits, the liability is
recognized ratably over the future service period. Termination
benefits other than one-time termination benefits are
termination benefits for which criteria for communication are
not met but that are committed to by management, or termination
obligations that are not specifically determined in a new and
single plan. These termination benefits are all legal,
contractual and past practice termination obligations to be paid
to employees in case of involuntary termination. These
termination benefits are accrued for at commitment date when it
is probable that employees will be entitled to the benefits and
the amount can be reasonably estimated.
In the case of special termination benefits proposed to
encourage voluntary termination, the Company recognizes a
provision for voluntary termination benefits at the date on
which the employee irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount
can be reasonably estimated.
|
|
(d)
|
Profit-sharing
and bonus plans
|
The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses
and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually obliged or
where there is a past practice that has created a constructive
obligation.
|
|
(e)
|
Other
long term employee benefits
|
The Company provides long term employee benefits such as
seniority awards in certain subsidiaries. The entitlement to
these benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing
a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits
are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting
methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments,
and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to
income in the period of change. These obligations are valued
annually by independent qualified actuaries.
|
|
(f)
|
Share-based
compensation
|
Stock
options
At December 31, 2007, the Company had five employee and
Supervisory Board stock-option plans, which are described in
detail in Note 18. Until the fourth quarter of 2005, the
Company applied the intrinsic-value-based method prescribed by
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and its
related implementation guidance, in accounting for stock-based
awards to employees. For all option grants prior to the fourth
quarter of 2005, no stock-based employee compensation cost was
reflected in net income as all options under those plans were
granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the
underlying common stock on the date of grant.
In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation
strategy by no longer granting options but rather issuing
nonvested shares. In July 2005, the Company amended its latest
Stock Option Plans for employees, Supervisory Board and
Professionals of the Supervisory Board accordingly. As part of
this revised stock-based compensation policy, the Company
decided in July 2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all
outstanding unvested stock options, following authorization from
the Companys shareholders at the annual general meeting
held on March 18, 2005. As a result, underwater options
equivalent to approximately 32 million shares became
exercisable immediately in July 2005 with no earnings impact.
F-19
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The following tabular presentation provides pro forma
information on net income and earnings per share required to be
disclosed as if the Company had applied the fair value
recognition provisions prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation (FAS 123) for the year ended
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income (loss), as reported
|
|
|
266
|
|
of which compensation expense on nonvested shares, net of tax
effect
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Deduct: Total stock-option employee compensation expense
determined under FAS 123, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
Net income, pro forma
|
|
|
22
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
Basic, as reported
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
Basic, pro forma
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted, as reported
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
Diluted, pro forma
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
The Company has amortized the pro forma compensation expense
over the nominal vesting period for employees. The pro forma
information presented above for the year ended December 31,
2005 includes an approximate $182 million charge relating
to the effect of accelerating the vesting period of all
outstanding unvested stock options during the third quarter of
2005, which has been recognized immediately in the pro forma
result for the amount that otherwise would have been recognized
ratably over the remaining vesting period.
The fair value of the Companys stock-options was estimated
under FAS 123 using a Black-Scholes option pricing model
since the simple characteristics of the stock-options did not
require complex pricing assumptions. Forfeitures of options are
reflected in the pro forma charge as they occur. For those stock
option plans with graded vesting periods, the Company has
determined that the historical exercise activity actually
reflects that employees exercise the option after the close of
the graded vesting period. Therefore the Company recognizes the
estimated pro forma charge for stock option plans with graded
vesting period on a straight-line basis.
The fair value of stock-options under FAS 123 provisions
was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Historical Company share price volatility
|
|
|
52.9
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.84
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.69
|
%
|
The Company has determined the historical share price volatility
to be the most appropriate estimate of future price activity.
The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during
2005 was $8.60. Following the change in the Companys
compensation policy occurred in 2005, no stock option was
granted in 2006 and in 2007.
Nonvested
shares
In 2005, the Company began to grant nonvested shares to senior
executives, selected employees and members of the Supervisory
Board. The shares are granted for free to employees and at their
nominal value for the members of the Supervisory Board. The
awards granted to employees will contingently vest upon
achieving certain market or performance conditions and upon
completion of an average three-year service period. Shares
granted to the Supervisory Board vest unconditionally along the
same vesting period as employees and are not forfeited even if
the service period is not completed.
In the fourth quarter of 2005 the Company decided to early adopt
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment and the related FASB
Staff Positions (collectively FAS 123R), which
requires a public entity to measure the cost of share-based
service awards based on the grant-date fair value of
F-20
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
the award. That cost is recognized over the period during which
an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the
award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting
period. The Company early adopted FAS 123R using the
modified prospective application method. As such, the Company
has not restated periods prior to adoption to reflect the
recognition of stock-based compensation cost. Nonvested share
grants and the related compensation cost are further explained
in details in Note 18.
Furthermore the Company created in 2006 a local subplan for the
2005 stock awards. The Company elected to apply the pool
approach, as set forth in FAS 123R to account for the
modification of the original plan. Under the pool approach, the
Company determined as at the modification date the unrecognized
compensation expense related to the number of nonvested shares
subject to the vesting modifications and incremental cost, if
any, to be recognized ratably over the modified vesting period.
2.22
Long-term debt
Zero-coupon convertible bonds are recorded at the principal
amount on maturity in long-term debt and are presented net of
the debt discount on issuance. This discount is amortized over
the term of the debt as interest expense using the effective
interest rate method.
Zero-coupon convertible bonds issued with a negative yield are
initially recorded at their accreted value as of the first
redemption right of the holder. The negative yield is recorded
as capital surplus and represents the difference between the
principal amount at issuance and the lower accreted value at the
first redemption right of the holder.
Debt issuance costs are included in long-term investments and
are amortized in Interest income (expense), net
until the first redemption right of the holder. Outstanding
bonds amounts are classified in the consolidated balance sheet
as Current portion of long term debt in the year of
the redemption right of the holder.
|
|
(b)
|
Bank
loans and senior bonds
|
Bank loans, including non-convertible senior bonds, are
recognized at historical cost, net of transaction costs
incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and
the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated
statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the
effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the
Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the
liability for at least twelve months after the balance sheet
date.
2.23
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs
directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options
are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the
proceeds.
Where any subsidiary purchases the Companys equity share
capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any
directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes),
is deducted from equity attributable to the Companys
shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or
disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or
reissued, any consideration received net of directly
attributable incremental transaction costs and the related
income tax effect is included in equity.
2.24
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity
of a business during a period except those changes resulting
from investment by shareholders and distributions to
shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial
statements, Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) consists of temporary unrealized gains or losses on
marketable securities classified as available-for-sale, the
unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow
hedges and the impact of recognizing the overfunded and
underfunded status of defined benefit plans upon FAS 158
adoption as at December 31, 2006, all net of tax as well as
foreign currency translation adjustments.
F-21
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2.25
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when: the Company has a present legal
or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle
the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated.
Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Where
there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that
an outflow will be required in settlements is determined by
considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is
recognized even if the likelihood of the outflow with respect to
any one item included in the same class of obligations may be
small.
The Company, when acting as a guarantor, recognizes, at the
inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the
obligation the Company assumes under the guarantee, in
compliance with FASB Interpretation No. 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for
Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and
107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34
(FIN 45). When the guarantee is issued in
conjunction with the formation of a partially owned business or
a venture accounted for under the equity method, the recognition
of the liability for the guarantee results in an increase to the
carrying amount of the investment. The liabilities recognized
for the obligations of the guarantees undertaken by the Company
are measured subsequently on each reporting date, the initial
liability being reduced as the Company, as guarantor, is
released from the risk underlying the guarantee.
2.26
Recent accounting pronouncements
|
|
(a)
|
Accounting
pronouncements effective in 2007 and expected to impact the
Companys operations
|
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140 (FAS 155). The
statement amended Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities (FAS 133) and Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting
for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities (FAS 140).
The primary purposes of this statement were (1) to allow
companies to select between bifurcation of hybrid financial
instruments or fair valuing the hybrid as a single instrument,
(2) to clarify certain exclusions of FAS 133 related
to interest and principal-only strips, (3) to define the
difference between freestanding and hybrid securitized financial
assets, and (4) to eliminate the FAS 140 prohibition
of Special Purpose Entities holding certain types of
derivatives. The statement is effective for annual periods
beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption
permitted prior to a company issuing first quarter financial
statements. The Company adopted FAS 155 in 2007 and
FAS 155 did not have any material effect on its financial
position or results of operations.
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). The interpretation seeks to
clarify the accounting for tax positions taken, or expected to
be taken, in a companys tax return and the uncertainty as
to the amount and timing of recognition in the companys
financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (FAS 109). The interpretation also
addresses derecognition of previously recognized tax positions,
classification of related tax assets and liabilities, accrual of
interest and penalties, interim period accounting, and
disclosure and transition provisions. The interpretation is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006. The Company adopted FIN 48 as at January 1,
2007. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting
principle that the Company applied to uncertain income tax
positions was recorded in 2007 as an adjustment to retained
earnings. The impact of such adoption is detailed in
Note 2.11. Uncertain tax positions, unrecognized tax
benefits and related accrued interest and penalties are further
described in Note 23.
|
|
(b)
|
Accounting
pronouncements effective in 2007 and not expected to impact the
Companys operations
|
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156,
Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 140
(FAS 156). This statement requires initial
fair value recognition of all servicing assets and liabilities
for servicing contracts entered in the first fiscal year
beginning after September 15, 2006. After initial
recognition, the servicing assets and liabilities are either
amortized over the period of expected servicing income or loss
or fair value is reassessed each period with changes recorded in
earnings for the period. The Company adopted FAS 156 in
2007 and FAS 156 did not have any material effect on its
financial position and results of operations.
F-22
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
(c)
|
Accounting
pronouncements expected to impact the Companys operations
that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by
the Company
|
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). This
statement defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. In addition, the statement defines a
fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair
values, except as specifically excluded (i.e. stock awards,
measurements requiring vendor specific objective evidence, and
inventory pricing). The hierarchy places the greatest relevance
on Level 1 inputs which include quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2
inputs, which are observable either directly or indirectly,
include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted
prices in non-active markets, and inputs that could vary based
on either the condition of the assets or liabilities or volumes
sold. The lowest level of the hierarchy, Level 3, is
unobservable inputs and should only be used when observable
inputs are not available. This would include company level
assumptions and should be based on the best available
information under the circumstances. FAS 157 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with
early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter
statements have not been issued. However, in November 2007, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board drafted a proposed FASB
Staff Position (FSP) that would partially defer the
effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair
value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The
final FSP was issued in February 2008. However, it does not
defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial
assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually.
The Company has adopted FAS 157 as of January 1, 2008.
FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect
of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value
measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained
earnings, except for the following: valuation of financial
instruments previously measured with block premiums and
discounts; valuation of certain financial instruments and
derivatives at fair value using the transaction price; and
valuation of a hybrid instrument previously measured at fair
value using the transaction price. The Company will not record,
upon adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since it does
not hold any of the three categories of instruments described
above. Consequently, consolidated financial statements as of
January 1, 2008 will reflect fair value measures in
compliance with previous GAAP. Reassessment of fair value in
compliance with FAS 157 will be dealt with as a change in
estimates, if any, in the first quarter of 2008. The Company has
identified the following items in its consolidated financial
statements for which detailed assessment on FAS 157 impact
was required: the valuation of available-for-sale securities for
which no observable market price is obtainable; the annual
goodwill impairment test based on the fair value of the tested
reporting units; and FAS 144 held-for-sale model when
applied to the Companys flash memory business
deconsolidation (the FMG deconsolidation).
Concerning the valuation of available-for-sale debt securities
which have currently, at the best of managements
visibility, no observable market price, management estimates
that fair value of these instruments when measured in compliance
with FAS 157 should not materially differ from current
estimates and that fair value measure, even if using certain
entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a Level 3
FAS 157 fair value hierarchy. For goodwill impairment
testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, the
Company is currently reviewing its goodwill impairment model to
measure fair value on marketable comparables, instead of
discounted cash flows generated by each reporting entity. Based
on the Companys preliminary assessment, management
estimates that FAS 157 adoption could have an effect on
certain future goodwill impairment tests, in the event the
Companys strategic plan could necessitate changes in the
product portfolios, for which materiality will be further
evaluated. Finally, the Company continues to evaluate the
potential impact of adopting FAS 157, but management
believes that, based on the current available evidence, the fair
value measure on the consideration to be received upon FMG
deconsolidation is in line with FAS 157 definition of fair
value and that FAS 157 adoption should not have a material
impact on the actual loss to be recorded at the date of the
transaction closing. These conclusions are the results of
analysis done based on current assumptions that are true today,
but upon certain changes in events and circumstances may no
longer be consistent with the assumptions upon the date of
adoption. As a result, these conclusions on the impact of
FAS 157 adoption are subject to revision as the evaluations
are concluded.
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities- Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115 (FAS 159). This statement
permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair
value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains
and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on
items for which the fair value option has been elected. The
objective of this statement is to improve financial reporting by
providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility
in reported earnings caused by
F-23
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
measuring related assets and liabilities differently without
having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. A company
may decide whether to elect the fair value option for each
eligible item on its election date, subject to certain
requirements described in the statement. FAS 159 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first
quarter statements have not been issued. The Company has adopted
FAS 159 as of January 1, 2008 and will accordingly
evaluate the assets and liabilities on which it has elected to
apply the fair value option as of the end of the first quarter
2008.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141
(Revised 2007), Business Combinations
(FAS 141R) and No. 160, Noncontrolling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of
ARB No. 51 (FAS 160). These new
standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that
will impact both the accounting for future acquisition deals and
the measurement and presentation of previous acquisitions in
consolidated financial statements. The standards continue the
movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial
reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business
acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial
statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent
periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as
noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of
equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting
from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a
business combination have been expanded, resulting in an
increased number of transactions or other events that will
qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations
(whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that
acquires the business (the acquirer) will record
100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business,
including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain
contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at
their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent
consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the
acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair
value will be recognized in earnings until settled;
acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be
expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the
acquisition and included in the amount recorded for assets
acquired; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an
acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to
their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss
recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize
initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued
post-acquisition financial information in future financial
statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been
recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation
allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes
to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in
earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments
(the measurement period is a period of up to one year during
which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be
adjusted.; this treatment is similar to how changes in other
assets and liabilities in a business combination will be
treated, and different from current accounting under which such
changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the
acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when
acquisitions result in a bargain purchase, instead
the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in
earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting
from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are
now considered as equity, transactions between the parent
company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as
equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a
change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective
for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception
of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired
deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax
positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires
retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure
requirements for existing minority interests. All other
requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively.
Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. The Company is
currently evaluating the effect the adoption of these statements
will have on its financial position and results of operations.
|
|
(d)
|
Accounting
pronouncements that are not yet effective and are not expected
to impact the Companys operations
|
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 06-11,
Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards
(EITF 06-11).
The issue applies to equity-classified nonvested shares on which
dividends are paid prior to vesting, equity-classified nonvested
share units on which dividends equivalents are paid, and
equity-classified share options on which payments equal to the
dividends paid on the underlying shares are made to the
option-holder while the option is outstanding. The issue is
applicable to the dividends or dividend equivalents that are
(1) charged to retained earnings under the guidance in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
(Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(FAS 123R) and (2) result in an income
tax deduction for the employer.
EITF 06-11 states
that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend
equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to
employees for equity-classified nonvested shares,
F-24
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
nonvested equity share units, and outstanding share options
should be recognized as an increase to additional
paid-in-capital.
Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits
(windfall) under FAS 123R.
EITF 06-11
must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods
within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the
income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are
declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet
been issued. The Company will adopt
EITF 06-11
when effective. However, management does not expect that
EITF 06-11
will have a material effect on the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be
Used in Future Research and Development Activities
(EITF 07-3).
The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for
goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and
development activities should be expensed when the advance
payments are made or when the research and development
activities have been performed.
EITF 07-3
applies only to non-refundable advance payments for goods and
services to be used and rendered in future research and
development activities pursuant to an executory contractual
arrangement.
EITF 07-3 states
that non-refundable advance payments for future research and
development activities should be capitalized until the goods
have been delivered or the related services have been performed.
If an entity does not expect the goods to be delivered or
services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should
be charged to expense.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier
application is not permitted and entities should recognize the
effect of applying the guidance in this Issue prospectively for
new contracts entered into after
EITF 07-3
effective date. The Company will adopt
EITF 07-3
when effective. However, management does not expect that
EITF 07-3
will have a material effect on the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-1,
Accounting for Collaborative arrangements
(EITF 07-1).
The consensus prohibits the application of Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting
for Investments in Common Stock (APB 18) and the
equity method of accounting for collaborative arrangements
unless a legal entity exists. Payments between the collaborative
partners would be evaluated and reported in the consolidated
statements of income based on applicable GAAP. Absent specific
GAAP, the entities that participate in the arrangement would
apply other existing GAAP by analogy or apply a reasonable and
rational accounting policy consistently.
EITF 07-1
is effective for periods that begin after December 15, 2008
and would apply to arrangements in existence as of the effective
date. The effect of the new consensus will be accounted for as a
change in accounting principle through retrospective
application. The Company will adopt
EITF 07-1
when effective and management does not expect that
EITF 07-1
will have a material effect on the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
In November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final
consensus on Issue
No. 07-6,
Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement
Includes a Buy-Sell Clause
(EITF 07-6).
The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell
arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real
estate is sold to a jointly owned entity. The consensus provides
that the existence of a buy-sell clause does not necessarily
preclude partial sale treatment under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 66, Accounting for Sales of
Real Estate (FAS 66).
EITF 07-6
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered
into after the effective date. The Company will adopt
EITF 07-6
when effective and management does not expect that
EITF 07-6
will have a material effect on the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
In November 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded
at Fair Value Through Earnings (SAB 109).
SAB 109 provides the Staffs views regarding written
loan commitments that are accounting for at fair value through
earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions
of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105, Application
of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments
(SAB 105). SAB 105 stated that in
measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment it
would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected net future
cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan.
Consistent with FAS 156 and FAS 159,
SAB 109 states that the expected net future cash flows
related to the associated servicing of the loan should be
included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that
are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 109
does, however, retain the Staffs views included in
SAB 105 that no internally-developed intangible assets
should be included in the measurement of the estimated fair
value of a loan commitment derivative. SAB 109 is effective
for all written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are
entered into, or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters
beginning after December 15,
F-25
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2007. The Company will adopt SAB 109 when effective but
management does not expect that SAB 109 will have a
material effect on the Companys financial position and
results of operations.
In January 2008, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 110, Year-End Help for Expensing
Employee Stock Options (SAB 110).
SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use
of a simplified method, in developing an estimate of
expected term of plain vanilla share options in
accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance
under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the
simplified method for stock option grants after
December 31, 2007. The Staff amended its previous guidance
because additional information about employee exercise behavior
has not become widely available. With SAB 110, the Staff
permits entities to use, under certain circumstances, the
simplified method beyond December 31, 2007 if they conclude
that their data about employee exercise behavior does not
provide a reasonable basis for estimating the expected-term
assumption. SAB 110 is not relevant to the Companys
operations since the Company redefined in 2005 its compensation
policy by no longer granting stock options but rather issuing
nonvested shares.
3
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
On November 1, 2007 the Company acquired a portion of the
integrated circuit operations of the major wireless customer of
its Application Specific Product Group product segment. The
acquisition provides the Company with, among other things,
engineering resources, equipment and a license for certain
technologies and other intellectual property. The transaction is
also expected to strengthen the strategic relationship between
the Company and the customer. Of the total purchase price of
$92 million, $10 million was paid for the acquisition
of the technology license, $24 million was allocated to the
customer relationship based upon the expected value of future
sales, $3 million was the fair value of the fixed assets
acquired, $3 million in employee liabilities were assumed,
and the resulting goodwill was $58 million. The allocation
to goodwill is supported by the significant value of the skills
and technical knowledge of the acquired workforce and other
assets not separately identifiable. The total purchase price
includes current payments and a further $6 million based
upon sales that the Company expects, beyond a reasonable doubt,
to pay at the end of 2010, which accordingly is included in
Other non-current liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheet. Because substantially the entire purchase price
was allocated to intangible assets and goodwill, the acquisition
has been shown on the line Investment in intangible and
financial assets in the consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended December 31, 2007. This transaction
resulted in an increase of the Companys research and
development expenses but did not have a material impact on 2007
revenues or net income, and it is not expected to materially
impact 2008 revenues or net income.
On January 17, 2008, the Company acquired effective control
of Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip) under
the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007.
On January 25, 2008, the Company completed a second-step
merger in which the remaining common shares of Genesis Microchip
that had not been acquired through the tender offer were
converted into the right to receive the same $8.65 per share
price paid in the tender offer. Payment of approximately
$340 million for the acquired shares was made through a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company that was merged with and
into Genesis Microchip promptly thereafter. Additional direct
costs associated with the acquisition are estimated to be
approximately $2 million. On closing, Genesis Microchip
became part of the Companys Home Entertainment &
Displays Group which is part of the Application Specific Product
Group segment. At the date of acquisition, Genesis Microchip had
cash and cash equivalents valued at $155 million. The
allocation of the purchase price has not yet been completed.
4
EQUITY INVESTMENTS
UPEK
Inc.
In 2004, the Company and Sofinnova Capital IV FCPR formed a
new company, UPEK Inc., as a venture capitalist-funded purchase
of the Companys TouchChip business. UPEK, Inc. was
initially capitalized with the Companys transfer of the
business, personnel and technology assets related to the
fingerprint biometrics business, formerly known as the TouchChip
Business Unit, for a 48% interest. Sofinnova Capital IV
FCPR contributed $11 million of cash for a 52% interest. In
2005, an additional $9 million was contributed by Sofinnova
Capital IV FCPR, reducing the Companys ownership to
33%. The Company accounted for its share in UPEK, Inc. under the
equity method.
On June 30, 2005, the Company sold its interest in UPEK
Inc. for $13 million and recorded a gain amounting to
$6 million in Other income and expenses, net on
its consolidated statements of income. Additionally, on
June 30,
F-26
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2005, the Company was granted warrants for 2,000,000 shares
of UPEK, Inc. at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The
warrants are not limited in time but can only be exercised in
the event of a change of control or an Initial Public Offering
of UPEK Inc. above a predetermined value.
Hynix ST
Joint Venture
The Company signed, in 2004, a joint-venture agreement with
Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end
memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province,
China. Under the agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed
$500 million for a 67% equity interest and the Company
contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest. In
addition, the Company originally committed to grant
$250 million in long-term financing to the new joint
venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the
joint-ventures assets. The Company made the total
$250 million capital contributions as previously planned in
the joint venture agreement in 2006. The Company accounted for
its share in the Hynix ST joint venture under the equity method
based on the actual results of the joint venture through the
fourth quarter of 2007. As such, the Company recorded earnings
totaling $14 million in 2007 and a loss of $6 million
and $3 million in 2006 and 2005 respectively, reported as
Earnings (loss) on equity investments in the
consolidated statements of income.
In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional
$750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to
fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, in
October, when the Chinese authorities formally approved the
additional investment, the Companys interest in the joint
venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At
December 31, 2007 the investment in the joint venture
amounted to $276 million and was included in assets held
for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as it is expected to
be transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company, as
described in note 7. The Company (or Numonyx following the
transfer of the Companys interest in the joint venture to
Numonyx) has the option to purchase from Hynix Semiconductor
Inc. up to $250 million in shares to increase its interest
in the joint venture back to a maximum of 33%.
Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues the Company could
not directly provide the joint venture with the
$250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As
a consequence, in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company
entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an
external financial institution through which the Company
guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the
bank. The guarantee agreement includes the Company placing up to
$250 million in cash on a deposit account. The guarantee
deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure
from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum
potential amount of future payments the Company, as the
guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default
and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank
will exercise the Companys rights, subordinated to the
repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under
the guarantee through the sale of the joint-ventures
assets. In 2006, the Company placed $218 million of cash on
the guarantee deposit account. In 2007, the Company placed the
remaining $32 million of cash, which totaled
$250 million as at December 31, 2007 and was reported
as Restricted cash for equity investments on the
consolidated balance sheet.
The debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted
in the recognition of a $17 million liability,
corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of
the transaction. The liability was reported on the line
Other non-current liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 and was recorded
against the value of the equity investment, which totaled
$293 million. The Company reported the debt guarantee on
the line Other investments and other non-current
assets since the terms of the FMG sale agreement do not
include the transfer of the debt guarantee.
The Company identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest
Entity (VIE) at December 31, 2006, principally because the
joint venture was in the development stage, but it determined
that the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
Because of events that occurred in 2007 including the facility
expansion and additional investment, it was determined that the
joint venture was no longer in the development stage and
accordingly that the joint venture no longer met the criteria
for qualification as a VIE. The Companys current maximum
exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the joint
venture is limited to its equity investments and debt guarantee
commitments.
F-27
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
5
TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
1,620
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,605
|
|
|
|
1,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1 million,
$7 million and $7 million respectively. In 2007, 2006
and 2005, one customer, the Nokia group of companies,
represented 21.1%, 21.8% and 22.4% of consolidated net revenues,
respectively.
6
INVENTORIES, NET
Inventories, net of reserve consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
Finished products
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2007 inventories amounting to
$329 million were reported as a component of the line
Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance
sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the
newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.
7
ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
On May 22, 2007, the Company announced that it had entered
into a definitive agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco
Partners L.P to create a new independent semiconductor company
from the key assets of the Companys Flash Memory Group and
Intels flash memory business (FMG
deconsolidation). Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company will sell its flash memory assets, including its NAND
joint venture interest and other NOR resources, to the new
company, which will be called Numonyx, while Intel will sell its
NOR assets and resources. In exchange, the Company was expected
to receive, at closing, a combination of cash and a 48.6% equity
ownership stake in the new company; Intel was expected to
receive cash and a 45.1% equity ownership stake; and Francisco
Partners L.P was to invest $150 million in cash to purchase
participating convertible preferred stock with certain
liquidation preferences and convertible into a 6.3% ownership
interest, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances.
As a result of the signing of the definitive agreement for the
FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for
assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the assets to be
transferred to Numonyx from their original balance sheet
classification to the line Assets held for sale in
the second quarter of 2007. Coincident with this classification,
the Company recorded an impairment charge of $857 million
to adjust the value of these assets to fair value less costs to
sell at June 30, 2007, reporting the loss on the line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs of the consolidated statements of income for
the period. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net
consideration provided for in the agreement and significant
estimates.
Although the transaction was originally expected to close in the
second half of 2007, the closing was delayed due, among other
things, to the significant turmoil in the debt capital markets
which in turn resulted in certain revisions to the terms of the
transaction. Based on the revised structure, Numonyx is expected
to have at closing a similar level of cash but a lower level of
indebtedness compared to what had originally been anticipated.
The term debt and revolving credit agreement of Numonyx,
totalling $525 million, will be guaranteed by the Company
and Intel. Both the Company and Intel now expect to receive the
same equity stakes as originally agreed, however the balance of
their consideration will be lower in total value than the cash
payment that had previously been expected and it will be paid in
a combination of cash and long-term, interest-bearing
subordinated notes and cash. As had been anticipated earlier,
Francisco Partners will invest $150 million in exchange for
its convertible preferred
F-28
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
interest. The three parties currently anticipate that the
transaction will close during the first quarter of 2008. As a
consequence of the changes to the terms of the transaction, in
combination with changes to the levels of assets used by the
business and exchange rates, as well as a general decline in
market valuations for comparable companies during the second
half of 2007 that impacted the valuation of the equity stake to
be received, the estimated value of the total consideration to
be received by the Company in the transaction was reduced in the
fourth quarter of 2007, resulting in an additional impairment
charge during the period of $249 million.
The final impairment charge could be materially different
subject to further adjustments due to business and market
evolution prior to the closing of the transaction.
Assets held for sale consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term deferred tax assets
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity investment
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As required under FAS 144
held-for-sale
model, the Company ceased to record amortization and
depreciation on intangible and tangible assets classified as
assets held for sale.
8
OTHER RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS
Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Receivables from government agencies
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Taxes and other government receivables
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Advances to suppliers
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Advances to employees
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Advances to State and government agencies
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Insurance prepayments
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Rental prepayments
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
License and technology agreement prepayments
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Loans and deposits
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Accrued income
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Long-lived assets held for sale
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Sundry debtors within cooperation agreements
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased currency options
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets held for sale (other than those related to the
FMG deconsolidation) are property, machinery and equipment that
satisfied as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 all of the
criteria required for
held-for-sale
status, as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 144, Accounting for the impairment or
disposal of long-term assets (FAS 144). As
at December 31, 2007, the Company identified certain
machinery and equipment to be disposed of by sale, amounting to
$8 million, which was primarily located in Morocco and
Singapore,
F-29
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
following the decision of the Company to get disengaged from
certain activities as part of its latest restructuring
initiatives. These assets are reflected at their carrying value,
which did not exceed their selling price less selling costs.
These long-lived assets are not depreciated until disposal by
sale which is expected to occur within one year. As at
December 31, 2006, assets held for sale amounted to
$4 million and were located in the Companys back-end
sites in Morocco and Malaysia.
Amounts shown in the table above on the line Receivables
for payments on behalf of Numonyx represent costs to
create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to
operate immediately following the FMG deconsolidation, for which
the Company has paid and will be reimbursed by Numonyx following
the closing of the transaction.
9
GOODWILL
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific
|
|
|
Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Products
|
|
|
Products
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
Tioga goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business Combination
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As discussed in Note 3, on November 1, 2007 the
Company acquired a portion of the integrated circuit operations
of one of the significant wireless customers of its Application
Specific Products Group product segment. $58 million of the
purchase price for this transaction was allocated to goodwill.
During the third quarter of 2007, the Company performed the
annual review of impairment of goodwill and based on this test
no impairment charges were required to be recorded.
In 2006, the Company decided to cease product development from
technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The
Company reports Tioga business as part of the Application
Specific Product Groups (ASG) product segment.
Following this decision, the Company incurred in 2006 a
$6 million impairment charge corresponding to the write-off
of Tioga goodwill. This impairment charge was reported on the
line Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs of the consolidated statements of income for
the year ended December 31, 2006.
10
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Other intangible assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
128
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
(258
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
(469
|
)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
As at December 31, 2007 other intangible assets amounting
to $12 million were reported as a component of the line
Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance
sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the
newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.
As at December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a
$2 million impairment charge on certain technologies
without any alternative future use based on the Companys
products roadmap.
Pursuant to its decision to cease product development from
technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition, the
Company recorded in 2006 a $4 million impairment charge on
technologies purchased as part of Tioga business acquisition,
which were determined to be without any alternative use and for
which fair value was determined by estimating the discounted
expected cash flows associated with their future use. This
impairment charge was reported on the line Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs of
the consolidated statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
The aggregate amortization expense in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was
$82 million, $93 million and $98 million,
respectively.
The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible
assets for the following years is:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
90
|
|
2009
|
|
|
66
|
|
2010
|
|
|
39
|
|
2011
|
|
|
25
|
|
2012
|
|
|
14
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
|
|
692
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,205
|
|
|
|
(1,975
|
)
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
13,938
|
|
|
|
(11,183
|
)
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
|
(458
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
57
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
19,181
|
|
|
|
(14,137
|
)
|
|
|
5,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
889
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,135
|
|
|
|
(1,668
|
)
|
|
|
1,467
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
14,463
|
|
|
|
(10,940
|
)
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
110
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
38
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
19,951
|
|
|
|
(13,525
|
)
|
|
|
6,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2007 property, plant and equipment
amounting to $394 million were reported as a component of
the line Assets held for sale on the consolidated
balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to
Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG
deconsolidation.
The depreciation charge in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was
$1,331 million, $1,673 million and
$1,846 million, respectively.
Capital investment funding has totaled $9 million,
$15 million and $38 million in the years ended
December 31 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Public funding
reduced the depreciation charge by $33 million,
$54 million and $66 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005
respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the
Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of
$4 million, $22 million and $82 million
respectively.
12
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
FINANCIAL ASSETS
As at December 31, 2007, the Company had financial assets
classified as
available-for-sale
corresponding to equity and debt securities.
The amount invested in equity securities was $5 million at
December 31, 2007 and 2006. These investments correspond to
financial assets held as part of a long-term incentive plan in
one of the Companys subsidiaries. They are reported on the
line Other investments and other non-current assets
on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007
and 2006. The Company did not record any significant change in
fair value on these equity securities classified as
available-for-sale
in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
As at December 31, 2007, the Company had investments in
debt securities amounting to $1,383 million, composed of
$1,014 million invested in senior debt floating rate notes
issued by primary financial institutions rated at least A1 from
Moodys Investment services and
$369 million invested in auction rate securities which are
regularly paying monthly interests and whose rating at
December 31, 2007 was AAA from at least one major rating
agency. The floating rate notes are reported as current assets
on the line Marketable securities on the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 since
they represent investments of funds available for current
operations. The auction-rate securities, which have a final
maturity between ten and forty years, are classified as
non-current assets on the line Non-current marketable
securities on the consolidated balance sheet as at
December 31, 2007 since the Company intends to hold these
investments beyond one year.
In 2007, the Company invested $536 million of existing cash
in floating rate notes with primary financial institutions with
minimum Moodys rating A1 with a maturity
between twenty one months and six years, of which
$40 million were sold in 2007. In 2006, the Company
invested $460 million of existing cash in eleven floating
rate notes with primary financial institutions with minimum
Moodys rating A1. Subsequently, the Company
entered into a basis asset swap for one floating rate note for a
notional amount of $50 million in order to purchase it at
par. Even if strictly related to the underlying note, the swap
is contractually transferable independently from the marketable
security to which it is attached. As such, the asset swap was
recorded separately from the underlying financial asset and was
reflected at its fair value in the consolidated balance sheet on
the line Other receivables and assets as at
December 31, 2007 and 2006. The changes in the fair value
of this derivative instrument were recorded in the consolidated
statements of income as part of Other income and expenses,
net and did not exceed $1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006. Additionally, the amount of
auction-rate securities purchased and
F-32
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
sold in 2007 is $172 million and $61 million
respectively. In addition, the Company determined that these
financial assets were to be more properly classified on its
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 as
Marketable securities instead of Cash and cash
equivalents, as reported previously. The revision of the
December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a
decrease of Cash and cash equivalents by
$304 million with an offsetting increase to
Marketable securities. This reclassification also
affects the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year
ended December 31, 2006 based on the increase in the
investing activities line Payment for purchase of
marketable securities by $404 million and the
increase of the line Proceeds from sale of marketable
securities by $100 million corresponding to the
amount the Company sold in 2006. There are no other changes on
the consolidated financial statements for previous years, since
the Company started to purchase auction-rate securities only in
2006.
All these debt securities are classified as
available-for-sale
and recorded at fair value as at December 31, 2007 and
2006, with changes in fair value, including temporary declines,
recognized as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of
changes in shareholders equity. As of December 31,
2007 the Company reported a pre-tax decline in fair value on the
floating rate notes totaling $3 million due to the widening
of credit spreads. Out of the 25 investment positions in
floating-rate notes, 11 positions are in an unrealized loss
position. The Company estimated the fair value of these
financial assets based on public quoted market prices. This
change in fair value was recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in shareholders equity
since the Company assessed that this decline in fair value was
temporary and that the Company was in a position to recover the
total carrying amount of these investments on subsequent
periods. Since the duration of the floating-rate note portfolio
in only 2.6 years on average and the securities have a
minimum Moodys rating A1, the Company expects
the value of the securities to tend at par as the final maturity
is approaching. On the auction-rate securities, the Company
reported an
other-than-temporary
decline in fair value amounting to $46 million, which was
immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income on
the line
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge on financial assets. These securities
were evaluated based on the weighted average of available
information (i) from publicly available indexes of
securities with same rating and comparable/similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX, ITraxx and
IBoxx) and (ii) using mark to market bids and
mark to model valuations received from the
structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction
rate securities, weighting the different information at 80% and
20% respectively, which the Company believes approximates the
orderly exit value in the current market. The estimated value of
these securities could further decrease in the future as a
result of credit market deterioration
and/or other
downgrading.
13
SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS
In 2006, the Company invested $903 million of existing cash
in short-term deposits with a maturity between three months and
one year. These deposits were held at various banks with
A3/A- minimum long-term rating from at least two
major rating agencies. Interest on these deposits is paid at
maturity with interest rates fixed at inception for the duration
of the deposits. The principal will be repaid at final maturity.
In 2006, the Company did not roll over $653 million of
these short-term deposits, primarily pursuant to the early
redemption in cash of 2013 convertible bonds at the option of
the holders which occurred on August 7, 2006.
In 2007, the Company did not roll over the remaining
$250 million of short term deposits. Consequently, no
amount of existing cash was held in short term deposits as at
December 31, 2007.
F-33
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
14
OTHER INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Investments and other non-current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Investments carried at cost
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Available-for-sale
equity securities
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Long-term receivables related to funding
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Long-term receivables related to tax refund
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Deposits and other non-current assets
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company entered into a joint venture agreement in 2002 with
Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd for the development and production
of Photomask in which the Company holds a 19% equity interest.
The joint venture, DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A, was initially
capitalized with the Companys contribution of
2 million of cash. Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd
contributed 8 million of cash for an 81% equity
interest. In the event of the liquidation of the joint-venture,
the Company is required to repurchase the land at cost, and the
facility at 10% of its net book value, if no suitable buyer is
identified. No provision for this obligation has been recorded
to date. At December 31, 2007, the Companys total
contribution to the joint venture is $10 million. The
Company continues to maintain its 19% ownership of the joint
venture, and therefore continues to account for this investment
under the cost method. The Company has identified the joint
venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but has determined
that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The
Companys current maximum exposure to loss as a result of
its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity
investment.
Long-term receivables related to funding are mainly public
grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy as
part of long-term research and development, industrialization
and capital investment projects.
Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax
benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax
jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed
rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016
to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. The
cancellable swaps meet the criteria for designation as a fair
value hedge, as further detailed in Note 27 and are
reflected at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheet
as at December 31, 2007, which was positive for
approximately $8 million.
Deposits and other long-term receivables include, in addition to
Hynix ST joint venture debt guarantee as detailed in
note 4, individually insignificant amounts as of
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
F-34
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
15
OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Taxes other than income taxes
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Salaries and wages
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
Social charges
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Advances received on government funding
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Advances from customers
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Current portion of provision for restructuring
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Pension and termination benefits
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Warranty and product guarantee provisions
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Royalties
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually
insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006.
16
POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of both funded
and unfunded defined benefit pension plans and other long-term
employees benefits covering employees in various
countries. The defined benefits plans provide for pension
benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors
such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The
other long-term employees plans provide for benefits due
during the employees period of service after certain
seniority levels. Consequently, the Company reported for 2007,
2006 and 2005 those plans under a separate tabular presentation.
The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the majority
of its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance
with local statutory requirements. In 2007, the Company recorded
a one-time charge of $21 million, which is included on the
line Plan amendment in the table below, for
adjustments to the expenses of a seniority program in prior
periods. These prior period adjustments individually and in the
aggregate are not material to the financial results for
previously issued annual consolidated financial statements or
for the consolidated statements for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
For Italian termination indemnity plan (TFR), the
Company continues to measure the vested benefits to which
Italian employees are entitled as if they retired immediately as
of December 31, 2007, in compliance with the Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue
No. 88-1,
Determination of Vested Benefit Obligation for a Defined Benefit
Pension Plan
(EITF 88-1).
The TFR was reported according to FAS 132(R), as any other
defined benefit plan until the new Italian regulation concerning
employee retirement schemes enacted on July 1, 2007. Since
that date, the future TFR has been accounted for as a defined
contribution plan the accruals being maintained as a Defined
Benefit plan in the company books.
As at December 31, 2007 the Company reports all its defined
benefit pension plan information according to FAS 132(R),
and all its other long-term employees benefits information
according to APB 12.
The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Benefits
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Benefits
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan amendment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current assets
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Non Current liabilities
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued benefit liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in Other Comprehensive Income were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
Net of tax
|
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
amount as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Tax (expense or
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
benefit)
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net actuarial gain generated in current year
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
37
|
|
Amortization of actuarial gain
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Effect of curtailment, net
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Net prior service cost arising during period
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of
the benefit obligation for the pension plans were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Assumptions
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.43
|
%
|
|
|
4.86
|
%
|
|
|
4.54
|
%
|
Salary increase rate
|
|
|
3.24
|
%
|
|
|
2.95
|
%
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension
expense of the year
|
|
|
6.34
|
%
|
|
|
6.05
|
%
|
|
|
6.34
|
%
|
The discount rate was determined by comparison against long-term
corporate bond rates applicable to the respective country of
each plan. In developing the expected long-term rate of return
on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of
return for broad categories of investments held by the plan
against a number of various potential economic scenarios.
The Company pension plan asset allocation at December 31,
2007 and 2006 and target allocation for 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Plan Assets at
|
|
|
|
Target allocation
|
|
|
December
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
Fixed income securities
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
Real estate
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys investment strategy for its pension plans is
to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an
acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of
providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding
levels. The Companys practice is to periodically conduct a
review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A
portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term
cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The
Companys equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to
achieve optimal diversity. The Company does not manage any
assets internally.
F-37
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
After considering the funded status of the Companys
defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate,
investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company
may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any
given year in excess of required amounts. The Company
contributions to plan assets were $16 million and
$28 million in 2007 and 2006 respectively and the Company
expects to contribute cash of $34 million in 2008.
The Companys estimated future benefit payments as of
December 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2009
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2010
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2011
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2012
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From 2013 to 2017
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue
benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their
employment period based on their individual salaries. The
Company accrued benefits related to defined contribution pension
plans of $7 million and $16 million, as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively. The annual cost of
these plans amounted to approximately $69 million,
$28 million and $42 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The benefits accrued to the employees on a
pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the
individuals salaries.
17
LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Bank loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.54% (weighted average), due 2007, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
5.68% (weighted average rate), due 2007, variable interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
5.21% due 2008, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
5.51% due 2009, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Funding program loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.44% (weighted average), due 2009, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
0.88% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
2.74% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
0.49% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
3.33% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
4.98% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017%
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Capital leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,97% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Senior Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.35%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40%
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Convertible debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.50)% convertible bonds due 2013
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.5% convertible bonds due 2016
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
|
|
991
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
|
818
|
|
Singapore dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt outstanding
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
103
|
|
2009
|
|
|
114
|
|
2010
|
|
|
60
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
2012
|
|
|
41
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In August 2003, the Company issued $1,332 million principal
amount at issuance of zero coupon unsubordinated convertible
bonds due 2013. The bonds were issued with a negative yield of
0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount at issuance of
$1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. The
negative yield through the first redemption right of the holder
totalled $21 million and was recorded in capital surplus.
The bonds are convertible at any time by the holders at the rate
of 29.9144 shares of the Companys common stock for
each one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The holders
may redeem their convertible bonds on August 5, 2006 at a
price of $985.09, on August 5, 2008 at $975.28 and on
August 5, 2010 at $965.56 per one thousand dollar face
value of the bonds. As a result of this holders option,
the redemption occurred in August 2006. Pursuant to the terms of
the convertible bonds due 2013, the Company was required to
purchase, at the option of the holders, 1,397,493 convertible
bonds, at a price of $985.09 each between August 7 and
August 9, 2006. This resulted in a cash payment of
$1,377 million. The outstanding long-term debt
corresponding to the 2013 convertible debt amounted to
approximately $2 million as at December 31, 2007,
corresponding to the remaining 2,505 bonds valued at
August 5, 2008 redemption price. At any time from
August 20, 2006 the Company may redeem for cash at their
negative accreted value all or a portion of the convertible
bonds subject to the level of the Companys share price.
In February 2006, the Company issued $1,131 million
principal amount at maturity of zero coupon senior convertible
bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were issued at 100% of
principal with a yield to maturity of 1.5% and resulted in net
proceeds to the Company of $974 million less transaction
fees. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior
to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.363087 shares per
one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to
42,235,646 equivalent shares. This conversion rate has been
adjusted from 43.118317 shares per one thousand dollar face
value of the bonds at issuance, as the result of the
extraordinary cash dividend approved by the Annual General
Meeting of Shareholders held on April 26, 2007. This new
conversion has been effective since May, 21, 2007. The holders
can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011
at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of
$1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99
per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The Company can
call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to
the Companys share price exceeding 130% of the accreted
value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30
consecutive trading days. The Company may redeem for cash at the
principal amount at issuance plus accumulated gross yield all,
but not a portion, of the convertible bonds at any time if 10%
or less of the aggregate principal amount at issuance of the
convertible bonds remain outstanding in certain circumstances or
in the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or
any successor jurisdiction. In the second quarter 2006, the
Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional
value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion
of these convertible bonds. As a result of the cancellable swap
hedging transactions, as described in further detail in
Note 27, the effective yield on the $200 million
principal amount of the hedged convertible bonds has increased
from 1.50% to 1.95% as of December 31, 2007.
F-39
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued
floating rate senior bonds with a principal amount of
Euro 500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The
notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of
the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June,
September, December and March of each year through maturity. In
the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any
successor jurisdiction, ST BV or the Company, may redeem the
full amount of senior bonds for cash. In the event of certain
change in control triggering events, the holders can cause ST BV
or the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the bonds
outstanding.
Credit
facilities
The Company and its subsidiaries has uncommitted short-term
credit facilities with several financial institutions totalling
$1,212 million at December 31, 2007. The Company has
also a $736 million (500 million ) long-term
credit facility with the European Investment Bank as part of a
funding program loan, of which $205 million was used as at
December 31, 2007. The Company maintains also uncommitted
foreign exchange facilities totalling $939 million at
December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, and
December 31, 2006, amounts available under the short-term
lines of credit were not reduced by any borrowing.
18
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
18.1
Outstanding shares
The authorized share capital of the Company is
EUR 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common
shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal
value of EUR 1.04. As at December 31, 2007 the number
of shares of common stock issued was 910,293,420 shares
(910,157,933 at December 31, 2006).
As of December 31, 2007 the number of shares of common
stock outstanding was 899,760,539 (897,395,042 at
December 31, 2006).
18.2
Preference shares
The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a
holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to
dividends and distributions upon liquidation. On May 31,
1999, the Company entered into an option agreement with
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. in order to protect the
Company from a hostile takeover or other similar action. The
option agreement provided for 540,000,000 preference shares to
be issued to STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. upon their
request based on approval by the Companys Supervisory
Board. STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. would be required
to pay at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to
be issued, and to retain ownership of at least 30% of the
Companys issued share capital. An amendment was signed in
November 2004 which reduced the threshold required for
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. to exercise its right to
subscribe preference shares of the Company, down to 19% issued
share capital compared to the previous requirement of at least
30%.
On January 22, 2008, following the termination of the
existing option agreement between the Company and
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. and the constitution in
December 2006 of an independent Dutch Foundation Stichting
Continuïteit ST, a new option agreement of
substantially similar terms was concluded between the Company
and Stichting Continuïteit ST. This new option agreement
provides for the issuance of 540,000,000 preference shares. Any
such shares would be issued by the Company to the Foundation,
upon its request and in its sole discretion, upon payment of at
least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be
issued. The issuing of the preference shares is conditional upon
(i) the Company receiving an unsolicited offer or there
being the threat of such an offer; (ii) the Companys
Managing and Supervisory Boards deciding not to support such an
offer and; (iii) the Board of the Foundation determining
that such an offer or acquisition would be contrary to the
interests of the Company and its stakeholders. The preference
shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
There were no preference shares issued as of December 31,
2007.
18.3
Treasury stock
In 2002 and 2001, the Company repurchased 13,400,000 of its own
shares, for a total amount of $348 million, which were
reflected at cost as a reduction of the shareholders
equity. No treasury shares were acquired in 2007, 2006 and 2005.
F-40
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The treasury shares have been designated for allocation under
the Companys share based remuneration programs on
non-vested shares including such plans as approved by the 2005,
2006 and 2007 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As of
December 31, 2007, 2,867,119 of these treasury shares were
transferred to employees under the Companys share based
remuneration programs, following the vesting as of
April 27, 2006 of the first tranche of the stock award plan
granted in 2005, as of April 27, 2007 of the second tranche
of the stock award plan granted in 2005 and the first tranche of
the stock-award plan granted in 2006, the vesting as of
October 26, 2007 of first tranche of the stock awards
granted under the 2005 French subplan of 2005 (representing 64%
of shares granted under this sub plan) and the acceleration of
the vesting of a limited number of stock awards.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned a residual
number of treasury shares equivalent to 10,532,881.
18.4
Stock option plans
In 1995, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 1995 Employee Stock
Option Plan (the 1995 Plan) whereby options for up
to 33,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a
five-year period. Under the 1995 Plan, the options may be
granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower
than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. At
December 31 2007, under the 1995 plan, 1,980 of the granted
options outstanding originally vest 50% after three years and
50% after four years following the date of the grant; 5,944,752
of the granted options vest 32% after two years, 32% after three
years and 36% after four years following the date of the grant.
The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. During
2005, the vesting periods for all options under the plan were
accelerated with no impact on the consolidated statements of
income.
In 1996, the Shareholders voted to adopt the Supervisory Board
Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board was
eligible to receive, during the three-year period
1996-1998,
18,000 options for 1996 and 9,000 options for both 1997 and
1998, to purchase shares of common stock at the closing market
price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same
three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory
Board were eligible to receive 9,000 options for 1996 and 4,500
options for both 1997 and 1998. Under the Plan, the options vest
over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight
years from the date of grant.
In 1999, the Shareholders voted to renew the Supervisory Board
Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board may
receive, during the three-year period
1999-2001,
18,000 options for 1999 and 9,000 options for both 2000 and
2001, to purchase shares of capital stock at the closing market
price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same
three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory
Board may receive 9,000 options for 1999 and 4,500 options for
both 2000 and 2001. Under the Plan, the options vest over one
year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from
the date of grant.
In 2001, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 2001 Employee Stock
Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) whereby options for up
to 60,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a
five-year period. The options may be granted to purchase shares
of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of
the shares on the date of grant. In connection with a revision
of its equity-based compensation policy, the Company decided in
2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding
unvested stock options. The options expire ten years after the
date of grant.
In 2002, the Shareholders voted to adopt a Stock Option Plan for
Supervisory Board Members and Professionals of the Supervisory
Board. Under this plan, 12,000 options can be granted per year
to each member of the Supervisory Board and 6,000 options per
year to each professional advisor to the Supervisory Board.
Options will vest 30 days after the date of grant. The
options expire ten years after the date of grant.
F-41
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
A summary of stock option activity for the plans for the three
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Range
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
65,424,207
|
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
29.18
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
42,200
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $17.31
|
|
|
$
|
16.91
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(2,364,862
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
29.65
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(2,542,978
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $14.23
|
|
|
$
|
13.88
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
60,558,567
|
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
29.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(16,832
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,912,584
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
30.66
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(2,303,899
|
)
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $17.08
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
56,325,252
|
|
|
$
|
12.03 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(7,566,170
|
)
|
|
$
|
24.88
|
|
|
$
|
24.88
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,861,960
|
)
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
31.19
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(131,487
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.08 - $19.18
|
|
|
$
|
18.90
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
46,765,635
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
31.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercisable following acceleration in 2005 of
vesting for all outstanding unvested stock options were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Options exercisable
|
|
|
46,765,635
|
|
|
|
56,325,252
|
|
|
|
60,558,567
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
$
|
31,42
|
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
$
|
29.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options
outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 4.3,
4.7 and 5.5 years, respectively.
The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise
price and the weighted average remaining contractual life of
options exercisable as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option price
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
remaining
|
|
|
|
Number of shares
|
|
range
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
contractual life
|
|
|
|
|
|
149,191
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $17.31
|
|
|
$
|
17.06
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
|
21,094,641
|
|
|
$
|
19.18 - $24.88
|
|
|
$
|
21.03
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
|
202,060
|
|
|
$
|
25.90 - $29.70
|
|
|
$
|
27.18
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
19,357,388
|
|
|
$
|
31.09 - $44.00
|
|
|
$
|
34.37
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
|
5,962,355
|
|
|
$
|
50.69 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
59.09
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
18.5
Employee share purchase plans
No employee share purchase plan was offered in 2007, 2006 or
2005.
F-42
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
18.6
Share Awards Plans
In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation
strategy by no longer granting options but rather share awards.
In July 2005, the Company amended its latest Stock Option Plans
for employees, Supervisory Board and Professionals of the
Supervisory Board accordingly.
As part of this revised stock-based compensation policy, the
Company granted on October 25, 2005 3,940,065 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees, to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2005 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of 219,850 additional shares to selected employees
upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. These
additional shares were granted in 2006. The shares were granted
for free to employees and would vest upon completion of market
and internal performance conditions. Under the program, if the
defined market condition was met in the first quarter of 2006,
each employee would receive 100% of the nonvested shares
granted. If the market condition was not achieved, the employee
could earn one third of the grant for each of the two
performance conditions. If neither the market or performance
conditions were met, the employee would receive none of the
grant. In addition to the market and performance conditions, the
nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service
period: 32% after 6 months, 32% after 18 months and
36% after 30 months following the date of the grant. In
2006, the Company failed to meet the market condition while the
performance conditions were reached. Consequently, one third of
the shares granted, amounting to 1,364,902 shares, was lost
for vesting. In March 2006 the Company decided to modify the
original plan to create a subplan for the employees in one of
its European subsidiaries for statutory payroll tax purposes.
The original plan terms and conditions were modified to extend
for these employees the requisite service period as follows: 64%
of the granted stock awards vest as at October 26, 2007 and
36% as at April 27, 2008 following the date of the grant.
In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested
is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In
compliance with the graded vesting of the grant and pursuant to
the acceleration of a limited number of stock awards, the first
tranche of the original plan, representing 637,109 shares,
vested as at April 27, 2006. In 2007, the second tranche of
the original plan, representing 598,649 shares, vested as
at April 27, 2007, and the first tranche of the subplan,
representing 434,592 shares, vested as at October 26,
2007. In addition, 6,303 additional shares were accelerated
during the year, of which 864 were under the subplan. These
shares were transferred to employees from the 13,400,000
treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, 2007,
911,281 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 243,467
under the subplan.
On October 25 2005, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2005
Supervisory Board Plan). These awards are granted at the
nominal value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the
following period: one third after 6 months, one third after
18 months and one third after 30 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In 2006, in compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares,
vested as at April 27, 2006.
In 2007, the second tranche of the plan, representing
17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. As of
December 31 2007, 17,000 awards were outstanding.
On April 29 2006, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000
stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and
professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2006
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 15,000 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In 2007, the first tranche of the plan, representing
17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. As of
December 31 2007, 34,000 awards were outstanding.
On September 29, 2006 the Company granted 4,854,280
nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to
be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2006
Employee Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized
on September 29, 2006 the future grant of additional shares
to selected employees upon designation by the Managing Board of
the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006 and
2007, as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to
employees, and vested upon completion of three internal
performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the
total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one of
the Companys European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was
simultaneously created on September 29,
F-43
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
2006, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite
service period: 32% as at April 27, 2007, 32% as at
April 27, 2008 and 36% as at April 27, 2009. The
following requisite service period is required for the nonvested
shares granted under the local subplan: 64% of the granted stock
awards vest two years from grant date and 36% as at
April 27, 2009. In addition, the sale by the employees of
the shares included in the subplan, once vested, is restricted
over an additional two-year period which is not considered as an
extension of the requisite service period.
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first
tranche of the original plan, representing
1,120,234 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In
addition, 10,120 additional shares were accelerated during the
year, of which 340 under the subplan. These shares were
transferred to employees from the 13,400,000 treasury shares
owned by the Company. At December 31, 2007, 3,489,974
nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 1,189,115 under the
subplan.
On December 19, 2006, the Compensation Committee recorded
the grant of an additional 62,360 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance
with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this
plan, representing 8,885 shares, vested as at
April 27, 2007. At December 31, 2007 53,130 nonvested
shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of
which 34,255 under the local subplan.
On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee recorded
the grant of an additional 215,000 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance
with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this
plan, representing 50,031 shares, vested as at
April 27, 2007. In addition, 1,196 additional shares were
accelerated during the year. At December 31, 2007 159,345
nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional
grant, of which 57,390 under the local subplan.
On April 29 2007, following the decision by the Annual
Shareholders meeting to increase the number of share
awards to members of the Supervisory Board and Professionals of
the Supervisory Board under the 2006 Supervisory Board plan, the
Compensation Committee granted 165,000 stock-based awards to the
members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the
Supervisory Board (The 2007 Supervisory Board Plan),
of which 22,500 awards were immediately waived. These awards are
granted at the nominal value of the share of 1.04 and vest
over the following period: one third after 12 months, one
third after 24 months and one third after 36 months
following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not
subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As
such, their associated compensation cost was recorded
immediately at grant. As of December 31 2007, 142,500 awards
were outstanding.
On June 18, 2007, the Company granted 5,691,840 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2007 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were
granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of
three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one
third of the total number of awards granted. Except for
employees in two of the Companys European subsidiaries for
whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares
vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at
April 26, 2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at
April 26, 2010. The following requisite service period is
required for the nonvested shares granted under the two local
subplans: for the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards
vest as at June 19, 2009 and 36% as at June 19, 2010.
In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested
is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For
the second one, 32% vest as at June 19, 2008, 32% as at
April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. At
December 31, 2007 5,618,350 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 1,459,635 under the first subplan and
15,900 under the second one.
On December 6, 2007, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Compensation Committee, granted additional
84,450 shares to selected employees designated by the
Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2007 Employee Plan.
This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the
original plan. As a consequence of the forecast performance
condition results, as explained above, one half of the grants
are estimated to be lost for vesting. At December 31, 2007
84,450 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this
additional grant, of which 3,000 under the first local subplan
and 42,400 under the second one.
F-44
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
A summary of the nonvested share activity for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested Shares
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise price
|
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
3,965,220
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
219,850
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
4,916,640
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
66,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(138,615
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(118,430
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(15,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,364,902
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(637,109
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
6,876,654
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
5,776,290
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(42,619
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(120,295
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(73,490
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(22,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,039,544
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2005 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,190,466
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
10,510,030
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded compensation expense for the nonvested
share awards based on the fair value of the awards at the grant
date. The fair value of the awards granted in 2005 represents
the $16.61 share price at the date of the grant. On the
2005 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted, since they are affected by a market condition, reflects
a discount of 49.50%, using a Monte Carlo path-dependent pricing
model to measure the probability of achieving the market
condition.
The following assumptions were incorporated into the Monte Carlo
pricing model to estimate the 49.50% discount:
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Employee Plan
|
|
Historical share price volatility
|
|
27.74%
|
Historical volatility of reference index
|
|
25.5%
|
Three-year average dividend yield
|
|
0.55%
|
Risk-free interest rates used
|
|
4.21%-4.33%
|
F-45
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Consistent with fair value calculations of stock option grants
in prior years, the Company has determined the historical share
price volatility to be the most appropriate estimate of future
price activity. The weighted average grant-date fair value of
nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2005 Employee
Plan was $8.50.
In 2006, the Company accounted for the impact of the
modification of the 2005 Employee Plan with the creation of a
local subplan in compliance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (FAS 123R) provisions related to
stock awards subject to a market condition and for which the
original vesting period is extended. Such modification did not
generate any incremental cost since, when measured as at the
modification date, the fair value was discounted at 100% due to
the nil probability as at March 2006 to achieve the market
condition.
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares
granted to employees under the 2006 Employee Plan was $17.35. On
the 2006 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected
by a market condition. On February 27, 2007, the
Compensation Committee approved the statement that the three
performance conditions were met (as per initial assumption).
Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2006
Employee Plan reflects the statement that all of the awards
granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares
granted to employees under the 2007 Employee Plan was $19.35. On
the 2007 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares
granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected
by a market condition. On the contrary, the Company estimates
the number of awards expected to vest by assessing the
probability of achieving the performance conditions. At
December 31, 2007, a final determination of the achievement
of the performance conditions had not yet been made by the
Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board. However, the
Company has estimated that half of number of awards is expected
to vest. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded for the
2007 Employee Plan reflects the vesting of half of the awards
granted, subject to the service condition being met.
The compensation expense recorded for nonvested shares in 2006
included a reduction for future forfeitures, estimated at a
pluri-annual rate of 4.99%, reflecting the historical trend of
forfeitures on past stock award plans. This estimate was
adjusted in 2007 at a pluri-annual rate of 4.40%. This estimate
will be adjusted for actual forfeitures upon vesting. For
employees eligible for retirement during the requisite service
period, the Company records compensation expense over the
applicable shortened period. For awards for which vesting was
accelerated in 2007, the Company recorded immediately the
unrecognized compensation expense as at the acceleration date.
The following table illustrates the classification of
stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated
statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007,
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Total compensation
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory was
$6 million at December 31, 2007 whereas it amounted to
$3 million at December 31, 2006. As of
December 31, 2007 there was $58 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of nonvested
shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted
average period of 16.4 months.
The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the
consolidated statements of income related to share-based
compensation expense amounted to $9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007, $7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006 and $2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
F-46
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
18.7
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
The accumulated balances related to each component of Other
comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
pension
|
|
|
FAS 158
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
available-for-sale
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
liability
|
|
|
adoption
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
financial assets,
|
|
|
derivatives,
|
|
|
adjustment,
|
|
|
adjustment,
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,098
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(770
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(835
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
816
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.8
Dividends
In 2007, the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.30 for a total
amount of $269 million. In 2006 and 2005, the cash dividend
paid was of $0.12 per share for a total amount of
$107 million each year.
19
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
earnings (loss) per share (EPS) was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
896,136,969
|
|
|
|
892,760,520
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.87
|
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Convertible debt interest, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) adjusted
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
896,136,969
|
|
|
|
892,760,520
|
|
Dilutive effect of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,770
|
|
|
|
854,523
|
|
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,252,996
|
|
|
|
116,233
|
|
Dilutive effect of convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,941,995
|
|
|
|
41,880,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS
|
|
|
898,731,154
|
|
|
|
958,543,730
|
|
|
|
935,611,380
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
|
0.83
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
At December 31, 2007, if the Company had reported an
income, outstanding stock options would have included
anti-dilutive shares totalled approximately
46,722,255 shares. At December 31, 2006 and 2005,
outstanding stock options included anti-dilutive shares totalled
approximately 56,113,482 shares and 59,704,044 shares,
respectively.
F-47
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
There was also the equivalent of 42,310,582 common shares
outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 74,936 for the
2013 bonds and 42,235,646 for the 2016 bonds. None of these
bonds have been converted to shares during 2007.
20
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET
Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss), net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Patent litigation costs
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Patent pre-litigation costs
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Gain on sale of investment in Accent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of other non-current assets, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patent litigation costs include legal and attorney fees and
payment of claims, and patent pre-litigation costs are composed
of consultancy fees and legal fees. Patent litigation costs are
costs incurred in respect of pending litigation. Patent
pre-litigation costs are costs incurred to prepare for licensing
discussions with third parties with a view to concluding an
agreement.
As at December 31, 2007, the caption Other, net
included a $7 million income, net of attorney and
consultancy fees that the Company received in its ongoing
pursuit to recover damages related to the case with its former
Treasurer as previously disclosed.
On June 29, 2006, the Company sold to Sofinnova Capital V
its participation in Accent Srl, a subsidiary based in Italy.
Accent Srl, in which the Company held a 51% interest, was
jointly formed with Cadence Design Systems Inc. and is
specialized in hardware and software design and consulting
services for integrated circuit design and fabrication. The
total consideration amounting to $7 million was received in
cash on June 29, 2006. Net of consolidated carrying amount
and transactions related expenses, the divestiture resulted in a
net pre-tax gain of $6 million which was recorded in
Other income and expenses, net in the 2006
consolidated statements of income. In addition the Company
simultaneously entered into a license agreement with Accent by
which the Company granted to Accent, for a total agreed lump sum
amount of $3 million, the right to use as is
and with no right to future development certain specific
intellectual property of the Company that are currently used in
Accents business activities. The total consideration was
recognized immediately in 2006 and recorded as Other
revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The
Company was also granted warrants for 6,675 new shares of
Accent. Such warrants expire after 15 years and can only be
exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial
Public Offering of Accent above a predetermined value.
21
IMPAIRMENT, RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE
COSTS
In 2007, the Company has incurred impairment and restructuring
charges related to the following items: (i) the valuation
of assets to be disposed of within Flash memory business
deconsolidation under FAS 144 held-for-sale model;
(ii) the manufacturing plan committed to by the Company in
the second quarter of 2007 (the 2007 restructuring
plan); (iii) the 150mm restructuring plan started in
2003; (iv) the headcount reduction plan announced in the
second quarter of 2005; (v) impairment charges on certain
financial investments carried at cost and on intangible assets
pursuant to the annual impairment test in order to assess
recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and related
intangible assets.
During the third quarter of 2003, the Company commenced a plan
to restructure its 150mm fab operations and part of its back-end
operations in order to improve cost competitiveness. The 150mm
restructuring plan focuses on cost reduction by migrating a
large part of European and U.S. 150mm production to
Singapore and by upgrading production to finer geometry 200mm
wafer fabs. The plan includes the discontinuation of the 150mm
production of
F-48
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Rennes (France), the closure as soon as operationally feasible
of the 150mm wafer pilot line in Castelletto (Italy) and the
downsizing by approximately one-half of the 150mm wafer fab in
Carrollton, Texas. Furthermore, the 150mm wafer fab productions
in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France) will be gradually
phased-out in favor of 200mm wafer
ramp-ups at
existing facilities in these locations, which will be expanded
or upgraded to accommodate additional finer geometry wafer
capacity. The Company incurred the balance of the restructuring
charges related to this manufacturing restructuring plan in
2007, later than previously anticipated to accommodate
unforeseen qualification requirements of the Companys
customers.
In the first quarter of 2005, the Company decided to reduce its
Access technology products for Customer Premises Equipment
(CPE) modem products. This decision was intended to
eliminate certain low volume, non-strategic product families
whose returns in the current environment did not meet internal
targets. Additional restructuring initiatives were also
implemented in the first quarter of 2005 such as the closure of
a research and development design center in Karlsruhe (Germany)
and in Malvern (U.S.A.), and the discontinuation of a
development project in Singapore. In May 2005, the Company
announced additional restructuring efforts to improve
profitability. These initiatives were aimed to reduce the
Companys workforce by 3,000 outside Asia by the second
half of 2006, of which 2,300 are planned for Europe. The Company
plans to reorganize its European activities by optimizing on a
global scale its EWS activities (wafer testing); harmonizing its
support functions; streamlining its activities outside its
manufacturing areas and by disengaging from certain activities.
In the second quarter of 2007, the Company announced it had
entered into a definitive agreement with Intel to create a new
independent semiconductor company from the key assets of the
Companys and Intels Flash memory business as
described in details in Note 7. Upon meeting FAS 144
criteria for assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the
assets to be transferred pursuant FMG deconsolidation from their
original balance sheet classification to the line Assets
held for sale, reflecting the to-be-contributed assets at
fair value less costs to sell based on the net consideration
provided for in the agreement and significant estimates. In
addition, in the second half of 2007, the Company started to
incur certain restructuring charges related to the disposal of
FMG business.
The Company announced in the third quarter of 2007 that
management committed to a new restructuring plan (the 2007
restructuring plan). This plan is aimed at redefining the
Companys manufacturing strategy in order to be more
competitive in the semiconductor market. In addition to the
prior restructuring measures undertaken in the past years, this
new manufacturing plan will pursue, among other initiatives: the
transfer of 150mm production from Carrollton, Texas to Asia, the
transfer of 200mm production from Phoenix, Arizona, to Europe
and Asia and the restructuring of the manufacturing operations
in Morocco with a progressive phase out of the activities in Ain
Sebaa site synchronized with a significant growth in Bouskoura
site.
In the third quarter of 2007, the Company also performed the
yearly impairment test in order to assess the recoverability of
the goodwill carrying value.
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs incurred in 2007, 2006, and 2005 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
150mm fab plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
2005 restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
2007 restructuring plan
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1,112
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2006
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
150mm fab plan
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
2005 restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
150mm fab plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
2005 restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment charges
In 2007, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$1,106 million impairment as a result of the signing of the
definitive agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon
meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, to adjust the
value of the to-be-contributed assets to fair value less costs
to sell. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net
consideration provided for in the agreement and significant
estimates. The final impairment charge could be different
subject to further adjustments due to business and market
evolution prior to the closing of the transaction;
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment
that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and
for which no alternative future use could be found in the
Company;
|
|
|
|
$11 million impairment on certain tangible assets, mainly
equipment, that the Company identified without alternative
future use following its commitment to the closure of two
front-end sites and one back-end site as part of the 2007
restructuring plan;
|
|
|
|
$2 million impairment on technologies without any
alternative future use based on the Companys
products roadmap;
|
|
|
|
$3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on a
minority equity investment carried at cost. The impairment loss
was based on the valuation for the underlying investment of a
new round of third party financing
|
In 2006, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$6 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision
of the Company to cease product development from technologies
inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The Company reports
Tioga business as part of the Application Specific Product
Groups (ASG) product segment. Following this
decision, the Company recorded the full write-off of Tioga
goodwill carrying amount.
|
|
|
|
$4 million impairment on technologies purchased as part of
Tioga business acquisition, which were determined to be without
any alternative use;
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery pursuant
to the decision of the Company to discontinue a production line
in one of its back-end sites;
|
|
|
|
$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery identified
without any alternative use in one of the Companys
European 150 mm sites.
|
F-50
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In 2005, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$39 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision
of the Company to reduce its Access technology products for
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) modem products.
The Company reports CPE business as part of the Access reporting
unit, included in the Application Specific Products Group
(ASG). Following the decision to discontinue a
portion of this reporting unit, the Company, in compliance with
FAS 142 reassessed the allocation of goodwill between the
Access reporting unit and the business to be disposed of
according to their relative fair values using market comparables;
|
|
|
|
$22 million of purchased technologies were identified
without any alternative use following the discontinuation of CPE
product lines;
|
|
|
|
$6 million for technologies and other intangible assets
pursuant to the decision of the Company to close its research
and development design centre in Karlsruhe (Germany), the
discontinuation of a development project in Singapore, the
optimization of its EWS (wafer testing) in the United States and
other intangibles determined to be obsolete.
|
The long-lived assets affected by the restructuring plans are
owned by the Company and were assessed for impairment using the
held-for-use model defined in FAS 144 when they did not
satisfy all of the criteria required for held-for-sale status.
In 2007, apart from assets held for sale within FMG
deconsolidation, the Company did not identify any significant
tangible asset to be disposed of by sale. In 2006, the Company
identified certain machinery and equipment to be disposed of by
sale in one of its back-end sites in Morocco, following the
decision of the Company to disengage from SPG activities as part
of its latest restructuring initiatives. These assets did not
generate any impairment charge and were reflected at their
carrying value on the line Other receivables and
assets of the consolidated balance sheet as at
December 31, 2006. These assets were sold in 2007, which
generated a gain amounting to $2 million reported on the
line Other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
In January 2007, NXP Semiconductors B.V. announced that it would
withdraw from the alliance the Company operates jointly with
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. for certain research and
development activities and the operation of a 300mm wafer pilot
line fab in Crolles (France) (Crolles2 alliance).
Therefore, the Crolles2 alliance expired on December 31,
2007. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. had also notified the
Company that it would terminate its participation to the
Crolles2 alliance as of such date.
Restructuring charges and other related closure costs in 2007,
2006 and 2005 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150mm fab plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
FMG
|
|
|
& other related
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
initiatives
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
disposal
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Charges incurred in 2005
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Reversal of provision
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Currency translation effect
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges incurred in 2006
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Currency translation effect
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges incurred in 2007
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Reversal of provision
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
150mm fab plan:
Restructuring charges incurred in 2007 on this plan amounted to
$31 million, primarily related to transfer, maintenance and
decontamination associated with the closure and transfer of
production for the sites of Rousset (France) and Agrate (Italy).
In 2007, the Company reversed a $2 million provision
recorded in 2003 to cover the Companys legal obligation to
pay penalties to the French governmental institutions related to
the closure of Rennes production site since the French
authorities decided in 2007 to waive the payment of such
penalties.
Restructuring charges incurred in 2006 amounted to
$7 million termination benefits, and $14 million of
other closure costs mainly related to maintenance and
decontamination incurred in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France)
sites.
Restructuring charges incurred in 2005 amounted to
$10 million, mainly related to termination benefits, and
$9 million of other related closure costs for transfers of
production. In 2005 management decided to continue a specific
back-end fabrication line in Rennes (France), which had
originally been designated for full closure. This decision
resulted in a $6 million reversal of the restructuring
provision.
2005
restructuring initiatives:
In 2007, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge
amounting to $9 million, detailed as follows:
(i) $6 million corresponded to workforce reduction
initiatives in Europe; and (ii) $3 million was related
to reorganization actions aiming at optimizing the
Companys EWS activities.
In 2006, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge
amounting to $44 million, of which $37 million
corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe and
$7 million were related to reorganization of its EWS
activities as part of the plan of reorganization and
optimization of its activities as defined in 2005.
In 2005, the Company commenced these restructuring initiatives
and recorded the following charges:
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the decision of reducing its Access technology
products for Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) modem
products, the Company committed to an exit plan in Zaventem
(Belgium) and recorded in 2005 $4 million of workforce
termination benefits.
|
|
|
|
In order to streamline its research and development sites, the
Company decided to cease its activities in two locations,
Karlsruhe (Germany) and Malvern (U.S.A.). The Company incurred
in 2005 $1 million restructuring charges corresponding to
employee termination costs and of $1 million of unused
lease charges related to the closure of these two sites.
|
|
|
|
In addition, charges totalling $2 million were paid in 2005
by the Company for voluntary termination benefits for certain
employees. The Company also incurred a $2 million charge in
2005 related to additional restructuring initiatives, mainly in
the United States and Mexico.
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to
$38 million related to termination incentives for two of
the Companys subsidiaries in Europe, who accepted special
termination arrangements.
|
2007
restructuring plan:
The Company recorded a total restructuring charge for its latest
restructuring plan amounting to $62 million, mainly related
to termination benefits for involuntary leaves. This total
charge includes the provision for contractual, legal and past
practice termination benefits to be paid for an estimated number
of employees primarily in the United States, France and Morocco
amounting to $37 million, and $25 million
corresponding to one-time termination benefits established by
the restructuring plan as communicated in the United States,
which specifies certain retention and completion bonuses to be
paid to employees who are required to render service until full
closure of the manufacturing sites.
FMG
disposal:
In 2007, the Company recorded $5 million restructuring
charges related to FMG disposal group of assets, mainly related
to transfer, maintenance and decontamination costs.
F-52
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Total impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs:
The 2003 restructuring plan and related manufacturing
initiatives were largely completed in 2007. Of the total
$330 million expected pre-tax charges to be incurred under
the plan, $345 million have been incurred as of
December 31, 2007 ($29 million in 2007, $22 in 2006,
$13 million in 2005, $76 million in 2004 and
$205 million in 2003).
The 2005 headcount reduction plan, which was nearly fully
completed as at December 31, 2007, was originally expected
to result in pre-tax charges of $100 million, out of which
$95 million have been incurred as at December 31, 2007
($9 million in 2007, $45 in 2006 and $41 million in
2005).
The 2007 restructuring plan is expected to result in pre-tax
charges in the range of $270 to $300 million, of which
$62 million have been incurred as of December 31,
2007. This plan is expected to be completed in the second half
of 2009.
In 2007, total amounts paid for restructuring and related
closure costs amounted to $55 million. The total actual
costs that the Company will incur may differ from these
estimates based on the timing required to complete the
restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final
agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the
transfer of equipment, products and processes.
22
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
Interest income (expense), net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2007 and 2006, while
capitalized interest was $2 million in 2005. Interest
income on floating rate notes classified as available-for-sale
marketable securities amounted to $41 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007 and to $5 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006. Interest income on auction rate
securities amounted to $24 million and $9 million for
the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
In 2005, the Company invested available cash in credit-linked
deposits issued by several primary banks, which maturity was
scheduled before year-end. Interest income on these marketable
securities for the years ended December 31, 2005 amounted
to $18 million.
23
INCOME TAX
Income before income tax expense is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
Income from foreign operations
|
|
|
(440
|
)
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually
liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions. Tax losses can
only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring
such loss.
F-53
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Netherlands taxes current
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Foreign taxes current
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current taxes
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Foreign deferred taxes
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes
computed at the Netherlands statutory rate, of 25.5% in 2007,
29.6% in 2006 and 34.5% in 2005 and the effective income tax
rate are the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income tax expense computed at statutory rate
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Permanent and other differences
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustments
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of prior years adjustments
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Effects of change in enacted tax rate on deferred taxes
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current year credits
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Other tax and credits
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Benefits from tax holidays
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Impact of FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line Impact of prior years adjustments
includes amounts that are further disclosed at Changes to
the uncertain tax positions of prior years in the
uncertain tax position reconciliation table included in this
note.
The line Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different
rates includes a $97 million decrease related to the
FMG deconsolidation for amounts that were deductible in tax
jurisdictions with statutory tax rates substantially below the
Netherlands statutory rate.
In 2006, as the result of favourable events that occurred in
that year, the Company recognized approximately $23 million
in tax benefits related to Research and Development Credits and
Extraterritorial Income Exclusions in the United States for
prior periods. In addition the Company reversed $90 million
in income tax provisions related to a previously received tax
assessment in the United States based on a final settlement upon
appeals.
The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to
attract foreign technological investment in certain tax
jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits on basic earnings
per share was $0.14, $0.15, and $0.05 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. These
agreements are present in various countries and include programs
that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes in years affected
by the agreements. The Companys tax holidays expire at
various dates through the year ending December 31, 2019.
F-54
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
Inventory valuation
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Fixed asset depreciation in arrears
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Receivables for government funding
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Tax allowances granted on past capital investments
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
975
|
|
Pension service costs
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Commercial accruals
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(1,039
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated fixed asset depreciation
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
Acquired intangible assets
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Advances of government funding
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries
have tax loss carryforwards and investment credits that expire
starting 2008, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
1
|
|
2008
|
|
|
10
|
|
2009
|
|
|
9
|
|
2010
|
|
|
21
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Tax allowances granted on past capital
investments mainly related to a 2003 agreement granting
the Company certain tax credits for capital investments
purchased through the year ending December 31, 2006. Any
unused tax credits granted under the agreement will continue to
increase yearly by a legal inflationary index (currently 7% per
annum). The credits may be utilized through 2020 or later
depending on the Company meeting certain program criteria. In
addition to this agreement, the Company will continue to receive
tax credits on future years capital investments, which may
be used to offset that years tax liabilities and increases
by the legal inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the
inability to utilize these credits currently and in future
years, the Company did not recognize any deferred tax asset on
such tax allowance. As a result, there is no financial impact to
the net deferred tax assets of the Company.
Tax loss carryforwards include $59 million in net operating
losses acquired in business combinations, which continue to be
fully provided for at December 31, 2007. Any eventual use
of these tax loss carryforwards would result in a reduction of
the goodwill recorded in the original business combination.
The amount of deferred tax expense recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income (loss) was ($8) million and
$7 million in 2007 and 2006 respectively and related
primarily to the tax effects of the recognized unfunded status
on defined benefits plans and unrealized gains on derivatives.
The amount of deferred tax expense recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income (loss) was $6 million in 2005
and related primarily to the tax effects of unrealized gains
(losses) on derivatives as well as minimum pension liability
adjustments.
F-55
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
With the adoption of FIN 48 in the first quarter of 2007,
the Company applies a two-step process for the evaluation of
uncertain income tax positions based on a more likely than
not threshold to determine if a tax position will be
sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The
recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an
uncertain position to be recognized only if it is more likely
than not, or 50 percent assured that the tax position will
be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The
measurement methodology in step two is based on cumulative
probability, resulting in the recognition of the largest
amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.
The Company recorded as of the adoption date an incremental tax
liability of $8 million for the difference between the
amounts recognized under its previous accounting policies and
the income tax benefits determined under the new guidance. Total
unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption amounts to
$82 million, of which $74 million correspond to tax
exposure provisions recorded under accounting principles
applicable prior to FIN 48 adoption. The cumulative effect
of the change in the accounting principle that the Company
applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in the
first quarter of 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings. A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
4
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
72
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect
the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible
that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the
table above could increase by up to $64 million based upon
tax examinations that are expected to be completed within the
next 12 months.
Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest
and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components
of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income.
Interest and penalties are not material for the year or on a
cumulative basis.
The tax years that remain open for review in the Companys
major tax jurisdictions are from 1996 to 2007.
24
COMMITMENTS
The Companys commitments as of December 31, 2007 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
In million U.S.$
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and other asset purchase
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other obligations
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,122
|
|
|
|
1,620
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence of the Companys July 10
announcement, the future shutdown of the Companys plants
in the United States will lead to negotiations with some of the
Companys suppliers. As no final date has been set, none of
the contracts as reported above have been terminated nor do the
reported amounts take into account any termination fees. This
concerns approximately $51 million commitments (operating
leases and purchasing obligations.)
F-56
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
The Company leases land, buildings, plants, and equipment under
operating leases that expire at various dates under
non-cancellable lease agreements. Operating lease expense was
$62 million, $56 million and $61 million in 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
As described in Note 4, the Company and Hynix Semiconductor
signed on November 16, 2004 a joint-venture agreement to
build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City,
Jiangsu Province, China. The business license was obtained in
April 2005 and the Company paid $213 million, including
$1 million of deal-related expenses in 2006 and
$38 million of capital contributions in 2005. The Company
has also entered into a debt guarantee agreement with a third
party financial institution which will loan up to
$250 million to the joint venture. Repayment of the loan by
the joint venture is guaranteed by a deposit from the Company to
the bank in an offsetting amount. As of December 31, 2007,
$250 million has been loaned to the joint venture and a
deposit placed by the Company with the bank in a like amount.
Furthermore, the Company has contingent future loading
obligations to purchase products from the joint venture, which
have not been included in the table above because at this stage
the amounts remain contingent and non-quantifiable.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment and other assets, for outsourced
foundry wafers and for software licenses. Following the
termination of the Crolles2 alliance with Freescale
Semiconductor and NXP Semiconductors, the Company signed an
agreement with its two partners to commit to purchasing their
300-mm
equipment during 2008. The timing of the purchase has been
agreed on the basis of the Companys current visibility of
the loading for the wafer fab. The contracts provide for the
following schedule of purchases of the equipment:
$140 million on March 14, 2008; $135 million on
April 18, 2008; and, $129 million on June 30,
2008.
Other obligations primarily relate to contractual firm
commitments with respect to cooperation agreements. Following
the agreement signed on December 11, 2007 to acquire
Genesis Microchip Inc. (Genesis Microchip), the
Company committed to a cash tender offer to purchase all of the
outstanding shares of Genesis Microchip for $8.65 per share, net
to the holder in cash, for a total amount of $345 million
approximately. Transaction has been completed in January 2008.
Other
commitments
The Company has issued guarantees totalling $785 million
related to its subsidiaries debt.
25
CONTINGENCIES
The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies
arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but
are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the
Company, breach of contract claims, claims for unauthorized use
of third party intellectual property, tax claims beyond assessed
uncertain tax positions, as well as claims for environmental
damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company
considers the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the
amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded
when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when
the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company
regularly reevaluates claims to determine whether provisions
need to be readjusted based on the most current information
available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could
result in adverse material impact on the Companys results
of operations, cash flows or its financial position for the
period in which they occur.
26
CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company has received and may in the future receive
communications alleging possible infringements, in particular in
case of patents and similar intellectual property rights of
others. Furthermore, the Company may become involved in costly
litigation brought against the Company regarding patents, mask
works, copy-rights, trade-marks or trade secrets. In the event
that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to the
Company, the Company may be required to license the underlying
intellectual property right at economically unfavorable terms
and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use
and/or face
an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate
could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations, cash flows or financial position and
ability to compete.
The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims,
investigations and proceedings incidental to the normal conduct
of its operations, other than external patent utilization. These
matters mainly include the risks associated
F-57
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
with claims from customers or other parties and tax disputes
beyond assessed uncertain tax positions. The Company has accrued
for these loss contingencies when the loss is probable and can
be estimated. The Company regularly evaluates claims and legal
proceedings together with their related probable losses to
determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current
information available to the Company. Legal costs associated
with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation
which is adversely determined with respect to the Companys
interests, or in the event the Company needs to change its
evaluation of a potential third-party claim, based on new
evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could
impact its operations or financial condition at the time it were
to materialize.
The Company is currently a party to legal proceedings with
SanDisk Corporation (SanDisk) and Tessera
Technologies, Inc (Tessera). Based on
managements current assumptions made with support of the
Companys outside attorneys, the Company is not currently
in a position to evaluate any probable loss, which may arise out
of such litigation.
27
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
27.1
Financial risk factors
The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions
in the normal course of business due to its operations in
different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and
financing activities. The Companys activities expose it to
a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency
risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate
risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The
Companys overall risk management program focuses on the
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize
potential adverse effects on the Companys financial
performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments
to hedge certain risk exposures.
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department
(Corporate Treasury) reporting to the Chief Financial Officer.
Simultaneously, a Treasury Committee was created to steer
treasury activities and to ensure compliance with corporate
policies approved by the Board of Directors. Treasury activities
are thus regulated by the Companys policies, which define
procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the
management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market
risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are
subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities are
centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to
oversight from head treasury office. Corporate Treasury
identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close
cooperation with the Companys operating units. It provides
written principles for overall risk management, as well as
written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign
exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of
derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial
instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. The majority of
cash and cash equivalent is held in U.S. dollars and Euro
and is placed with financial institutions rated at least a
single A long term rating from two of the major
rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moodys Investor
Service and A- from Standard & Poors and Fitch
Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. Foreign
currency operations and hedging transactions are performed only
to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial
activities.
Market
risk
Foreign
exchange risk
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates,
primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly
arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets
and liabilities at the Companys subsidiaries.
Management has set up a policy to require the Companys
subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk
exposure with the Company through financial instruments
transacted by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreign
exchange risk arising from recognized assets and liabilities,
entities in the Company use forward contracts and purchased
currency options, transacted by Corporate Treasury. Foreign
exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities are
denominated in a currency that is not the entitys
functional currency. These instruments do not qualify as hedging
instruments. In addition, forward contracts and currency options
are also used by the Company to reduce its exposure to
U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted
intercompany transactions that cover a large part of its
research and development, selling general and administrative
expenses
F-58
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing production
costs of semi-finished goods. The derivative instruments used to
hedge these forecasted transactions meet the criteria for
designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged forecasted
transactions are all highly probable of occurrence for hedge
accounting purposes.
It is the Companys policy to keep the foreign exchange
exposures in all the currency pairs hedged month by month
against the monthly standard rate. Each month end, the
forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged together with
the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason the hedging
transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the
standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on
the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of
the Company, which consists in the balance sheet positions and
other contractually agreed transactions, is always equivalent to
zero and any movement of the foreign exchange rates will not
therefore influence the exchange effect on consolidated
statements of income items. Any discrepancy from the forecasted
values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt
actions are eventually taken.
Derivative
Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge
As described above, the Company enters into foreign currency
forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to
changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from
the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign
currencies at the Companys subsidiaries. These include
receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries in
foreign currencies, payables for foreign currency denominated
purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in
intercompany transactions.
The notional amount of these financial instruments totalled
$254 million, $232 million and $1,461 million at
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The
principal currencies covered are the Euro, the Singapore dollar,
the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc and the Malaysian ringgit.
The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to
the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is
entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss
associated with purchased currency options is equal to the
premium paid when the option is not exercised.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options not
designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of
December 31, 2007 have remaining terms of 2 days to
5 months, maturing on average after 27 days.
Derivative
Instruments Designated as a Hedge
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated
forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of
its research and development, selling, general and
administrative expenses, as well as a portion of its front-end
manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods through the use of
currency forward contracts and currency options.
For the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company recorded a
reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of
$16 million and $20 million, respectively, related to
the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. For the
year ended December 31, 2006 the Company recorded a
reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of
$5 million and $14 million, respectively, related to
the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. In
addition, no cash flow hedge transaction was discontinued in
2007 and 2006 and, as such, no amount was reclassified as
Other income and expenses, net into the consolidated
statements of income from Accumulated other comprehensive
income. For the year ended December 31, 2005 the Company
recorded as cost of sales and operating expenses
$51 million and $30 million, respectively, related to
the realized loss incurred on hedged transactions. In addition,
after determining that it was not probable that certain
forecasted transactions would occur by the end of the originally
specified time period, the Company discontinued in 2005 certain
of its cash flow hedges and reclassified a net loss of
$37 million as Other income and expenses, net
into the consolidated statements of income from Accumulated
other comprehensive income.
The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options designated as cash flow hedges totalled $482,
$593 and $745 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005 respectively. The forecasted transactions hedged at
December 31, 2007 were determined to be probable of
occurrence.
As of December 31, 2007, $12 million of deferred gains
on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million,
included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were expected
to be reclassified as earnings during the next six months based
on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses,
corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. As of
December 31, 2006, $13 million of deferred gains on
derivative instruments, net of tax
F-59
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
of $2 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive
income were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the
next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and
development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished
manufacturing costs. As of December 31, 2005,
$13 million of deferred losses on derivative instruments,
net of tax of $1 million, included in Accumulated other
comprehensive income were reclassified as earnings during the
next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and
development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished
manufacturing costs.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options
designated as cash flow hedges outstanding as of
December 31, 2007 have remaining terms of 9 days to
5 months, maturing on average after 43 days.
Cash
flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Companys interest rate risk arises from long-term
borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the
Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at
fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.
The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic
basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration
refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative
financing and hedging. Since all the liquidity of the Company is
invested in floating rate instruments, the Companys
interest rate risk arises from the mismatch of fixed rate
liabilities and floating rate assets.
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed
rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016
to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of
December 31, 2007 and 2006 the cancellable swaps met the
criteria for designation as a fair value hedge and, as such,
both the swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds are reflected
at their fair values in the consolidated balance sheets. The
criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include
evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 the
cancellable swaps are highly effective at hedging the change in
fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in
interest rates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship is
recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of
Other income and expenses, net in the consolidated
statements of income. If the hedge becomes no longer highly
effective, the hedged portion of the bonds will discontinue
being marked to fair value while the changes in the fair value
of the cancellable swaps will continue to be recorded in the
consolidated statements of income. The net loss recognized in
Other income and expenses, net for the year ended
December 31, 2007 as a result of the ineffective portion of
this fair value hedge amounted to $1 million, while it was
not material in 2006.
Credit
risk
The Company selects banks
and/or
financial institutions that operate with the group based on the
criteria of long term rating from at least two major Rating
Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument
with each bank group within a threshold of 20%.
Due to the credit market turmoil, the Company has decided to
further tighten the counterparty concentration and credit risk
profile. The maximum outstanding counterparty risk has been
reduced and currently does not exceed 15% for major
international banks with large market capitalization.
The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to
which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business.
If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are
used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account
its financial position, past experience and other factors.
Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external
ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The
utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to
customers are primarily settled in cash. At December 31,
2007 and 2006, one customer, the Nokia Group of companies,
represented 26.9% and 26.2% of trade accounts receivable, net
respectively. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number
of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.
F-60
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Liquidity
risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining
sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and
marketable securities, the availability of funding from an
adequate of committed credit facilities and the ability to close
out market positions. The Companys objective is to
maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity
ratio, which ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity
management policy is to finance the Companys investments
with net cash provided from operating activities.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Companys
liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows.
27.2
Capital risk management
The Companys objectives when managing capital are to
safeguard the Companys ability to continue as a going
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and
benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal
capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust
the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to
shareholders, or issue new shares.
Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors
capital on the basis of the debt-to-equity ratio. This ratio is
calculated as the net financial position of the Company, defined
as the difference between total cash position (cash and cash
equivalents, marketable securities current and
non-current-, short-term deposits and restricted cash) net of
total financial debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of
long-term debt and long-term debt), divided by total equity
attributable to the shareholders of the Company.
27.3
Fair value estimation
The fair values of quoted financial instruments are based on
current market prices. The fair value of financial instruments
traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the
balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial
assets held by the Company is the bid price. If the market for a
financial asset is not active and if no observable market price
is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using
significant assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value,
the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as
little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans (including current portion)
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Senior Bonds
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
Convertible debt
|
|
|
1,012
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating-rate notes
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency
options
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Other investments and other non current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Equity securities classified as available-for-sale
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency
options
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:
Cash and
cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank overdrafts,
short-term borrowings, and accounts payable
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial
statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to the
relatively short period of time between the origination of the
instruments and their expected realization.
F-61
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Marketable
securities
The fair value of floating rate notes is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.
For auction rate securities, which are debt securities without
available observable market price, the Company establishes fair
value by reference to public available indexes of securities
with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure, using mark to
market bids and mark to model valuations
received from the structuring financial institutions.
Long-term
debt and current portion of long-term debt
The fair values of long-term debt were determined based on
quoted market prices, and by estimating future cash flows on a
borrowing-by-borrowing
basis and discounting these future cash flows using the
Companys incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.
Foreign
exchange forward contracts and currency options
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon
quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.
Cancellable
swaps
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon
market prices for similar instruments.
Equity
securities classified as available-for-sale
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon
market prices for the same instruments.
28
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and
other related parties were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Sales & other services
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Other purchases
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Other income and expenses
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2007, December 31,
2006 and 2005, the related party transactions were primarily
with significant shareholders of the Company, or their
subsidiaries and companies in which management of the Company
perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are
not limited to: Commissariat à lEnergie Atomique
(LETI) Areva, France Telecom, Equant, Orange, Finmeccanica,
Cassa Depositi e Prestiti and Thomson. For 2007, the related
party transactions also include transactions with Flextronics,
Oracle and KLA-Tenkor. Additionally the Company incurred in 2007
and 2006 significant amounts from Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with
which the Company has a significant equity investment, Hynix ST
joint venture, described in detail in note 4. In 2007 and
2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. increased its business
transactions with the Company in order to supply products on
behalf of the joint venture, which was not ready to fully
produce and supply the volumes of specific products as requested
by the Company. The amount of purchases and other expenses from
Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $161 million in 2007 and
$161 million in 2006. The amount of sales and other
services made in 2007 was $2 million. The Company had a
payable amount of $18 million as at December 31, 2007
and $13 million as at December 31, 2006.
Additionally, as detailed in note 8, the Company recorded
costs amounting to $26 million to create the infrastructure
necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following
the FMG deconsolidation, for which the Company has paid and will
be reimbursed by Numonyx following the closing of the
transaction.
F-62
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
In addition, the Company participates in an Economic Interest
Group (E.I.G.) in France with Areva and France
Telecom to share the costs of certain research and development
activities, which are not included in the table above. The share
of income (expense) recorded by the Company as research and
development expenses incurred by E.I.G amounted to
$1 million expense in 2007 and 2006 and to $5 million
expense in 2005. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company
had no receivable or payable amount. At December 31, 2005,
the Company had a net receivable amount of $1 million.
The Company contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 to the
ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver
and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission.
Certain members of the Foundations Board are senior
members of the Companys management.
In addition, pursuant to the Supervisory Boards approval,
the Company paid in 2005 a special contribution amounting to
$4 million to a non-profit charitable institution in the
field of sustainable development and social responsibility on
behalf of its former President and Chief Executive Officer.
29
SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates in two business areas: Semiconductors and
Subsystems.
In the Semiconductors business area, the Company designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products,
including discrete, memories and standard commodity components,
application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs),
full custom devices and semi-custom devices and
application-specific standard products (ASSPs) for
analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the
Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of
Smartcard products through its Incard division, which includes
the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.
Beginning with the first quarter of 2005, the Company reported
until December 31, 2006 its semiconductor sales and
operating income in three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Product Groups (ASG) segment,
comprised of three product lines Home, Personal and
Communication (HPC), Computer Peripherals
(CPG) and new Automotive Product (APG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Memory Products Group (MPG) segment; and
|
|
|
|
Micro, Power, Analog (MPA) segment.
|
In an effort to better align the Company to meet the
requirements of the market, together with the pursuit of
strategic repositioning in Flash Memory, the Company announced
in December 2006 a reorganization of its product segments into
three main segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Product Groups (ASG) segment;
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
segment; and
|
|
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG) segment.
|
ASG segment includes the existing APG and CPG product lines and
the newly created Mobile, Multimedia and Communications Group
and Home, Entertainment and Display Group. IMS segment contains
the Microcontrollers, Memories and Smartcards Group and the
Analog, Power and MEMS Group. FMG segment incorporates all Flash
Memory operations, including research and development and
product-related activities, front- and back-end manufacturing,
marketing and sales. The new product segments became effective
on January 1, 2007. The Company has restated its results in
prior periods for illustrative comparisons of its performance by
product segment. The preparation of segment information
according to the new segment structure requires management to
make significant estimates, assumptions and judgments in
determining the operating income of the segments for the prior
reporting periods. However management believes the 2006
quarters presentation is representative of 2007 and is
using these comparatives when managing the Company.
The Companys principal investment and resource allocation
decisions in the Semiconductor business area are for
expenditures on research and development and capital investments
in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These
decisions are not made by product segments, but on the basis of
the Semiconductor Business area.
F-63
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
All these product segments share common research and development
for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of
their products.
In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops,
manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including
mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies
and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on
its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems
segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment
as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information (FAS 131).
The following tables present the Companys consolidated net
revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor
product segment. For the computation of the Groups
internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain
internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly
chargeable to the Groups, including cost of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses and a significant part of
research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance
with the Companys internal policies, certain cost items
are not charged to the Groups, including impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and
special research and development programs or other
corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate
level operating expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges.
Net
revenues by product segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Specific Product Groups segment
|
|
|
5,439
|
|
|
|
5,395
|
|
|
|
4,991
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector segment
|
|
|
3,138
|
|
|
|
2,842
|
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
Flash Memory Group segment
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
1,570
|
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes revenues from sales of
subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.
|
Operating
income (loss) by product segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Application Specific Product Groups segment
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector segment
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
Flash Memory Group segment
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
Total operating income of product groups
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income (loss) of
Others includes items such as impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, certain
corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and
litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the
product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the
Subsystems and Other Products Group.
|
F-64
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Total operating income of product groups
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategic R&D and other R&D programs
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Start-up
costs
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Impairment & restructuring charges
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
Subsystems and Other Products Group
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
One-time compensation and special
contributions(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Seniority awards
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-allocated
provisions(2)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating loss
Others(3)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
One-time compensation and special
contributions to the Companys former CEO and other
executives were not allocated to product groups.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes unallocated expenses such
as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs. .
|
|
(3) |
|
Operating income (loss) of
Others includes items such as impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses, such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, certain
corporate-level operating expenses, certain patent claims and
litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to the
product groups, as well as operating earnings or losses of the
Subsystems and Other Products Group. Certain costs, mainly
R&D, formerly in the Others category, have been
allocated to the groups since 2005; comparable amounts reported
in this category have been reclassified accordingly in the above
table.
|
The following is a summary of operations by entities located
within the indicated geographic areas for 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country
in which each entity is located. Long-lived assets consist of
property, plant and equipment, net (P,P&E, net) and
intangible assets, net including goodwill. A significant portion
of property, plant and equipment expenditures is attributable to
front-end and back-end facilities, located in the different
countries in which the Company operates. As such, the Company
mainly allocates capital spending resources according to
geographic areas rather than along product segment areas.
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
3,123
|
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
France
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
4,698
|
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share
amounts)
Long-lived
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
France
|
|
|
1,906
|
|
|
|
1,781
|
|
|
|
1,618
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
1,265
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
1,698
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
USA
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
1,642
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,572
|
|
|
|
6,860
|
|
|
|
6,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-66
STMICROELECTRONICS
N.V.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
costs and
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of
|
|
Valuation and qualifying accounts deducted from the related
asset accounts
|
|
of period
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
|
(Currency millions of U.S. dollars)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
47
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
31
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854
|
|
S-1
exv1w1
Exhibit 1.1
DEED
OF AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
On the fifteenth day of May two thousand and seven appears
before me, Cornelis Willem de Monchy, notaris (civil-law notary)
practicing in Rotterdam: Remco Bosveld, kandidaat-notaris
(candidate civil-law notary), employed by De Brauw Blackstone
Westbroek N.V., a limited liability company, with corporate seat
in The Hague, with address at: 2596 AL The Hague, the
Netherlands, Zuid-Hollandlaan 7, at the office in Amsterdam,
born in Arnhem on the twenty-ninth day of October nineteen
hundred and seventy-five.
The person appearing declares that on the twenty-sixth day of
April two thousand and seven the general meeting of shareholders
of STMicroelectronics N.V., a limited liability company,
with corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and address
at: Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport,
municipality Haarlemmermeer, the Netherlands, registered in the
Dutch trade register under number 33194537, upon the proposal of
the supervisory board and with the approval of the meeting of
holders of ordinary shares of the company, resolved to amend the
articles of association of the company and to authorize the
person appearing to execute this deed.
Pursuant to those resolutions the person appearing declares that
he amends the companys articles of association such that
these shall read in full as follows
ARTICLES OF
ASSOCIATION:
Name,
seat and duration.
Article 1.
|
|
1.1.
|
The name of the company is: STMicroelectronics N.V.
|
|
1.2.
|
The company is established in Amsterdam.
|
|
1.3.
|
The company will continue for an indefinite period.
|
Objects.
Article 2.
The objects of the company shall be to participate or take in
any manner any interests in other business enterprises, to
manage such enterprises, to carry on the business in
semi-conductors and electronic devices, to take and grant
licenses and other industrial property interests, assume
commitments in the name of any enterprises with which it may be
associated within a group of companies, to take financial
interests in such enterprises and to take any other action, such
as but not limited to the granting of securities or the
undertaking of obligations on behalf of third parties, which in
the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to
the aforesaid objects.
Share
capital.
Article 3.
|
|
3.1.
|
The authorized capital of the company amounts to one billion
eight hundred nine million six hundred thousand euro (EUR
1,809,600,000), consisting of one billion two hundred million
(1,200,000,000) ordinary shares and five hundred forty million
(540,000,000) cumulative preference shares, hereinafter referred
to as: preference shares, of one euro and four eurocents (EUR
1.04) each.
|
|
3.2.
|
Where in these articles of association reference is made to
shares and shareholders this shall include the shares of each
class as well as the holders of shares of each class
respectively, unless explicitly provided otherwise.
|
Issue
of shares.
Article 4.
|
|
4.1. |
The supervisory board shall have the power to issue shares and
to determine the terms and conditions of such issue if and in so
far as the supervisory board has been designated by the general
meeting of shareholders as the authorized body for this purpose.
A designation as referred to above shall only take place for a
specific period of no more than five years and may not be
extended by more than five years on each occasion.
|
|
|
4.2.
|
If a designation as referred to in the first paragraph is not in
force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power,
upon the proposal of and on the terms and conditions set by the
supervisory board to resolve to issue shares.
|
|
4.3.
|
In the event of an issue of ordinary shares, shareholders shall
have a pre-emptive right in proportion to the number of ordinary
shares which they own, notwithstanding the provisions of the
law. In respect of the issue of shares there shall be no
pre-emptive right to shares issued against a contribution other
than in cash or issued to employees of the company or of a group
company.
|
In the event of an issue of preference shares none of the
shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right.
The supervisory board shall have the power to limit or exclude
the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders, if and in so far
as the supervisory board has also been designated by the general
meeting of shareholders for this purpose as the authorized body
for the period of such designation. The provisions in the second
sentence of the first paragraph shall equally apply.
|
|
4.4.
|
If a designation as referred to in the third paragraph is not in
force, the general meeting of shareholders shall have the power,
upon the proposal of the supervisory board, to limit or exclude
the pre-emptive right accruing to shareholders.
|
|
4.5.
|
A resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to limit or
exclude pre-emptive rights or to designate the supervisory board
as authorized to resolve upon limiting or excluding of
pre-emptive rights requires a majority of at least two-thirds of
the votes cast in a meeting if in such meeting less than
one-half of the issued share capital is present or represented.
|
|
4.6.
|
Without prejudice to what has been provided in section 80,
paragraph 2, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code shares shall at no
time be issued below par.
|
|
4.7.
|
Ordinary shares shall be issued only against payment in full;
preference shares may be issued against partial payment,
provided that the proportion of the nominal amount that must be
paid on each preference share, irrespective of when it was
issued, shall be the same and that at least one quarter of the
nominal amount is paid up in full when the share is subscribed
for.
|
|
4.8.
|
Payment must be made in cash to the extent that no other
contribution has been agreed upon. If the company so consents,
payment in cash can be made in a foreign currency.
|
In the event of payment in a foreign currency the obligation to
pay is for the amount which can be freely exchanged into Dutch
currency. The decisive factor is the rate of exchange on the day
of payment, or as the case may be after application of the next
sentence, on the day mentioned therein. The company can require
payment at the rate of exchange on a certain day within two
months prior to the last day when payment shall have to be made
provided that the shares or depositary receipts for shares after
having been issued shall immediately be incorporated
in the price list of an exchange abroad.
|
|
4.9. |
This article shall equally apply to the granting of rights to
subscribe for shares, but shall not apply to the issue of shares
to someone who exercises a previously acquired right to
subscribe for shares.
|
|
|
4.10.
|
The managing board shall determine, subject to the approval by
the supervisory board, when and in what amount further payment
is to be made in respect of partially paid preference shares.
The managing board shall notify the shareholders concerned
thereof in writing at least thirty days before the date on which
the payment must finally be made.
|
|
4.11.
|
All notifications to shareholders will be made in accordance
with the provisions relating to giving of notice to convene a
general meeting of shareholders as set out in article 27.2.
|
Repurchase
and cancellation of shares.
Article 5.
|
|
5.1. |
The company may acquire, for valuable consideration, shares in
its own share capital if and in so far as:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
its equity less the purchase price of these shares is not less
than the aggregate amount of the paid up and called up capital
and the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law;
|
|
|
b.
|
the par value of the shares in its capital which the company
acquires, holds or holds in pledge, or which are held by a
subsidiary company, amounts to no more than one-tenth of the
issued share capital; and
|
|
|
c.
|
the general meeting of shareholders has authorized the managing
board to acquire such shares, which authorization may be given
for no more than eighteen months on each occasion,
notwithstanding the further statutory provisions.
|
|
|
5.2.
|
The company may, without being authorized thereto by the general
meeting of shareholders and notwithstanding to what is provided
in paragraph 1 under a and b, acquire shares in its own
share capital in order to transfer those shares to the employees
of the company or a group company under a scheme applicable to
such employees.
|
|
5.3.
|
Shares thus acquired may again be disposed of. The company shall
not acquire shares in its own share capital as referred to in
paragraph 1 if an authorization as referred to
in such paragraph is in force or as referred to in
paragraph 2 without the prior approval of the supervisory
board. The company shall also not dispose of shares in its own
share capital with the exception of shares in the
companys own share capital acquired pursuant to
paragraph 2 without the prior approval of the
supervisory board.
|
If depositary receipts for shares in the company have been
issued, such depositary receipts shall for the application of
the provisions of this paragraph and the preceding paragraph be
treated as shares.
|
|
5.4. |
In the general meeting of shareholders no votes may be cast in
respect of (a) share(s) held by the company or a subsidiary
company; no votes may be cast in respect of a share the
depositary receipt for which is held by the company or a
subsidiary company. However, the holders of a right of usufruct
and the holders of a right of pledge on shares held by the
company and its subsidiary companies, are nonetheless not
excluded from the right to vote such shares, if the right of
usufruct or the right of pledge was granted prior to the time
such share was held by the company or a subsidiary company.
Neither the company nor a subsidiary company may cast votes in
respect of a share on which it holds a right of usufruct or a
right of pledge.
|
Shares in respect of which voting rights may not be exercised by
law or by the articles of association shall not be taken into
account, when determining to what extent the shareholders cast
votes, to what extent they are present or represented or to what
extent the share capital is provided or represented.
|
|
5.5. |
Upon the proposal of the supervisory board the general meeting
of shareholders shall, with due regard of the provisions of
section 99, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, have the power to
decide to reduce the issued share capital by canceling shares or
by reducing the par value of shares by an amendment to the
articles of association. Cancellation of shares with repayment
or partial repayment or a release from the obligation to pay up
may also take place solely in respect of preference shares. In
case of cancellation of preference shares with repayment, a
payment on the relevant shares shall be made in the amount of:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
the amount paid up on the relevant shares; increased with
|
|
|
b.
|
an amount equal to the dividend not yet declared calculated over
the period up to and including the day of repayment, such in the
manner as determined in article 37, paragraph 2, sub e.
|
Shares,
share certificates, share register.
Article 6.
|
|
6.1.
|
Shares shall be in registered form.
|
|
6.2.
|
Ordinary shares shall be available:
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the form of an entry in the share register without issue of a
share certificate; shares of this type are referred to in these
articles of association as type I shares;
|
|
|
|
and should the supervisory board so
decide in the form of an entry in the share register
with issue of a certificate, which certificate shall consist of
a main part without dividend coupon; shares of this type and
share certificates of this type are referred to in these
articles of association as type II shares. Preference
shares shall only be made available in the form of type I shares.
|
|
|
6.3.
|
The supervisory board can decide that the registration of type I
shares may only take place for one or more quantities of
shares which quantities are to be specified by the
supervisory board at the same time.
|
|
6.4.
|
Type II share certificates shall be available in such
denominations as the supervisory board shall determine.
|
|
6.5.
|
All share certificates shall be signed by or on behalf of a
managing director; the signature may be effected by printed
facsimile. Furthermore type II share certificates shall,
and all other share certificates may, be countersigned by one or
more persons designated by the managing board for that purpose.
|
|
6.6.
|
All share certificates shall be identified by numbers
and/or
letters.
|
|
6.7.
|
The supervisory board can determine that for the purpose of
effecting trading or transfer of shares at foreign exchanges
share certificates shall be issued in such form as the
supervisory board may determine, complying with the requirements
set by said foreign exchange(s) and not provided with any
dividend sheet.
|
|
|
6.8. |
The expression share certificate as used in these
articles of association shall include a share certificate in
respect of more than one share.
|
Article 7.
|
|
7.1.
|
Upon written request from a shareholder, missing or damaged
share certificates, or parts thereof, may be replaced by new
certificates or by duplicates bearing the same numbers
and/or
letters, provided the applicant proves his title and, in so far
as applicable, his loss to the satisfaction of the supervisory
board, and further subject to such conditions as the managing
board may deem fit.
|
|
7.2.
|
In appropriate cases, at its own discretion, the managing board
may stipulate that the identifying numbers
and/or
letters of missing documents be published three times, at
intervals of at least one month, in at least three newspapers to
be indicated by the managing board announcing the application
made; in such a case new certificates or duplicates may not be
issued until six months have expired since the last publication,
always provided that the original documents have not been
produced to the managing board before that time.
|
|
7.3.
|
The issue of new certificates or duplicates shall render the
original document invalid.
|
Article 8.
|
|
8.1. |
Notwithstanding the statutory provisions in respect of
registered shares a register shall be kept by or on behalf of
the company, which register shall be regularly updated and, at
the discretion of the managing board, may, in whole or in part,
be kept in more than one copy and at more than one place.
|
A part of the register may be kept abroad in order to meet
requirements set out by foreign statutory provisions or
provisions of the foreign exchange.
|
|
8.2.
|
Each shareholders name, his address and such further data
as the managing board deems desirable, whether at the request of
a shareholder or not, shall be entered in the register.
|
|
8.3.
|
The form and the contents of the share register shall be
determined by the managing board with due regard to the
provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article.
|
The managing board may determine that the records shall vary as
to their form and contents according to whether they relate to
type I shares or to type II shares.
|
|
8.4.
|
Upon request a shareholder shall be given free of charge a
declaration of what is stated in the register with regard to the
shares registered in his name, which declaration may be signed
by one of the specially authorized persons to be appointed by
the managing board for this purpose.
|
|
8.5.
|
The provisions of the last four paragraphs shall equally apply
to those who hold a right of usufruct or of pledge on one or
more registered shares, with the proviso that the other data
required by law must be entered in the register.
|
Article 9.
|
|
9.1.
|
Subject to the provisions of article 6, the holder of an
entry in the share register for one or more type I shares may,
upon his request and at his option, have issued to him one or
more type II share certificates for the same nominal amount.
|
|
9.2.
|
Subject to the provisions of article 6, the holder of a
type II share certificate registered in his name may, after
lodging the share certificate with the company, upon his request
and at his option, either have one or more type I shares entered
in the share register for the same nominal amount.
|
|
9.3.
|
A request as mentioned in this article shall, if the supervisory
board so requires, be made on a form obtainable from the company
free of charge, which shall be signed by the applicant.
|
Transfer
of shares.
Article 10.
|
|
10.1.
|
The transfer of a registered share shall be effected either by
service upon the company of the instrument of transfer or by
written acknowledgement of the transfer by the company, subject
however to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this
article.
|
|
10.2.
|
Where a transfer of a type II share is effected by service
of an instrument of transfer on the company, the company shall,
at the discretion of the managing board, either endorse the
transfer on the share certificate or cancel the share
certificate and issue to the transferee one or more new share
certificates registered in his name to the same nominal amount.
|
|
|
10.3.
|
The companys written acknowledgement of a transfer of a
type II share shall, at the discretion of the managing
board, be effected either by endorsement of the transfer on the
share certificates or by the issue to the transferee of one or
more new share certificates registered in his name to the same
nominal amount.
|
|
10.4.
|
The provisions of the foregoing paragraphs of this article shall
equally apply to the allotment of registered shares in the event
of a judicial partition of any community of property or
interests, the transfer of a registered share as a consequence
of a judgment execution and the creation of limited rights in
rem on a registered share. If a share certificate has been
issued, the acknowledgement can only be effected either by
putting an endorsement to that effect on this document, signed
by or on behalf of the company, or by replacing this document by
a new certificate in the name of the acquirer.
|
|
10.5.
|
The submission of requests and the lodging of documents referred
to in articles 7 to 10 inclusive shall be made at a place
to be indicated by the managing board and in any case the places
where the company is admitted to a stock exchange.
|
Different places may be indicated for the different classes and
types of shares and share certificates.
|
|
10.6. |
The company is authorized to charge amounts to be determined by
the managing board not exceeding cost price to those persons who
request any services to be carried out by virtue of
articles 7 up to and including 10.
|
Usufructuaries,
pledgees, holders of depositary receipts.
Article 11.
|
|
11.1.
|
The usufructuary, who in conformity with the provisions of
section 88, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code has no right to vote,
and the pledgee who in conformity with the provisions of
section 89, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code has no right to vote,
shall not be entitled to the rights which by law have been
conferred on holders of depositary receipts for shares issued
with the cooperation of the company.
|
|
11.2.
|
Where in these articles of association persons are mentioned,
entitled to attend meetings of shareholders, this shall include
holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the
cooperation of the company and persons who in pursuance of
paragraph 4 in section 88 or section 89, Book 2,
Dutch Civil Code have the rights that by law have been conferred
on holders of depositary receipts for shares issued with the
cooperation of the company.
|
Managing
board.
Article 12.
|
|
12.1.
|
The company shall be managed by a managing board consisting of
one or more managing directors under the supervision of the
supervisory board. The number of members of the managing board
shall be resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders
upon the proposal of the supervisory board. The members of the
managing board shall be appointed for three years, a year being
understood as meaning the period between two general meetings of
shareholders in which the annual accounts of the previous
financial year are adopted.
|
|
12.2.
|
Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting of
shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board for each
vacancy to be filled.
|
|
12.3.
|
Without prejudice to the provisions of article 28,
paragraph 2, a proposal to appoint one or more managing
directors to the managing board may be placed on the agenda of a
general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board.
|
|
12.4.
|
The company has a policy regarding the compensation of the
managing board. The policy will be adopted by the general
meeting of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory
board.
|
|
12.5.
|
The supervisory board shall determine the compensation of the
individual managing directors, within the scope of the
compensation policy referred to in the previous paragraph. The
supervisory board will submit for approval by the general
meeting of shareholders a proposal regarding the compensation in
the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. This proposal
sets forth at least how many shares or rights to acquire shares
may be awarded to the managing board and which criteria apply to
an award or a modification.
|
|
12.6.
|
The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in accordance
with the provisions of article 32, paragraph 1.
|
Votes in respect of persons who have not been so nominated shall
be invalid.
Article 13.
|
|
13.1.
|
The general meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to suspend
or dismiss one or more managing directors, provided that at
least half of the issued share capital is represented at the
meeting. No such quorum shall be required where the suspension
or dismissal is proposed by the supervisory board.
|
|
13.2.
|
Where a quorum under paragraph 1 is required but is not
present, a further meeting shall be convened, to be held within
four weeks after the first meeting, which shall be entitled,
irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a
resolution in regard to the suspension or dismissal.
|
|
13.3.
|
The managing directors can be jointly or individually suspended
by the supervisory board. After suspension a general meeting of
shareholders shall be convened within three months, at which
meeting it shall be decided whether the suspension shall be
cancelled or maintained.
|
The person involved shall be given the opportunity to account
for his actions at that meeting.
Representation.
Article 14.
|
|
14.1.
|
The entire managing board as well as each managing director may
represent the company.
|
|
14.2.
|
The managing board may grant powers of attorney to persons,
whether or not in the service of the company, to represent the
company and shall thereby determine the scope of such powers of
attorney and the titles of such persons.
|
|
14.3.
|
The managing board shall have power to perform legal acts as
specified in section 94, paragraph 1, Book 2, Dutch
Civil Code in so far as such power is not expressly excluded or
limited by any provision of these articles of association or by
any resolution of the supervisory board.
|
Article 15.
|
|
15.1.
|
The supervisory board shall appoint one of the managing
directors as chairman of the managing board. Appointment of the
chairman shall be resolved with the majority mentioned in
article 22, paragraph 1.
|
|
15.2.
|
Resolutions of the managing board shall be passed by simple
majority of votes. In the event of a tie of votes the chairman
of the managing board shall have a casting vote.
|
Article 16.
|
|
16.1. |
Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles
of association, the managing board shall require the prior
express approval:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
from the supervisory board for decisions relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
all proposals to be submitted to a vote at the general meeting
of shareholders;
|
|
|
2.
|
the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any
participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and
participation agreement;
|
|
|
3.
|
all pluri-annual plans of the company and the budget for the
first coming year, covering the following matters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
policy regarding research and development, as well as commercial
policy and objectives;
|
|
|
|
general financial policy;
|
|
|
|
policy regarding personnel;
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
all acts, decisions or operations covered by the above list and
constituting a significant change with respect to decisions
already adopted by the supervisory board or not provided for in
the above list and as specifically laid down by the supervisory
board by resolution passed by it to that effect.
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
from the general meeting of shareholders with respect to
resolutions: regarding a significant change in the identity or
nature of the company or the enterprise, including in any event
(a) transferring the enterprise or practically the entire
enterprise to a third party, (b) entering into or canceling
any long-term cooperation between the company or a subsidiary
(dochtermaatschappij) and any other legal
person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a
limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such
cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential
importance to the company,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and (c) the company or a subsidiary
(dochtermaatschappij) acquiring or disposing of a
participating interest in the capital of a company with a value
of at least one-third of the companys total assets
according to the consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in
the most recently adopted annual accounts of the company;
|
the absence of the approval provided for above may not be raised
by or against third parties.
|
|
16.2. |
Without prejudice to provisions made elsewhere in these articles
of association, the managing board shall require the approval of
the general meeting of shareholders according to the law and the
provisions of these articles of association as well as such
resolutions as are clearly defined by a resolution of the
general meeting of shareholders to that effect.
|
Article 17.
In the event of the absence or inability to act of one of more
managing directors the remaining managing directors or managing
director shall temporarily be responsible for the entire
management. In the event of the absence or inability to act of
all managing directors, one or more persons appointed by the
supervisory board for this purpose at any time shall be
temporarily responsible for the management.
Supervisory
board.
Article 18.
|
|
18.1. |
The supervisory board shall be responsible for supervising the
policy pursued by the managing board and the general course of
affairs of the company and the business enterprise which it
operates.
|
The supervisory board shall assist the managing board with
advice relating to the general policy aspects connected with the
activities of the company. In fulfilling their duties the
supervisory directors shall serve the interests of the company
and the business enterprise which it operates.
|
|
18.2.
|
The managing board shall provide the supervisory board in good
time with all relevant information as well as the information
the supervisory board requests, in connection with the exercise
of its duties.
|
|
18.3.
|
At least once per year the managing board shall inform the
supervisory board in writing of the main features of the
strategic policy, the general and financial risks and the
management and control systems of the company.
|
The managing board shall then submit to the supervisory board
for approval:
|
|
|
|
a)
|
the operational and financial objectives of the company;
|
|
|
b)
|
the strategy designed to achieve the objectives; and
|
|
|
c)
|
the parameters to be applied in relation to the strategy,
inter alia, regarding financial ratios.
|
Article 19.
|
|
19.1.
|
The supervisory board shall consist of at least six members, to
be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders upon the
proposal of the supervisory board for each vacancy to be filled.
The number of supervisory directors shall without prejudice to
the preceding sentence be resolved upon by the general meeting
of shareholders upon the proposal of the supervisory board.
|
|
19.2.
|
The general meeting of shareholders shall decide in accordance
with the provisions of article 32, paragraph 1.
|
|
19.3.
|
Without prejudice to the provisions of article 28,
paragraph 2, a proposal to appoint one or more supervisory
directors to the supervisory board may be placed on the agenda
of the general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board.
|
|
19.4.
|
The supervisory board shall appoint from among their midst a
chairman and a vice-chairman of the supervisory board with the
majority mentioned in article 22, paragraph 1.
|
|
19.5.
|
Upon the appointment of the supervisory directors the
particulars as referred to in section 142,
paragraph 3, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code shall be made
available for prior inspection.
|
Article 20.
|
|
20.1. |
The supervisory board may appoint one or more of its members as
delegate supervisory director in charge of supervising the
managing board on a regular basis.
|
They shall report their findings to the supervisory board. The
offices of chairman of the supervisory board and delegate
supervisory director are compatible.
|
|
20.2.
|
With due observance of these articles of association, the
supervisory board may adopt rules regulating the division of its
duties among its various supervisory directors. The supervisory
board may also delegate certain of its powers to committees
which exclusively consist of members of the supervisory board,
such as an audit committee, a compensation committee or any
other committee as the supervisory board may resolve to install.
In case the authority to resolve upon the issuance of new shares
is delegated to the supervisory board, the supervisory board may
install a pricing committee which shall exclusively consist of
members of the supervisory board and which shall be authorized
within the range set in the delegation mentioned above to
determine on behalf of the supervisory board the price and
conditions for newly issued shares.
|
|
20.3.
|
The supervisory board may decide that one or more of its members
shall have access to all premises of the company and shall be
authorized to examine all books, correspondence and other
records and to be fully informed of all actions which have taken
place, or may decide that one or more of its supervisory
directors shall be authorized to exercise a portion of such
powers.
|
|
20.4.
|
At the expense of the company, the supervisory board may obtain
such advice from experts as the supervisory board deems
desirable for the proper fulfillment of its duties.
|
Article 21.
|
|
21.1. |
A supervisory director shall retire no later than at the first
ordinary general meeting of shareholders held after a period of
three years following his appointment.
|
A retired supervisory director may immediately be re-elected.
|
|
21.2.
|
The supervisory board may establish a rotation scheme.
|
|
21.3.
|
The supervisory directors may be suspended or dismissed by the
general meeting of shareholders. The supervisory board may make
a proposal to the general meeting of shareholders for the
suspension or dismissal of one or more of its supervisory
directors.
|
Article 22.
|
|
22.1.
|
The supervisory board may pass resolutions by at least three
quarters of the votes of the members in office. Each supervisory
director has the right to cast one vote. In case of absence a
supervisory director may issue a proxy, however, only to another
supervisory director. The proxy should explicitly indicate in
which way the vote must be cast. The supervisory board may pass
resolutions in writing without holding a meeting provided that
the proposals for such resolutions have been communicated in
writing to all supervisory directors and no supervisory director
is opposed to this method of passing a resolution.
|
|
22.2.
|
A certificate signed by two supervisory directors to the effect
that the supervisory board has passed a particular resolution
shall constitute evidence of such a resolution in dealings with
third parties.
|
|
22.3.
|
The managing directors shall attend meetings of the supervisory
board at the latters request.
|
|
22.4.
|
The supervisory board shall meet whenever two or more of its
members or the managing board so requests. Meetings of the
supervisory board shall be convened by the chairman of the
supervisory board, either on request of two or more supervisory
directors or on request of the managing board, or by the
supervisory directors requesting the meeting to be held. If the
chairman fails to convene a meeting to be held within four weeks
of the receipt of the request, the supervisory board members
making the request are entitled to convene the meeting.
|
|
22.5.
|
The supervisory board shall draw up standing orders regulating
inter alia the manner of convening board meetings and the
internal procedure at such meetings. These meetings may be held
by telephone as well as by video.
|
Article 23.
The general meeting of shareholders determines the compensation
of the members of the supervisory board or of one or more of its
members. The meeting shall have authority to decide whether such
compensation will consist of a fixed amount
and/or an
amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other
factor. The supervisory board members shall be reimbursed for
their expenses.
Indemnification.
Article 24.
|
|
24.1.
|
The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the company) by reason of the fact that he is or
was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent
of the company, or was serving at the request of the company as
a supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent of
another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys
fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the company, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful or out of his mandate. The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by a judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did
not act in good faith and not in a manner which he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
|
|
24.2.
|
The company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action or proceeding by or in the right of the company
to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that
he is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer
or agent of the company, or is or was serving at the request of
the company as a supervisory director, managing director,
officer or agent of another company, a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or
proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the company and except that no indemnification
shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for
gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his
duty to the company, unless and only to the extent that the
court in which such action or proceeding was brought or any
other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to indemnification against such expenses
which the court in which such action or proceeding was brought
or such other court having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem
proper.
|
|
24.3.
|
To the extent that a supervisory director, managing director,
officer or agent of the company has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit of
proceeding, referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys fees)
actually and reasonable incurred by him in connection therewith.
|
|
24.4.
|
Any indemnification by the company referred to in
paragraphs 1 and 2 shall (unless ordered by a court) only
be made upon a determination that indemnification of the
supervisory director, managing director, officer or agent is
proper in the circumstances because he had met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2. Such
determination shall be made:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
either by the supervisory board by a majority vote in a meeting
in which a quorum as mentioned in article 22,
paragraph 1, and consisting of supervisory directors who
where not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, is present;
|
|
|
b.
|
or, if such a quorum is not obtainable or although such a quorum
is obtained if the majority passes a resolution to that effect,
by independent legal counsel in a written opinion;
|
|
|
c.
|
or by the general meeting of shareholders.
|
|
|
24.5.
|
Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit
or proceeding may be paid by the company in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon a resolution
of the supervisory board with respect to the specific case upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the supervisory
director, managing director, officer or agent to repay such
amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is
entitled to be indemnified by the company as authorized in this
article.
|
|
24.6.
|
The indemnification provided for by this article shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other right to which a person seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any by-laws, agreement,
resolution of the general meeting of shareholders or of the
disinterested supervisory directors or otherwise, both as to
actions in his official capacity and as to actions in another
capacity while holding such position, and shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a supervisory director, managing
director, officer or agent and shall also inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
|
|
|
24.7.
|
The company shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a supervisory
director, managing director, officer or agent of the company, or
is or was serving at the request of the company as a supervisory
director, managing director, officer, employee or agent of
another company, a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and
incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his
capacity as such, whether or not the company would have the
power to indemnify him against such liability under the
provisions of this article.
|
|
24.8.
|
Whenever in this article reference is being made to the company,
this shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving
company also any constituent company (including any constituent
company of a constituent company) absorbed in a consolidation or
merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had the power to indemnify its supervisory directors,
managing directors, officers and agents, so that any person who
is or was a supervisory director, managing director, officer or
agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the
request of such constituent company as a supervisory director,
managing director, officer or agent of another company, a
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall
stand in the same position under the provisions of this article
with respect to the resulting or surviving company as he would
have with respect to such constituent company if its separate
existence had continued.
|
General
meeting of shareholders.
Article 25.
|
|
25.1.
|
The ordinary general meeting of shareholders shall be held each
year within six months after the close of the financial year.
|
|
25.2.
|
At this general meeting of shareholders shall be dealt with:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
the written report of the managing board on the course of
business of the company and the conduct of its affairs during
the past financial year, and the report of the supervisory board
on the annual accounts;
|
|
|
b.
|
adoption of the annual accounts and the declaration of dividend
in the manner laid down in article 37;
|
|
|
c.
|
granting of discharge to the managing directors for their
management during the past financial year and to the members of
the supervisory board for their supervision on such management;
|
|
|
|
|
d.
|
filling vacancies in the managing board in accordance with the
provisions of article 12;
|
|
|
|
|
e.
|
filling vacancies in the supervisory board in accordance with
the provisions of article 19;
|
|
|
|
|
f.
|
the proposals placed on the agenda by the managing board or by
the supervisory board, together with proposals made by
shareholders in accordance with the provisions of these articles
of association.
|
Article 26.
|
|
26.1.
|
Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders shall be held as
often as deemed necessary by the supervisory board and shall be
held if one or more shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend the meetings of shareholders jointly representing at
least one-tenth of the issued share capital make a written
request to that effect to the managing board or supervisory
board, specifying in detail the business to be dealt with.
|
|
26.2.
|
If the managing board or supervisory board fail to comply with a
request under paragraph 1 above in such manner that the
general meeting of shareholders can be held within six weeks
after the request, the persons making the request may be
authorized by the President of the Court within whose
jurisdiction the company is established to convene the meeting
themselves.
|
|
26.3.
|
Written requests as referred to in paragraph 1 of this
article, section 110, paragraph 1, Book 2, Dutch Civil
Code and article 28 paragraphs 2 and 3 may not be
submitted electronically.
|
Article 27.
|
|
27.1.
|
General meetings of shareholders shall be held in Amsterdam,
Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague; the
notice convening the meeting shall inform the shareholders and
other persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders
accordingly.
|
|
27.2.
|
The notice convening a general meeting of shareholders shall be
published by advertisement which shall at least be published in
a national daily newspaper and abroad in at least one daily
newspaper appearing in each of these countries other than the
United States, where, on the application of the company, the
shares have been admitted for official quotation. In addition,
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings
of shareholders shall be notified by letter that the meeting is
being convened.
|
|
|
27.3. |
The notice convening the meeting shall be issued by the managing
board, by the supervisory board or by those who according to the
law or these articles of association are entitled thereto.
|
Article 28.
|
|
28.1.
|
The notice convening the meeting referred to in the foregoing
article shall be issued no later than eight days prior to the
registration date, as referred to in article 30,
paragraph 4, though in any event no later than on the
twenty-first day prior to the meeting.
|
|
28.2.
|
The agenda shall contain such business as may be placed thereon
by the person(s) entitled to convene the meeting, and
furthermore such business as one or more shareholders,
representing at least one-tenth of the issued share capital,
have requested the managing board or supervisory board to place
on the agenda at least five days before the date on which the
meeting is convened. Nominations for appointment to the managing
board and the supervisory board cannot be placed on the agenda
by the managing board. No resolution shall be passed at the
meeting in respect of matters not on the agenda.
|
|
28.3.
|
Notwithstanding paragraph 2, proposals of persons who are
entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders will be included
in the agenda, if such proposal is made in writing to the
managing board within a period of sixty days before that meeting
by persons who are entitled to attend the meetings of
shareholders, who solely or jointly, represent at least one per
cent (1%) of the companys issued share capital or a market
value of at least fifty million euro (EUR 50,000,000), unless
the company determines that such proposal would conflict with
substantial interests of the company.
|
|
28.4.
|
Without prejudice to the relevant provisions of law, dealing
with reduction of share capital and amendments to articles of
association, the notice convening the meeting shall either
mention the business on the agenda or state that the agenda is
open to inspection by the shareholders and other persons
entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders at the office of
the company.
|
Article 29.
|
|
29.1.
|
General meetings of shareholders shall be presided over by the
chairman of the supervisory board or in his absence by the
vice-chairman of the supervisory board. In case of absence of
the chairman and the vice-chairman of the supervisory board the
meeting shall be presided by any other person nominated by the
supervisory board.
|
|
29.2.
|
Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a general
meeting of shareholders, which minutes shall be drawn up and
signed by the chairman and by a person appointed by him
immediately after the opening of the meeting.
|
|
29.3.
|
Where the minutes are drawn up before a civil-law notary, the
chairmans signature, together with that of the civil-law
notary, shall be sufficient.
|
Article 30.
|
|
30.1. |
All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the
meetings of shareholders are entitled to attend the general
meetings of shareholders, to address the general meeting of
shareholders and, if applicable, to vote. Subject to the
approval of the supervisory board, the managing board may
resolve that holders of shares and other persons entitled to
attend the meetings of shareholders are authorized to directly
take note of the business transacted at the meeting via an
electronic means of communication.
|
The general meeting of shareholders may lay down rules
regulating, inter alia, the length of time for which
shareholders may speak. In so far as such rules are not
applicable, the chairman may regulate the time for which
shareholders may speak if he considers this to be desirable with
a view to the orderly conduct of the meeting.
|
|
30.2.
|
In order to exercise the rights mentioned in paragraph 1,
the holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the
meetings of shareholders shall notify the company in writing of
their intention to do so no later than three business days prior
to the meeting and furthermore at the place mentioned in the
notice convening the meeting, and also in so far as
type II shares are concerned stating the serial
number of the share certificate. They may only exercise said
rights at the meeting for the shares from which they can derive
said rights both on the day referred to above and on the day of
the meeting, unless the corporate body convening the general
meeting of shareholders has determined a registration date in
accordance with paragraph 4 of this article.
|
|
30.3.
|
The company shall send a card of admission to the meeting to
holders of shares and other persons entitled to attend the
meetings of shareholders who have notified the company of their
intention in accordance with the provisions in the foregoing as
well as the following paragraph or, if applicable, the company
will provide
|
|
|
|
access to the electronic means of communication, as referred to
in the second sentence of paragraph 1 of this article, for
purposes of directly taking note of the business transacted at
the meeting.
|
|
|
30.4. |
In deviation of the provisions of paragraph 2 of this
article, the corporate body convening the general meeting of
shareholders may determine that holders of shares and other
persons entitled to attend the meetings of shareholders are
those persons who have such rights at a determined date and as
such are registered in a register designated by the corporate
body convening the general meeting of shareholders, regardless
of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend
the meetings of shareholders at the time of the meeting if a
registration date as referred to in this paragraph had not been
determined. The registration date cannot be set earlier than on
the thirtieth day prior to the meeting.
|
In the notice convening the meeting the time of registration
shall be mentioned as well as the manner in which holders of
shares and other persons entitled to attend the meetings of
shareholders can register themselves and the manner in which
they can exercise their rights.
|
|
30.5. |
If and to the extent that the relevant corporate body convening
the general meeting of shareholders makes use of the provisions
of the preceding paragraph of this article, such corporate body
may also resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at the
meetings of shareholders may vote via an electronic means of
communication determined by such corporate body within a period
to be set by the aforementioned corporate body prior to the
general meeting of shareholders, which period cannot commence
earlier than the registration date as referred to in the
preceding paragraph of this article. Votes cast in accordance
with the provisions of the preceding sentence are equal to votes
cast at the meeting.
|
Article 31.
|
|
31.1.
|
Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the meetings
of shareholders may be represented by proxies with written
authority. If the meeting rights are exercised in accordance
with article 30, paragraph 2 by a person authorized in
writing in addition to the prescribed notification and
notwithstanding the requirement of filing, the proxy with
written authority must be received by the person designated by
the corporate body the general meeting of shareholders no later
than the third business day prior to the meeting. If the meeting
rights are exercised in accordance with article 30,
paragraph 4 by a person authorized in writing, the proxy
with written authority must be received by the person designated
by the corporate body convening the general meeting of
shareholders no later than the relevant registration date as
referred to in article 30, paragraph 4.
|
|
31.2.
|
All matters regarding the admittance to the general meeting of
shareholders, the exercise of voting rights and the result of
votings, as well as any other matters regarding the affairs at
the general meeting of shareholders shall be decided upon by the
chairman of that meeting, with due observance of the provisions
of section 13, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code.
|
Article 32.
|
|
32.1.
|
Unless otherwise stated in these articles, resolutions shall be
adopted by simple majority of votes of the shareholders having
the right to vote in a meeting of shareholders where at least
fifteen per cent of the issued capital is present or
represented. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted. The
chairman shall decide on the method of voting and on the
possibility of voting by acclamation.
|
|
32.2.
|
Where the voting concerns appointments, further polls shall, if
necessary, be taken until one of the nominees has obtained a
simple majority, such with due observance of the provision of
paragraph 1 of this article. The further poll or polls may,
at the chairmans discretion, be taken at a subsequent
meeting.
|
|
32.3.
|
Except as provided in paragraph 2, in case of an equality
of the votes cast the relevant proposal shall be deemed to have
been rejected.
|
Article 33.
|
|
33.1.
|
At the general meeting of shareholders each share shall confer
the right to cast one vote.
|
|
33.2.
|
The managing board may, subject to the approval of the
supervisory board, resolve that each person entitled to attend
and vote at the meetings of shareholders is authorized to vote
via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by
a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be
identified via the electronic means of communication and
furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of
the business transacted at the meeting. The managing board may,
subject to the approval of the supervisory board, attach
conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication,
which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the
general meeting of shareholders and shall posted on the
companys website.
|
Meetings
of holders of shares of a particular class.
Article 34.
|
|
34.1. |
A meeting of holders of preference shares shall be held whenever
required by virtue of the provisions of these articles of
association and further whenever the managing board
and/or the
supervisory board shall decide, and also whenever one or more
holders of preference shares so request the managing board
and/or the
supervisory board in writing, stating the items of business to
be transacted.
|
If after receipt of a request as referred to in the preceding
sentence neither the managing board nor the supervisory board
has called a meeting in such a way that the meeting is held
within four weeks of receipt, the applicant(s) shall be
authorized to call the meeting themselves, with due observance
of the relevant provisions of these articles of association.
|
|
34.2.
|
The managing directors and the supervisory directors shall have
the right to attend meetings of holders of preference shares; in
that capacity they shall have an advisory vote. Notice of a
meeting of holders of preference shares shall be given by
letters sent to all holders of preference shares. The notice
shall state the items of business to be transacted.
|
|
34.3.
|
Articles 27 up to and including 33 shall apply mutatis
mutandis to meetings of holders of preference shares, with
the proviso that the notice convening such a meeting shall only
take place by letter or if the relevant person
entitled to attend such meeting so agrees via a
legible and reproducible message sent by electronic mail to the
address notified for this purpose to the company by the relevant
person entitled to attend such meetings.
|
|
34.4.
|
At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire
issued capital in shares of that class is represented, valid
resolutions may be adopted, provided that they are passed by
unanimous vote, even if the requirements in respect of the place
of the meeting, the manner of notice, the term of notice and the
stating in the notice of the items of business to be transacted,
have not been observed.
|
|
34.5.
|
All resolutions which may be adopted by the holders of
preference shares at a meeting may also be adopted outside a
meeting.
|
Resolutions may be adopted outside a meeting only if all holders
of preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on
preference shares have declared themselves in favor of the
proposal by letter or telecopier.
The resolution shall be recorded in the minute book of the
meeting of holders of preference shares by a managing director.
|
|
34.6.
|
The managing board may, subject to the approval of the
supervisory board, resolve that written resolutions as referred
to in the preceding paragraph of this article may be adopted via
an electronic means of communication. The managing board may,
subject to the approval of the supervisory board, attach
conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication,
which conditions shall be notified in writing to all holders of
preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on
preference shares.
|
|
34.7.
|
A meeting of holders of ordinary shares shall be held whenever
required by virtue of the provisions of these articles of
association. Articles 27 up to and including 33 shall apply
mutatis mutandis to meetings of holders of ordinary
shares.
|
Annual
accounts, annual report and distributions.
Article 35.
|
|
35.1.
|
The financial year shall run from the first day of January up to
and including the thirty-first day of December.
|
|
35.2.
|
Annually, within four months after the close of each financial
year, the managing board shall draw up the annual accounts.
Within this period the managing board shall also draw up the
annual report together with the supervisory board.
|
Article 36.
|
|
36.1. |
The supervisory board shall cause the annual accounts to be
examined by one or more registered accountant(s) designated for
the purposes by the general meeting of shareholders or other
experts designated for the purpose in accordance with
section 393, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, and shall report to
the general meeting of shareholders on the annual accounts,
notwithstanding the provisions of the law. The accountant, as
referred to in this paragraph, is authorized to attend the
general meeting of shareholders in which a resolution about the
adoption of the annual accounts shall be adopted and to address
that meeting.
|
|
|
36.2. |
Annually, no later than four months after the close of the
financial year the managing board, in accordance with the
statutory obligations to which the company is subject, shall
make generally available: (i) the annual accounts,
(ii) the annual report, (iii) the accountants
statement as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, as
well as (iv) other annual financial accounting documents
which the company, under or pursuant to the law, must make
generally available together with the annual accounts.
|
Profit
and loss.
Article 37.
|
|
37.1. |
Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall be made
following approval of the annual accounts which show that the
distribution is permitted.
|
The company may only make distributions to shareholders and
other persons entitled to distributable profits to the extent
that its equity exceeds the total amount of its issued capital
and the reserves which must be maintained by law.
A deficit may only be offset against the reserves
prescribed by law in so far as permitted by law.
|
|
37.2. a. |
From the profits shall first, if possible, be distributed on the
preference shares the percentage as specified hereinafter under
b below of the compulsory amount paid up or to be paid up on
these shares as at the commencement of the financial year for
which the distribution is made or if the shares are
issued during that financial year as at the day on
which such shares are issued.
|
|
|
|
|
b.
|
The percentage as referred to above under a shall be equal to
Euribor (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) for deposit loans with a
term of one year, established per the day which is two bank
business days prior to the day of the first issue of the
preference shares, such at eleven oclock ante meridiem
Central European Time, increased with a rise of maximum one
hundred and fifty basis points, determined by the managing
board, subject to the approval of the supervisory board.
|
If in the course of the financial year for which the
distribution is made the compulsory amount to be paid on the
preference shares has been decreased or, pursuant to a
resolution for additional payments, increased, then the
distribution shall be decreased or, if possible, increased by an
amount equal to the aforementioned percentage of the amount of
the decrease or increase as the case may be, calculated from the
date of the decrease or from the day when the additional payment
became compulsory, as the case may be.
|
|
|
|
c.
|
If and to the extent that the profits are not sufficient to make
the distribution as referred to in this article in full, the
deficit shall be distributed from the reserves to the extent by
doing so paragraph 1 of this article is not contravened.
|
If and to the extent the distribution as referred to in the
first sentence of this paragraph also cannot be made out of the
reserves, then out of the profits realized in the following
years first such a distribution shall be made to the holders of
preference shares to make good for the entire deficit before the
provisions of the following paragraphs shall apply.
|
|
|
|
d.
|
No further distributions shall be made on the preference shares
then as determined in this article and article 39.
|
|
|
|
|
e.
|
If the profits for a financial year are being determined and if
in that financial year one or more preference shares have been
cancelled with repayment, the persons who according to the
shareholders register as referred to in article 8 at
the time of such cancellation were recorded as the holders of
these preference shares, shall have an inalienable right to a
distribution of profit as described hereinafter. The profits
which, if sufficient, shall be distributed to such a person
shall be equal to the amount of the distribution to which he
would be entitled pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph
if at the time of the determination of the profits he had still
been the holder of the preference shares as referred to above,
calculated on a time-proportionate basis for the period during
which he held preference shares in that financial year, which
distribution shall be decreased with the amount of the
distribution which is made on the preference shares in
accordance with article 39 paragraph 1.
|
|
|
|
|
f.
|
If in the course of any financial year preference shares have
been issued, the dividend on preference shares for that
financial year shall be decreased time-proportionately
calculated over the period that the relevant preference shares
were not issued.
|
|
|
37.3. |
Upon proposal of the managing board, the supervisory board shall
determine what portion of the remaining profits shall be
retained by way of reserve.
|
|
|
37.4.
|
The portion of the profits that remains after application of
paragraph 2 and paragraph 3, shall be at the disposal
of the general meeting of shareholders, with due observance of
the provisions of article 38, paragraph 2.
|
|
37.5.
|
The general meeting of shareholders is empowered either to
distribute the profits in cash or in kind or to withhold
distribution of the said portion of the profit in whole or in
part.
|
Article 38.
|
|
38.1.
|
Upon the proposal of the supervisory board, the general meeting
of shareholders shall be entitled to resolve to make
distributions charged to the share premium reserve or charged to
the other reserves shown in the annual accounts not prescribed
by the law, with due observance of the provisions of
paragraph 2 of this article, provided that the balance of
the relevant reserve is not required to make the distribution as
referred to in article 36, paragraph 2, sub c, first
sentence in conjunction with article 36, paragraph 2,
sub a.
|
|
38.2.
|
The supervisory board shall be entitled to resolve that
distributions, the amount of which distributions has been
resolved upon by the general meeting of shareholders, to holders
of shares under article 37, article 38,
paragraph 1 and article 39, paragraph 1 may be
made in full or partially in the form of the issue of shares in
the share capital of the company. The distribution to a
shareholder according to the preceding sentence shall be made to
a shareholder in cash or in the form of ordinary shares in the
share capital of the company, or partially in cash and partially
in the form of shares in the share capital of the company, such,
if the supervisory board so resolves, at the option of the
relevant shareholder.
|
Article 39.
|
|
39.1. |
At its own discretion and subject to section 105,
paragraph 4, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code, the supervisory
board may resolve to distribute one or more interim
distributions on the shares before the annual accounts for any
financial year have been adopted at a general meeting of
shareholders.
|
Interim distributions may also be made on either preference
shares or ordinary shares.
|
|
39.2. |
In case of a cancellation of preference shares with repayment a
distribution on the cancelled shares shall be made on the day of
repayment, which distribution shall be calculated in accordance
with the provisions of article 37 and over the period up to
the day of repayment, such in accordance with section 105,
paragraph 4, Book 2, Dutch Civil Code.
|
Article 40.
|
|
40.1.
|
Distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 shall be payable
as from a date to be determined by the supervisory board. The
date of payment set in respect of shares for which certificates
are outstanding or in respect of type I shares may differ from
the date of payment set in respect of shares for which
type II share certificates are outstanding.
|
|
40.2.
|
Distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 shall be made
payable at a place or places, to be determined by the
supervisory board; at least one place shall be designated
thereto in the Netherlands.
|
|
40.3.
|
The supervisory board may determine the method of payment in
respect of cash distributions on type I shares.
|
|
40.4.
|
Cash distributions under articles 37, 38 or 39 in respect
of shares for which a type II share certificate is
outstanding shall, if such distributions are made payable only
outside the Netherlands, be paid in the currency of a country
where the shares of the company are listed on a stock exchange
not being the Euro, converted at the rate of exchange determined
by the European Central Bank at the close of business on a day
to be fixed for that purpose by the supervisory board. If and in
so far as on the first day on which a distribution is payable,
the company is unable, in consequence of any governmental action
or other exceptional circumstances beyond its control, to make
payment at the place designated outside the Netherlands or in
the relevant currency, the supervisory board may in that event
designate one or more places in the Netherlands instead. In such
event the provisions of the first sentence of this paragraph
shall no longer apply.
|
|
40.5.
|
The person entitled to a distribution under articles 37, 38
or 39 on registered shares shall be the person in whose name the
share is registered at the date to be fixed for that purpose by
the supervisory board in respect of each distribution for the
different types of shares.
|
|
40.6.
|
Notice of distributions and of the dates and places as referred
to in the preceding paragraphs of this article shall at least be
published in a national daily newspaper and abroad in at least
one daily newspaper appearing in each of those countries other
than the United States, where the shares, on the application of
the company,
|
|
|
|
have been admitted for official quotation, and further in such
manner as the supervisory board may deem desirable.
|
|
|
40.7.
|
Distributions in cash under articles 37, 38 or 39 that have
not been collected within five years after they have become due
and payable shall revert to the Company.
|
|
40.8.
|
In the case of a distribution under article 38,
paragraph 2, any shares in the company not claimed within a
period to be determined by the supervisory board shall be sold
for the account of the persons entitled to the distribution who
failed to claim the shares. The period and manner of sale to be
determined by the supervisory board, as mentioned in the
preceding sentence, shall be notified according to
paragraph 6. The net proceeds of such sale shall thereafter
be held at the disposal of the above persons in proportion to
their entitlement; distributions that have not been collected
within five years after the initial distributions in shares have
become due and payable shall revert to the company.
|
|
40.9.
|
In the case of a distribution in the form of shares in the
company under article 38, paragraph 2, on registered
shares, those shares shall be added to the share register. A
type II share certificate for a nominal amount equal to the
number of shares added to the register shall be issued to
holders of type II shares.
|
|
|
40.10. |
The provisions of paragraph 5 shall apply equally in
respect of distributions including pre-emptive
subscription rights in the event of a share issue
made otherwise than under articles 37, 38 or 39, provided
that in addition thereto in the Dutch Official Gazette
(Staatscourant) shall be announced the issue of shares
with a pre-emptive subscription right and the period of time
within which such can be exercised.Such pre-emptive subscription
right can be executed during at least two weeks after the day of
notice in the Dutch Official Gazette (Staatscourant).
|
Amendments
to the articles of association, winding up,
liquidation.
Article 41.
|
|
41.1. |
A resolution to alter the articles of association or to wind up
the company shall be valid only provided that:
|
|
|
|
|
a.
|
the proposal to such a resolution has been proposed to the
general meeting of shareholders by the supervisory board;
|
|
|
b.
|
the full proposals have been deposited for inspection by
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of
shareholders, at the office of the company as from the day on
which the notice is served until the close of that meeting.
|
|
|
41.2. |
A resolution to amend the articles of association by which the
rights conferred on holders of shares of a specific class as
such are changed shall require the approval of the relevant
class meeting.
|
Article 42.
|
|
42.1.
|
If the company is wound up, the liquidation shall be carried out
by any person designated for that purpose by the general meeting
of shareholders, under the supervision of the supervisory board.
|
|
42.2.
|
In passing a resolution to wind up the company, the general
meeting of shareholders shall upon the proposal of the
supervisory board fix the remuneration payable to the
liquidators and to those responsible for supervising the
liquidation.
|
|
42.3.
|
The liquidation shall take place with due observance of the
provisions of the law. During the liquidation period these
articles of association shall, to the extent possible, remain in
full force and effect.
|
|
42.4.
|
After settling the liquidation, the liquidators shall render
account in accordance with the provisions of the law.
|
|
42.5.
|
After the liquidation has ended, the books and records of the
company shall remain in the custody of the person designated for
that purpose by the liquidators during a seven-year period.
|
Article 43.
From what is left of the companys assets after all debts
have been settled, including any debts incurred in connection
with the liquidation, first, if possible, all holders of
preference shares shall have returned to them the paid up part
of the nominal amount of their preference shares, increased with
the missing dividend on the relevant preference shares at the
time of liquidation calculated over the period up to and
including the day on which the balance is made payable. The
residue shall be divided amongst the holders of ordinary shares
pro rata to the par value of their respective holdings of
ordinary shares.
Article 44.
Any amounts payable to shareholders or due to creditors which
have not been claimed within six months after the last
distribution was made payable, shall be deposited with the
Public Administrator of Unclaimed Debts (consignatiekas).
Finally the person appearing declares that at the time of
execution of this deed the issued share capital of the company
amounts to nine hundred forty-six million six hundred
twenty-seven thousand five hundred seventeen euro and
sixty-eight eurocents (EUR 946,627,517.68).
The required ministerial declaration of no-objection was granted
on the second day of May two thousand and seven, number N.V.
319.725.
The ministerial declaration of no-objection and a document in
evidence of the resolutions, referred to in the head of this
deed, are attached to this deed.
In witness whereof the original of this deed which will be
retained by me, notaris, is executed in Amsterdam, on the date
first mentioned in the head of this deed.
Having conveyed the substance of the deed and given an
explanation thereto and following the statement of the person
appearing that he has taken note of the contents of the deed and
agrees with the partial reading thereof, this deed is signed,
immediately after reading those parts of the deed which the law
requires to be read, by the person appearing, who is known to
me, notaris, and by myself, notaris.
(signed): R. Bosveld, C.W. de Monchy.
exv8w1
Exhibit 8.1
SUBSIDIARIES
AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS OF THE COMPANY
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
STMicroelectronics N.V. and the following entities as of
December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
Australia Sydney
|
|
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
Proton World International N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paolo
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltda
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paulo
|
|
Incard do Brazil Ltda
|
|
|
50
|
|
Canada Ottawa
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Jiangsu(1)
|
|
Hynix-ST Semiconductor Ltd
|
|
|
17
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
|
|
|
60
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd
|
|
|
65
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Finland Lohja
|
|
STMicroelectronics OY
|
|
|
100
|
|
Finland Helsinki
|
|
STMicroelectronics R&D OY
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Crolles
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Montrouge
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Rousset
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Tours
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Holland Amsterdam
|
|
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Hong Kong Hong Kong
|
|
STMicroelectronics LTD
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India New Delhi
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Israel Netanya
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Caivano(1)
|
|
INGAM Srl
|
|
|
20
|
|
Italy Catania
|
|
CO.RI.M.ME.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Aosta
|
|
DORA S.p.a.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST Incard S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Naples
|
|
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) Srl
|
|
|
100
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
STMicroelectronics KK
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) Sdn Bhd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malta Kirkop
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
Electronic Holding S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Casablanca
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Memory) Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC (Memory) Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Spain Madrid
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Kista
|
|
STMicroelectronics A.B.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD Sales and Marketing SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Turkey Istanbul
|
|
STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim
Sirketi
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelecrtonics Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
Inmos Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Reading
|
|
Synad Technologies Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
STMicroelectronics Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilmington
|
|
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilsonville
|
|
The Portland Group, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
E-1
exv12w1
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Carlo Bozotti, certify that:
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 20-F
of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The companys other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the company and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the companys
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the period covered by the annual report that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
companys internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The companys other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors
and the audit committee of the companys board of directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
companys ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
|
|
|
b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
companys internal control over financial reporting.
|
Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 3, 2008
exv12w2
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Carlo Ferro, certify that:
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 20-F
of STMicroelectronics N.V.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The companys other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the company and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the companys
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the period covered by the annual report that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
companys internal control over financial
reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The companys other certifying officer and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors
and the audit committee of the companys board of directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
companys ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
|
|
|
b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
companys internal control over financial reporting.
|
Carlo Ferro
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 3, 2008
exv13w1
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CARLO BOZOTTI, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V. AND CARLO FERRO, EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of STMicroelectronics N.V.
(the Company) on
Form 20-F
for the period ending December 31, 2007, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), the undersigned hereby certify that to the
best of our knowledge:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
|
|
|
2.
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
|
Name: Carlo Bozotti
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Date: March 3, 2008
Name: Carlo Ferro
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President
|
and Chief Financial
Officer
Date: March 3, 2008
exv14wxay
Exhibit
14(a)
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the
Registration Statements on
Form S-8
(No. 333-7226
and
No. 333-109572)
of STMicroelectronics N.V. of our report dated March 3,
2008, relating to the financial statements, financial statement
schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, which appears in this
Form 20-F.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Foley
|
|
Felix Roth
|
Geneva, March 3, 2008
With
offices in Aarau, Basel, Berne, Chur, Geneva, Lausanne, Lugano,
Lucerne, Neuchâtel, Sitten, St. Gallen, Thun, Winterthur,
Zug and Zurich, PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a provider of
auditing services and tax, legal and business consultancy
services. PricewaterhouseCoopers AG is a partner in a global
network of companies that are legally independent of one another
and is located in some 150 countries throughout the world.